<PAGE>   1
 
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 2, 1999
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                           COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 

<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>                               <C>
            DELAWARE                            7389                           33-0846191
  (STATE OF OTHER JURISDICTION      PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL             (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
      OF INCORPORATION OR           CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)           IDENTIFICATION NO.)
          ORGANIZATION)
</TABLE>

 
                 1936 DEERE STREET, SANTA ANA, CALIFORNIA 92705
                                 (949) 567-1234
    (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                  OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                    LOUIS M. CRAIN, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                           COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
                               1936 DEERE STREET
                          SANTA ANA, CALIFORNIA 92705
                                 (949) 567-1234
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                                   COPIES TO:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
               BEN A. FRYDMAN, ESQ                                VICTOR A. HEBERT, ESQ.
             CHRISTOPHER D. IVEY, ESQ                             PAUL H. GREINER, ESQ.
               MICHAEL D. COBB, ESQ                               RANDALL B. SCHAI, ESQ.
         STRADLING YOCCA CARLSON & RAUTH,                    HELLER EHRMAN WHITE & MCAULIFFE
            A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION                          601 SOUTH FIGUEROA STREET
       660 NEWPORT CENTER DRIVE, SUITE 1600                 LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90017-5758
       NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA 92660-6441                           (213) 689-0200
                  (949) 725-4000
</TABLE>

 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]
 
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
 
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
 
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
 
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
                            ------------------------
 

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    PROPOSED MAXIMUM
                       TITLE OF EACH                               AGGREGATE OFFERING             AMOUNT OF
           CLASS OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                        PRICE (1)             REGISTRATION FEE (1)
<S>                                                            <C>                           <C>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock ($0.001 par value)(2).........................           $46,000,000                $    12,788
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

 
(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) solely for the purpose of calculating the
    registration fee.
 
(2) Includes           shares covered by the Underwriters' overallotment option.
                            ------------------------
 
     The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall
file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration
statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become
effective on such date as the SEC, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may
determine.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>   2
 
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. These securities may not be sold until the
registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission becomes
effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities
nor does it seek offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the
offer or sale is not permitted.
 
               SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                , 1999
 
PROSPECTUS
 
                           [                ] SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                           COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                           -------------------------
 
     We are offering        shares of common stock with this prospectus. Prior
to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. We
expect the initial public offering price to be between $          and $     per
share. We have applied for quotation of our common stock on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "CLCT."
 
                           -------------------------
 
     INVESTING IN THE COMMON STOCK INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS.  SEE "RISK FACTORS"
BEGINNING ON PAGE 4.
 
                           -------------------------
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              PER SHARE       TOTAL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
Initial Public Offering Price...............................  $             $
Underwriting Discount.......................................  $             $
Proceeds, before expenses, to Collectors Universe...........  $             $
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

 
     The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional           shares
from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30
days from the date of this prospectus, to cover over-allotments.
 
     The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have
not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus
is truthful or complete. It is illegal for any person to tell you otherwise.
 
                           -------------------------
 
NEEDHAM & COMPANY, INC.                                FIRST SECURITY VAN KASPER
 
              The date of this Prospectus is                , 1999

<PAGE>   3
                                 Inside Cover

     Contains pictures of the following collectibles with the captions
indicated:

Picture                       Caption
-------                       -------

Baseball Card                 1941 Play Ball Joe DiMaggio Sportscard. Graded
                              and sold at auction by Collectors Universe for 
                              $109,250

1804 Silver Dollar            The Eliasberg 1804 Silver Dollar. Graded by
                              Collectors Universe and later sold for 
                              $1,800,000

Baseball                      Mark McGwire's 70th Home Run Ball. Authenticated
                              by Collectors Universe and later sold for 
                              $3,000,000

Album Cover                   The Beatles "Butcher" Album Cover. Sold by
                              Collectors Universe for $38,500

$1,000 Bill                   1890 $1,000 "Grand Watermelon" Note. Sold by
                              Collectors Universe for $792,000


<PAGE>   4

                                  Inside Fold

     Contains a banner at the top of the page that states, "The leading
full-service provider of value-added services to high-end collectibles markets,"
and pictures of various collectibles that are authenticated, graded or auctioned
by Collectors Universe. Also includes displays of our logos which include, as
part of the logos, the captions indicated:

Logo                                    Caption included within logo
----                                    ----------------------------

Professional Sports Authenticator       The Standard for the Sports
                                        Collectibles Industry

PSA/DNA                                 Get Real

PCGS                                    The Standard for the Rare Coin Industry

Collectors Universe Auctions            N/A

Superior Sports Auctions                The World's Finest Sports Collectibles

Good Rockin' Tonight                    The World's Finest Music Collectibles




<PAGE>   5
Collectors Universe                          Representing Life's
One-of-a-Kind Auction                        Unique Treasures

Lyn Knight Currency Auctions                 Building Collections
                                             for Collectors

Kingswood Coin Auctions                      The World's Finest Rare Coins

     Also includes the following text:

     GRADING AND AUTHENTICATION
     --------------------------

     Collectors demand to know that the high-end collectibles they are buying
are genuine. The expertise, impartiality, credibility, and reputation of an
authenticator are critical to the willingness of buyers to purchase high-end
collectibles sight-unseen.

     Collectors need consistently applied uniform grading standards and
assurances that collectibles have not been tampered with or artificially
enhanced, in order to compare a collectible's relative condition.

     Our authentication and grading services provide a collector with
confidence that the collectible is as represented by the seller.

     When combined with the rarity and pricing information we compile and
publish, our services eliminate the need to personally inspect collectibles,
and facilitate their sale sight-unseen, at prices approximating live auction
prices.

     MULTI-VENUE Auctions and FIXED PRICE GALLERIES
     ----------------------------------------------

     The Collectors Universe website is a place where content and commerce come
together.

     We conduct over a dozen simultaneous weekly Internet auctions for the
buying and selling of collectibles in numerous categories. Premium auctions,
which occur over 15 times a year, are tailored to people who are interested in
particularly rare, unique and valuable items ion a single category, such as
coins, currency, sportscards and sports memorabilia, records, and one-of-a-kind
items.

     Our multi-venue auction format offers collectors the flexibility and
convenience of choosing the venue that is most comfortable for them. Currently,
buyers and sellers may simultaneously participate by phone, computer-assisted
phone, in person, and via the Internet.

      In addition, we offer fixed price galleries for those buyers who may not
wish to purchase items by auction.


<PAGE>   6
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Prospectus Summary..........................................    1
Summary Consolidated Financial Data.........................    3
Risk Factors................................................    4
Forward-Looking Statements..................................   12
The Reorganization..........................................   12
Use of Proceeds.............................................   12
Dividend Policy.............................................   13
Capitalization..............................................   14
Dilution....................................................   15
Selected Consolidated Financial Data........................   16

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
  and Results of Operations.................................   18
Business....................................................   24
Management..................................................   41
Certain Transactions........................................   48
Principal Stockholders......................................   50
Description of Capital Stock................................   51
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.............................   53
Underwriting................................................   54
Legal Matters...............................................   55
Experts.....................................................   56
Available Information.......................................   56
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements..................  F-1
                                                              ---
</TABLE>

 
                            ------------------------
 
     You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We
have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide
you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or
inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the
underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any
jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
     This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. The outcome of the
events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks and
actual results could differ materially. The sections entitled "Risk Factors,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business" contain a discussion of the factors that could
contribute to those differences.
 
     Collectors Universe, PCGS, PSA, PSA/DNA and Good Rockin' Tonight are
registered trademarks of Collectors Universe. See "Business" for a list of other
trademarks of Collectors Universe, including Collectors.com, Coin Universe, Lyn
Knight Currency Auctions, Superior Sports Auctions, Kingswood Coin Auctions,
Record Universe, Sports Collectors Universe and Currency Universe. Each of the
logos associated with such names are trademarks of Collectors Universe. All
other brand names or trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of
their respective owners.

<PAGE>   7
 

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     You should read the following summary together with the more detailed
information and financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in
this prospectus. Except as otherwise indicated, the information in this
prospectus assumes the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option
and assumes any outstanding options to purchase shares of common stock have not
been exercised.
 
                              COLLECTORS UNIVERSE
 
     Collectors Universe is the leading full-service provider of value-added
services to dealers and collectors of coins, sportscards, sports memorabilia,
rare currency and rare records. We authenticate and grade the quality of coins
and sportscards, authenticate autographs and memorabilia, compile and publish
authoritative information and conduct traditional and Internet-based auctions.
At our website, www.collectors.com, collectors and dealers access authoritative
information on collectibles and buy and sell collectibles at our premium and
weekly auctions.
 
     We have established the preeminent brand names in coin grading
(Professional Coin Grading Service or PCGS), sportscard grading (Professional
Sports Authenticator or PSA), rare currency auctions (Lyn Knight Currency
Auctions) and rare record auctions (Good Rockin' Tonight). We also have
established widely recognized brand names in sportscard auctions (Superior
Sports Auctions), autograph authentication and collectible certification
(PSA/DNA Authentication Services), rare coin auctions (Kingswood Coin Auctions)
and Internet coin auctions (Coin Universe).
 
     We believe we have developed an unequaled reputation for the accuracy of
our authentication and grading services within the collectibles markets we
serve. Since 1986, we have authenticated and graded more than 7.1 million
collectible coins and sportscards with a declared insured value of approximately
$8.7 billion. We estimate that, based on the number of items submitted for
authentication and grading in each of our last five fiscal years, we have
captured approximately a 50% share of the coin authentication and grading market
and approximately a 90% share of the sportscard authentication and grading
market. In our most recent quarter, we processed over 200,000 individual items
each month.
 
     Our reputation and the breadth of our value-added services provide
collectors and dealers with the confidence to buy and sell high-end collectibles
without physical inspection (commonly referred to as sight-unseen) through
Internet and telephone auctions by providing answers to the following questions:
 
     - "Is it real?" We authenticate collectible coins, sportscards and
       autographs to confirm that they are genuine.
 
     - "What's the quality?" We grade the quality of collectible coins and
       sportscards in accordance with consistently applied uniform standards.
 
     - "What's the value?" We compile and publish price guides, rarity reports,
       market indices and other authoritative content regarding collectibles
       that enable buyers and sellers to make more informed decisions.
 
     - "How do I buy or sell it?" As an increasing part of our business, we
       conduct integrated multi-venue auctions that enable buyers and sellers of
       high-end collectibles to participate in simultaneous Internet, telephonic
       and in-person auctions.
                                        1

<PAGE>   8
 
     We believe that we have earned the trust and confidence of dealers and
collectors of high-end collectibles as demonstrated by the following:
 
     - we authenticated, graded and auctioned for $109,000 a 1941 Joe DiMaggio
       sportscard and we certified the authenticity of Mark McGwire's 70th home
       run baseball and Hank Aaron's 715th home run baseball and bat;
 
     - we authenticated and graded an 1804 silver dollar that was recently
       auctioned for approximately $4.1 million;
 
     - we obtained by consignment and sold at one of our recent auctions a
       limited edition Beatles album for $38,500; and
 
     - we will be auctioning at our inaugural "One-of-a-Kind" auction in October
       1999, the basketball court where Michael Jordan took the last shot of his
       NBA career to win the 1998 NBA Championship.
 
     Internet auction providers also recognize that our authentication and
grading services facilitate the purchase and sale of collectibles by their
customers. For example, eBay has entered into a strategic relationship with us
that enables all of its users to access our authentication and grading services
by simply clicking on one of our logos that are prominently displayed on eBay's
home pages for coins, sportscards and sports collectibles.
 
     Our objective is to become the full-service marketplace of choice for
high-end collectibles. To achieve this objective, we intend to: leverage our
authentication and grading leadership to increase our auction business;
cross-sell our services and products to our established customer base; penetrate
other collectibles markets; expand recognition of the Collectors Universe(R)
brand; and use proprietary technology to expand and enhance the services we
provide.
 
     Our principal executive offices are located at 1936 East Deere Street,
Santa Ana, California 92705, and our telephone number is (949) 567-1234. Our
website can be found at www.collectors.com. The information on our website is
not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Common stock offered by Collectors
  Universe................................  shares
Common stock to be outstanding after the
  Offering................................  shares
Use of proceeds...........................  To increase our advertising and marketing programs,
                                            to provide working capital for purchases of
                                            collectibles for resale in our auctions and for other
                                            general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol....  CLCT
</TABLE>

 
                                        2

<PAGE>   9
 
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND OTHER DATA)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                      --------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1995        1996        1997        1998        1999
                                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME DATA:
 
Net revenues........................................  $  9,265    $  8,432    $  9,393    $ 10,989    $ 22,563
Cost of revenues....................................     2,451       2,623       2,651       2,915       8,654
                                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Gross profit........................................     6,814       5,809       6,742       8,074      13,909
Operating income....................................     2,961         532         514         906          37
Interest income (expense), net......................       (62)         72          33          26          30
Minority interest...................................        --         (11)         (6)        (46)        (28)
                                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Income before provision (benefit) for income
  taxes.............................................     2,899         593         541         886          39
Provision (benefit) for income taxes(1).............        43           9          36          13        (348)
                                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Historical net income(2)............................  $  2,856    $    584    $    505    $    873    $    387
                                                      ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
Historical net income per share, basic and
  diluted...........................................  $   0.18    $   0.04    $   0.03    $   0.05    $   0.02
                                                      ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
Weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic.............................................    16,565      16,154      16,217      16,064      17,644
  Diluted...........................................    16,565      16,154      16,217      16,064      18,765
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA(3):
Historical income before provision for income
  taxes.............................................  $  2,899    $    593    $    541    $    886    $     39
Supplemental provision for income taxes(4)..........     1,160         237         216         354          16
                                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Supplemental net income.............................  $  1,739    $    356    $    325    $    532    $     23
                                                      ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
Supplemental net income per share, basic and
  diluted...........................................                                                  $     --
                                                                                                      ========
Weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic.............................................                                                    17,644
  Diluted...........................................                                                    18,765
OTHER DATA:
Number of coins graded..............................   425,900     419,900     400,200     428,500     521,500
Number of cards graded..............................    12,500      32,100      93,500     167,600     898,800
Average selling price for all collectibles
  auctions..........................................                                                  $    249
</TABLE>

 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AT JUNE 30, 1999
                                                              -------------------------
                                                              ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED(5)
                                                              -------    --------------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 
Cash and cash equivalents...................................  $ 1,852       $
Working capital.............................................    2,330
Total assets................................................   14,898
Total stockholders' equity..................................    9,449
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
(1) In each of the fiscal years in the four year period ended June 30, 1998, the
    provision for income taxes was made for California state franchise taxes
    payable at a rate of 1.5% on the income of California S corporations. The
    amount of the provision for fiscal 1999 includes both a provision for such
    California franchise tax for the period from July 1, 1998 to February 5,
    1999 and a provision for federal and state corporate income taxes after
    February 5, 1999, when we became a C corporation for income tax purposes.
 
(2) Historical net income is not comparable for all periods shown. Prior to
    February 5, 1999, we were not taxable as an entity because stockholders had
    elected to be taxed individually based upon their percentage ownership of
    the outstanding stock.
 
(3) Supplemental income data presents income taxes computed as if we were
    subject to federal and state income taxes for fiscal years ended June 30,
    1995 through June 30, 1999. See Note 2 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(4) Amounts reflect adjustments for federal and state income taxes as if we had
    been treated as a C corporation rather than an S corporation during all of
    the fiscal years presented above.
 
(5) Adjusted to give effect to the sale by the company of       shares of common
    stock offered hereby and the application of the estimated net proceeds
    therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
                                        3

<PAGE>   10
 

                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware that there are
various risks, including those described below. Additional risks and
uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may
also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually
occur, our business could be harmed. In such case, the trading price of our
common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. You
should consider carefully these risk factors together with all of the other
information included in this prospectus before you decide to purchase shares of
our common stock.
 
A DECLINE IN THE POPULARITY OF HIGH-END COLLECTIBLES COULD IMPACT OUR BUSINESS
 
     The popularity of certain categories of collectibles may vary over time due
to perceived scarcity, subjective value, general consumer trends, changes in the
prices of precious metals, interest rates and other general economic conditions.
We derive a significant portion of our revenues from fees paid by collectors for
our authentication and grading services, commissions paid to us upon the sale of
collectibles in our auctions and sales of collectibles from our own inventory. A
decline in popularity of high-end collectibles would likely cause a decrease in
the number of items submitted to us for authentication and grading.
 
     Since our authentication and grading revenues are based on the volume of
collectibles submitted and not the value of the collectibles submitted, a
reduction in demand for authentication and grading services would have a
negative effect on our revenues. Additionally, a decline in the popularity of
collectibles, and coins and sportscards in particular, would result in fewer
transactions in our auctions and fewer sales from our inventory, reducing our
revenue from auction sales.
 
     Temporary consumer popularity or "fads" among collectors may temporarily
inflate the volume of certain types of collectibles that we authenticate, grade,
auction and sell. These trends may result in significant fluctuations in our
operating results from one quarter to the next. Any decline in the popularity of
the collectibles we authenticate, grade, auction and sell as a result of changes
in consumer trends could harm our business. In particular, the market for
authentication and grading is relatively new and the volume of sportscards we
receive has increased significantly in the past five fiscal quarters. However,
there is no guarantee that the level of trading in sportscards will continue to
grow or maintain its current level.
 
OUR FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS ARE SUBJECT TO FLUCTUATIONS
 
     Our operating results are unpredictable and we expect them to fluctuate in
the future due to a number of factors, many of which are outside our control.
These factors include:
 
     - consumer trends affecting the popularity of collectibles;
 
     - our ability to significantly increase our customer base;
 
     - our ability to obtain consignments of and to purchase collectibles to
       offer at our auctions;
 
     - our ability to re-sell our inventory of collectibles in a timely manner;
 
     - our ability to maintain gross margins;
 
     - our ability to maintain customer satisfaction;
 
     - the general availability and pricing of high-end collectibles;
 
                                        4

<PAGE>   11
 
     - costs relating to the expansion of our operations and the introduction of
       new types of services;
 
     - services offered by our competitors and the success of our competitors;
 
     - technical difficulties with consumers' use of our website or service
       interruptions; and
 
     - general economic conditions and economic conditions specific to the
       prices of high-end collectibles.
 
     Our future operating results are also dependent on the success of our
Internet website and the amount of resources that we will need to devote to the
development of our website. Our Internet operations currently are not
profitable. We will need to achieve significant growth in our Internet business
in order for the Internet operations to become profitable. We are in the early
stages of development of several new portions of our website which will offer
content and auctions for collectibles that may have a lower average selling
price than many of the collectibles in the markets we currently serve. Continued
development of our website will require significant resources. There is a risk
that the planned expansion of our website will not result in increased revenues
which would have a negative impact on our business.
 
WE MAY INCUR LOSSES AS A RESULT OF ACCUMULATING INVENTORY
 
     In addition to auctioning collectibles on consignment, currently
approximately 30% of the aggregate sales prices of collectibles sold at our
auctions are from our own inventory. We purchase these collectibles from dealers
and collectors and assume the inventory and price risks of these items until
they are sold. If we were unable to resell our purchased collectibles when we
want or need to, or at prices sufficient to generate a profit on their resale,
or if the market value of our inventory of purchased collectibles were to
decline, our operating results would be negatively affected.
 
THERE ARE LIMITED SUPPLIES OF COLLECTIBLES
 
     Our business is substantially dependent upon obtaining collectible coins,
sportscards, records and other high-end collectibles for authentication, grading
and auction. We depend upon dealers and collectors submitting collectibles for
authentication and grading and there is no guarantee that the current rate of
submission will continue. In particular, we have recently experienced a
significant increase in the rate of sportscard submissions which may indicate
that the sportscard market for authentication and grading may be approaching
maturity. Although there are numerous dealers and collectors from whom we are
able to obtain collectibles for our auctions, there are only a limited number of
dealers with the capacity to submit high-end collectibles for auction on a
regular basis. To provide incentives to these suppliers to consign collectibles
to us, we have granted them stock options and we sometimes offer them discounts
on our fees. A change in our relationships with suppliers or dealers could
negatively impact our ability to obtain or auction high-end collectibles in the
quantities and at the times we desire. This could impair our ability to attract
a sufficient number of people interested in high-end collectibles to our
auctions, which would harm our business. Additionally, in order to attract
consignors of certain extraordinary collectibles, we have occasionally provided
the consignor with an advance against a guaranteed or non-guaranteed minimum
auction price. If consigned collectibles do not generate sales prices in excess
of the amounts advanced by us, we may realize a loss on those advances.
 
WE FACE COMPETITION IN ATTRACTING COLLECTORS TO OUR INTERNET WEBSITE
 
     The market for Internet auctions is highly competitive and most major
Internet websites of such companies as Yahoo!, Inc., eBay Inc., Onsale, Inc. and
Excite, Inc., a subsidiary of At Home Corporation, host Internet auctions where
collectibles are frequently traded. Barriers to entry to the Internet auction
market are relatively low, and current and new competitors can launch new
websites at a relatively low cost using commercially available software. We
potentially face competition from a number of large Internet communities and
services that have expertise in developing Internet
 
                                        5

<PAGE>   12
 
commerce, such as Amazon.com, Inc., America Online, Inc. and Microsoft
Corporation. Other large companies with strong brand name recognition,
substantial resources and experience in Internet commerce, such as Cendant
Corporation, QVC, Inc. and other large media companies may also seek to compete
in the Internet auction market. In addition to currently or potentially
competing for auction services with major Internet commerce companies, we also
compete with a number of other small service providers including those that
specifically serve the collectibles markets. Competitive pressures created by
any one of these companies, or by our competitors collectively, could harm our
business.
 
     Some of our current competitors and many of our potential competitors have
longer operating histories in Internet commerce, larger customer bases, greater
brand name recognition and significantly greater financial, marketing, technical
and other resources. In addition, other Internet trading services may be
acquired by or enter into commercial relationships with larger, well-
established and well-financed companies as use of the Internet increases.
Further, there is a risk that someone could create a website that draws auction
information from numerous auction websites to create a consolidated auction.
Such an "auction supermarket" could reduce the amount of traffic we receive on
our website and have a negative effect on our Internet business.
 
OUR TRADITIONAL AUCTION BUSINESS IS HIGHLY COMPETITIVE
 
     Our traditional auction business is also highly competitive. We compete
directly with other companies that specialize in collectibles and have an
industry reputation for hosting premium collectibles auctions, including
Heritage Numismatic Auctions, Inc., Auctions by Bowers & Merena and Mastro Fine
Sports Auctions as well as other companies such as Sotheby's, Inc., Christie's,
Inc. and Greg Manning Auctions, Inc., which do not specialize in but do conduct,
coin and sportscard auctions. These competitors each have the ability to attract
buyers to their auctions as a result of their reputation and the quality
collectibles they obtain through their industry connections. In addition, other
reputable auction companies that do not presently engage in auctions for coins
or sportscards or other collectibles that are the focus of our business may
decide to enter our markets to compete with us. These companies have greater
name recognition and have greater financial and marketing resources than we do.
If these auction companies are successful in entering the specialized high-end
collectibles markets in which we participate or dealers participate less in our
auctions, we may attract fewer buyers and our business could be harmed.
 
OUR AUTHENTICATION AND GRADING BUSINESS IS SUBJECT TO INTENSE COMPETITION
 
     There are few major competitors in the collectibles authentication and
grading markets. However, competition is intense in these markets. Existing
authentication and grading companies could attempt to capture greater market
share by lowering prices for services or increasing advertising, marketing or
other costs of sales. Additionally, established auction companies could expand
their services to include authentication and grading of collectibles, or
unanticipated competitors could enter the grading and authentication markets.
Such increased competition could have a negative impact on our business.
 
GROWTH AND ACQUISITIONS MAY STRAIN OUR MANAGEMENT, OPERATIONAL AND FINANCIAL
RESOURCES
 
     We are currently experiencing a period of significant expansion and we
anticipate that we must expand further and continue to develop our business plan
to address potential growth in our customer base and market opportunities. Our
expansion has placed, and we expect it to continue to place, a significant
strain on our management, operational and financial resources. Also, as our
business plan evolves, we risk distracting management away from expanding
currently profitable operations and
 
                                        6

<PAGE>   13
 
decreasing interest of suppliers and customers to our core authentication and
grading business. We cannot assure you that our current and planned facilities,
computer systems, personnel and inventory controls will be adequate to support
our future operations. In addition, there is a risk that we may not be able to
expand our sportscard and coin authentication and grading operations to allow
for additional capacity at the same rate as market demand may be created.
 
     If appropriate opportunities present themselves, we also intend to acquire
businesses, technologies, services or products that we believe will help us
develop and expand our business. The process of integrating an acquired
business, technology, service or product may result in operating difficulties
and expenditures which we cannot anticipate and may absorb significant
management attention that would otherwise be available for further development
of our existing business. Moreover, the anticipated benefits of any acquisition
may not be realized. Any future acquisitions of other businesses, technologies,
services or products might require us to obtain additional equity or debt
financing, which might not be available to us on favorable terms or at all, and
might be dilutive. Additionally, we may not be able to successfully identify,
negotiate or finance future acquisitions or to integrate acquisitions with our
current business.
 
WE HAVE A SHORT HISTORY AS AN INTEGRATED COMPANY
 
     We were founded in 1986 as Professional Coin Grading Service, Inc. or PCGS
and began operating primarily as a coin grading service to the collectible coin
market. In 1991, principals of our company founded Professional Sports
Authenticator or PSA, an authentication and grading service for the sportscards
trading market. In 1998, principals of our company founded PSA/DNA, an
authentication service for sports memorabilia and other high-end collectibles.
In February 1999, we combined PCGS, PSA and PSA/DNA and several other
established auction businesses in the collectible coin market, sportscard
market, sports memorabilia market, currency market and other high-end
collectibles markets into Collectors Universe. As a result, while parts of our
business have a longer operating history, in our present state, we have only a
limited operating history as an integrated company on which our business may be
evaluated. Because of our limited operating history as an integrated company, we
believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results are not
necessarily meaningful and you should not rely upon them as indications of our
future performance.
 
WE COULD SUFFER SIGNIFICANT LOSSES ON AUTHENTICATION AND GRADING WARRANTIES
 
     We offer a warranty covering the coins and sportscards authenticated and
graded by us. Under the terms of our warranty, any coin or sportscard that was
originally graded by us and which subsequently receives a lower grade upon
resubmittal to our company, obligates us either to purchase the coin or
sportscard or pay the difference in value of the item at its original grade as
compared with its lower grade. We have a reserve of $232,000 at June 30, 1999 to
satisfy claims made under our warranty. To the extent that our actual warranty
expense exceeds that amount, we would incur unanticipated expenses. In addition,
we have no insurance coverage to protect us from adverse warranty expenses.
 
WE RUN A RISK OF SYSTEM CAPACITY CONSTRAINTS AND SYSTEM FAILURE
 
     We seek to generate a high volume of traffic and transactions on our
website. If we generate too much traffic to our website, our website will exceed
its capacity, load slowly and be less responsive. This may potentially drive
away customers. We must continually enhance and improve these systems in order
to accommodate the level of use of our websites. Our inability to integrate
additional software and hardware or to develop and further upgrade our existing
technology to accommodate increased traffic on our websites or increased
transaction volume through our processing systems may
 
                                        7

<PAGE>   14
 
cause unanticipated system disruptions, slower response times, degradation in
levels of customer service, impaired quality of the user's experience on our
websites, and delays in reporting accurate financial information.
 
     Any system interruptions that result in the unavailability of our service
or reduced customer activity would reduce the volume of collectibles listed and
auctions completed and could affect the selling price of collectibles listed for
sale. Thus, we depend upon our communications and computer hardware,
substantially all of which is currently located at our leased facility in Santa
Ana, California. We will be moving into new facilities in April 2000, which move
may have a disruptive effect on our computer systems. We have experienced
periodic system interruptions, which we believe will continue to occur from time
to time. Our systems are vulnerable to damage from earthquake, fire, flood,
power loss, telecommunication failure, break-in and similar catastrophic events.
A substantial interruption in these systems would harm our business.
 
THE LOSS OF KEY PERSONNEL COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OPERATIONS
 
     Our performance is greatly dependent on the performance of our senior
management and key employees. The loss of the services of any of our executive
officers or other key employees could harm our business. Some of our executive
officers and key employees are experts in the collectibles markets and have
industry-wide reputations for authentication and of grading collectibles,
purchasing collectibles and preparing auctions that will be attractive to buyers
of high-end collectibles. The loss of these executive officers or key employees
could have a negative effect on our reputation for expertise in the collectibles
markets. Additionally, we must identify, attract, hire, train, retain and
motivate other highly skilled technical, managerial, marketing and customer
service personnel, including programmers and authenticators and graders of
collectibles. Competition for highly skilled technical, managerial, marketing
and customer service personnel is intense. We may not be able to successfully
attract, integrate or retain sufficiently qualified personnel, which failure
could harm our business.
 
WE DEPEND ON ACCEPTANCE OF THE COLLECTORS UNIVERSE BRAND NAME AND THE
INTEGRATION OF EXISTING BRAND NAMES
 
     We believe that brand name recognition is extremely important in the
collectibles services industry. Authentication and grading services are based to
a large degree on the reputation of the company providing the services, and
recognizable branding is crucial to maintain customer loyalty. In the auctions
industry, many collectors look for brands that are associated with auctions that
provide high-end collectibles for sale. Our existing brand names, such as PCGS,
PSA, Kingswood Coin Auctions, Lyn Knight Currency Auctions and Superior Sports
Auctions are widely recognized in the collectibles and auctions industries.
However, the Collectors Universe brand name has only been in existence for a
short period of time, and brand recognition associated with one of our existing
brands may not carry over to the Collectors Universe brand. We must work to tie
customer awareness of each of our existing brands to our new brand. We run the
risk that we will not be able to accomplish such an integration at all, or that
we will dilute the awareness of our existing brand names. If our established
brand names dissipate, or if we are unsuccessful in promoting, integrating and
maintaining our brand names, our business could be harmed.
 
                                        8

<PAGE>   15
 
WE ARE DEPENDENT ON THE CONTINUED GROWTH OF INTERNET COMMERCE
 
     Our business could be harmed if any of the following situations occur:
 
     - the use of the Internet does not continue to grow or grows more slowly
       than expected;
 
     - the Internet's infrastructure does not effectively support the growth
       that may occur; and
 
     - the Internet does not become a viable commercial marketplace.
 
     The market for the sale of goods over the Internet is a new and emerging
market. Rapid growth in the use of, and interest in, the Internet is a recent
phenomenon and may not continue to develop.
 
INSECURE TRANSMISSION OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND THIRD PARTY MISCONDUCT
COULD HURT CUSTOMER CONFIDENCE IN INTERNET COMMERCE
 
     Many consumers are concerned about transmitting confidential information,
such as credit card numbers, over the Internet. Public confidence in secure
transmissions is a significant barrier to Internet commerce and communications.
We rely on encryption technology licensed from third parties to transmit
confidential information, including customer credit card numbers. In addition,
our servers are vulnerable to computer viruses, physical or electronic
break-ins, deliberate attempts by third parties to exceed the capacity of our
systems and similar disruptive problems. Computer viruses, break-ins or other
problems caused by third parties could lead to interruptions, delays, loss of
data or cessation in service to users of our services and products. The law
relating to the liability of Internet service companies for information carried
on or disseminated through their services is currently unsettled. It is possible
that claims could be made against Internet service companies under both U.S. and
foreign law for defamation, libel, invasion of privacy, negligence, copyright or
trademark infringement, or other theories based on the nature and content of the
materials disseminated through their services. Concerns regarding liability for
information disseminated over the Internet and the adoption of any additional
laws or regulations may decrease the growth of the Internet, which could
decrease the demand for our Internet auctions and other services.
 
ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS COULD BE IMPOSED ON OUR INDUSTRY
 
     AUTHORITIES COULD IMPOSE ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS ON COLLECTIBLES AND AUCTION
MARKETS.  The collectible coin and other high-end collectibles markets are not
currently subject to direct federal, state or local regulation, although
auctions in general and the sale of certain artwork and autographed sports
memorabilia are regulated in some states. However, from time to time authorities
discuss additional regulations which could impose restrictions on the
collectibles industry, such as regulating collectibles as securities or
requiring collectibles dealers to meet certain registration or reporting
requirements, and impose restrictions on the conduct of auction businesses.
Adoption of laws or regulations of this nature could increase the complexity and
costs of conducting auctions, which might decrease our ability to attract
sellers and buyers. In addition, due to the increasing popularity and use of the
Internet, laws and regulations may be adopted with respect to the Internet that
could significantly limit our Internet auction business or otherwise harm our
business.
 
     WE ARE SUBJECT TO AN FTC CONSENT DECREE.  In a consent decree with the
Federal Trade Commission (FTC) dated August 1990, PCGS consented to certain
restrictions in the operation of the PCGS business. Under the consent decree,
PCGS agreed that it will make no representations that are untrue with respect to
the objectivity of its services or the marketability of coins. In addition, PCGS
agreed not to improperly adjust its grading standards, nor to permit any coin
graders to knowingly grade coins in which the graders have a financial interest
or to discuss grading procedures
 
                                        9

<PAGE>   16
 
with persons not authorized by PCGS. If the FTC determines that we have violated
this agreement, they may seek additional restrictions or penalties or otherwise
limit our operations.
 
     STATES COULD IMPOSE OBLIGATIONS TO COLLECT SALES TAXES.  Generally, we do
not collect sales or other similar taxes on goods sold by users through our
Internet auction service. However, one or more states may seek to impose sales
tax collection obligations on out-of-state companies such as ours, which engage
in or facilitate Internet commerce, and a number of proposals have been made at
the state and local level that would impose additional taxes on the sale of
goods and services through the Internet. If adopted, these proposals could
substantially impair the growth of Internet commerce, and could adversely affect
our ability to profit from Internet commerce. Moreover, a successful assertion
by one or more states or any foreign country that we should collect sales or
other taxes on the exchange of merchandise on our system could harm our
business.
 
WE DEPEND ON OUR ABILITY TO PROTECT AND ENFORCE OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
 
     We believe that our trademarks and other proprietary rights are important
to our success and competitive position. We rely on a combination of trademark,
copyright and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements,
non-competition agreements and technical measures to establish and protect our
proprietary rights. However, the actions we take to establish and protect our
trademarks and other proprietary rights may be inadequate to prevent imitation
of our services or products or to prevent others from claiming violations of
their trademarks and proprietary rights by us. In addition, others may develop
similar technology independently or assert rights in our trademarks and other
proprietary rights. The laws of other countries may afford us little or no
effective protection of our intellectual property.
 
FAILURE TO SOLVE YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE PROBLEMS MAY IMPACT OUR BUSINESS
 
     The computer systems of many businesses face the risk of malfunction in the
year 2000. This malfunction is the result of computer programs that were
designed to use two digits rather than four digits to define an applicable year.
These computer programs may recognize the year 2000 as the year 1900, or be
completely unable to recognize the year 2000. A malfunction of this type could
result in a system failure or miscalculations in the processing of data. System
failure or miscalculations in the processing of data would cause disruptions in
business operations and could cause the temporary inability to process
transactions, bill activities, send invoices or engage in other normal business
transactions.
 
     In our authentication and grading business we use certain proprietary
software that we developed which is not yet year 2000 compliant. We expect to
complete the required modifications to make the proprietary software year 2000
compliant and to complete verification testing by the end of October 1999. We
estimate that the cost to make our proprietary software year 2000 compliant will
be approximately $50,000. In the event that we encounter any disruptions in the
operation of our proprietary software due to year 2000 issues, the time required
to grade coins and sportscards would increase and the number of coins and
sportscards we could grade would decrease, which could harm our business.
 
                                       10

<PAGE>   17
 
     In addition to our internally developed software, we utilize software and
hardware developed by third parties for both our network and internal
information systems. We also rely on the Internet for customers to access our
websites. There is no guarantee that our third party software and hardware
providers or the operation of the Internet itself will be unaffected by the year
2000. Failure of third-party equipment or software to properly process dates for
the year 2000 and thereafter, or any similar impact on the Internet, could
require us to incur unanticipated expenses to remedy any problems, which could
harm our business.
 
WE ARE LARGELY CONTROLLED BY MANAGEMENT
 
     Our officers and directors currently own or control a substantial majority
of our outstanding common stock. If they act in concert, they will continue to
be able to exercise voting control over Collectors Universe for the foreseeable
future and will be able to elect the entire Board of Directors, set dividend
policy and otherwise generally determine our management. This management control
could prevent, or make more difficult, a sale of our company that is not on
terms acceptable to our management.
 
WE RELY ON THIRD PARTIES FOR VARIOUS INTERNET AND PROCESSING SERVICES
 
     In addition to our merchandise suppliers, our operations depend on a number
of third parties for Internet access, delivery services and credit card
processing. We have limited control over these third parties and no long-term
relationships with any of them. For example, we do not own a gateway onto the
Internet, but instead, rely on Internet service providers to connect our website
to the Internet. Should the third parties that we rely on for Internet access,
delivery services or credit card processing services be unable to serve our
needs for a sustained time period as a result of a strike, natural disaster or
other reason, our business could be harmed.
 
YOU WILL INCUR SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
 
     If you purchase shares of our common stock, you will incur immediate and
substantial dilution in pro forma net tangible book value. We estimate this
dilution to be approximately $     per share, or approximately      %, assuming
an initial public offering price of $     per share. If other security holders
exercise options or warrants to purchase our capital stock, you will suffer
further dilution. See "Dilution" for a description of how dilution was
calculated.
 
A SIGNIFICANT NUMBER OF SHARES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR SALE AND THEIR SALE COULD
DEPRESS OUR STOCK PRICE
 
     The sale of a large number of shares could harm our stock price. After this
offering, we will have outstanding           shares of common stock, a majority
of which will be held by existing stockholders and will become eligible for
resale shortly after this offering. Our existing stockholders have agreed not to
sell their shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus
without the prior written consent of Needham & Company, Inc. Upon expiration of
the 180 day lock-up period, 20,425,076 shares of our common stock held by
existing stockholders will become available for sale in the public market
(subject to certain volume restrictions imposed by federal securities laws).
 
PROVISIONS IN OUR CHARTER DOCUMENTS MAY MAKE AN ACQUISITION OF US MORE DIFFICULT
 
     Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws
and Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us,
even if doing so would be beneficial to stockholders. See "Description of
Capital Stock" for a description of provisions that could impede or prevent an
acquisition.
 
                                       11

<PAGE>   18
 
                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
     Some of the information in this prospectus contains forward-looking
statements. These statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking
terms such as "may," "will," "expect," "anticipate," "estimate," "continue" or
other similar words. These statements discuss future expectations, projections
of results of operations or of financial condition or state other "forward-
looking" information. When considering these forward-looking statements, you
should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements in this
prospectus. The risk factors noted under the heading "Risk Factors" and other
factors noted throughout this prospectus could cause our actual results to
differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement.
 
                               THE REORGANIZATION
 
     In February 1999 we incorporated in Delaware under the name Collectors
Universe. This was accomplished to enable PCGS, our predecessor corporation to
acquire Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc., Kingswood Coin Auctions, LLC and
minority interests in two majority owned subsidiaries of PCGS. The primary
purposes of these acquisitions were to expand the variety of collectibles that
we sell, bring us additional expertise from the former owners of those
businesses (who will continue to manage the acquired businesses for us), and add
to our customer base and sources of supply. In the reorganization, we paid $2.1
million in cash to the owners of the acquired companies and issued to the owners
of our predecessor and the acquired companies an aggregate of approximately 19
million shares of our common stock. Certain officers and directors of Collectors
Universe also were owners of Kingswood Coin Auctions and as a result, received a
proportionate share of the consideration that was payable to the Kingswood Coin
Auctions' owners in the reorganization. See "Certain Transactions."
 
     Prior to the reorganization, PCGS was an S corporation for federal and
state income tax purposes. Individual owners of an S corporation are obligated
to pay taxes on their proportionate share of the earnings of the S corporation.
In anticipation of the reorganization, one of the effects of which would be to
cause a termination of PCGS' S corporation status, PCGS declared an S
corporation dividend to its stockholders on January 24, 1999. This dividend was
in the aggregate amount of $2.2 million and represented a substantial portion,
but not all, of the accumulated earnings of PCGS that had been taxable to the
PCGS stockholders individually. The S corporation dividend was paid by delivery
of promissory notes to the PCGS stockholders. Those notes were paid with
proceeds from the sale of shares in the March 1999 private placement.
 

                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the
shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be approximately
$          million ($          if the underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full), at an assumed initial public offering price of
$          per share, and, after deducting the underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The principal
purposes of this offering are:
 
     - to increase our advertising and marketing programs;
 
     - to provide working capital for purchases of collectibles for resale in
       our auctions; and
 
     - for other general corporate purposes. In addition, we may use a portion
       of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses,
       technologies, services or products. However, we currently have no
       commitments or agreements with respect to any such transactions.
 
                                       12

<PAGE>   19
 
     As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty the
particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon completion of the
offering. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the
application of the net proceeds.
 
     Until used, the net proceeds will be invested in short-term
investment-grade investments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed
obligations of the U.S. government.
 

                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     We do not intend to declare or pay cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. Our current policy is to retain all earnings to support future growth
and expansion.
 
                                       13

<PAGE>   20
 

                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table sets forth our capitalization at June 30, 1999 adjusted
to give pro forma effect to the sale of           shares of common stock being
offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share
after deducting underwriters' discount and estimated offering expenses to be
paid by us:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AT JUNE 30, 1999
                                                              ----------------------
                                                              ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED
                                                              -------    -----------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 3,000,000 shares
     authorized; no shares issued and outstanding...........  $    --      $    --
  Common stock, $0.001 par value, 30,000,000 shares
     authorized; 20,281,800 shares issued and outstanding
     (actual);        shares issued and outstanding (as
     adjusted)(1)...........................................       20           --
Additional paid-in capital..................................   10,614           --
Retained deficit............................................   (1,185)          --
                                                              -------      -------
     Total stockholders' equity.............................    9,449           --
                                                              -------      -------
     Total capitalization...................................  $ 9,449      $    --
                                                              =======      =======
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
 
(1) Excludes 2,106,000 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise
    of stock options and warrants outstanding as of June 30, 1999, at a weighted
    average exercise price of $3.53 per share, 1,069,000 of which have become
    exercisable.
 
                                       14

<PAGE>   21
 
                                    DILUTION
 
     At June 30, our 1999 net tangible book value was approximately $
or $          per share. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount
of our total tangible assets less total liabilities divided by the number of
shares of common stock outstanding at June 30, 1999.
 
     Net tangible book value dilution per share represents the difference
between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock
offered by this prospectus and the net tangible book value per share of common
stock immediately after completion of the offering. After giving effect to the
sale of the           shares of common stock at an assumed initial public
offering price of $          per share and deducting the underwriting discount
and commission and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our net tangible
book value at June 30, 1999 would have been $          or $          per share.
This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $
per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible
book value of $          per share to new investors purchasing common stock
offered by this prospectus. These changes are illustrated in the following
table:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.............          $
  Net tangible book value per share at June 30, 1999........  $
  Increase per share attributable to new investors..........
                                                              -----
Net tangible book value per share after this offering.......
                                                                      -----
Dilution per share to new investors.........................          $
                                                                      =====
</TABLE>

 
     The following table summarizes the difference between the existing
stockholders and the purchasers of shares of common stock offered by this
prospectus. This table uses an assumed price of $          per share, with
respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid
and the average price per share paid.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 TOTAL
                                   SHARES PURCHASED(1)     CONSIDERATION(2)
                                   -------------------    -------------------    AVERAGE PRICE
                                    NUMBER     PERCENT     AMOUNT     PERCENT      PER SHARE
                                   --------    -------    --------    -------    -------------
<S>                                <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Existing Stockholders............                   %     $                %       $
New Investors....................
                                   --------      ---      --------      ---
     Total.......................                100%                   100%
                                   ========      ===      ========      ===
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
 
(1) The number of shares excludes 2,106,000 shares of common stock issuable
    pursuant to the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 1999,
    at a weighted average exercise price of $3.53 per share, 1,069,000 of which
    are exercisable. To the extent options are exercised, there will be further
    dilution to new investors. See "Management -- Employee Benefit Plans" and
    Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2) Does not reflect any deductions for commissions or expenses paid or incurred
    in connection with the issuance of such shares of common stock.
 
                                       15

<PAGE>   22
 

                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The consolidated statements of income data and balance sheets data for each
of the fiscal years shown below include the operations of Collectors Universe
Inc. and its predecessor, Professional Coin Grading Service, Inc. The
consolidated statements of income data for the fiscal year ended, and balance
sheet data at June 30, 1999, also include the operations of Lyn F. Knight Rare
Coins, Inc. and Kingswood Coin Auctions, LLC from February 5, 1999, when those
operations were acquired by Collectors Universe. The consolidated statements of
income data for each of the fiscal years in the three years ended June 30, 1999,
and the balance sheets data at June 30, 1998 and 1999 are derived from
consolidated financial statements that have been audited by Deloitte & Touche
LLP, independent accountants, and are contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
The consolidated statements of income data for the fiscal years ended June 30,
1995 and 1996, and the balance sheets data at June 30, 1995, 1996 and 1997 are
derived from consolidated financial statements that also have been audited but
are not contained in this prospectus. The following data should be read in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes
thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                      --------------------------------------------
                                                       1995     1996     1997     1998      1999
                                                      ------   ------   ------   -------   -------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME DATA:
Net revenues........................................  $9,265   $8,432   $9,393   $10,989   $22,563
Cost of revenues....................................   2,451    2,623    2,651     2,915     8,654
                                                      ------   ------   ------   -------   -------
Gross profit........................................   6,814    5,809    6,742     8,074    13,909
Operating expenses:
  Supplier compensation cost(1).....................      --       --       --        --       585
  Selling, general and administration...............   3,853    5,277    6,228     7,168    13,287
                                                      ------   ------   ------   -------   -------
     Total operating expenses.......................   3,853    5,277    6,228     7,168    13,872
Operating income....................................   2,961      532      514       906        37
Other income (expense):
Interest income (expense), net......................     (62)      72       33        26        30
Minority interest...................................      --      (11)      (6)      (46)      (28)
                                                      ------   ------   ------   -------   -------
     Total other income (expense)...................     (62)      61       27       (20)        2
                                                      ------   ------   ------   -------   -------
Income before provision (benefit) for income
  taxes.............................................   2,899      593      541       886        39
Provision (benefit) for income taxes(2).............      43        9       36        13      (348)
                                                      ------   ------   ------   -------   -------
Historical net income(3)............................  $2,856   $  584   $  505   $   873   $   387
                                                      ======   ======   ======   =======   =======
Historical net income per share, basic and
  diluted...........................................  $ 0.18   $ 0.04   $ 0.03   $  0.05   $  0.02
                                                      ======   ======   ======   =======   =======
Weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic.............................................  16,565   16,154   16,217    16,064    17,644
  Diluted...........................................  16,565   16,154   16,217    16,064    18,765
</TABLE>

 
                                       16

<PAGE>   23
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                      --------------------------------------------
                                                       1995     1996     1997     1998      1999
                                                      ------   ------   ------   -------   -------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA(4):
Historical income before provision for income
  taxes.............................................  $2,899   $  593   $  541   $   886   $    39
Supplemental provision for income taxes(5)..........   1,160      237      216       354        16
                                                      ------   ------   ------   -------   -------
Supplemental net income.............................  $1,739   $  356   $  325   $   532   $    23
                                                      ======   ======   ======   =======   =======
Supplemental net income per share, basic and
  diluted...........................................                                       $    --
                                                                                           =======
Weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic.............................................                                        17,644
  Diluted...........................................                                        18,765
                                                                                           =======
</TABLE>

 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      AT JUNE 30,
                                                      --------------------------------------------
                                                       1995     1996     1997     1998      1999
                                                      ------   ------   ------   -------   -------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents...........................  $2,312   $  542   $  372   $   612   $ 1,852
Working capital.....................................     (51)      50      346       975     2,330
Total assets........................................   5,114    2,075    2,513     3,104    14,898
Short-term debt.....................................   1,550       --       --        --        --
Total stockholders' equity..........................   2,487      861    1,070     1,562     9,449
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
(1) Represents a non-cash charge for stock options to purchase shares of our
    common stock granted to certain of our collectible suppliers and content
    providers.
 
(2) In each of the fiscal years in the four year period ended June 30, 1998, a
    provision for income taxes was made for California state franchise taxes
    payable at a rate of 1.5% on the income of California S corporations. The
    amount of the provision for fiscal 1999 includes both a provision for such
    California franchise tax for the period from July 1, 1998 to February 5,
    1999 and a provision for federal and state corporate income taxes after
    February 5, 1999, when we became a C corporation for income tax purposes.
 
(3) Historical net income is not comparable for all periods shown. Prior to
    February 5, 1999, we were not taxable as an entity because stockholders had
    elected to be taxed individually based upon their percentage ownership of
    the outstanding stock.
 
(4) Supplemental income data presents income taxes computed as if we were
    subject to federal and state income taxes for fiscal years ended June 30,
    1995 through June 30, 1999. See Note 2 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(5) Amounts reflect adjustments for federal and state income taxes as if we had
    been taxed as a C corporation rather than an S corporation during all of the
    fiscal years presented above.
 
                                       17

<PAGE>   24
 

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     You should read this section in combination with "Selected Financial Data"
and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included
elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to the historical information in this
section, this prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks
and uncertainties which could cause our actual results to differ, possibly
materially, from our historical and anticipated results. Factors that could
cause or contribute to such differences include those discussed in the section
of the prospectus entitled "Risk Factors."
 
OVERVIEW
 
     Collectors Universe provides authentication and grading services for rare
coins and sportscards and authentication services for autographs. In most
instances, fees for authentication and grading services are prepaid. We also
conduct Internet, telephone and in-person auctions of rare coins, sportscards,
sports memorabilia, rare currency, rare records and other high-end collectibles.
See "Business." Collectibles constituting approximately 70% of the aggregate
sales prices of collectibles sold at our auctions are consigned to us by third
parties and we receive commissions, usually from both sellers and buyers, when
the consigned collectibles are sold. The remaining 30% have been purchased by us
and upon resale we record the sales prices of those collectibles as revenues.
 
     It is our practice to extend discounts to qualified coin dealers that
submit rare coins to us for authentication and grading. Those discounts are
deducted from our gross revenues to arrive at net revenues. In fiscal 1999,
these discounts declined as a percentage of gross revenues because of an
increase in sportscard authentication and grading submissions on which we do not
extend discounts and an increase in auction revenues that grew at a greater rate
than did authentication and grading revenues.
 
     The gross margin on sales of consigned collectibles is significantly higher
than the gross margin on sales of purchased collectibles, because we realize
commissions on sales of consigned collectibles without having to incur any
significant associated costs. By contrast, upon the sale of purchased
collectibles, we record the costs of acquiring those collectibles which are
usually a significant percentage of the selling price. As a result, the sale of
purchased collectibles reduces our overall auction margins to a level that is
below that realized for authentication and grading services. Consequently, our
gross margin in future periods will depend not only upon the mix of auction
revenues and grading revenues, but also upon the mix of consigned and purchased
collectibles sold at auction.
 
     Collectors Universe was organized to enable PCGS, its predecessor
corporation, to acquire additional businesses engaged in providing services to
the collectibles markets. See "The Reorganization." On February 5, 1999, we
acquired the currency auction business of Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc. ("Lyn
Knight") and the coin auction business of Kingswood Coin Auctions, LLC
("Kingswood"). These acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method
of accounting and, accordingly, their operating results are included in our
financial statements only for periods from the date of acquisition. On February
5, 1999, we also acquired the minority interests in two majority owned
subsidiaries of PCGS the results of which were consolidated in our financial
statements with appropriate minority interests accounting to the date of
acquisition. See Note 3 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
     Prior to these acquisitions, PCGS was an S corporation for federal and
state income tax purposes. It ceased to be an S corporation and became a C
corporation on February 5, 1999 with the completion of the reorganization. In
January 1999, while still an S corporation, PCGS declared a
 
                                       18

<PAGE>   25
 
dividend payable to its stockholders in an aggregate amount of $2.2 million,
which represented a substantial portion of S corporation accumulated earnings
that were taxed or taxable to PCGS' stockholders individually. The dividend was
paid in cash in April 1999.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain
financial data expressed as a percentage of net revenues:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                              -----------------------------
                                                               1997       1998       1999
                                                              -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Net revenues................................................   100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
Cost of revenues............................................    28.2       26.5       38.4
                                                               -----      -----      -----
Gross profit................................................    71.8       73.5       61.6
Operating expenses:
  Supplier compensation cost................................      --                   2.6
  Selling, general & administrative expenses................    66.3       65.3       58.9
                                                               -----      -----      -----
     Total operating expenses...............................    66.3       65.3       61.5
                                                               -----      -----      -----
Operating income............................................     5.5        8.2        0.1
Interest income, net........................................     0.4        0.2        0.1
Minority interest...........................................    (0.1)      (0.4)      (0.1)
                                                               -----      -----      -----
Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes..........     5.8        8.0        0.1
Provision (benefit) for income taxes(1).....................     0.4        0.1       (1.6)
                                                               -----      -----      -----
Net income..................................................     5.4%       7.9%       1.7%
                                                               =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
(1) Until February 5, 1999, PCGS (the predecessor of Collectors Universe) was an
    S corporation for income tax purposes and therefore taxes on its income were
    payable by its stockholders. The provision made for income taxes in fiscal
    1997 and fiscal 1998 is the result of a 1.5% California franchise tax
    assessed on S corporations. On February 5, 1999, PCGS became a C corporation
    for income tax purposes and, as a result, we became responsible for paying
    taxes, at federal and state corporate tax rates, on income generated after
    that date.
 
COMPARISON OF YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
 
     NET REVENUES.  Net revenues increased 105% to $22.6 million in fiscal 1999
from $11.0 million in the prior year. Authentication and grading revenues for
coins and sportscards increased 84% to $17.7 million in fiscal 1999 from $9.6
million in fiscal 1998 primarily due to significantly higher sportscard
authentication and grading submittals. Auction revenues increased 250% to $4.9
million in fiscal 1999 from $1.4 million in fiscal 1998. This increase was
attributable to an increase in the number of collectibles auctions we conducted,
particularly Internet auctions, and an increase in the number of collectibles
sold at each of our auctions. Also contributing to higher auction revenues for
fiscal 1999 were auctions conducted by Lyn Knight and Kingswood subsequent to
their acquisitions.
 
     Net revenues increased 17% to $11.0 million in fiscal 1998 from $9.4
million in fiscal 1997. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase
in authentication and grading revenues for
 
                                       19

<PAGE>   26
 
sportscards and, to a lesser extent, for coins, and an increase in revenues from
auctions of rare records.
 
     GROSS PROFIT.  Gross profit increased by 72% to $13.9 million in fiscal
1999 from $8.1 million in fiscal 1998. This increase was largely attributable to
an increase in net revenues both from authentication and grading services and
auctions and an increase in margins realized on authentication and grading
services. As a percentage of net revenues gross margin declined to 61.6% in
fiscal 1999 from 73.5% in fiscal 1998. This decrease is primarily attributable
to the increase, as a percentage of total revenues, in auction sales of
purchased collectibles on which we realize lower margins than on our sales of
consigned collectibles. Partially offsetting the lower gross margin on auction
sales in fiscal 1999 was an increase in the gross margin that we realized on
revenues generated from authentication and grading services.
 
     In fiscal 1998, gross profit as a percent of net revenues increased to
73.5% in fiscal 1998 from 71.8% in fiscal 1997. This increase was principally
related to higher authentication and grading revenues, which enabled us to
achieve economies in providing those services.
 
     SUPPLIER COMPENSATION EXPENSE.  In fiscal 1999, we incurred a non-cash
expense of $585,000 that was attributable to grants of stock options to experts
for their agreements to supply collectibles or content over multi-year periods.
 
     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATION.  Selling, general and administration
("SG&A") expenses primarily include wages and payroll related expenses,
advertising and promotional expenses, travel and entertainment costs, facility
rental expenses and security related charges. SG&A increased 85% to $13.3
million in fiscal 1999, as compared with $7.2 million in fiscal 1998. We
increased expenditures to enhance the look and the functionality of our Internet
website. We also added to our management and upgraded information systems to
support the growth of our authentication and grading and auction businesses.
However, as a percentage of net revenues, SG&A expenses declined to 58.9% in
fiscal 1999 as compared with 65.3% in fiscal 1998.
 
     SG&A expenses increased to $7.2 million in fiscal 1998, from $6.2 million
in the prior fiscal year, primarily because of increased expenditures to enhance
our Internet website and increases in the number of auctions conducted in fiscal
1998. As a percentage of net revenues, SG&A expenses declined slightly in fiscal
1998 to 65.3% from 66.3% in fiscal 1997.
 
     Subsequent to June 30, 1999, we entered into a lease for a new 54,000 sq.
ft. facility that will consolidate all California-based operations in April
2000. We anticipate that SG&A expense, following the move, will be higher due to
increased rent we will be paying under the new lease as compared with the rent
that we are paying under our current leases. We also expect to incur relocation
costs. See "Business -- Facilities" and Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
     MINORITY INTEREST.  During fiscal 1999, we acquired the minority ownership
interests in two businesses in which we were the majority owners, making those
businesses wholly owned subsidiaries. Under applicable accounting principles,
for periods prior to our acquisition of those minority interests, we included
the operating results of those businesses, in their entirety, in our
consolidated statements of income, and then reduced our consolidated income by
the minority owners' share of those earnings.
 
     INCOME TAXES.  The provision for income taxes in fiscal 1997 and 1998 are
attributable to a California franchise tax of 1.5% on the earnings of our
predecessor S corporation. For periods from February 5, 1999, our income tax
liability was determined on the basis of the applicable federal and state
corporate rates at which C corporations are taxed. As a result, the provision
for fiscal 1999 included both a provision for California franchise tax at 1.5%
and federal and state corporation
 
                                       20

<PAGE>   27
 
income taxes at applicable C corporation tax rates. The tax benefit of $348,000
recorded in fiscal 1999 was attributable to deferred tax assets recorded on our
conversion to a C corporation and losses from operations incurred subsequent to
that conversion.
 
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND SEASONALITY
 
     The following table presents unaudited quarterly financial information for
each of the eight quarters beginning September 30, 1997 and ending on June 30,
1999. The information has been prepared by us on a basis consistent with our
audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The
information includes all necessary adjustments (consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments) that management considers necessary for a fair
presentation of the unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with
the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere
in this prospectus. These operating results are not necessarily indicative of
results that may be expected for any subsequent periods. See "Risk
Factors -- Our future operating results are subject to fluctuations."
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              QUARTER ENDED
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         SEPT. 30,   DEC. 31,   MAR. 31,   JUNE 30,   SEPT. 30,   DEC. 31,   MAR. 31,   JUNE 30,
                                           1997        1997       1998       1998       1998        1998       1999       1999
                                         ---------   --------   --------   --------   ---------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
Net revenues...........................   $2,475     $  2,575   $  2,780   $  3,159    $3,957      $4,194     $6,193    $ 8,219
Cost of revenues.......................      646          712        719        838     1,337       1,515      1,869      3,933
                                          ------     --------   --------   --------    ------      ------     ------    -------
Gross profit...........................    1,829        1,863      2,061      2,321     2,620       2,679      4,324      4,286
Operating expenses.....................    1,545        2,095      1,614      1,914     2,378       2,737      3,543      5,214
Operating income (loss)................      284         (232)       447        407       242         (58)       781       (928)
Interest income (expense), net.........        5            8          4          9         6           7        (13)        30
Minority interest......................      (51)         (35)        (9)        49       (32)        (12)        16         --
                                          ------     --------   --------   --------    ------      ------     ------    -------
Income (loss) before provision
  (benefit) for income taxes...........      238         (259)       442        465       216         (63)       784       (898)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes...       --           16         --         (3)        3          (1)       108       (458)
                                          ------     --------   --------   --------    ------      ------     ------    -------
Net income (loss)......................   $  238     $   (275)  $    442   $    468    $  213      $  (62)    $  676    $  (440)
                                          ======     ========   ========   ========    ======      ======     ======    =======
</TABLE>

 
     We have experienced and expect to continue to experience quarterly
variations in our net revenues as a result of a number of factors, including the
number and size of the premium auctions that we conduct, the dates of major coin
and sports conventions at which we authenticate and grade coins and sportscards
submitted by persons attending those conventions, overall increases in
authentication and grading submittals and expansion of our e-commerce website,
www.collectors.com. In addition, it has been our experience that authentication
and grading submissions also tend to be somewhat lower in the holiday period
between Thanksgiving and New Year's Day, than during other periods of the year.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     Prior to fiscal 1999, we financed our operations and capital requirements
through cash flows generated from operations. In fiscal 1999, we sold
approximately 1.3 million common shares in a private placement and raised net
proceeds of $6.4 million. Proceeds from this private placement were used to fund
the PCGS cash dividend declared prior to the reorganization, to extinguish debt
incurred
 
                                       21

<PAGE>   28
 
for the acquisitions completed in fiscal 1999 and to provide additional working
capital to fund the growth of our business. Working capital was $2.3 million at
June 30, 1999 and $975,000 at June 30, 1998.
 
     Cash provided by operating activities was $823,000 in fiscal 1998 compared
with $811,000 in fiscal 1999. In fiscal 1999, cash was used primarily to fund
increases in accounts receivable and purchases of collectibles for purposes of
resale at our auctions, whereas cash was provided by increases in accounts
payable and in deferred revenue. In fiscal 1999, we used $1.5 million of cash
for investing activities, including funds used for the fiscal 1999 acquisitions
and for computer related capital expenditures. We expect capital expenditures to
be approximately $1.0 million in fiscal 2000. However, we will be relocating to
a new facility during the fourth fiscal quarter of fiscal 2000 and it may become
necessary to fund a portion of the tenant improvements and other relocation
costs in connection with that move. See "Business -- Facilities."
 
     The private placement of shares, completed in March 1999, provided cash in
the amount of $6.4 million. We used $2.6 million of cash to pay the S
corporation dividend declared by PCGS in fiscal 1999. We currently do not have a
credit facility and, therefore, we do not have any borrowing availability.
 
     We believe that the net proceeds from the sale of common stock in this
offering, existing cash balances and internally generated funds will be
sufficient to fund our operations and financing requirements for at least the
next twelve months. However, the amount of our cash requirements will be
affected by several factors, including our growth rate, the need to increase
collectibles inventories for our auctions and capital expenditures to enhance
the capacity and functionality of our computer systems. Depending on our growth
and cash requirements, we may require additional financing in the future through
conventional bank financing or sales of debt or equity securities. Such
financing may or may not be available or may be dilutive. Our ability to obtain
additional financing will depend on our operating results, financial condition,
future business prospects and conditions then prevailing in the relevant capital
markets.
 
     At June 30, 1999, we had a retained deficit of approximately $1.2 million
because of S corporation dividends and a deemed distribution of $550,000
representing the portion of the cash consideration received in the Kingswood
acquisition by certain members of Kingswood who are stockholders of Collectors
Universe.
 
YEAR 2000 ISSUE
 
     Many currently installed computer systems and software products are
dependent upon internal calendars. However, most of those systems and products
were coded to accept only two digit entries in the date code field. As a result,
unless those computer software systems and products are upgraded or modified to
accept four digit entries in their date code fields (that is, made Y2K
compliant), computer errors and failures could occur when processing date
sensitive information beginning with the year 2000 (Y2K).
 
     We have developed and use certain proprietary software, in the grading of
rare coins and sportscards that is not yet Y2K compliant. We expect to complete
the required modifications to make those products Y2K compliant and to complete
verification testing by the end of October 1999. We estimate that the cost to
make our proprietary software Y2K compliant will be approximately $50,000.
Nevertheless, in the event that we encounter any disruptions in the operation of
that software due to Y2K issues, we believe our coin and sportscard graders have
sufficient knowledge, skills and experience to continue providing grading
services without the operation of our computerized grading system until those
issues are resolved. However, during such a period, the time required to
 
                                       22

<PAGE>   29
 
grade coins and sportscards would increase and, as a result, we would experience
a reduction of our revenues.
 
     In addition to our internally developed software, we utilize software and
hardware developed by third parties for both our network and internal
information systems. To date, we have not performed any testing of these third
party software products to determine Y2K compliance. We have, however, obtained
a "statement of Year 2000 compliance" or other forms of assurance of Y2K
compliance, from our most important third party providers.
 
     We rely on third party network infrastructure providers to gain access to
the Internet. In a reasonable worst case scenario, if such providers experienced
business interruptions as a result of any Y2K issues, our ability to maintain
access to and the functionality of our website could be impaired, which could
require us to incur unanticipated expenses and disrupt our auction business and
our ability to process customer credit card transactions. Such expenses and
disruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition. We do not presently have a contingency plan
in place if one of our third party providers, such as Internet backbone
providers, should experience system failure due to failure to comply with year
2000 issues, and we do not intend to establish such a contingency plan.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure About Segments of
an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS No. 131"). SFAS No. 131
establishes standards for the way companies report information about operating
segments in annual financial statements. It also establishes standards for
related disclosure about products and services, geographic areas and major
customers. We adopted SFAS No. 131 on July 1, 1998. We conduct our business
activity principally in two service segments: the authentication and grading of
collectibles and auctions of collectibles.
 
     In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities (SFAS No. 133), which the Company is required
to adopt effective for its fiscal year beginning July 1, 2000. SFAS No. 133 will
require the Company to record all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair
value. We do not have any derivative instruments nor do we engage in hedging
activities. Therefore, the adoption of SFAS No. 133 is not expected to have an
impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
     In March 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee issued
Statement of Position No. 98-1 or SOP 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of
Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use," which provides
guidance on accounting for the cost of computer software developed or obtained
for internal use. SOP 98-1 is effective for financial statements for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 1998. We are is currently evaluating the
impact of SOP 98-1 on our financial statements and related disclosures.
 
                                       23

<PAGE>   30
 

 
                                   BUSINESS
 
COLLECTORS UNIVERSE
 
     Collectors Universe is the leading full-service provider of value-added
services to dealers and collectors of coins, sportscards, sports memorabilia,
rare currency and rare records. We authenticate and grade the quality of coins
and sportscards, authenticate autographs and memorabilia, compile and publish
authoritative information and conduct traditional and Internet-based auctions.
We charge fees for authentication and grading services, earn proceeds from the
sale of our own inventory of collectibles and receive revenues from our auctions
in the form of agent commissions from buyers and sellers.
 
     We have established the preeminent brand names in coin grading
(Professional Coin Grading Service or PCGS), sportscard grading (Professional
Sports Authenticator or PSA), rare currency auctions (Lyn Knight Currency
Auctions) and rare record auctions (Good Rockin' Tonight). We also have
established widely recognized brand names in sportscard auctions (Superior
Sports Auctions), autograph authentication and collectible certification
(PSA/DNA Authentication Services), rare coin auctions (Kingswood Coin Auctions)
and Internet coin auctions (Coin Universe).
 
     We believe we have developed an unequaled reputation for the accuracy of
our authentication and grading services within the collectibles markets we
serve. The reputation and breadth of our value-added services provide collectors
and dealers with the confidence to buy and sell high-end collectibles without
physical inspection (commonly referred to as sight-unseen) through telephone and
Internet auctions. We offer dealers and collectors a full-service solution that
provides answers to the following questions:
 
     - "Is it real?" We authenticate collectible coins, sportscards and
       autographs to confirm that they are genuine.
 
     - "What's the quality?" We grade the quality of collectible coins and
       sportscards in accordance with consistently applied uniform standards.
 
     - "What's the value?" We compile and publish price guides, rarity reports,
       market indices and other authoritative content regarding collectibles
       that enable buyers and sellers to make more informed decisions.
 
     - "How do I buy or sell it?" As an increasing part of our business, we
       conduct integrated multi-venue auctions that enable buyers and sellers of
       high-end collectibles to participate in simultaneous Internet, telephonic
       and in-person auctions.
 
     At our website, www.collectors.com, collectors and dealers access our
authoritative information on collectibles and buy and sell collectibles at our
premium and weekly auctions. We currently have approximately 90,000 users who
are approved to participate in our Internet auctions. Visitors to our website
spend an average of 14 minutes per visit.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
     DEVELOPMENT OF COLLECTIBLES MARKETS. The sight-unseen market for high-end
coins was practically non-existent prior to the development of consistently
applied uniform quality grading standards. Previously, buyers needed to actually
see a coin before purchase to determine whether its quality justified the asking
price. Even when buyers could view coins before purchase, they often lacked the
knowledge to determine, with confidence, the authenticity or quality of a coin.
As a result, a system for grading coins developed among dealers by which they
used either descriptive terms, such as "uncirculated," "brilliant uncirculated"
and "gem brilliant uncirculated," or a numerical scale
 
                                       24

<PAGE>   31
 
ranging from 1-70 (with higher numbers denoting a higher quality). However,
whether using a descriptive or numeric system, grading varied significantly from
dealer to dealer, depending on a dealer's subjective criteria. Moreover, dealers
were hardly disinterested or independent since, as the buyers or sellers of the
coins they were grading, they stood to benefit financially from the assignment
of a particular grade. As a result, grading standards were often inconsistently
applied and many collectors were vulnerable to fraudulent practices. These
conditions severely limited the growth of the rare coin market and created a
barrier to the participation of new collectors who lacked the expertise
necessary to buy and sell with confidence.
 
     In response to these conditions, in 1986 we pioneered the practice of
employing expert graders who were independent of the buyers and sellers of
coins, thereby providing impartiality in the grading process. We established
consistent standards of quality measured against an actual "benchmark" set of
coins kept at our office, and we provided a warranty as to the accuracy of our
authentication and grading. We placed each graded coin in a tamper-evident
holder, so that any prospective buyer would know that it is a PCGS authenticated
and graded coin.
 
     As a result, dealers were able to trade PCGS graded coins sight-unseen and
an electronic teletype network called the Certified Coin Exchange developed and
was used by dealers to buy and sell rare coins electronically before the
Internet became viable. In addition, we began to provide a range of
authoritative content on coin collecting to inform and communicate with the
collector community including guides that tracked the price and rarity of PCGS
graded coins.
 
     In the sportscard market, misrepresentations of authenticity and quality
were also a barrier to market growth. Using the skills and credibility we
established with PCGS in the coin market, we pioneered a similar authentication
and grading system for sportscards. Our authentication and grading services
improved the marketability of sportscards by removing the barrier created by
misrepresentations of authenticity or quality. The sportscard market
continuously creates new collectibles as card companies produce new cards and
variations. Moreover, athletes create interest or they achieve new records and
milestones. Each time an athlete establishes a new record or rises in
popularity, demand for authentication and grading for that athlete's cards
increases. Although the most valuable cards are the vintage cards from players
such as Mantle, DiMaggio and Ruth, modern cards have become very popular as
collectors try to obtain the cards of new generations of stars.
 
     We believe that today the markets for autographs, records, stamps and other
collectibles are positioned much like coins and sportscards were positioned
prior to the establishment of accepted authentication and grading practices. As
buying and selling of collectibles over the Internet becomes more common, we
believe that there will be increased demand for authentication and grading
services and that collectors will be willing to pay a premium for collectibles
that have been authenticated and graded.
 
     The number and dollar value of transactions in all the collectibles markets
we serve are not easily ascertainable. However, we estimate the annual dollar
value of transactions for certain collectibles markets as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           MARKET                              MARKET SIZE
                           ------                             -------------
<S>                                                           <C>
Modern commemorative and gold coins.........................  $20.0 billion
Rare coins (U.S. only)......................................  $ 1.0 billion
Sports sportscards and other sport memorabilia..............  $ 0.5 billion
</TABLE>

 
     GROWTH OF INTERNET COMMERCE AND THE ONLINE AUCTION MARKETPLACE.  Dealers
and collectors have traditionally used classified advertisements, collectibles
shows, auction houses, local dealer shops,
 
                                       25

<PAGE>   32
 
garage sales and flea markets to purchase and sell collectibles. These markets
are highly inefficient because:
 
     - they are fragmented and local in nature, which limits the variety of
       items available and makes it difficult and expensive for buyers and
       sellers to meet;
 
     - buyers often lack the information needed to determine the quality or
       value of the goods being sold; and
 
     - transaction costs for any single transaction are often relatively high
       due to the number of intermediaries involved.
 
     The Internet offers an opportunity to create a compelling global
marketplace that overcomes the inefficiencies associated with these traditional
trading forums while offering the benefits of Internet-based commerce. An
Internet-based trading market facilitates the listing of items for sale, the
exchange of information, the interaction of buyers and sellers and ultimately
the consummation of transactions. The Internet also offers significant
convenience, allowing trading at all hours and providing continually-updated
information. As evidenced by the increasing number of auction transactions
conducted over the Internet, we believe that the Internet has been accepted as a
valid forum for conducting auctions.
 
     However, particularly with respect to high-end collectibles, Internet
commerce raises concerns about the authenticity of items, the credibility of
buyers and sellers, the legitimacy of bids and the delays and risks involved in
the shipment of collectibles to buyers and in the payment of sales proceeds to
sellers.
 
THE HIGH-END COLLECTIBLES MARKET OPPORTUNITY
 
     We believe that the high-end collectibles market will continue to grow as a
result of increased nostalgia for memorabilia, an increase in leisure and
disposable income, the desirability of owning collectibles and investor
confidence that collectibles will appreciate in value. We also believe that the
convenience and efficiency of the Internet will stimulate further substantial
growth in the high-end collectibles market. It is also our view that this growth
is dependent upon the availability of reliable authentication and grading
services, authoritative information necessary to value collectibles and a
trading forum that enables buyers and sellers of collectibles to maximize the
value of their collectibles. As the leading provider of these services to the
collectibles markets, we have the opportunity to benefit directly from such
growth in terms of increased demand for our services.
 
     THE AUTHENTICATION REQUIREMENT. Dealers and collectors demand to know that
the high-end collectibles they are buying are genuine. The expertise,
impartiality, credibility and reputation of an authenticator are critical to the
willingness of buyers to purchase high-end collectibles sight-unseen. This is
particularly important for collectibles which are more easily forged and
counterfeited, such as autographs.
 
     THE GRADING REQUIREMENT. Quality is a key factor in determining value. In
order to determine a collectible's quality collectors need consistently applied
uniform grading standards as well as assurances that collectibles have not been
tampered with or artificially enhanced. For example, on our PSA scale from 1 to
10, a 1952 Mickey Mantle baseball card graded PSA 8 recently sold for $31,050,
while the same card graded PSA 10 recently sold for $160,000. The expertise,
impartiality, credibility and reputation of the organization grading the
collectible is therefore critical to the willingness of buyers to purchase
high-end collectibles sight-unseen.
 
                                       26

<PAGE>   33
 
     THE INFORMATION REQUIREMENT. Access to authoritative information, compiled
by a credible third party, is critical to enable buyers and sellers to make
informed decisions regarding the value of collectibles. Before completing a
transaction, collectors use this information to assess the characteristics that
affect the value of a collectible, including:
 
     - rarity;
 
     - historical and recent selling prices;
 
     - quality or grades; and
 
     - the identification of sets and series of collectibles, such as
       sportscards of baseball Hall of Fame pitchers.
 
Therefore, we believe informed buyers and sellers are crucial to the development
and maintenance of a strong and efficient collectibles marketplace.
Additionally, information about the origins of a collectible, or about the
people and events with which a collectible is associated, enhances its
marketability and value and increases the enjoyment of the collecting experience
for both buyers and sellers.
 
     THE COMMERCE REQUIREMENT. Dealers and collectors need a readily available
and dependable marketplace within which to purchase and sell their collectibles
sight-unseen. Traditionally, the exchange of goods between individuals has been
conducted through inefficient trading forums such as classified advertisements,
collectibles shows, auction houses, local dealer shops, garage sales and flea
markets. The Internet has enabled the creation of a much more efficient and less
costly market for collectibles that is far more accessible, particularly to
private collectors, than traditional markets. Despite the accessibility of these
new markets, dealers and collectors who buy and sell over the Internet still
have concerns with respect to the authenticity of collectibles, the credibility
of participants, the legitimacy of bids, the delays and risks involved in the
shipment of collectibles to buyers and in the payment of sales proceeds to
sellers.
 
THE COLLECTORS UNIVERSE SOLUTION
 
     We believe that we provide the leading full-service solution for buyers and
sellers of high-end collectibles. We also believe that the number of items,
participants and transactions in the collectibles markets will increase to the
extent that the authentication, grading, information and commerce requirements
are addressed. Our services provide collectors and dealers with authentication,
grading and authoritative information in addition to multi-venue auctions of an
extensive selection of high-end collectibles.
 
     Our authentication and grading services provide a collector with confidence
that the collectible is genuine and that its quality is as represented. When
combined with the scarcity and pricing information that we compile and publish,
our services substantially eliminate the need to personally inspect collectibles
and facilitate their sale sight-unseen at prices approximating in-person auction
prices. For example, The Coin Dealer Newsletter, a leading independent newspaper
reporting on the collectibles coin market, has consistently reported over the
past two years that, on average, coin dealers would purchase sight-unseen a coin
graded by Collectors Universe for approximately 93% of the price that would be
paid following the physical inspection of a coin of comparable quality, as
compared with an average of approximately 80% for a coin authenticated and
graded by our closest grading competitor and an average of no more than 67% for
a coin authenticated and graded by any other of our major competitors.
 
                                       27

<PAGE>   34
 
     Our full-service solution provides answers to the following fundamental
questions commonly asked by collectors:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     MARKET REQUIREMENT                               SOLUTION
     ------------------                               --------
<S>                             <C>
"Is it real?"                   We can determine whether your collectible is fake or
                                real.
"What's the quality?"           We assign a grade to your collectible based upon
                                consistently applied uniform quality standards.
"What's the value?"             We compile and publish price guides and rarity
                                reports which contain authoritative information
                                concerning rarity, historic and recent selling prices
                                and historical origins of collectibles.
"How do I buy or sell it?"      We conduct auctions where you can buy or sell
                                collectibles in a multi-venue format with the benefit
                                of our information services.
</TABLE>

 
     Our suite of services, content and commerce is intended to make the
collecting experience exciting and memorable. The following flow chart
illustrates the value-added services we provide to the collectibles community:
 
                                  [FLOW CHART]
 
OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
     Our objective is to become the full-service marketplace of choice for
high-end collectibles. To achieve this objective we intend to:
 
     LEVERAGE OUR AUTHENTICATION AND GRADING LEADERSHIP TO INCREASE OUR AUCTION
BUSINESS. Our leadership position in authentication and grading of high-end
collectibles as well as our focus on providing a full complement of services
allows us to attract serious collectors to our auctions. When we receive a
collectible, we leverage this expertise to maximize value for the seller. These
services include describing and photographing the item, marketing and creating
catalogues, selecting an optimal auction venue, advertising and fulfillment
(including escrow services) to ensure completion of transactions.
 
                                       28

<PAGE>   35
 
     CROSS-SELL OUR SERVICES AND PRODUCTS TO OUR ESTABLISHED CUSTOMER
BASE. Collectors who use our authentication or grading services often have a
need for authoritative information or auctions. Additionally, our experience has
shown that collectors of one kind of collectible frequently are interested in
other types of collectibles. We therefore intend to cross-sell our services and
products to our customer base of dealers and collectors.
 
     PENETRATE OTHER COLLECTIBLES MARKETS. There are other high-end collectibles
markets in which growth has been hampered due to the absence of independent
authentication and grading services. We intend to use our reputation and
expertise in authentication and grading to penetrate such markets. Recently,
PSA/DNA inaugurated a program to certify the authenticity of autographs to
enable dealers and collectors to trade autographs sight unseen. We also believe
that authentication, grading and information services can be extended to other
collectibles to attract new groups of collectors to use our services. In
addition, we may choose to sublicense our DNA technology to help manufacturers
authenticate their collectibles products.
 
     EXPAND RECOGNITION OF THE COLLECTORS UNIVERSE(R)BRAND. We have established
the preeminent brands within select collectibles markets, including PCGS, PSA,
Lyn Knight Currency Auctions and Good Rockin' Tonight. We intend to use the
reputations of these brands to promote Collectors Universe as the premier brand
in the high-end collectibles industry. In addition, we are launching new
services under our Collectors Universe brand name such as One-of-a-Kind auctions
which are unique, create excitement and attract press coverage.
 
     USE PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY TO EXPAND AND ENHANCE THE SERVICES WE
PROVIDE. We intend to use new technologies, such as our exclusively licensed DNA
authentication technology, to enhance our existing services and to facilitate
the marketability of additional kinds of collectibles. The use of our DNA
technology will also facilitate the identification of limited edition
collectibles of all kinds. In addition, we have developed proprietary software
which increases the efficiency and accuracy of our coin grading operations while
reducing costs in the handling of consigned items.
 
SERVICES
 
     We provide authentication and grading services to the coin and sportscard
markets. In addition, we verify the authenticity of autographs and sports
memorabilia. As an independent authenticator and grader of collectibles, we
provide increased peace of mind for buyers and sellers, particularly those who
buy and sell collectibles sight-unseen. The written warranty that we extend with
each coin or sportscard that we authenticate or grade adds to the credibility of
our services. Our expertise in grading and authenticating coins, sportscards,
autographs and sports memorabilia provides us with both the capabilities and the
credibility to penetrate other high-end collectibles markets.
 
     PROFESSIONAL COIN GRADING SERVICE.  Since our inception in 1986, we have
graded more than 5.9 million coins with a declared insured value of more than
$8.5 billion. We estimate that, based on the number of items submitted for
authentication and grading in each of our last five fiscal years, we have
captured approximately a 50% share of the coin authentication and grading
market. We authenticate and grade approximately 40,000 coins per month and,
depending on the customer's requested turnaround time, we typically charge
between $12 and $40 per coin for this service. We have graded, either before or
after sale, four of the five highest priced U.S. coins ever sold at public
auction, including an 1804 silver dollar that was purchased for approximately
$4.1 million. We also have been named as the official grading service of the
Professional Numismatists Guild, the most prominent national coin dealer trade
organization.
 
     At PCGS, the grading of coins is a very exacting and standardized process.
We receive coins from dealers and collectors and enter them into our proprietary
computerized inventory system which
 
                                       29

<PAGE>   36
 
tracks the coins at every stage of the grading process. The coins are graded by
experts with years of coin grading experience who follow our benchmarked grading
standards. Coins enter the grading process without any markings that could
identify the owner of the coin ensuring that our graders are completely
objective. Graders also examine the coins independently from one another. Based
upon the type of coin and the results of the grading process, our proprietary
software determines whether additional graders will examine the coin to assign a
final grade. The coin is then sonically sealed in our specially designed holder
which also encases the grade, the description of the coin and the PCGS hologram
and brand name. The coin, grade and description are then verified by one or more
experts who have the authority to resubmit the coin for further review, if
necessary. Only after the grading phase is complete is the coin reunited with
its invoice, thus keeping the grading process independent of the identity of the
owner and the history of the coin.
 
     The number of coins submitted to us for authentication and grading over the
last two fiscal years is shown below.
[Number of Coins Graded by Fiscal Quarter graphic]
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,                     SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
SEPTEMBER 30, 1997             1997            1998        JUNE 30, 1998       1998            1998            1999
------------------         ------------      ---------     -------------   -------------   ------------      ---------
<S>                        <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
93325                         100602          109198          125327          112516          122337          129645
 
<CAPTION>
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1997         JUNE 30, 1999
------------------         -------------
<S>                        <C>
93325                         156957
</TABLE>

 
     PROFESSIONAL SPORTS AUTHENTICATOR.  We estimate that, based on the number
of items submitted for authentication and grading in each of our last five
fiscal years, we have captured approximately a 90% share of the sportscard
authentication and grading market. We typically charge between $8 and $40 per
card for this service, depending on the customer's requested turnaround time. We
employ similar authentication and grading procedures and provide warranties of
accuracy that are similar to the procedures employed and warranties given in
authentication and grading of coins. In addition to baseball cards, we
authenticate and grade football, hockey and basketball sportscards and other
collectible cards.
 
                                       30

<PAGE>   37
 
     The number of cards submitted to us for authentication and grading in the
past two fiscal years is shown below.
[Number of Cards Graded by Fiscal Quarter graphic]
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,                     SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
SEPTEMBER 30, 1997             1997            1998        JUNE 30, 1998       1998            1998            1999
------------------         ------------      ---------     -------------   -------------   ------------      ---------
<S>                        <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
28846                          31434           47903           59415           96256          171657          291907
 
<CAPTION>
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 1997         JUNE 30, 1999
------------------         -------------
<S>                        <C>
28846                         339000
</TABLE>

 
     PSA/DNA AUTHENTICATION SERVICES.  The value of many sportscards,
autographed items and other memorabilia is significantly dependent on the
buyer's confidence as to the authenticity of the collectible. We offer buyers
and sellers of these collectibles a service by which collectibles determined by
us to be genuine can be permanently marked using a proprietary liquid containing
synthetic DNA. The marking is invisible but can be viewed using a laser
operating at a specified wavelength. We apply the DNA material to the
collectible, along with a non-transferable serial number sticker. In addition,
the owner is furnished with a certificate confirming the authentication by
PSA/DNA.
 
     In addition, when a collectible is marked in this manner, a computerized
record is created identifying the collectible, the date of its authentication
and the mark that was applied to it. As a result, a prospective buyer may
contact us to verify the authenticity of the collectible before purchasing it.
Mark McGwire's 70th home run baseball and Hank Aaron's 715th home run baseball
and bat were authenticated by PSA/DNA using this DNA marker. We also plan to
apply this DNA marker to each of the collectibles to be auctioned in our
One-of-a-Kind auctions, including, for example, the basketball court where
Michael Jordan took the last shot of his NBA career to win the 1998 NBA
Championship.
 
     The DNA marking process has been developed and patented by DNA
Technologies, Inc., an unaffiliated company. In 1998, we obtained from DNA
Technologies a six-year exclusive license (subject to limited exceptions and
extensions) to use the synthetic DNA marking process for the authentication of
items manufactured as collectibles and items which are more than one year old.
DNA Technologies retained the rights to all other applications, including
anti-counterfeiting measures such as the DNA marking of tickets and security
passes at the 2000 Olympic Games in Australia.
 
                                       31

<PAGE>   38
 
Our license also allows us to sublicense this technology to others for
authentication of collectibles, subject to the obligation to share any
sublicensing revenue with DNA Technologies.
 
     We also use our DNA technology to offer a "signed in the presence of"
service as well as vintage autograph certification and vintage memorabilia
authentication services, employing experts in handwriting recognition and
memorabilia identification to certify authenticity.
 
CONTENT
 
     Through our Internet site, www.collectors.com, and our other publications,
we provide a broad range of authoritative information to the collector
community.
 
     PRICE GUIDES.  We provide a wide variety of authoritative price guides for
a number of collectible markets. For example, we track the value of the 3000
most actively traded U.S. coins with information dating back to 1970. We compile
and publish this information in a widely recognized collectible coin index, the
CU3000.
 
     MARKET MOVEMENT REPORTS.  Changes in prices are highlighted in market
movement reports. This makes it possible for a card collector, for example, to
quickly identify that certain cards have increased in value while others have
dropped.
 
     RARITY REPORTS.  Three primary characteristics drive the market value of
many collectibles: relative rarity, grade and significance to collectors. We
compile and publish reports that list the total number of sportscards and coins
we have graded since our inception in 1986, categorized by item type and grade
determination. We can publish, for example, the exact number of MS67-grade
1881-S Morgan silver dollars we have graded. Collectors can utilize this
information to make informed decisions regarding the purchase of particular
coins.
 
     ARTICLES.  Collecting is a passion for many and has nuances and anecdotes
that are well suited to a library of articles for each category of collectible.
We write informative articles and publish them on our website. A sense of
community is also important to collectors. We therefore encourage our users to
communicate and to write articles that can be made available to all collectors.
 
     HISTORICAL CONTENT.  Collecting is often about history, and in many
instances, the collectible's history is what makes it valuable. For example, the
Beatles "Yesterday . . . And Today" album was originally to be released with an
album cover depicting the Fab Four in butchers' smocks with cuts of raw meat and
dismembered toy doll parts. After distributing a few copies to the media,
Capitol Records deemed the cover too controversial and recalled the album. As a
result there are only seven known sealed copies of the stereo version of the
album with the "butcher" cover, and we recently auctioned one of them for
$38,500. There are hundreds of such stories that help to make collecting
entertaining.
 
     SETS AND SERIES.  In many instances, collectors try to obtain a full set of
related items. For example, a set may be comprised of all of Mickey Mantle's
baseball cards, every issue of $20 gold pieces or all of the vinyl 45's that
Elvis recorded. We make such lists available to help collectors maximize their
enjoyment.
 
     NEWS.  We provide the information that collectors and dealers need to track
recent events, trends and developments in the collectibles markets we serve. For
example, new collectibles are constantly being created, certain collectibles
increase in popularity and other collectibles sell at record prices.
 
                                       32

<PAGE>   39
 
COMMERCE
 
     We conduct auctions in a variety of formats that allow collectors to choose
the format with which they are most comfortable. At our multi-venue auctions
buyers can place bids over the Internet, by telephone, by computer-assisted
telephone and in-person.
 
     We believe our method of operation is superior to other Internet auction
companies because we take physical possession of most collectibles and ensure
fulfillment of the transaction. Also, unlike most of our competitors, we ensure
that upon delivery the auctioned item will meet the description made in our
auction materials to the buyer's complete satisfaction. If the buyer is not
satisfied, we will refund to the buyer the amount paid for the item. In addition
to addressing concerns of buyers, we also arrange for prompt payment to sellers
of the proceeds of transactions completed in our auctions. Thus, our method of
operation eliminates the concerns of buyers and sellers in completing
sight-unseen transactions.
 
     Our auctions are offered in two forms, premium auctions and weekly
auctions. The following table shows the average selling price of our auctioned
collectibles, including premium auctions for the three-month period ended August
31, 1999.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         AVERAGE
                    COLLECTIBLE                       SELLING PRICE
                    -----------                       -------------
<S>                                                   <C>
Coins...............................................     $  409
Sportscards.........................................        115
Currency............................................      1,172
Records.............................................        215
Miscellaneous.......................................         58
     All collectibles...............................        249
</TABLE>

 
     PREMIUM AUCTIONS.  Premium auctions feature special or unique collectibles
that are sold in a multi-venue auction format. In most of our premium auctions,
we utilize "callback bidding" where bidders can choose to be called back by a
phone operator immediately after the close of the first auction phase to be
given the opportunity to participate in the final bidding phase.
 
     We require consignors in our premium auctions to ship their collectibles to
us prior to auction. We photograph and prepare descriptions for all items
consigned to us for auction and compile and publish a catalog of all items to be
auctioned in advance of each of our premium auctions. Collectors can thus view
all of the collectibles to be auctioned, along with complete descriptions,
either by visiting our website and viewing online, or by ordering a catalog to
receive the catalog in hardcopy format. At the conclusion of the auction, we
handle shipping and payment transactions.
 
     Our premium auctions include:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          AVERAGE SELLING PRICE
                           DURING THREE-MONTH
                              PERIOD ENDED
    PREMIUM AUCTIONS         AUGUST 31, 1999                         ITEMS RECENTLY SOLD
    ----------------      ---------------------                      -------------------
<S>                       <C>                     <C>
Kingswood Coins.........         $1,629           High-end collectible coins, such as the 1886-O Morgan
                                                  Dollar sold in August 1994 for $126,500.
Superior Sports.........         $1,511           Rare sportscards and sports memorabilia, such as the July
                                                  1999 auction of a 1941 Joe DiMaggio baseball card which
                                                  sold for $109,250.
Lyn Knight Currency.....         $1,686           Rare high-end currency, such as an 1890 $1,000 bill sold
                                                  in December 1998 for $792,000.
Good Rockin' Tonight....         $  270           Rare records, such as an original Beatles album in a
                                                  limited edition album cover that was withdrawn from
                                                  circulation by Capitol Records, which sold for $38,500.
</TABLE>

 
                                       33

<PAGE>   40
 
     Beginning in October 1999, we will be auctioning unique, One-of-a-Kind
items such as the only Grammy(R) awarded to John Lennon, the 500th home run
balls of Mark McGwire and Mickey Mantle and the basketball court where Michael
Jordan took the last shot of his NBA career to win the 1998 NBA championship.
 
     We began conducting auctions in a multi-venue format in July 1999. With
collectors simultaneously submitting bids over the Internet and telephone, the
July 1999 Superior Sports Auction generated $1.2 million. It was the first
sportscard auction in history to sell two sportscards for more than $100,000
each. The first was a 1941 Joe DiMaggio, which was graded PSA 9 and sold for
$109,250 to an Internet bidder. The second card was a 1933 Babe Ruth, which was
graded PSA 9 and sold for $100,050 to a telephone bidder. Each of these auctions
concluded with a spirited "callback bidding" session. Internet bidders accounted
for approximately 14% of the participants and 19% of the total amount bid in the
July 1999 auction.
 
     WEEKLY AUCTIONS.  Our weekly auctions feature collectibles consigned to us
by individuals and by dealers of quality collectibles, as well as collectibles
from our own inventory. All weekly auctions are conducted over the Internet and
enable collectors to sell their high-end collectibles in a more timely manner.
 
     COLLECTIBLES GALLERY.  In addition to our auctions, we offer consigned
collectibles and collectibles from our inventory for sale at a set price. By
offering items at a set price, we offer an alternative to customers who may not
feel comfortable buying or selling at an auction.
 
SUPPLIERS AND INVENTORY
 
     Currently approximately 70% of aggregate sales prices of collectibles sold
at our auctions are derived from collectibles obtained on consignment from third
parties. A large portion of these collectibles are supplied to us by selected
dealers who possess the expertise, integrity and the capacity to provide to us
with high-end collectibles for auction on a regular basis. In certain cases we
have contractual arrangements with these suppliers that require them to supply
us a minimum dollar value of collectibles during each contract period. Some of
these suppliers are also stockholders of the Collectors Universe. Although we
have established relationships with these suppliers, we believe that there are
other dealers capable of supplying high-end collectibles for auction. See "Risk
Factors -- There are limited suppliers of collectibles."
 
     Currently approximately 30% of aggregate sales prices of collectibles sold
at our auctions are derived from collectibles that have been acquired by us for
resale. Acquiring inventories of collectibles provides us with greater control
over the quality and value of the collectibles we can make available for sale at
our auctions and enables us to take advantage of opportunities to purchase
highly sought after collectibles at favorable pricing. To avoid conflicts of
interest, we only acquire collectibles that have been previously graded or
authenticated, and such collectibles are sold without being regraded by us.
Maintaining inventories of collectibles, however, presents valuation risks
because of potential fluctuations in their market prices. We strive to mitigate
the market risk of our inventory through frequent turnover. Our average
inventory turnover, excluding rare records, is fewer than 120 days. However,
from time to time, we may acquire a large quantity of collectibles when
available, often at significant discounts. We believe we have taken adequate
reserves against a loss due to our accumulation of inventory. See "Risk
Factors -- We may incur losses as a result of accumulating inventory."
 
                                       34

<PAGE>   41
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
     MARKETING STRATEGY.  To achieve our goal of becoming the full-service
marketplace of choice for high-end collectibles, we intend to aggressively
promote our brands to attract more dealers and collectors to utilize our
authentication and grading services and our auctions. Currently, our marketing
strategy consists of several components described below.
 
     First, we publicize and attract people to our Collectors Universe Internet
website through Internet advertising, our color catalogs and print
advertisements placed in weekly and monthly trade publications targeted at
collectors whose areas of interest are addressed by our products. These
advertisements take advantage of the name recognition enjoyed by our preeminent
brands, such as PCGS, PSA, Lyn Knight Currency Auctions and Good Rockin' Tonight
and promote our Collectors Universe brand by designating each business as a
"Collectors Universe" company.
 
     Second, the millions of collectibles we have authenticated and graded are
each prominently labeled with our brand names such as PCGS and PSA. This has
helped to establish us as a leader in authentication and grading. For example,
at both the National Sports Collectors Show in Atlanta in July 1999 and
Sportsfest '99 in Chicago, a vast majority of the premium priced sportscards
sold by various vendors bore our PSA brand name.
 
     Third, by providing our authentication and grading services to collectors
through our relationship with eBay, we increase customer awareness of our
services and perpetuate our reputation as the industry leader in authentication
and grading.
 
     Fourth, we expect that our One-of-a-Kind auctions will attract significant
media coverage and promote awareness of Collectors Universe as well as our
premium and weekly auctions.
 
     Finally, we maintain an industry-leading presence at most major
collectibles trade shows, with the cornerstone of our presence being our exhibit
booth. Our eye-catching booth affords a substantial product display area that is
typically the largest at the trade shows in which we participate. Having seen
the items on display in our booth, visitors log on to our website at the booth
and participate in auctions by bidding on products online. The design of our
booth enables us to easily tailor our presence on a show-by-show basis so that
we can feature a specific collectible category (e.g., coins, sportscards and
sports memorabilia), while cross-marketing our collectibles universes in other
categories.
 
     CUSTOMER SUPPORT.  We devote significant resources to providing
personalized, customer service and support in a timely manner. The first level
of support is our electronic and automated communications with customers,
consignors and bidders. This keeps buyers and sellers updated on the status of
auctions and collectibles submitted for authentication and grading. The next
level of support is our proprietary computer-assisted telephone and Internet
information system, through which we track the status of approximately 200,000
collectibles we receive each month. In addition, customers or prospective buyers
can confirm the authenticity of the over 7.1 million collectibles we have
graded. Customers can also choose to telephone or email our general support
staff. We also make available specialists and experts who are capable of
handling virtually any issue our customers may encounter when using our
services.
 
STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS
 
     CO-BRANDING.  eBay has entered into a strategic relationship with us that
enables all of its users to access our authentication and grading services by
simply clicking on one of our logos that are prominently displayed on eBay's
home pages for coin, sportscards and sports collectibles. Once selected, eBay's
customers gain immediate access to our co-branded website and our database. At
this
 
                                       35

<PAGE>   42
 
website customers can readily determine via our searchable database whether an
item was authenticated and graded by Collectors Universe, and, if graded, the
quality of the item. The co-branded website does not promote our own auctions or
link to the Collectors Universe website, but it makes our authentication and
grading services available to a wider market. In addition, eBay users may choose
to join our Collectors Clubs, which entitle them to receive collectibles
authentication, grading and information services from us for a package price.
 
     We also intend to team with other leading Internet collectibles auctioneers
to provide our authentication and grading services to their online buyers and
sellers.
 
     EXPERT CONSULTANTS.  We have established relationships with 59 of the
leading experts in high-end collectibles markets. Some of these experts provide
us with collectibles, while others create content such as price guides and
authoritative information in their areas of expertise for our publications and
our website. In return, we have granted these experts options to purchase an
aggregate of 622,102 shares of our common stock.
 
OPERATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY
 
     We believe our proprietary grading software and systems are the most
sophisticated in the collectibles markets in which we compete. Our grading
software uses complex algorithms to determine the number of independent gradings
required to determine the grade of a coin. We also maintain computerized process
control over each step in the grading system which enables us to provide
accurate and timely customer support services.
 
     We have built a robust, scalable user interface and transaction processing
system that is based on internally developed proprietary software combined with
industry standard system components. Our system currently maintains data records
for approximately 90,000 registered users and has the capacity to meet
anticipated growth in registered users for the foreseeable future. During July
1999, our system supported 14 auctions per week and provided data with respect
to the 50 auctions completed during the previous month. For the six-month period
ended August 31, 1999, our website had over 70 million page views. Nearly all of
the pages on our website are continuously updated at the time of viewing through
interaction with our database servers.
 
     Our system handles all aspects of the auction process and enables users to
follow and participate in the bidding during the course of the auction. Our
auction system is integrated with additional internal software systems to
provide full support of our auction processes including: an inventory management
system that keeps track of consigned collectibles as they progress through the
system from receipt, to photography, to auction creation and all the way to
final shipment; a customer information system; and a corporate accounting
system. This integrated system creates and sends bidder invoices and consignor
sales information immediately after completion of an auction. The system
supports credit card transactions for the winning bidders.
 
     Our system has been designed with industry standard architectures and
components and has been engineered to reduce downtime in the event of outages or
catastrophic occurrences. Our service is designed to provide 24 hours per day,
seven days per week availability. Our primary systems utilize wide-band fiber
optic cable and have been designed to provide mission critical service with no
single point-of-failure locations.
 
                                       36

<PAGE>   43
 
COMPETITION
 
     The trading of collectibles over the Internet is new, rapidly evolving and
intensely competitive. In the Internet auctions business generally, our
competitors include eBay, Amazon.com, Yahoo!, Onsale, Auction Universe, a
division of Classified Ventures, Inc. and Excite. Our competitors in the
Internet collectibles auction business include Collectit.net, Collectors
Supermall, Numismatists Online, Philatelists Online, Teletrade, Inc., Wow
Auction, Inc., The BoxLot Company and GoMainline.com. Large corporations with
recognized capabilities in business-to-consumer commerce, including America
Online, Microsoft, Cendant and QVC, have large resources which could also be
directed to compete in the Internet auction market. Barriers to entry are
relatively low and current and new competitors can launch new sites at a
relatively low cost using commercially available software. We believe that the
principal competitive factors in our Internet auction business are expertise in
the collectibles offered for sale; quality of collectibles content; population
of buyers and sellers that use the service; availability of related services,
such as authentication and grading, customer service and staff expertise;
reliability of delivery and timely payment; brand name recognition; and website
convenience and accessibility.
 
     Our traditional auction business is also highly competitive. We compete
directly with other companies that specialize in collectibles and have an
industry reputation for hosting premium collectibles auctions. Our competitors
in traditional auction markets include Heritage Numismatic Auctions, Auctions by
Bowers & Merena, and Mastro Fine Sports Auctions as well as other reputable
companies such as Sotheby's, Christie's and Greg Manning Auctions, which do not
specialize in, but do conduct coin and sportscard auctions. In addition, other
significant auction companies that do not presently engage in auctions for coins
or sportscards or other collectibles that are the focus of our business may
decide to enter our markets to compete with us. These companies have greater
name recognition than us and have access to more financial and marketing
resources than we do. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the
traditional auction business are the reputation of the company hosting the
auction, the hosting party's ability to attract buyers to the auction and the
quality of collectibles available for sale at the auction.
 
     There are few competitors in the coin and sportscard authentication and
grading markets and the costs of entering such markets are substantial. However,
other collectibles companies could expand their line of services into coins or
sportscards, new entrants into the market could deplete our market share and
auction companies could expand their service offerings to include the grading of
coins, sportscards and other collectibles. Our competitors in the coin grading
and authentication market include Numismatic Guaranty Corporation of America,
Inc. and ANACS, a subsidiary of Amos Press, Inc. In the sportscard grading and
authentication business, our competitors include Beckett, Certified Sports
Authentication, Inc. and Sportscard Guarantee L.L.C.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
     We rely on a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as
well as confidentiality agreements and non-competition agreements to establish
and protect our proprietary rights.
 
                                       37

<PAGE>   44
 
     The following table sets forth a list of our trademarks, both unregistered
and registered, that are currently being used in the conduct of our business:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   UNREGISTERED TRADEMARKS     REGISTERED TRADEMARKS
   -----------------------     ---------------------
<S>                            <C>
Coin Universe                  Collectors Universe
Collectors.com                 PCGS
Lyn Knight Currency Auctions   PSA
Superior Sports Auctions       PSA/DNA
Kingswood Coin Auctions        Good Rockin' Tonight
Record Universe
Sports Collectors Universe
Currency Universe
One-of-a-Kind Auctions
</TABLE>

 
     We have not conducted an exhaustive search of possible prior users of the
unregistered trademarks listed above and, therefore, it is possible that our use
of some of these trademarks may conflict with others.
 
     Collectors Universe has an exclusive six-year license (subject to limited
exceptions) with DNA Technologies, Inc. to use its patented DNA authentication
technology for the authentication of collectibles. If we meet certain royalty
obligations during the initial six-year term, we will be entitled to extend the
term of the agreement, subject to negotiation of royalty payments. Additionally,
our exclusive license will allow us to sublicense this technology (subject the
sharing of such sublicense revenue with DNA Technologies) to other major
companies who can benefit from the security afforded by the DNA authentication
technique, such as manufacturers or distributors of various limited edition
merchandise or collectibles. If the patent for the DNA Technology were
challenged successfully, we could lose our exclusive license to use this
technology in the collectibles market.
 
     As part of our confidentiality procedures, we generally enter into
agreements with our employees and consultants and limit access to and
distribution of our software, documentation and other proprietary information.
Notwithstanding the precautions we take, it might be possible for a third party
to copy or otherwise obtain and use our software or other proprietary
information without authorization or to develop similar software independently.
Policing unauthorized use of our technology is difficult, particularly because
the global nature of the Internet makes it difficult to control the ultimate
destination or security of software or other data transmitted. The laws of other
countries may afford us little or no effective protection of our intellectual
property.
 
     Our proprietary auction software is protected by copyright laws and under
applicable trade secret laws. We may in the future receive notices from third
parties claiming infringement by our software or other aspects of our business.
Any such claim, with or without merit, could result in significant litigation
costs and diversion of resources, including the attention of management, and
require us to enter into royalty and licensing agreements. Such royalty and
licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to
us or at all. In the future, we may also need to file lawsuits to enforce our
intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the
validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such licensing or
litigation, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial
costs and diversion of resources, which could harm our business.
 
                                       38

<PAGE>   45
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
     We are not currently subject to direct federal, state or local regulation,
and laws or regulations applicable to access to or commerce on the Internet,
other than regulations applicable to businesses generally. However, due to the
increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other online services, it is
possible that a number of laws and regulations may be adopted with respect to
the Internet or other online services covering issues such as user privacy,
freedom of expression, pricing, content and quality of products and services,
taxation, advertising, intellectual property rights and information security.
Several states have also proposed legislation that would limit the uses of
personal user information gathered online or require online services to
establish privacy policies. The FTC has also initiated action against at least
one online service regarding the manner in which personal information is
collected from users and provided to third parties. Changes to existing laws or
the passage of new laws intended to address these issues, including some
recently proposed changes, could create uncertainty in the marketplace that
could reduce demand for our services or increase the cost of doing business as a
result of litigation costs or increased service delivery costs. Numerous states,
including the State of California in which our headquarters are located, have
regulations regarding the manner in which "auctions" may be conducted and the
liability of "auctioneers" in conducting such auctions. We do not believe that
such regulations, which were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet, govern
the operations of our business and no state has filed a claim asserting that we
are subject to such legislation. Although we have received no communications
from the State of California or any other state, no legal determination has been
made with respect to the applicability of the California regulations to our
business to date and little precedent exists in this area. However, a state
could attempt to impose these regulations upon us in the future, which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
 
     Generally, we do not collect sales tax or other similar taxes on goods sold
by users through our online service. However, one or more states may seek to
impose sales tax collection obligations on out-of-state companies such as ours,
which engage in or facilitate online commerce, and a number of proposals have
been made at the state and local level that would impose additional taxes on the
sale of goods and services through the Internet. Since the Internet is
worldwide, other jurisdictions may seek to tax or otherwise burden our business
with regulatory requirements. If adopted, these proposals could substantially
impair the growth of electronic commerce, and could adversely affect our ability
to profit from Internet commerce.
 
     Applicability to the Internet of existing laws governing issues such as
property ownership, copyrights and other intellectual property issues, taxation,
libel, obscenity and personal privacy is uncertain. The vast majority of such
laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and related technologies
and, as a result, do not contemplate or address the unique issues of the
Internet and related technologies.
 
     In a consent decree with the FTC dated August 1990, PCGS consented to
certain restrictions in the operation of the PCGS business. Under the consent
decree, PCGS agreed that it will make no representations that are untrue with
respect to the objectivity of its services or the marketability of coins. In
addition, PCGS agreed not to improperly adjust its grading standards, nor to
permit any coin graders to knowingly grade coins in which the graders have a
financial interest or to discuss grading procedures with persons not authorized
by PCGS. We believe the consent decree imposes no unduly burdensome restrictions
on our business. See "Risk Factors -- Additional regulations could be imposed on
our industry."
 
                                       39

<PAGE>   46
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     As of August 15, 1999, we had 237 employees, including 115 in grading and
authentication, 60 in auctions, 15 in product development, 10 in sales and
marketing and 37 in other business and administrative services. We have never
had a work stoppage, and no employees are represented under collective
bargaining agreements. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.
 
FACILITIES
 
     Our existing lease of approximately 35,000 square feet will expire in March
2000 and these facilities are inadequate to accommodate the anticipated growth
of our business. Accordingly, we have entered into a lease for a facility of
approximately 54,000 square feet that will accommodate our anticipated future
growth needs. The lease will commence upon termination of our existing lease,
with a term of eight years. The expenditures and other costs of moving to the
new facility are expected to range from approximately $200,000 to $400,000 and
may temporarily have a disruptive effect on our operations.
 
                                       40

<PAGE>   47
 

                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding our directors
and executive officers:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                      AGE                    POSITION
----                                      ---                    --------
<S>                                       <C>    <C>
David G. Hall...........................  52     Chairman of the Board and Director
Louis M. Crain..........................  52     President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                                   Director
Gary N. Patten..........................  52     Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
Stephen H. Mayer........................  52     Senior Vice President and Director
Richard E. Caselli......................  55     Vice President, Sales and Business
                                                   Development
David E. Gioia..........................  49     Vice President, Marketing
Van D. Simmons..........................  48     Director
Armen R. Vartian........................  41     Director
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
(1) Member of Audit Committee
 
(2) Member of Compensation Committee
 
     Following completion of the offering, we plan to appoint two additional
directors who are not employees or otherwise affiliated with Collectors
Universe.
 
     DAVID G. HALL has served as Chairman of the Board and a director since
founding Collectors Universe in February 1986. From 1986 to January 1999, he
also served as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Hall was honored
by COINage Magazine as Numismatist of the Century along with 14 others. In 1990,
Mr. Hall was named an Orange County Entrepreneur of the Year by INC. magazine.
In addition, he has written A Mercenary's Guide to the Rare Coin Market, a book
dedicated to coin collecting. Mr. Hall is also a member of the Professional
Numismatists Guild.
 
     LOUIS M. CRAIN has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and
a director since January 1999. From 1992 to 1998, Mr. Crain served as President,
Chief Executive Officer and a director of MARC Analysis Research Corporation, a
leading supplier of high-technology engineering software for structural
analysis. Mr. Crain founded Symmetric Software, Inc. in 1989 and served as its
Chief Executive Officer until 1992. From 1975 to 1989, Mr. Crain served as Vice
President and a director of PDA Engineering, where he developed and managed the
growth of PATRAN, a popular software product used in the analysis of stress in
structural systems. Mr. Crain received a B.S. degree from the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology.
 
     GARY N. PATTEN has served as our Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Secretary since March 1999. From June 1995 to March 1999, Mr. Patten was
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Unit Instruments, Inc.,
a manufacturer of component products for the semiconductor equipment industry.
From 1986 to 1995, Mr. Patten served as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Secretary of Optical Radiation Corporation, a diversified manufacturer of
consumer products, medical devices and industrial products. Mr. Patten holds an
M.B.A. degree from the University of California at Los Angeles.
 
     STEPHEN H. MAYER has served as our Senior Vice President since January 1999
and has been a director since 1987. From 1988 to 1998, Mr. Mayer served as Chief
Operations Officer of Collectors
 
                                       41

<PAGE>   48
 
Universe. From 1986 to 1988, Mr. Mayer served as Director of Operations. Mr.
Mayer holds a B.A. degree from Central Oklahoma State University.
 
     RICHARD E. CASELLI serves as our Vice President of Sales and Business
Development. For the five years prior to joining Collectors Universe in March
1999, Mr. Caselli was the President of his own consulting company which
specialized in sales and marketing training for technology companies. From 1992
to 1994, he served as the Chief Operating Officer and Vice President of North
American Sales for MARC Analysis Research Corporation. In addition, Mr. Caselli
was the Vice President of Worldwide Sales for PDA Engineering. Mr. Caselli
received his B.S.E.E. degree from the University of Detroit.
 
     DAVID E. GIOIA joined Collectors Universe in August 1999 as the Vice
President of Marketing. From 1988 to August 1999, Mr. Gioia was a freelance
director, writer and producer of advertising and corporate and marketing
communications materials. From 1983 to 1988, Mr. Gioia was President, Executive
Producer and Creative Director of Luna Park Productions, Inc. Mr. Gioia received
his B.A. degree from Emerson College in Boston.
 
     VAN D. SIMMONS has served as a director of Collectors Universe since its
founding in 1986. Mr. Simmons has been the Chairman of the Board of David Hall's
North American Trading, LLC, a retailer of rare coins, since February 1997. From
1981 to 1997 he served as President of David Hall Rare Coins and Collectibles, a
retailer of rare coins.
 
     ARMEN R. VARTIAN has served as a director for Collectors Universe since
February 1999. Mr. Vartian has a law practice specializing in matters relating
to art and collectibles. He has represented auction houses, dealers and
collectors and has also served as Special Counsel at the request of the Federal
Trade Commission. Mr. Vartian has also served as General Counsel to the
Professional Numismatists Guild and the American Numismatic Association. Mr.
Vartian is the author of Legal Guide to Buying and Selling Art and Collectibles.
Mr. Vartian holds a B.A. degree from The City University of New York and a J.D.
degree from Harvard University.
 
OTHER KEY EMPLOYEES
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding other key
employees:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                        AGE                    POSITION
----                                        ---                    --------
<S>                                         <C>   <C>
Richard S. Montgomery.....................  37    President, Professional Coin Grading
                                                  Service
Stephen Rocchi............................  41    President, Professional Sports
                                                  Authenticator
Lyn F. Knight.............................  49    President, Lyn Knight Currency Auctions
Gregory B. Bussineau......................  34    President, Superior Sportcard Auctions, LLC
Brent L. Gutekunst........................  39    Vice President, e-commerce
Gordon J. Wrubel..........................  56    President, Good Rockin' Tonight
Michael W. Sherman........................  44    President, Kingswood Coin Auctions
Jason E. Meyerson.........................  32    President, PSA/DNA
Michael D. Barnes.........................  29    President, One-of-a-Kind Auctions
</TABLE>

 
     RICHARD S. MONTGOMERY serves as the President of PCGS, a position he has
held since 1997. Prior to joining Collectors Universe as an authenticator and
grader in 1987, Mr. Montgomery held several positions at American Numismatic
Association Certification Service between 1980 and 1985, and ultimately served
as a director.
 
                                       42

<PAGE>   49
 
     STEPHEN ROCCHI serves as the President of PSA, a position he has held since
1996. Mr. Rocchi joined Collectors Universe in 1986 as our first employee and
served as Operations Manager from 1988 until 1996. Mr. Rocchi received a B.S.
degree from California State University, Long Beach.
 
     LYN F. KNIGHT has served as the President of Lyn Knight Currency Auctions
since February 1999, when Collectors Universe acquired the currency auction
business of Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc. Mr. Knight was the founder, and from
its inception in 1985, served as the President, of Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins,
Inc., which was engaged in the marketing and selling rare currency. In addition,
Mr. Knight is a founder and past President of the Professional Currency Dealers
Association.
 
     GREGORY B. BUSSINEAU is the founder of and has served as the President of
Superior Sportcard Auctions, LLC, a subsidiary of Collectors Universe, since its
inception in 1995. Mr. Bussineau has been a dealer of sportscards since 1983 and
is the owner of Superior Sportscard, Inc., a retail dealer of sportscards and
other sports collectibles.
 
     BRENT L. GUTEKUNST has served as our Vice President of e-commerce since
February 1999. He also served as Vice President of Internet Universe, LLC from
August 1996 to February 1999 and as a director of Collectors Universe from
February 1999 to August 1999. Prior to August 1996, Mr. Gutenkunst was the
President of Info Exchange, Inc., an Internet content and auction company,
during which time he created the website known as Coin Universe. From 1988 to
1990, Mr. Gutekunst was the Managing Trustee for Income Properties Equity Trust,
a publicly held real estate investment trust. Mr. Gutekunst holds an M.B.A.
degree from Northwestern University and a B.S. degree from the University of
Kansas.
 
     GORDON J. WRUBEL has served as President of Good Rockin' Tonight, our rare
records division, since 1996. In addition, from 1986 to August 1999, Mr. Wrubel
served as a director and Secretary of Collectors Universe. From 1986 to 1995,
Mr. Wrubel was the Director of Grading for Collectors Universe.
 
     MICHAEL W. SHERMAN, the President of Kingswood Coin Auctions, joined
Collectors Universe in May 1999. From March 1998 to May 1999, Mr. Sherman served
as the Vice President of Jefferson Coin and Bullion, Inc. Prior to that time,
Mr. Sherman served as the General Manager of Heritage Numismatic Auctions, Inc.
for 18 years. He has also been a contributor to the Guide Book of United States
Coins Mr. Sherman holds a B.S. degree from the University of Virginia and an
M.B.A. degree from Washington University in St. Louis.
 
     JASON E. MEYERSON has served as President of PSA/DNA since April 1999. From
1993 to April 1999, Mr. Meyerson served as Sales and Brand Manager for Veltec
Sports, Inc., a sales and distribution company for the bicycle industry.
 
     MICHAEL D. BARNES has served as President of One-of-a-Kind since March
1999. Mr. Barnes was the managing partner of Creative Properties Management
Group, a sports and entertainment agency from April 1996 to March 1999. He
received a B.A. degree from the University of Missouri and a J.D. degree from
St. Louis University.
 
BOARD COMMITTEES AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
     The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors will consist of two members
of the Board of Directors who will be appointed prior to the offering. The Audit
Committee recommends to the Board of Directors the independent public
accountants to be selected to audit our annual financial statements and approves
any special assignments given to such accountants. The Audit Committee also
reviews the planned scope of the annual audit and the independent accountants'
letter of
 
                                       43

<PAGE>   50
 
comments and management's response thereto, any major accounting changes made or
contemplated and the effectiveness and efficiency of our internal accounting
staff.
 
     The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors will consist of two
members of the Board of Directors who will be appointed prior to the offering.
The Compensation Committee determines the compensation payable to the executive
officers of Collectors Universe. Prior to the formation of our Compensation
Committee, our Board of Directors made decisions relating to compensation of
executive officers.
 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following table sets forth summary information concerning compensation
earned for all services rendered to us in all capacities during the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1999, for our Chief Executive Officer and each of our other most
highly compensated executive officers whose salary and bonus exceeded $100,000
(the "Named Executive Officers").
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 LONG TERM
                                                            ANNUAL             COMPENSATION
                                                         COMPENSATION             AWARDS
                                                      ------------------   SECURITIES UNDERLYING
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                            SALARY     BONUS         OPTIONS(#)
---------------------------                           --------   -------   ---------------------
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>       <C>
David G. Hall, Chairman(1)..........................  $330,000   $    --                0
Louis M. Crain, President and Chief Executive
  Officer(2)........................................   180,000        --          950,000
Stephen H. Mayer, Senior Vice President.............   134,944    71,944           25,000
Gary N. Patten, Chief Financial Officer
  and Secretary(3)..................................    36,000    12,000          180,000
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
 
(1) Prior to January 1999, Mr. Hall was also Chief Executive Officer of
    Collectors Universe.
 
(2) Mr. Crain began his employment with us in January 1999. His annual salary is
    $360,000.
 
(3) Mr. Patten began his employment with us in March 1999. His annual salary is
    $156,000.
 
                                       44

<PAGE>   51
 
                    STOCK OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL YEAR 1999
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         POTENTIAL
                                                 INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                    REALIZABLE VALUE
                                ---------------------------------------------------      AT ASSUMED
                                NUMBER OF                                             ANNUAL RATES OF
                                SECURITIES     PERCENT OF                               STOCK PRICE
                                UNDERLYING   TOTAL OPTIONS    EXERCISE                APPRECIATION FOR
                                 OPTIONS       GRANTED TO      PRICE                   OPTION TERM(2)
                                 GRANTED      EMPLOYEES IN     ($ PER    EXPIRATION   ----------------
NAME                              (#)(1)     FISCAL YEAR(%)    SHARE)       DATE        5%       10%
----                            ----------   --------------   --------   ----------   ------   -------
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>          <C>              <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>
David G. Hall.................        --            --            --     --               --        --
Louis M. Crain................   950,000          45.1%        $2.11     01/04/09     $5,738   $10,298
Stephen H. Mayer..............    25,000           1.2          5.00     04/01/09         79       199
Gary N. Patten................   180,000           8.5          5.00     04/01/09        567     1,431
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
 
(1) Mr. Crain's stock options were fully vested on the grant date. Mr. Mayer's
    stock options were fully vested on the grant date. Mr. Patten's stock
    options vest with respect to 36,000 shares on the grant date, 8,000 shares
    per month between April 1999 and December 1999 and 6,000 shares per month
    thereafter until fully vested.
 
(2) Potential realizable value is based on the assumption that our common stock
    appreciates at the annual rate shown, compounded annually, from the date of
    grant until the expiration of the ten-year option term as applicable. These
    numbers are calculated based on Securities and Exchange Commission
    requirements and do not reflect our projection or estimate of future stock
    price growth. Potential realizable values are computed by multiplying the
    number of shares of common stock subject to a given option by the exercise
    price, as determined by our Board of Directors, assuming that the aggregate
    stock value derived from that calculation compounds at the annual 5% or 10%
    rate shown in the table for the entire term of the option and subtracting
    from that result the aggregate option and exercise price.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     Mr. Crain is employed as the Chief Executive Officer of Collectors Universe
under a three year employment agreement. The employment agreement provides for
the payment to him of a base salary of $360,000 per year, and annual incentive
compensation equal to 2% of the pre-tax profit of Collectors Universe. Mr. Crain
also received a one-time $100,000 payment for relocation expenses, and a loan in
the principal amount of $180,000, bearing interest at a rate of 9% per year. The
employment agreement provides that, for each year of his employment with
Collectors Universe, $30,000 of the principal amount of that loan will be
forgiven.
 
     Mr. Patten is employed under a three year employment agreement as the Chief
Financial Officer of Collectors Universe. The employment agreement provides for
the payment of an annual base salary of $156,000, which will increase to
$180,000 in 2000 and to $192,000 in 2001. He also will be entitled to annual
incentive or bonus compensation in an amount up to 30% of his annual base salary
if mutually agreed-on performance goals are established. Collectors Universe
also has entered into a severance compensation agreement with Mr. Patten that
will entitle him to two and one half years' annual base compensation and bonus
in the event his employment is terminated following a sale or change of control
of Collectors Universe.
 
                                       45

<PAGE>   52
 
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
     STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS.  We adopted the PCGS 1999 Stock Incentive Plan in
January 1999 (the "PCGS Plan"). As of August 31, 1999, there were options to
purchase 1,608,415 shares outstanding under the PCGS Plan and no shares
available for future option grants. In February 1999, we adopted our 1999 Stock
Incentive Plan (the "1999 Plan"). The 1999 Plan covers an aggregate of 1,748,585
shares of common stock. As of August 31, 1999, there were options to purchase
886,150 shares outstanding under the 1999 Plan and 862,435 shares available for
future option grants.
 
     The PCGS Plan and the 1999 Plan provide for the granting of "incentive
stock options," within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), nonstatutory options and restricted stock
grants to directors, officers, employees and consultants of Collectors Universe,
except that incentive stock options may not be granted to non-employee directors
or consultants. The purpose of the 1999 Plan is to provide participants with an
opportunity to acquire an equity interest in Collectors Universe that will give
them incentive to continue to provide services to Collectors Universe. The PCGS
Plan and the 1999 Plan are administered by the Board of Directors, which has
sole discretion and authority, consistent with the provisions of the PCGS Plan
and the 1999 Plan, to determine which eligible participants will receive
options, the time when options will be granted, the terms of options granted and
the number of shares which will be subject to options granted under the PCGS
Plan and the 1999 Plan.
 
     EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN.  In September 1999, our board of directors
adopted our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to be effective upon completion of
this offering. A total of 200,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for
issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Our Employee Stock Purchase
Plan, which is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, will be administered by the Board of Directors or by a
committee appointed by the Board. Employees are eligible to participate if they
are customarily employed for at least 20 hours per week and for more than five
months in any calendar year. Employees who own more than 5% of our outstanding
stock may not participate. Our Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits eligible
employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions which may not
exceed the lesser of 15% of an employee's compensation, or $25,000. Our Employee
Stock Purchase Plan will be implemented through offerings occurring each
six-month period with purchases at the end of each six-month period commencing
on the effective date of this offering. The purchase price of the common stock
under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be equal to 85% of the fair market
value per share of common stock on either the start date of the offering period
or on the purchase date, whichever is less.
 
     401(K) PLAN.  Collectors Universe established an employee benefit plan,
effective July 1992, that features a 401(k) salary reduction provision, covering
all employees who meet eligibility requirements. Eligible employees can elect to
defer up to 15% of compensation or the statutorily prescribed annual limit.
Collectors Universe can, at its discretion, make contributions to the plan.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999, the Board of Directors
established the levels of compensation for our executive officers. David G.
Hall, who is also a director of Collectors Universe, participated in the
deliberations of the Board regarding executive compensation that occurred during
the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999. See "Certain Transactions" for a
description of transactions between Collectors Universe and certain members of
the Board of Directors or their affiliates.
 
                                       46

<PAGE>   53
 
LIMITATIONS ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
     The Bylaws of Collectors Universe provide that Collectors Universe will
indemnify its directors and officers and may indemnify its employees and other
agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. We believe that indemnification
under our Bylaws covers at least negligence and gross negligence by indemnified
parties and permits us to advance litigation expenses in the case of stockholder
derivative actions or other actions, against an undertaking by the indemnified
party to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that the indemnified
party is not entitled to indemnification. Following this offering of common
stock, we expect to have in place liability insurance coverage for our directors
and officers.
 
     In addition, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
Collectors Universe provides that, pursuant to Delaware law, its directors shall
not be liable for monetary damages for breach of the directors' fiduciary duty
as a director to Collectors Universe and its stockholders. This provision in our
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation does not eliminate the
directors' fiduciary duty, and in appropriate circumstances equitable remedies
such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available
under Delaware law. In addition, each director will continue to be subject to
liability for breach of the director's duty of loyalty to Collectors Universe
for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for
knowing violations of law, for actions leading to improper personal benefit to
the director, and for payment of dividends or approval of stock repurchases or
redemptions that are unlawful under Delaware law. The provision also does not
affect a director's responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal
securities laws or state or federal environmental laws.
 
     Collectors Universe has entered into separate indemnification agreements
with its directors and executive officers. These agreements require Collectors
Universe, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that
may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers (other
than liabilities arising from actions not taken in good faith or in a manner the
indemnitee believed to be opposed to the best interests of Collectors Universe),
to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as
to which they could be indemnified and to obtain directors' insurance if
available on reasonable terms. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities
arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (Securities Act) may be permitted to
directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, Collectors Universe has been informed that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. We
believe that our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw
provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain
qualified persons as directors and officers.
 
                                       47

<PAGE>   54
 

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     In February 1999, we completed the reorganization in which we issued
          shares of our common stock. See "The Reorganization." In the
reorganization, certain officers and directors of Collectors Universe received
shares of our common stock in the following amounts: David Hall, director and
Chairman of the Board, received 8,252,980 shares; Van Simmons, director,
received 2,136,956 shares; Stephen Mayer received 229,632 shares; Gordon Wrubel
received 1,965,191 shares; and Louis Crain, director and President and Chief
Executive Officer, received 100,808 shares.
 
     Before completing the reorganization, while still an S corporation for tax
purposes, PCGS declared a dividend payable to its stockholders in the aggregate
amount of $2.2 million, which represented a substantial portion of S corporation
accumulated earnings that had been taxed to the individual stockholders of PCGS.
Upon completion of the reorganization, PCGS ceased to be an S corporation. The
dividend was paid by us in April 1999, and the following officers and directors
received the amounts indicated as payment of their proportionate share of the
dividend to which they were entitled as former stockholders of PCGS: David Hall
received $1.0 million; Van Simmons received $272,000; Stephen Mayer received
$29,000; Gordon Wrubel received $250,000; and Louis Crain received $13,000.
 
     In addition, as part of the reorganization, we acquired several companies,
including Kingswood. David Hall, Van Simmons and David Hall's North American
Trading or DHNAT (which is owned by Mr. Hall and Mr. Simmons) were the owners of
55% of Kingswood's ownership interest. Therefore as a result of this
acquisition, they received shares of our common stock and cash: Mr. Hall
received 28,500 shares and $150,000 in cash; Mr. Simmons received 28,500 shares
and $150,000 in cash; and DHNAT received 47,500 shares and $250,000 in cash.
 
     In March 1999, Collectors Universe issued 1,281,800 shares at $5.00 per
share for an aggregate of $6,409,000. Officers and directors of Collectors
Universe or entities affiliated with them purchased 91,600 shares for an
aggregate of $458,000 issued to an affiliate of David Hall (20,000 shares),
Gordon Wrubel (1,600 shares), Gary N. Patten (50,000 shares) and Richard E.
Caselli (20,000 shares). The proceeds from this offering were used, among other
things, to pay the S corporation dividend to the former stockholders of PCGS and
the promissory note issued in the acquisition of Kingswood, both of which are
described above.
 
     Certain officers of Collectors Universe and certain of companies affiliated
with them, including DHNAT and David Hall Rare Coins and Collectibles or DHRCC,
have purchased coins, records and other collectibles at auctions conducted by
Collectors Universe. Those purchases were made on materially the same terms as
those that apply to purchases of collectibles by other customers that are not
affiliated with Collectors Universe or any of its officers or directors. We
recently adopted a new policy that prohibits employees and their affiliates,
including DHNAT and DHRCC, from bidding on collectibles in our auctions. Our
employees and their affiliates may from time to time consign collectibles to us
to be sold in our auctions or galleries.
 
     DHNAT, which is owned by Mr. Hall and Mr. Simmons, is primarily engaged in
the retail sale of coins through a direct sales force. Although DHNAT does not
conduct auctions, it may sell coins to collectors who also buy or sell coins at
auctions conducted by Collectors Universe. It also purchases rare coins for
resale through a sole source supplier. Therefore, DHNAT indirectly competes with
Collectors Universe in connection with the purchase and sale of rare coins.
DHNAT and Mr. Hall have entered into an agreement with Collectors Universe under
which DHNAT has agreed to restrict its business activities to those currently
conducted. In addition, under that agreement, Mr. Hall has agreed not to solicit
any potential buyers of rare coins on behalf of DHNAT other than to its existing
customers.
 
                                       48

<PAGE>   55
 
     Mr. Hall and Mr. Simmons also own DHRCC. DHRCC was primarily engaged in the
purchase and sale of rare coins, records and other collectibles. From time to
time prior to the consummation of the February 1999 reorganization, PCGS
advanced funds to DHRCC to help fund its acquisitions of collectibles, some of
which were sold at auctions conducted by PCGS. As of June 30, 1999, the balance
of such advances was paid-in-full. We have adopted a policy which prohibits any
further advances to DHRCC in the future. In addition, DHRCC has entered into an
agreement with Collectors Universe under which DHRCC has agreed not to purchase
any additional collectibles upon completion of this offering, to sell its
existing inventory of collectibles exclusively at auctions conducted by
Collectors Universe and to discontinue operations as soon as is reasonably
practicable following completion of this offering.
 
     Mr. Hall has entered into a non-compete agreement with Collectors Universe
under which he has agreed not to buy or sell collectibles, nor own any equity
interest in another business engaged in such activity, except under limited
circumstances, including those described above.
 
     John Dannreuther, a beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding
shares of common stock, is the sole owner of J.D.R.C., Inc., which has received
payments in the amounts of $295,000 in fiscal 1997, $173,000 in fiscal 1998 and
$152,000 in fiscal 1999 for research and consulting services related to our coin
authentication and grading services.
 
                                       49

<PAGE>   56
 
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
     The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
beneficial ownership of common stock as of August 31, 1999 by (i) each person
(or group of affiliated persons) who is known to own beneficially 5% or more of
our common stock, (ii) each of the directors of Collectors Universe, (iii) each
of the Named Executive Officers, and (iv) all directors and Named Executive
Officers of Collectors Universe as a group.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               % OF SHARES
                                                                           BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                                         -----------------------
                                                       SHARES             BEFORE        AFTER
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNERS           BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1)    OFFERING    OFFERING(2)
-------------------------------------           ---------------------    --------    -----------
<S>                                             <C>                      <C>         <C>
David G. Hall.................................        8,332,355(3)         39.1%            %
Van D. Simmons................................        2,204,456(4)         10.3%            %
Gordon J. Wrubel..............................        1,966,769             9.2%            %
John W. Dannreuther...........................        1,618,906             7.6%            %
  868 Mount Moriah, Suite 202
  Memphis, Tennessee 38117
Steve Cyrkin..................................        1,142,420             5.4%            %
  1936 Deere Street
  Santa Ana, California 92705
Brent L. Gutekunst............................        1,130,927(5)          5.3%            %
  1936 Deere Street
  Santa Ana, California 92705
Louis M. Crain................................        1,050,807(6)          4.9%            %
Gary N. Patten................................          142,000(7)            *            *
Armen R. Vartian..............................               --               *            *
Stephen H. Mayer..............................          239,632(8)          1.1%            %
All Directors and Named Executive Officers as
  a Group (6 persons)(6)(7)(8)................       11,969,250            56.1%            %
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
 *  Less than 1%
 
(1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
    Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or
    investment power with respect to securities. Shares of common stock subject
    to options or warrants currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days
    of August 31, 1999, are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of
    the person holding such options or warrants but are not deemed outstanding
    for computing the percentage of any other person. Except as indicated by
    footnote and subject to community property laws where applicable, to the
    knowledge of Collectors Universe the persons named in the table have sole
    voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown
    as beneficially owned by them.
 
(2) Assumes that the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised.
 
(3) Includes 31,875 shares held by North American Trading, Inc., an entity in
    which Mr. Hall holds an ownership interest. Mr. Hall disclaims beneficial
    ownership of the shares owned by North American Trading Company, Inc.,
    except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
                                       50

<PAGE>   57
 
(4) Includes 31,875 shares held by North American Trading, Inc., an entity in
    which Mr. Simmons holds an ownership interest. Mr. Simmons disclaims
    beneficial ownership of the shares owned by North American Trading, Inc.,
    except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(5) Includes 269,817 shares subject to options which will become exercisable
    upon completion of this offering.
 
(6) Includes 807,000 shares subject to options currently exercisable.
 
(7) Includes 92,000 shares subject to option exercisable within 60 days of
    August 31, 1999.
 
(8) Includes 10,000 shares subject to options currently exercisable.
 

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     Upon the completion of the Offering the authorized capital stock of
Collectors Universe will consist of 45,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001
par value, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     As of August 31, 1999, there were 20,425,076 shares of common stock
outstanding held of record by 90 stockholders. There will be        shares of
common stock outstanding after the sale of the shares of common stock offered by
this prospectus.
 
     Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters
to be voted upon by the stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be
applicable to the holders of outstanding shares of preferred stock, if any, the
holders of common stock are entitled to receive such lawful dividends as may be
declared by the Board of Directors. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of Collectors Universe, and subject to the rights of the holders of
outstanding shares of preferred stock, if any, the holders of shares of common
stock shall be entitled to receive all of the remaining assets of Collectors
Universe available for distribution to its stockholders after satisfaction of
all its liabilities and the payment of any liquidation preference of any
outstanding preferred stock. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions
applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully
paid and nonassessable, and all shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to
this offering shall be fully paid and nonassessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     As of August 31, 1999, no shares of preferred stock were outstanding. The
Board of Directors has the authority, without further action by the
stockholders, to issue the authorized shares of preferred stock in one or more
series and to fix the rights, preferences and privileges thereof, including
voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences,
number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series,
without further vote or action by the stockholders. Although it presently has no
intention to do so, the Board of Directors, without stockholder approval, may
issue preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely
affect the voting power of the holders of common stock. This provision may be
deemed to have a potential anti-takeover effect, and the issuance of preferred
stock in accordance with such provision may delay or prevent a change of control
of Collectors Universe.
 
                                       51

<PAGE>   58
 
DELAWARE LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS
 
     Certain provisions of Delaware law and our Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation and Bylaws could make more difficult our acquisition by means
of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise and the removal of our incumbent
officers and directors. These provisions, summarized below, are expected to
discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover
bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of Collectors Universe
to first negotiate with us. We believe that the benefits of increased protection
of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or
unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of
discouraging such proposals because, among other things, negotiation of such
proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
 
     We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an
anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware
corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested
stockholder" for a period of three years following the date the person became an
interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the "business
combination" or the transaction in which the person became an interested
stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a "business
combination" includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction
resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an
"interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and
associates, owns (or within three years prior to the determination of interested
stockholder status, did own) 15% or more of a corporation's voting stock. The
existence of this provision would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect
with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the Board of Directors,
including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market
price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.
 
     Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation eliminates the right
of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting. The Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of Collectors Universe do not
provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. The authorization of
undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for the Board of Directors to
issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could
impede the success of any attempt to change our control. These and other
provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying
changes in our control of management.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is U.S. Stock
Transfer Corporation, Glendale, California.
 
                                       52

<PAGE>   59
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common
stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market
could adversely affect prevailing market prices and adversely affect our ability
to raise additional capital in the capital markets at a time and price favorable
to us.
 
     Upon completion of this offering, we will have        shares of common
stock outstanding. Of these shares, the        shares sold in the offering will
be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the
Securities Act, unless they are purchased by "affiliates" of Collectors Universe
as that term is used under the Securities Act of 1933. The remaining 20,425,076
shares held by existing stockholders will be "restricted securities" as defined
in Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Restricted Shares"). Restricted Shares
may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an
exemption from registration under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act,
which is summarized below. Sales of Restricted Shares in the public market, or
the availability of such shares for sale, could adversely affect the market
price of our common stock.
 
     In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the effective date of
the offering, any person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who has
beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at least one year is entitled to sell,
within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock (approximately
       shares immediately after this offering) or the average weekly trading
volume during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144
are also subject to certain requirements as to the manner of sale, notice and
availability of current public information about Collectors Universe. In
addition, Restricted Shares, which have been beneficially owned for at least two
years and which are held by non-affiliates, may be sold free of any restrictions
under Rule 144.
 
     All officers, directors and stockholders and certain option holders have
agreed that they will not sell any common stock of Collectors Universe owned by
them for a period of 180 days after the effective date of this offering without
the prior written consent of Needham & Company, Inc. A total of 20,425,076
shares of common stock are subject to the 180-day lock-up. Upon the expiration
of the 180-day lock-up (or earlier upon the consent of Needham & Company, Inc.),
               Restricted Shares will become eligible for sale subject to the
volume and other restrictions of Rule 144. Of these Restricted Shares,
          shares will be held by affiliates of Collectors Universe.
 
     Pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, as amended, by and among
Collectors Universe and the holders of 20,425,076 shares of our common stock,
such stockholders have the right, beginning one year from the effective date of
this offering, to cause us to register their shares under the Securities Act by
providing a written demand from the holders of at least 15% of the shares of
common stock. The registration rights will terminate five years following the
closing of this offering.
 
     We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities
Act to register shares of common stock reserved for issuance under its stock
option plans, thus permitting the resale by non-affiliates of shares issued
under the plan in the public market without restriction under the Securities
Act. Such registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing
which is expected on or shortly after the closing of this offering. As of the
closing of this offering, options or rights to purchase 2,637,565 shares of
common stock will be outstanding under our stock option plans, of which
2,020,515 shares are subject to lock-up agreements described above.
 
                                       53

<PAGE>   60
 

                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the
Underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), for whom Needham & Company, Inc.
and First Security Van Kasper are acting as representatives (the
"Representatives"), have severally agreed to purchase an aggregate of
               shares of common stock from Collectors Universe at the initial
public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, in the amounts set forth opposite their
respective names below.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITER                                                   PARTICIPATION
-----------                                                   -------------
<S>                                                           <C>
Needham & Company, Inc......................................
First Security Van Kasper...................................
 
                                                                ---------
     Total..................................................
                                                                =========
</TABLE>

 
     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the
Underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the
Underwriters will purchase all shares of common stock offered hereby if any of
those shares are purchased.
 
     Collectors Universe has been advised by the Representatives that the
Underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public
at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, and to certain securities dealers at that price less a concession of
not more than $     per share. The Underwriters may allow, and those dealers may
reallow, a concession not in excess of $     per share to certain other dealers.
After the shares of common stock are released for sale to the public, the
offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the
Underwriters. No change in those terms shall change the amount of proceeds to be
received by Collectors Universe as set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus.
 
     Collectors Universe has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable
within 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to
               additional shares of common stock at the public offering price
less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus. The Underwriters may exercise that option solely to cover
over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the sale of common stock
offered hereby. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise the over-allotment
option, each Underwriter will be committed, subject to certain conditions, to
purchase a number of additional shares of common stock which is proportionate to
that Underwriter's initial commitment as set forth in the table above.
 
     Collectors Universe, its officers and directors and current stockholders
have agreed that, during the period beginning from the date of this prospectus
and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of this
prospectus, they will not offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of
any shares of common stock, any securities of Collectors Universe which are
substantially similar to the shares of common stock or which are convertible or
exchangeable for securities which are substantially similar to the shares of
common stock without the prior written consent of Needham & Company, Inc.,
except for the shares of common stock offered in connection with this offering.
 
                                       54

<PAGE>   61
 
     The Representatives have informed Collectors Universe that they do not
expect sales to accounts over which the Underwriters exercise discretionary
authority to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by
them.
 
     Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for the common
stock of Collectors Universe. Consequently, the initial public offering price of
the common stock was determined by arms' length negotiation between Collectors
Universe and the Representatives of the Underwriters. Among the factors to be
considered by Collectors Universe and the Representatives in pricing the common
stock are the results of operations, the current financial condition and future
prospects of Collectors Universe, the experience of management, the amounts of
ownership to be retained by the current stockholders, the general condition of
the economy and the securities markets, the demand for similar securities of
companies considered comparable to Collectors Universe and other factors deemed
relevant.
 
     Collectors Universe has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to
contribute to payments that the Underwriters may be required to make in respect
thereof.
 
     In connection with the offering, certain Underwriters and selling group
members and their respective affiliates may engage in transactions that
stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock.
Those transactions may include stabilization transactions effected in accordance
with the Exchange Act pursuant to which such persons may bid for or purchase
common stock for the purpose of stabilizing its market price. The Underwriters
also may create a short position for the account of the Underwriters by selling
more common stock in connection with the offering than they are committed to
purchase from Collectors Universe, and in such case may purchase common stock in
the open market following completion of the offering to cover all or a portion
of those shares of common stock or may exercise the Underwriters' over-allotment
option referred to above. In addition, the Representatives, on behalf of the
Underwriters, may impose "penalty bids" under the contractual arrangements with
the Underwriters whereby the Representatives may reclaim from an Underwriter (or
dealers participating in the offering), for the account of the other
Underwriters, the selling concession with respect to common stock that is
distributed in the offering but subsequently purchased for the account of the
Underwriters in stabilization or syndicate covering transactions or otherwise.
Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the price of the common stock
at a level above which might otherwise prevail in the open market. None of the
transactions described in this paragraph is required, and if they are undertaken
they may be discontinued at any time.
 
     Two investment funds which are managed by and affiliates of Needham &
Company, Inc. own a total of 100,000 shares of Collectors Universe common stock,
which they purchased in March 1999 for $500,000 as part of the private placement
of 1,281,800 shares at $5.00 per share.
 

                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for
Collectors Universe by Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth, a Professional
Corporation, Newport Beach, California. Certain legal matters in connection with
this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Heller Ehrman White &
McAuliffe, Los Angeles, California. Members of Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth
own a total of 23,000 shares of common stock.
 
                                       55

<PAGE>   62
 

                                    EXPERTS
 
     The consolidated financial statements of Collectors Universe, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of June 30, 1998 and 1999 and for each of the three years in the
period ended June 30, 1999, included in this prospectus, and the related
financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement
have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in
their reports appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement, and
are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
     The financial statements of the auction business of Lyn F. Knight Rare
Coins, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, included in this
prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as
stated in their report appearing in this prospectus, and are included in
reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in
accounting and auditing.
 
     The financial statements of Kingswood Coin Auctions, LLC for the year ended
December 31, 1998, included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte &
Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing in this
prospectus, and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
     We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the
Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this
prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration
statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration
statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with
respect to Collectors Universe and the common stock offered by this prospectus,
reference is made to the registration statement and to the exhibits and
schedules filed with the registration statement. A copy of the registration
statement may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities of
the SEC located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the
regional offices of the SEC located at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York, New York 10048, and 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
60661. Copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained
at the prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and its public reference facilities
in New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois, upon the payment of the fees
prescribed by the SEC. The registration statement is also available through the
Commission's Website on the World Wide Web at http://www.sec.gov.
 
                                       56

<PAGE>   63

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                        UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Income -- Narrative
  Overview..................................................   F-2
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income........   F-3
 
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Independent Auditors' Report................................   F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets.................................   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Income...........................   F-6
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity.............   F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.......................   F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................  F-10
 
               AUCTION BUSINESS OF LYN F. KNIGHT RARE COINS, INC.

Independent Auditors' Report................................  F-26
Statements of Income and (Deficiency) Equity................  F-27
Statements of Cash Flows....................................  F-28
Notes to Financial Statements...............................  F-29
 
                          KINGSWOOD COIN AUCTIONS, LLC

Independent Auditors' Report................................  F-31
Statement of Income and Retained Earnings...................  F-32
Statement of Cash Flows.....................................  F-33
Notes to Financial Statements...............................  F-34
</TABLE>

 
                                       F-1

<PAGE>   64
 
              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
 
     The Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended
June 30, 1999 gives effect to the Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc. (Lyn Knight)
and Kingswood Coin Auctions, LLC (Kingswood) acquisitions and the acquisitions
of minority ownership interests in Superior Sportscard Auctions, LLC (Superior)
and Internet Universe, LLC (IU), as if such transactions had occurred on July 1,
1998. The Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income also includes an
adjustment for the income taxes which would have been recorded if Collectors
Universe had been a C corporation, based on the tax laws in effect during the
year.
 
     The pro forma adjustments reflect Collectors Universe's determination of
all adjustments necessary to present fairly Collectors Universe's pro forma
results of operations. These adjustments are based on available information and
assumptions Collectors Universe considers reasonable under the circumstances.
The Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income is provided for
informational purposes only. This information is not necessarily indicative of
the results of operations of Collectors Universe had the transactions referred
to above occurred on the dates specified. In addition, this information is not
necessarily indicative of the results of operations which may occur in the
future. You should read the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of income
information together with the historical consolidated financial statements of
Collectors Universe, its predecessor, and acquired companies and the related
notes included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                       F-2

<PAGE>   65
 
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA
                                         HISTORICAL(A)   ACQUISITIONS(B)   ADJUSTMENTS   CONSOLIDATED
                                         -------------   ---------------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>
Net revenues...........................     $22,563           $988            $            $23,551
Cost of revenues.......................       8,654            124                           8,778
                                            -------           ----            -----        -------
Gross profit...........................      13,909            864                          14,773
Supplier compensation cost.............         585             --                             585
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses.............................      13,287            289              204(c)      13,780
                                            -------           ----            -----        -------
Operating income.......................          37            575             (204)           408
Interest income, net...................          30             --                              30
Minority interest......................         (28)            --               28(d)          --
                                            -------           ----            -----        -------
Income before (benefit) provision for
  income taxes.........................          39            575             (176)           438
(Benefit) provision for income taxes...        (348)            --              563(e)         215
                                            -------           ----            -----        -------
Net income.............................     $   387           $575            $(739)       $   223
                                            =======           ====            =====        =======
Per share information:
  Net income per share, basic and
     diluted...........................     $  0.02                                        $  0.01
                                            =======                                        =======
Weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic................................      17,644                                         19,232
  Diluted..............................      18,765                                         20,352
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
 
(a) Reflects the historical results of operations of Collectors Universe as
    derived from Collectors Universe's audited historical statement of income
    for the year ended June 30, 1999.
 
(b) Reflects the historical results of operations of Lyn Knight and Kingswood as
    derived from the unaudited statements of income for the period from July 1,
    1998 through February 4, 1999. The operations of Superior and IU, both of
    which were majority owned subsidiaries of PCGS for the period July 1, 1998
    through February 4, 1999, are included in the historical operations of the
    Company for such period, and were accounted for under minority interest
    accounting. All operating results of Lyn Knight, Kingswood, Superior and IU
    for the period from February 5, 1999 through June 30, 1999 are included in
    the Collectors Universe's statement of income for the year ended June 30,
    1999.
 
(c) Reflects the additional amortization of goodwill that would have been
    recognized had the acquisitions occurred on July 1, 1999, based on a 15-year
    amortization period.
 
(d) Reflects the elimination of minority interest in operations of Superior and
    IU for the period July 1, 1998 through February 4, 1999.
 
(e) Reflects adjustment for the income taxes which would have been recorded if
    Collectors Universe had been a C corporation, based on the tax laws in
    effect during the year. The adjustment also applies a provision for income
    taxes for acquired companies, each of which operated as an S corporation or
    limited liability corporation prior to acquisition by the Collectors
    Universe.
                                       F-3

<PAGE>   66
 

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
TO THE STOCKHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Collectors
Universe, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 30, 1998 and 1999, and
the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 1999. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Collectors Universe, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of June 30, 1998 and 1999, and the results of their operations
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30,
1999, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Costa Mesa, California
August 27, 1999

(September 1, 1999 as to Note 14)
 
                                       F-4

<PAGE>   67
 
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  JUNE 30,
                                                              -----------------
                                                               1998      1999
                                                              ------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $  612    $ 1,852
  Accounts receivable, net..................................     782      2,026
  Inventories, net..........................................     762      3,148
  Prepaid expenses and other................................     297        514
  Deferred taxes............................................      --        239
                                                              ------    -------
     Total current assets...................................   2,453      7,779
  Property and equipment, net...............................     392      1,201
  Notes receivable from related parties.....................     101        178

  Other assets..............................................     103        167
  Goodwill, net.............................................      55      5,226
  Deferred taxes............................................      --        347
                                                              ------    -------
                                                              $3,104    $14,898
                                                              ======    =======
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable..........................................  $  465    $ 2,430
  Accrued liabilities.......................................     283        856
  Accrued compensation and benefits.........................     201        524
  Deferred revenue..........................................     521      1,616
  Income taxes payable......................................       8         23
                                                              ------    -------
     Total current liabilities..............................   1,478      5,449
Minority interest...........................................      64         --
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 3,000 shares............      --         --
  authorized; no shares issued or outstanding...............      --         --
  Common stock, $.001 par value; 30,000 shares authorized;
     16,074 and 20,282 issued and outstanding at June 30,
     1998 and 1999..........................................      20         20
  Additional paid-in capital................................      70     10,614
  Retained earnings (deficit)...............................   2,077     (1,185)
  Less: treasury stock......................................    (605)        --
                                                              ------    -------
     Total stockholders' equity.............................   1,562      9,449
                                                              ------    -------
                                                              $3,104    $14,898
                                                              ======    =======
</TABLE>

 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       F-5

<PAGE>   68
 
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                            -----------------------------
                                                             1997       1998       1999
                                                            -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
Net revenues..............................................  $ 9,393    $10,989    $22,563
Cost of revenues..........................................    2,651      2,915      8,654
                                                            -------    -------    -------
Gross profit..............................................    6,742      8,074     13,909
Supplier compensation cost................................       --         --        585
Selling, general and administrative expenses..............    6,228      7,168     13,287
                                                            -------    -------    -------
Operating income..........................................      514        906         37
Interest income, net......................................       33         26         30
Minority interest.........................................       (6)       (46)       (28)
                                                            -------    -------    -------
Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes........      541        886         39
Provision (benefit) for income taxes......................       36         13       (348)
                                                            -------    -------    -------
Net income................................................  $   505    $   873    $   387
                                                            =======    =======    =======
Net income per share, basic and diluted...................  $  0.03    $  0.05    $  0.02
                                                            =======    =======    =======
Weighted average shares outstanding:
     Basic................................................   16,217     16,064     17,644
     Diluted..............................................   16,217     16,064     18,765
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (UNAUDITED) (NOTE 2):
Historical income before provision for income taxes.......  $   541    $   886    $    39
Supplemental provision for income taxes...................      216        354         16
                                                            -------    -------    -------
Supplemental net income...................................  $   325    $   532    $    23
                                                            =======    =======    =======
Supplemental net income per share, basic and diluted......                        $    --
                                                                                  =======
Weighted average shares outstanding:
     Basic................................................                         17,644
     Diluted..............................................                         18,765
</TABLE>

 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       F-6

<PAGE>   69
 
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL   RETAINED     TREASURY STOCK
                                       ----------------    PAID-IN     EARNINGS    ----------------
                                       SHARES   AMOUNT     CAPITAL     (DEFICIT)   SHARES    AMOUNT    TOTAL
                                       ------   -------   ----------   ---------   -------   ------   -------
<S>                                    <C>      <C>       <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>      <C>
Balance at July 1, 1996..............  20,667   $    20    $    70      $ 1,269      4,363   $(499)   $   860
Dividends to stockholders............                                      (170)                         (170)
Purchase of treasury stock...........                                                  230    (125)      (125)
Net income...........................                                       505                           505
                                       ------   -------    -------      -------    -------   -----    -------
Balance at June 30, 1997.............  20,667        20         70        1,604      4,593    (624)     1,070
Dividends to stockholders............                                      (400)                         (400)
Sale of treasury stock...............                                                 (230)     61         61
Purchase of treasury stock...........                                                  230     (42)       (42)
Net income...........................                                       873                           873
                                       ------   -------    -------      -------    -------   -----    -------
Balance at June 30, 1998.............  20,667        20         70        2,077      4,593    (605)     1,562
Dividends to stockholders............                                    (2,610)                       (2,610)
Sale of treasury stock...............                                                 (318)    116        116
Cancellation of treasury stock.......  (3,356)       (3)         3         (489)    (3,356)    489
Issuance of shares in acquisition....   1,689         2      3,566         (550)      (919)             3,018
Issuance of common stock in private
  placement..........................   1,282         1      6,390                                      6,391
Compensation expense related to stock
  options granted....................                          585                                        585
Net income...........................                                       387                           387
                                       ------   -------    -------      -------    -------   -----    -------
Balance at June 30, 1999.............  20,282   $    20    $10,614      $(1,185)        --      --    $ 9,449
                                       ======   =======    =======      =======    =======   =====    =======
</TABLE>

 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       F-7

<PAGE>   70
 
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                              -----------------------
                                                              1997    1998     1999
                                                              -----   -----   -------
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>     <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income................................................  $ 505   $ 873   $   387
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
     by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization..........................    184     169       407
     Supplier compensation cost.............................     --      --       585
     Provision for bad debts................................     29      --        51
     Provision for inventory writedown......................     --       2       161
     Accrued interest income from related party.............     (9)     (3)      (13)
     Write-off and forgiveness of note receivable from
      related party.........................................     --     134        15
     Loss on disposal of property and equipment.............      3      32        74
     Minority interest......................................      7      46        28
     Deferred income taxes..................................     --      --      (586)
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       Accounts receivable..................................   (557)    (16)   (1,295)
       Inventories..........................................   (210)   (271)   (2,547)
       Prepaid expenses and other...........................    (53)   (207)     (217)
       Income tax refund receivable.........................     19       9        --
       Other assets.........................................     --      --       (64)
       Accounts payable.....................................    168    (184)    1,965
       Accrued liabilities..................................     95     (31)      427
       Accrued compensation and benefits....................     80     (41)      323
       Deferred revenue.....................................    (73)    302     1,095
       Income tax payable...................................     --       9        15
                                                              -----   -----   -------
          Net cash provided by operating activities.........    188     823       811
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment..............     10      --        84
  Advances on notes receivable from related parties.........    (83)   (100)     (180)
  Capital expenditures......................................   (138)   (109)   (1,211)
  Cash paid for acquisitions................................     --      --      (262)
  Collections on notes receivable from related parties......     55       7       101
                                                              -----   -----   -------
          Net cash used in investing activities.............   (156)   (202)   (1,468)
</TABLE>

 
                                       F-8

<PAGE>   71
 
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                              -----------------------
                                                              1997    1998     1999
                                                              -----   -----   -------
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>     <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Dividends to stockholders.................................   (170)   (400)   (2,610)
  Sales (purchases) of treasury stock.......................    (32)    (42)      116
  Repayment of acquisition notes payable....................     --      --    (2,000)
  Proceeds from sale of common stock........................     --      --     6,391
  Proceeds from sale of treasury stock......................     --      61        --
                                                              -----   -----   -------
          Net cash (used in) provided by financing
             activities.....................................   (202)   (381)    1,897
                                                              -----   -----   -------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents........   (170)    240     1,240
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..............    542     372       612
                                                              -----   -----   -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year....................  $ 372   $ 612   $ 1,852
                                                              =====   =====   =======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for:
  Interest..................................................  $  --   $  --   $    27
  Income taxes..............................................  $  18   $   5   $   223
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH TRANSACTIONS:
During the year ended June 30, 1997, the Company accepted
  common stock valued at $93 from a stockholder as payment
  of a stockholder advance of $93.
During the year ended June 30, 1999, the Company acquired
  certain businesses as follows (Note 3):
Common stock issued.........................................                  $ 3,568
Debt issued.................................................                    2,000
Cash paid in acquisitions...................................                      262
Minority interest...........................................                      (92)
Liabilities assumed.........................................                      146
Predecessor carryover basis adjustment......................                     (550)
                                                                              -------
Goodwill....................................................                  $ 5,334
                                                                              =======
</TABLE>

 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       F-9

<PAGE>   72
 
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997, 1998 AND 1999
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS:
 
ORGANIZATION
 
     Collectors Universe, Inc. (Collectors Universe) is a Delaware corporation
that was organized on February 5, 1999 for the purpose of enabling Professional
Coin Grading Service, Inc. (PCGS or the Predecessor) to acquire other businesses
that, like PCGS, provide services to the collectibles markets. On February 5,
1999 Collectors Universe issued 17,311 shares of common stock in exchange for
all of the outstanding shares of PCGS. As a result of that exchange, the former
stockholders of PCGS became stockholders of Collectors Universe, with each of
them receiving a number of our shares based on his or her percentage ownership
of the shares of PCGS. Prior to this exchange, Collectors Universe had no
operating assets or liabilities and had not yet conducted any operations. The
assets and liabilities acquired were recorded at the predecessor basis as the
transaction represented a transfer of assets and liabilities between entities
under common control.
 
     Concurrently with the exchange transaction with PCGS, Collectors Universe
acquired the assets of the auction businesses of Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc.,
Lyn Knight and Kingswood Coin Auctions, LLC (Kingswood) and the minority
ownership interests in Superior Sportscard Auctions, LLC (Superior), and
Internet Universe, LLC (IU), both of which were majority owned subsidiaries of
PCGS at the time these acquisitions were consummated.
 
NATURE OF THE BUSINESS
 
     Collectors Universe provides grading and authentication services for rare
coins, sportscards, sports memorabilia, autographs and other collectible items.
We also conduct Internet, telephone and in-person auctions of high-end
collectibles. Our main sources of revenue are from grading and authentication,
sales of collectibles and auction commissions.
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
     The consolidated financial statements for periods prior to the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1999 include the accounts of our predecessor corporation, PCGS,
and its majority-owned subsidiaries, Superior and IU, in which PCGS had a 60%
and 55% ownership interest, respectively. The consolidated financial statements
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999 include the accounts of PCGS for the
entire fiscal year and the accounts of Lyn Knight and Kingswood, from the date
of their acquisitions. During 1999, we acquired the remaining ownership
interests in Superior and IU, which resulted in the full consolidation of these
entities from the date of acquisition. All significant intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three
months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.
 
                                      F-10

<PAGE>   73
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
     Our financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk
consist primarily of accounts receivable and cash deposits and other cash
equivalents that are in excess of federally insured limits. Generally, payment
for grading services or collectibles sold at auction are received before items
are shipped. However, we do extend credit to selected customers but generally
retain possession of purchased items until payment is received. We maintain an
allowance for doubtful accounts and regularly review the adequacy of this
reserve. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $0 and $38 at June 30, 1998 and
1999, respectively.
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     Our consolidated balance sheets include the following financial
instruments: cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, notes receivable,
accounts payable and accrued liabilities. We consider the carrying value of cash
and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued
liabilities in the consolidated financial statements to approximate fair value
for these instruments because of the relatively short period of time between
origination of the instruments and their expected realization. Based on current
market rates, the fair value of the note receivable from a related party at June
30, 1999 approximated its carrying value.
 
INVENTORIES
 
     We account for collectible inventories under the specific identification
method. Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market, where market is
generally determined by published price guides.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization
are provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives
ranging from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the
shorter of the estimated useful lives of the improvements or the term of the
related lease. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
 
GOODWILL
 
     Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of
net assets acquired and is amortized using the straight-line method over periods
ranging from five to fifteen years. We periodically evaluate the recoverability
of goodwill by determining whether the amortization of the balance over its
remaining useful life can be recovered through projected undiscounted future
operating cash flows. Based on our most recent analysis, we believe that no
impairment exists at June 30, 1999. Accumulated amortization of goodwill was $45
and $208 at June 30, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
 
                                      F-11

<PAGE>   74
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
LONG-LIVED ASSETS
 
     We account for the impairment and disposition of long-lived assets in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 121,
Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
Be Disposed Of (SFAS No. 121). In accordance with SFAS No. 121, long-lived
assets to be held are reviewed for events or changes in circumstances which
indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable through projected
undiscounted future operating cash flows. The Company periodically reviews the
carrying value of long-lived assets to determine whether an impairment to such
value has occurred. At June 30, 1999, there was no impairment of long-lived
assets.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     The Company's revenue is primarily derived from grading and authentication
services and sales of collectible items through auctions. Grading and
authentication services include coin and sportscard grading along with
authentication of collectibles and autographs. Commissions from buyers and
sellers are derived from the sale of consigned inventory that is sold or
auctioned by the Company. Collectible sales represent sales of inventory
purchased by the Company for sale at auction or in galleries.
 
     Grading and authentication revenue is recognized when the grading and
authentication services are performed and the collectibles have been returned to
the submitting party. Advance payments received for grading and authentication
services are recorded as deferred revenue until such time as the services are
performed and the graded items are shipped. Costs associated with grading and
authentication activities are expensed as incurred. In most instances we offer
dealers a discount on coins submitted for grading which reduces revenue by the
amount of the discounts. Discounts aggregated $1,697, $1,740 and $1,528 for
fiscal years 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively. Auction and gallery sales, along
with commissions earned, are recognized when the collectible is shipped to the
customer.
 
     We generally offer a five day return privilege on collectibles bought
through our auctions. We calculate the necessity for, and the amount of an
allowance for estimated future returns based on historical experience. No return
allowances have been required for the years ended June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999.
 
WARRANTY COSTS
 
     Collectors Universe offers a warranty covering the coins and sportscards it
authenticates and grades. Under the terms of the warranty, any coin or
sportscard originally graded by us, which subsequently receives a lower grade
upon resubmittal to us, obligates us to either purchase the coin or sportscard
or pay the difference in value of the item at its original grade as compared
with its lower grade. We accrue for estimated warranty costs based on historical
trends and related experiences.
 
ADVERTISING COSTS
 
     Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and amounted to approximately
$198, $250 and $612 for the three years ended June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999,
respectively.
 
                                      F-12

<PAGE>   75
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes. Deferred taxes on income result from temporary differences between
the reporting of income and expense for financial statements and tax reporting
purposes. A valuation allowance related to a deferred tax asset is recorded when
it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset
will not be realized. Prior to February 5, 1999, we elected to be treated as an
S corporation under the Internal Revenue Code and California Revenue and
Taxation Code. Accordingly, the provision for income taxes for the years ended
June 30, 1997 and 1998 is computed by applying the California franchise tax rate
for S corporations of 1.5% to our income before tax. Effective February 5, 1999,
we converted to a C corporation and became a taxable entity subject to regular
federal and state income taxes on an ongoing basis.
 
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
     We account for stock-based awards to employees, using the intrinsic value
method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and complies with the disclosure
provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS No.
123).
 
     We account for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance
with the provisions of SFAS No. 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue
No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other Than
Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services. All
transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the
issuance of equity instruments are accounted for based on the fair value of the
consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued,
whichever is more reliably measurable. The measurement date of the fair value of
the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the third-party
performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance
will occur.
 
NET INCOME PER SHARE
 
     We compute net income per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings
Per Share (SFAS No. 128). SFAS No. 128 requires the presentation of basic and
diluted earnings per share. Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net
income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding during the periods presented. Diluted net income per share is
computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted
average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding during the
periods presented assuming the exercise of all outstanding stock options and
other dilutive securities. The
 
                                      F-13

<PAGE>   76
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
following is a reconciliation between the number of shares used in the basic and
diluted net income per share calculations for the years ended June 30:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1997      1998      1999
                                                              ------    ------    ------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>       <C>
Basic net income per share:
  Weighted average number of common shares outstanding......  16,217    16,040    17,644
  Effect of dilutive securities -- stock options............      --        --     1,121
                                                              ------    ------    ------
Diluted net income per share:
  Weighted average number of common shares outstanding......  16,217    16,040    18,765
                                                              ======    ======    ======
</TABLE>

 
SUPPLEMENTAL NET INCOME
 
     Supplemental net income represents the results of operations adjusted to
reflect a provision for income tax on historical income before provision for
income taxes, as if we had been taxed as a C corporation. The difference between
the pro forma income tax rates utilized and federal statutory rate of 34%
relates primarily to state income taxes (approximately 6%, net of federal tax
benefit).
 
SUPPLEMENTAL NET INCOME PER SHARE
 
     Supplemental net income per share has been computed by dividing
supplemental net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock
outstanding during the period.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during
reporting years. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS
No. 131, Disclosure About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information
(SFAS No. 131). SFAS No. 131 establishes standards for the way companies report
information about operating segments in annual financial statements. It also
establishes standards for related disclosure about products and services,
geographic areas and major customers. We adopted SFAS No. 131 on July 1, 1998.
We conduct our business activity in two service segments: authentication and
grading of collectibles and auctions of collectibles.
 
     In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities (SFAS No. 133), which the Company is required
to adopt effective for its fiscal year beginning July 1, 2001. SFAS No. 133 will
require the Company to record all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair
value. The Company does not have any derivative instruments nor does the Company
engage in hedging activities. Therefore, the adoption of SFAS No. 133 is not
expected to have an impact on the Company's financial position.
 
                                      F-14

<PAGE>   77
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     In March 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee (AcSEC) issued
Statement of Position No. 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software
Developed or Obtained for Internal Use (SOP No. 98-1), which provides guidance
on accounting for the cost of computer software developed or obtained for
internal use. SOP 98-1 is effective for financial statements for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1998. We currently expense all internal development
costs and we are evaluating the impact of SOP 98-1 on our financial statements
and related disclosures.
 
RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
     Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1997 and 1998 financial
statements to conform to the 1999 presentation.
 
3.  ACQUISITIONS
 
     On January 25, 1999, PCGS acquired an additional 40% membership interest in
IU. PCGS exchanged 919 shares of its common stock valued at $1,199 for the 40%
membership interest of IU. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase
method of accounting. The total purchase price of $1,293, including transaction
costs of $37, was allocated to goodwill.
 
     On February 5, 1999, we acquired certain assets of Lyn Knight related to
Lyn Knight's currency auction business for $100 in cash, a promissory note of
$1,000, payable within six months of the closing, and 760 shares of the
Company's common stock valued at $1,064. The acquisition was accounted for under
the purchase method of accounting and the entire purchase price of $2,201,
including transaction costs of $37 was allocated to goodwill. The results of
operations of Lyn Knight have been included in our consolidated financial
statements from the date of acquisition. During the fourth quarter ended June
30, 1999, we paid in full the outstanding amount due on the promissory note.
 
     On February 5, 1999, we acquired certain assets of Kingswood for a
promissory note of $1,000, payable within six months of closing, and 190 shares
of the Company's common stock valued at $120. The acquisition was accounted for
under the purchase method of accounting and took into account that certain
members of Kingswood (affiliated Stockholders) also had a 54.7% ownership
interest in Collectors Universe at the time of the acquisition. Accordingly, the
assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their estimated fair
values with the exception of those assets and liabilities attributed to the
affiliated Stockholders which were recorded at the carryover basis in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. The new basis of reporting for
the Company's net assets using fair market values at the date of the acquisition
was reduced by $550 to reflect the carryover basis of the former stockholders of
Kingswood. This carryover basis is reflected as a reduction in retained earnings
in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The excess of the purchase
price of $604 was allocated to goodwill. The results of operations of Kingswood
have been included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of
acquisition. During the fourth quarter ended June 30, 1999, we paid in full the
outstanding amount due on the promissory note.
 
     On February 5, 1999, we acquired the remaining 40% membership interest of
Superior not already owned by the Company. We exchanged 631 shares of the
Company's common stock valued at $1,034 for the remaining 40% membership
interest of Superior not already owned by the Company. The acquisition was
accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The total purchase price
 
                                      F-15

<PAGE>   78
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
of $1,060, including transaction costs of $26 and a minority interest liability
of $149 was allocated to goodwill.
 
     On February 5, 1999, we acquired the remaining 5% membership interest of IU
not already owned by us in exchange for 108 shares of our common stock valued at
$151. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.
The total purchase price of $179 including transaction costs of $28, was
allocated to goodwill.
 
     The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations give
effect to the above acquisitions as though such acquisitions had occurred on
July 1, 1997. The pro forma information is provided for informational purposes
only. It is based on historical information and does not necessarily reflect the
actual results that would have occurred and is not necessarily indicative of
future results of operations of the combined companies.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                    -----------------------------
                                                     1997       1998       1999
                                                    -------    -------    -------
                                                              UNAUDITED
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>
Total revenues....................................  $10,302    $12,035    $23,551
                                                    =======    =======    =======
Net income........................................  $   632    $ 1,081    $   636
                                                    =======    =======    =======
Pro forma net income per share:
  Basic and diluted...............................  $  0.04    $  0.07    $  0.03
</TABLE>

 
4. INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consist of the following at June 30:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998     1999
                                                              ----    ------
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>
Coins and currency..........................................  $134    $1,551
Sportscards.................................................     6       837
Records.....................................................   622       631
Other collectibles..........................................    --       290
                                                              ----    ------
                                                               762     3,309
Less inventory reserve......................................    --      (161)
                                                              ----    ------
                                                              $762    $3,148
                                                              ====    ======
</TABLE>

 
Inventory reserve represents valuation allowance on certain rare coins and
records.
 
                                      F-16

<PAGE>   79
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consists of the following at June 30:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998       1999
                                                              -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Coin and sportscard grading reference sets, fair value of
  $108 and $19 at June 30, 1998 and 1999, respectively......  $   199    $    40
Computer hardware and equipment.............................      518      1,114
Computer software...........................................      184        298
Equipment...................................................      561        790
Furniture and office equipment..............................      434        615
Leasehold improvements......................................       14        106
                                                              -------    -------
                                                                1,910      2,963
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization..............   (1,518)    (1,762)
                                                              -------    -------
Property and equipment, net.................................  $   392    $ 1,201
                                                              =======    =======
</TABLE>

 
6. ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
     Accrued liabilities consist of the following at June 30:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998    1999
                                                              ----    ----
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>
Warranty reserve............................................  $175    $232
Professional fees...........................................    --     313
Other.......................................................   108     311
                                                              ----    ----
                                                              $283    $856
                                                              ====    ====
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-17

<PAGE>   80
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
7. INCOME TAXES
 
     The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following for the
years ended June 30:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1997    1998    1999
                                                            ----    ----    -----
<S>                                                         <C>     <C>     <C>
Current:
  Federal.................................................  $--     $--     $ 179
  State...................................................   36      13        59
                                                            ---     ---     -----
                                                             36      13       238
                                                            ---     ---     -----
Deferred:
  Federal.................................................   --      --      (463)
  State...................................................   --      --      (123)
                                                                            -----
                                                             --      --      (586)
                                                            ---     ---     -----
Total income tax provision (benefit)......................  $36     $13     $(348)
                                                            ===     ===     =====
</TABLE>

 
     The reconciliation of income tax provision (benefit) computed at federal
statutory rates to income tax provision (benefit) for the years ended June 30,
is as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1997     1998     1999
                                                              -----    -----    -----
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>
Tax at federal statutory rates..............................  $ 184    $ 301    $  13
State income taxes, net.....................................     36       13      (42)
Recording of deferred income tax assets in connection with
  the conversion to a C corporation.........................     --       --     (122)
S corporation net income not subject to federal tax.........   (184)    (301)    (271)
Goodwill....................................................                       42
Other, net..................................................                       32
                                                              -----    -----    -----
                                                              $  36    $  13    $(348)
                                                              =====    =====    =====
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-18

<PAGE>   81
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of
our deferred taxes as of June 30, 1999 are as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     CURRENT    LONG-TERM    TOTAL
                                                     -------    ---------    -----
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>          <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Supplier compensation costs......................   $ --        $256       $256
  Reserves.........................................    188          --        188
  Property and equipment...........................     --          84         84
  Other............................................     94          19        113
                                                      ----        ----       ----
     Total deferred tax assets.....................    282         359        641
Deferred tax liabilities:
  State taxes......................................    (43)         --        (43)
  Other............................................     --         (12)       (12)
                                                      ----        ----       ----
     Total deferred tax liabilities................    (43)        (12)       (55)
                                                      ----        ----       ----
Net deferred tax asset.............................   $239        $347       $586
                                                      ====        ====       ====
</TABLE>

 
     Prior to February 5, 1999, we elected to be treated as an S corporation
under the Internal Revenue Code and California Revenue and Taxation Code.
Accordingly, the provision for income taxes for the years ended June 30, 1997
and 1998 is computed by applying the California franchise tax rate for S
corporations of 1.5% to our pretax earnings. Effective February 5, 1999, we
converted to a C corporation and became a taxable entity subject to regular
federal and state income taxes on an ongoing basis. As a result, we recorded
$122 of net deferred income tax assets on February 5, 1999 through a benefit
recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
 
8.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
     We established an employee benefit plan, effective July 1992, that features
a 401(k) salary reduction provision covering all employees who meet eligibility
requirements. Eligible employees may elect to defer up to 15% of compensation or
the statutorily prescribed annual limit. Collectors Universe, at its discretion,
may make contributions to the plan. To date, we have not made contributions to
the plan and administrative costs have been nominal.
 
9.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     On February 5, 1999, the Predecessor's stockholders exchanged 75 shares of
Predecessor's common stock for 17,311 shares of Collectors Universe's common
stock. All shares and per share amounts included in the accompanying financial
statements and footnotes have been restated to reflect the exchange ratio of
229.629-for-one. In addition, we also issued 1,689 shares of common stock in
connection with certain business acquisitions (Note 3).
 
                                      F-19

<PAGE>   82
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     In March 1999, we sold 1,282 shares of common stock in a private placement
at a price of $5.00 per share. Net proceeds from the private placement amounted
to approximately $6,391 after deducting offering expenses of approximately $18.
Net proceeds from the private placement offering were used to pay indebtedness
of $2,000 relating to business acquisitions (Note 3), to fund the distribution
of previously taxed income to Predecessor stockholders in the amount of $2,200,
and to provide working capital for general corporate purposes.
 
CONSULTING AGREEMENT
 
     In July 1997, we granted options to an individual to purchase 532 shares of
our common stock at an exercise price of $0.33 per share as consideration for a
five-year consulting agreement commencing on July 1, 1997. The options vest 20%
per year commencing December 31, 1997 through December 31, 2001 and are
exercisable on or before December 31, 2005. No amount was allocated to the value
of the options, as the amount was insignificant.
 
WARRANT AGREEMENT
 
     In May 1999, we granted a warrant to purchase 50 shares of our common stock
at an exercise price of $5.00 per share in connection with an exclusive license
agreement. No amount was allocated to the value of the warrant, as the amount
was insignificant.
 
SUPPLIER COMPENSATION COST
 
     During the fourth quarter ended June 30, 1999, we entered into agreements
with collectible experts to provide content for our websites and to supply a
specified amount of collectible merchandise over a multi-year period. The
agreements provide for the aggregate award of 622 stock options at an exercise
price of $5.00 per share. The agreements provide for immediate vesting and are
exercisable over the terms of the agreements. We have determined that the
measurement date for the recognition of the fair value of these restricted stock
awards is at the time of agreement execution. The fair value of the restricted
stock awards was based on a third party valuation using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model and the following assumptions:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
Stock fair value per share..................................     $4.75
Exercise price..............................................     5.00
Term........................................................    5 years
Volatility..................................................      --
Risk-free interest rate.....................................     5.5%
</TABLE>

 
     As Collectors Universe is not a public company and its stock does not have
a trading history, a 0% volatility factor was used as permitted under SFAS No.
123.
 
     During the year ended June 30, 1999, we recognized $585 of expense based
upon the fair value of the stock options granted and such amount is included in
supplier compensation costs in the accompanying statements of income.
 
                                      F-20

<PAGE>   83
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
10. STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
     In January 1999, we adopted the PCGS 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the PCGS
Plan). The PCGS Plan covers an aggregate of 1,751 shares of our common stock. In
February 1999 we adopted the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the 1999 Plan), which
provides for grants of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, and
restricted stock grants to directors, officers, employees and consultants of
Collectors Universe who provide valuable services to Collectors Universe,
entitling them to purchase up to 1,499 shares of our common stock. Each of these
Plans provide that the option price per share may not be less than 100% of the
fair market value of a share of common stock on the grant date as determined by
the Board of Directors for incentive stock options and 85% of fair market value
for nonstatutory stock options. For incentive stock options, the exercise price
may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on
the grant date for any individual possessing 10% or more of the voting power of
all classes of stock of Collectors Universe. The timing of exercise for
individual option grants is at the discretion of the Board of Directors, and the
options expire no later than ten years after the grant date (five years in the
case of incentive stock options granted to individuals possessing 10% or more of
the voting power of all classes of stock of Collectors Universe). In the event
of a change in control of Collectors Universe, an option or award under these
Plans will become fully exercisable if the option or award is not assumed by the
surviving corporation or the surviving corporation does not substitute
comparable awards for the awards granted under these Plans.
 
     The following is a summary of stock option activity for fiscal 1999 under
the PCGS Plan and the 1999 Plan:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    WEIGHTED
                                                                                    AVERAGE
                                                 NUMBER OF                       EXERCISE PRICE
                                                  SHARES      PRICE PER SHARE      PER SHARE
                                                 ---------    ---------------    --------------
<S>                                              <C>          <C>                <C>
  Options outstanding at June 30, 1998.........       --
  Granted......................................    2,106       $2.11 -- $5.23        $3.53
  Cancelled....................................       --                  --
  Exercised....................................       --                  --            --
                                                   -----       -------------         -----
  Options outstanding at June 30, 1999.........    2,106       $2.11 -- $5.23        $3.53
                                                   =====       =============         =====
</TABLE>

 
     The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
at June 30, 1999:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
                                      WEIGHTED AVERAGE                        OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                        ---------------------------------------------    -----------------------------
                         NUMBER OF      REMAINING         WEIGHTED        NUMBER OF        WEIGHTED
RANGE OF                  SHARES       CONTRACTUAL        AVERAGE          SHARES          AVERAGE
EXERCISE PRICE          OUTSTANDING    LIFE (YEARS)    EXERCISE PRICE    EXERCISABLE    EXERCISE PRICE
--------------          -----------    ------------    --------------    -----------    --------------
<S>                     <C>            <C>             <C>               <C>            <C>
$2.11 -- $2.61             1,105           9.5             $2.18             950            $2.11
$5.00 -- $5.23             1,001           9.7             $5.03             119            $5.00
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-21

<PAGE>   84
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     At June 30, 1999, there were 1,069 shares exercisable at option prices
ranging from $2.11 to $5.00 The weighted average remaining contractual life of
outstanding stock options was 9.6 years at June 30, 1999. In addition, 270
shares will become 100% vested upon the consummation of an initial public
offering.
 
     SFAS No. 123 encourages but does not require companies to record
compensation cost for employee stock option grants. As permitted by SFAS No.
123, we have chosen to account for employee option grants using APB Opinion No.
25 and apply the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123. Accordingly, no
compensation expense has been recognized for employee stock option grants; as
such grants have been made at fair market value. Had compensation expense for
the employee stock option grants been determined using the provisions of SFAS
No. 123, our net income for the year ended June 30, 1999 would have been reduced
to the amounts indicated below:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Net income:
  As reported...............................................  $ 387
  Pro forma.................................................  $  31
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:
  As reported...............................................  $0.02
                                                              =====
  Pro forma.................................................  $  --
                                                              =====
</TABLE>

 
     Because options vest over several years and additional option grants are
expected, the above pro forma effects of applying SFAS No. 123 are not likely to
be representative of the effects of reporting net income (loss) for future
periods.
 
     For purposes of estimating compensation cost of our option grants in
accordance with SFAS No. 123, the fair value of each option grant is estimated
on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the
following weighted average assumptions used for grants during the year ended
June 30, 1999:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Average dividend yield......................................         0%
Expected life in years......................................         5
Risk free interest rate.....................................       5.5%
Expected volatility.........................................         0%
</TABLE>

 
11.  RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     During the ordinary course of business, we provided grading services to
certain entities that are owned, controlled or affiliated with our stockholders.
Grading revenues received from these related entities amounted to $98, $153 and
$216 during the years ended June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively. In
addition, we purchased inventories from and sold inventories to certain of these
related entities. Purchases of inventories from these related entities amounted
to $120, $220 and $537 during the years ended June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999,
respectively. Sales of inventories to these
 
                                      F-22

<PAGE>   85
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
related entities amounted to $16, $46 and $0 during the years ended June 30,
1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
 
     J.D.R.C., Inc., an entity owned by one of our stockholders, provides
research-consulting services to us related to our coin grading and
authentication services. Amounts paid to J.D.R.C., Inc. related to these
consulting services were $295, $173 and $152 during the years ended June 30,
1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
 
     At June 30, 1997, we had an unsecured note receivable from an employee of
$134 for amounts advanced to the employee. During the year ended June 30, 1998,
such note was written-off as uncollectible.
 
     During the year ended June 30, 1997, we accepted common stock valued at $93
from a stockholder as payment of a stockholder advance of $93.
 
     At June 30, 1998, we had an unsecured note receivable from D.H.R.C.C., an
entity owned by one of our stockholders, in the amount of $101. Such note bore
interest at 9% per annum and was paid in full during the year ended June 30,
1999.
 
     In October 1998, we loaned $180 to an officer of Collectors Universe. The
loan bears interest at 9% per annum and is collateralized by 101 shares of our
common stock. The officer's employment agreement provides for annual principal
forgiveness of $30 on each anniversary date of the loan, provided the officer is
then currently employed by us. Unpaid principal and interest is due and payable
on September 23, 2001. Unpaid principal and interest at June 30, 1999 was $178
and is included in notes receivable from related parties in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets. In addition, during 1999, we paid the officer $100
for relocation expenses which is included in general and administrative expenses
in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
 
12.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
LEASES
 
     Collectors Universe leases its facilities and certain equipment under
operating leases which expire at various dates through 2004. We received
sublease rental income of $60 under terms of a month-to-month lease from related
parties for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998. We recorded rental expense
of $289, $329 and $578, net of sublease rental income, for the years ended June
30, 1997, 1998 and 1999 respectively. The following are the minimum lease
obligations under these leases at June 30, 1999:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
2000........................................................    $358
2001........................................................     170
2002........................................................     123
2003........................................................      80
2004........................................................      53
                                                                ----
                                                                $784
                                                                ====
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-23

<PAGE>   86
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     Subsequent to June 30, 1999, we entered into an eight year operating lease
for a facility that will consolidate all California based operations. Occupancy
is anticipated to be April 2000. Minimum lease obligations, assuming an April
2000 occupancy, are: $907, $930, $953, $972, $1,001 and $3,149 for fiscal years
2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and thereafter, respectively. Total minimum lease
payments under this new lease are $7,912.
 
ROYALTY AGREEMENT
 
     On March 31, 1999, we entered into an exclusive royalty agreement with a
third party for rights within the collectibles industry to certain patented
synthetic DNA technology. Terms of the agreement provide for royalties on each
use of the technology and minimum royalties if certain annual usage volumes are
not achieved. Minimum royalty obligations under this agreement are: $125, $158,
$209, $258, $308 and $292 for fiscal years 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and
thereafter, respectively.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
     The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain executive
officers and other key employees. The employment agreements provide for minimum
salary levels, incentive compensation and severance benefits, among other items.
 
13.  SEGMENT, GEOGRAPHIC AND MAJOR CUSTOMER INFORMATION
 
     We operate principally in two service segments: the authentication and
grading of collectibles and auctions of collectibles. We allocate a substantial
portion of operating expenses to each service segment based upon head count. We
do not allocate specific assets to these serviced segments.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999
                                                         ------------------------------------
                                                                     GRADING AND
                                                         AUCTION    AUTHENTICATION     TOTAL
                                                         -------    --------------    -------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>               <C>
Net revenues from external customers...................  $ 4,878       $17,685        $22,563
Operating income (loss)................................  $(3,579)      $ 4,766        $ 1,187
Unallocated operating expenses.........................                                (1,150)
                                                                                      -------
Operating income, consolidated.........................                               $    37
                                                                                      =======
Goodwill amortization..................................  $   163                      $   163
</TABLE>

 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998
                                                         ------------------------------------
                                                                     GRADING AND
                                                         AUCTION    AUTHENTICATION     TOTAL
                                                         -------    --------------    -------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>               <C>
Net revenues from external customers...................  $ 1,390       $ 9,599        $10,989
Operating income (loss)................................  $  (404)      $ 2,524        $ 2,120
Unallocated operating expenses.........................                                (1,214)
                                                                                      -------
Operating income, consolidated.........................                               $   906
                                                                                      =======
Goodwill amortization..................................  $    20       $    13        $    33
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-24

<PAGE>   87
                   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                                                         ------------------------------------
                                                                     GRADING AND
                                                         AUCTION    AUTHENTICATION     TOTAL
                                                         -------    --------------    -------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>               <C>
Net revenues from external customers...................  $   766       $ 8,627        $ 9,393
Operating income (loss)................................  $   (34)      $   733        $   699
Unallocated operating expenses.........................                                  (185)
                                                                                      -------
Operating income, consolidated.........................                               $   514
                                                                                      =======
Goodwill amortization..................................  $    20       $    13        $    33
</TABLE>

 
     All of our sales and identifiable assets are located in the United States.
No individual customer accounted for 10% or more of revenue for the year ended
June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999.
 
14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     On September 1, 1999 the Board of Directors of Collectors Universe approved
the filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and
Exchange Commission to effect an initial public offering of its common stock
(the Offering).
 
     On September 1, 1999, the Board of Directors of Collectors Universe adopted
the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the Stock Purchase Plan), which will become
effective upon completion of the Offering. A total of 200 shares of the common
stock of Collectors Universe has been reserved for issuance under the Stock
Purchase Plan.
 
     On September 1, 1999, the Board of Directors of Collectors Universe
approved an increase in the number of shares available for grant under the 1999
Plan by 220, thereby increasing the total amount of shares available under the
1999 Plan to 1,749.
 
                                      F-25

<PAGE>   88
 

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Shareholder of
Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc.:
 
     We have audited the accompanying statements of income and (deficiency)
equity and of cash flows of the auction business of Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins,
Inc. (the Business) for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Business' management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the statements of income and (deficiency)
equity and of cash flows are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the statements of income and (deficiency) equity and of cash flows. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the
statements of income and (deficiency) equity, and of cash flows. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the results of operations and of cash flows of the auction business of
Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997,
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
     As described in Note 1, the Business was part of Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins,
Inc. and not a separate legal entity. The financial statements of the Business
have been prepared from the applicable records of Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins,
Inc., and may not necessarily be indicative of the conditions that would have
existed or the results of operations if the Business had operated as an
unaffiliated entity. Portions of certain expenses represent allocations made
from Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc. expense items applicable to the Business as
a whole.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Costa Mesa, California
June 4, 1999

 
                                      F-26

<PAGE>   89
 
             THE AUCTION BUSINESS OF LYN F. KNIGHT RARE COINS, INC.
 
                  STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND (DEFICIENCY) EQUITY
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1998          1997
                                                              -----------    ---------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
REVENUES:
Buyer premiums..............................................  $   914,331    $ 399,219
Auction commissions.........................................      159,785      364,203
                                                              -----------    ---------
     Total revenues.........................................    1,074,116      763,422
COST OF REVENUES............................................      157,948      103,307
                                                              -----------    ---------
GROSS PROFIT................................................      916,168      660,115
OPERATING EXPENSES..........................................      194,572      223,484
                                                              -----------    ---------
NET INCOME..................................................      721,596      436,631
EQUITY, beginning of year...................................       55,141          852
NET CHANGE IN EQUITY ARISING FROM CASH ADVANCES FROM AND
  DISTRIBUTIONS TO LYN F. KNIGHT RARE COINS, INC............   (1,733,077)    (382,342)
                                                              -----------    ---------
(DEFICIENCY) EQUITY, end of year............................  $  (956,340)   $  55,141
                                                              ===========    =========
</TABLE>

 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-27

<PAGE>   90
 
             THE AUCTION BUSINESS OF LYN F. KNIGHT RARE COINS, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1998          1997
                                                              -----------    ---------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income..................................................  $   721,596    $ 436,631
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
     Increase in accounts receivable........................   (4,396,446)     (67,439)
     Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued
      expenses..............................................        9,661      (10,432)
     Increase in due to consignors..........................    5,398,266       23,582
                                                              -----------    ---------
          Net cash provided by operating activities.........    1,733,077      382,342
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Advances to corporate division............................   (1,733,077)    (382,342)
                                                              -----------    ---------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS...................
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year................
                                                              -----------    ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year......................  $        --    $      --
                                                              ===========    =========
</TABLE>

 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-28

<PAGE>   91
 
             THE AUCTION BUSINESS OF LYN F. KNIGHT RARE COINS, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
 
1.  NATURE OF BUSINESS
 
     The accompanying financial statements represent the revenues, expenses, and
cash flows of the auction business of Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc. (the
Business). Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc. is primarily engaged in the business
of marketing and selling rare currencies at coin shows and auctions conducted by
the Business. The Business serves as host to four rare coin and note auctions
each year.
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Basis of Presentation -- The accompanying financial statements include the
revenues, expenses, and cash flows that are directly related to the Business as
conducted by Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc. Portions of certain expenses
represent allocations made from Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc. expense items
applicable to the Business as a whole. These allocations were based on a variety
of factors which management believes provide a reasonable basis for the
accompanying financial statements and include the following:
 
     - Cash balances are not recorded as part of these financial statements as
       it was not the practice of Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc. to maintain
       separate cash balances for each of its businesses.
 
     - The net change in equity arising from cash advances and distributions to
       Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc., as reflected in the statements of income
       and division (deficiency) equity, includes amounts advanced by the
       Business to Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc. and its other businesses.
 
     - The historical financial statements include certain administrative costs
       allocated to the Business from Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc. Such costs
       were based on the percentage of auction business revenues to total
       revenues of Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc. Management believes that such
       methodology results in a reasonable allocation of expenses to the
       Business.
 
     The accompanying financial statements have been prepared from records
maintained by Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc., and may not necessarily be
indicative of the conditions that would have existed if the Business had
operated as an unaffiliated entity.
 
     Revenue Recognition -- Revenue is recognized upon the sale of rare
currencies consigned to the Business and is represented by an auction commission
received from the consignor and a premium paid by the buyer. Auction commissions
represent a percentage of the hammer price at auction sales as paid by the buyer
and generally range up to 15%. Buyer premiums represent 10% of the hammer price
at auction sales.
 
     Use of Estimates -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the accompanying
financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     Income Taxes -- Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc. has elected to be taxed as
an S corporation under sections of the federal and state of Kansas income tax
laws, whereby income and expense items are included in the personal tax returns
of the members of Lyn F. Knight Coins, Inc. Accordingly, no
 
                                      F-29

<PAGE>   92
             THE AUCTION BUSINESS OF LYN F. KNIGHT RARE COINS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
 
provision for federal and state income taxes has been included in the
accompanying financial statements for the years ended December 31, 1998 and
1997.
 
     Comprehensive Income -- In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards
Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 130,
Reporting Comprehensive Income. SFAS No. 130 established standards for reporting
and display of comprehensive income and its components in a full set of
general-purpose financial statements. The Business does not have any items of
other comprehensive income requiring separate disclosure.
 
3.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
     On February 5, 1999, Collectors Universe, Inc. (Collectors) acquired Lyn F.
Knight Rare Coins, Inc.'s auction business for $100,000 in cash, a promissory
note of $1,000,000 and 760,000 shares of Collectors' common stock.
 
                                      F-30

<PAGE>   93
 

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Kingswood Coin Auctions, LLC
Santa Ana, California
 
     We have audited the accompanying statements of income and retained earnings
and of cash flows of Kingswood Coin Auctions, LLC (the Company) for the year
ended December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.
 
     We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the statements of income and retained
earnings and of cash flows are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows. An audit also
includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the statements
of income and retained earnings and of cash flows. We believe that our audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, such financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Kingswood
Coin Auctions, LLC for the year ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Costa Mesa, California
May 26, 1999

 
                                      F-31

<PAGE>   94
 
                          KINGSWOOD COIN AUCTIONS, LLC
 
                   STATEMENT OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
NET REVENUE.................................................  $374,789
COST OF REVENUE.............................................   207,122
                                                              --------
GROSS INCOME................................................   167,667
OPERATING EXPENSES..........................................    86,276
                                                              --------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS......................................    81,391
OTHER INCOME................................................     2,105
                                                              --------
NET INCOME..................................................    83,496
RETAINED EARNINGS, beginning of year........................    40,079
DISTRIBUTIONS TO MEMBERS....................................   (55,000)
                                                              --------
RETAINED EARNINGS, end of year..............................  $ 68,575
                                                              ========
</TABLE>

 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-32

<PAGE>   95
 
                          KINGSWOOD COIN AUCTIONS, LLC
 
                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income..................................................  $  83,496
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in
  operating activities:
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
     Accounts receivable....................................    108,007
     Prepaid expenses.......................................     (3,770)
     Other assets...........................................      1,494
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses..................   (360,241)
                                                              ---------
       Net cash used in operating activities................   (171,014)
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES --
  Distributions to members..................................    (55,000)
                                                              ---------
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS...................   (226,014)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year................    298,950
                                                              ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year......................  $  72,936
                                                              =========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION --
  Cash paid during the year for income taxes................  $     800
                                                              =========
</TABLE>

 
                See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-33

<PAGE>   96
 
                          KINGSWOOD COIN AUCTIONS, LLC
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
1.  NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Nature of Business -- Kingswood Coin Auctions, LLC (the Company) was formed
on November 8, 1996, for the purpose of producing, promoting and conducting
elite live and telephonic rare coin auctions.
 
     Pursuant to the operating agreement, the profits and losses of the Company
are allocated to the members in accordance with each member's percentage
ownership interest. Distributions of available cash are made to the members in
accordance with each member's respective percentage ownership interest. During
the year ended December 31, 1998, the Company distributed $55,000 to its
members.
 
     Revenue Recognition -- Revenue is recognized upon the sale of the coins
consigned to the Company. Such revenue represents approximately 10% of the bid
price charged to the buyer, and approximately 4% of such price charged to the
consignor.
 
     Income Taxes -- The Company is taxed as a limited liability company under
the provisions of the federal and state tax codes. Under federal laws, taxes
based on income of the limited liability company are payable by the members
individually. A provision for California franchise tax of $800 has been provided
in the accompanying financial statements at statutory rates based on gross
receipts (revenues) under California laws.
 
     Use of Estimates -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     Comprehensive Income -- In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards
Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 130,
Reporting Comprehensive Income. SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting
and display of comprehensive income and its components in a full set of
general-purpose financial statements. The Company does not have any items of
other comprehensive income requiring separate disclosure.
 
2.  RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     During the ordinary course of business, the Company conducts transactions
with certain companies owned and controlled by its members and other related
entities as described below. The Company reimburses David Hall North American
Trading (DHNAT) for certain general and administrative expenses incurred on
behalf of the Company. Such reimbursements amounted to $91,141 for the year
ended December 31, 1998.
 
     The Company has entered into an Auction Services Agreement (the Services
Agreement) with Professional Coin Grading Service, Inc. (PCGS), whereby PCGS
provides the facilities, equipment, personnel, and services necessary for the
Company to conduct its auctions. In consideration for the use of its facilities
and equipment and the services provided pursuant to the Services Agreement, the
Company pays PCGS a service fee in an amount equal to a percentage of the total
actual sales price,
 
                                      F-34

<PAGE>   97
                          KINGSWOOD COIN AUCTIONS, LLC
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
less all returns, of all rare coins sold by the Company at its auctions, as
defined in the Services Agreement. During the year ended December 31, 1998, the
Company paid a service fee of $119,821 to PCGS. Such fee is included in cost of
revenues in the accompanying statement of income and retained earnings.
 
     DHNAT and PCGS consign coins to the Company for sale in the Company's
auctions. Commission revenues received from DHNAT and PCGS during the year ended
December 31, 1998, amounted to $19,582 and $12,330, respectively, and are
included in net revenue in the accompanying statement of income.
 
3.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
     On February 5, 1999, Collectors Universe, Inc. (Collectors) acquired the
Company's auction business for $1,000,000 in cash and 190,000 shares of
Collectors' common stock.
 
                                      F-35

<PAGE>   98

                               Inside Back Cover


Includes a banner that states, "More Cool Stuff," and pictures of collectibles 
with the captions indicated below:

Collectible                                  Caption
-----------                                  -------

Coin              1907 Extremely High Relief Saint Gaudens $20 Gold. Graded by
                  Collectors Universe; estimated value $1,000,000.

Record Album      "Love In Vain" by Robert Johnson. Sold by Collectors Universe
                  for $9,900.

Baseball Card     1952 Topps Mickey Mantle.  Sold by Collectors Universe for
                  $121,000.

Baseball          Babe Ruth Autographed Ball. Authenticated by Collectors
                  Universe.

Coin              1865 $20 Liberty. Sold by Collectors Universe for $166,100.

Coin              1913 Liberty Head Nickel. Graded by Collectors Universe.
                  Estimated Value; $3,000,000

Record album
and cover         Red vinyl Elvis Christmas Album. Sold by Collectors Universe
                  for $15,620.

Baseball card     T-206 Honus Wagner. First card graded by Collectors Universe.
                  Later sold for $640,500.


<PAGE>   99
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                     [LOGO]
                           COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
 
     UNTIL                , 1999, ALL DEALERS THAT EFFECT TRANSACTIONS IN THESE
SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING, MAY BE REQUIRED TO
DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE DEALERS' OBLIGATION TO DELIVER
A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>   100
 

 
                                   PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 

ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
     The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by Collectors Universe in
connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All of the
amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the NASD
filing fee.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 TO BE PAID BY
                                                              COLLECTORS UNIVERSE
                                                              -------------------
<S>                                                           <C>
SEC registration fee........................................        $12,788
NASD filing fee.............................................          5,100
Nasdaq National Market application fee......................
Printing expenses...........................................              *
Legal fees and expenses.....................................              *
Accounting fees and expenses................................              *
Blue sky fees and expenses..................................              *
Transfer agent and registrar fees...........................              *
Miscellaneous...............................................              *
                                                                    -------
     Total..................................................        $
                                                                    =======
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
 
* To be filed by amendment
 

ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
     (a) As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Collectors Universe (Exhibit 3.1
hereto) eliminates the liability of directors to Collectors Universe or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a directors,
except to the extent otherwise required by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
     (b) The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that
Collectors Universe will indemnify each person who was or is made a party to any
proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or
officer of Collectors Universe against all expense, liability and loss
reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith to the
fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Amended
and Restated Bylaws of Collectors Universe (Exhibit 3.2 hereto) provide for a
similar indemnity to directors and officers of Collectors Universe to the
fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
     (c) The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation also gives
Collectors Universe the ability to enter into indemnification agreements with
each of its directors and officers. Collectors Universe has entered into
indemnification agreements with certain of its directors and officers (Exhibit
10.               hereto), which provide for the indemnification of such persons
against any an all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in
settlement, to the fullest extent permitted by law.
 
                                      II-1

<PAGE>   101
 

ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
     The following is a summary of transactions by Collectors Universe during
the last three years preceding the date hereof involving sales of securities of
Collectors Universe that were not registered under the Securities Act:
 
          (1)  In January 1999, we purchased 40% of the membership interest of
     Internet Universe, LLC, a California limited liability company. The
     purchase was executed through the issuance of 3,750 shares of Professional
     Coin Grading Service, Inc. (our predecessor company) to Brent Gutekunst,
     which shares were later exchanged for 861,120 shares of common stock of
     Collectors Universe in February 1999. The issuance was exempt from
     registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
     Act") pursuant to Section 4(2) on the basis that the transaction did not
     involve a public offering.
 
          (2)  In February 1999, we incorporated in Delaware and acquired PCGS,
     Lyn F. Knight Rare Coins, Inc., Kingswood Auctions, LLC, and minority
     interests in two majority owned subsidiaries of PCGS. Pursuant to this
     reorganization, we issued 19,000,276 shares of our common stock to the
     owners of the acquired companies. The issuance was exempt from registration
     under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) on the basis that the
     transaction did not involve a public offering.
 
          (3)  In March 1999, we issued 1,281,800 shares of our common stock at
     $5.00 per share to accredited investors only, pursuant to Section 4(2) of
     the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve a
     public offering.
 
          (4)  As of August 31, 1999, options to purchase 2,687,565 shares of
     common stock have been granted in reliance upon the exemptions provided in
     Rule 701 of the Securities Act on the basis that these options were offered
     and sold either pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or pursuant
     to written contracts relating to consideration, as provided by Rule 701, or
     pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof on the basis that the transactions did not
     involve a public offering.
 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
     (a) Exhibits
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
  NO.                                  DESCRIPTION
-------                                -----------
<C>       <C>  <S>
  1.1      --  Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
  3.1      --  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
               Collectors Universe, as in effect.
  3.2      --  Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
               Collectors Universe, to be filed prior to the closing of the
               offering made under this Registration Statement.
  3.3      --  Bylaws of Collectors Universe, as in effect.
  3.4      --  Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Collectors Universe,
               to be adopted prior to the closing of the offering made
               under this Registration Statement.*
  4.1      --  Registration Rights Agreement.*
  4.2      --  Shareholder Agreement.*
  5.1      --  Opinion of Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth, a Professional
               Corporation.*
 10.1      --  1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1999 Plan").
 10.2      --  Form of Stock Option Agreement for the 1999 Plan.
</TABLE>

 
                                      II-2

<PAGE>   102
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
  NO.                                  DESCRIPTION
-------                                -----------
<C>       <C>  <S>
 10.4      --  PCGS Stock Incentive Plan (the "PCGS Plan").
 10.5      --  Form of Stock Option Agreement for the PCGS Plan.
 10.6      --  Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 10.7      --  Form of Indemnification Agreement.*
 10.8      --  Asset Acquisition Agreement dated January 25, 1999 by and
               among Professional Coin Grading Service, Inc., Info
               Exchange, Inc. and Brent Gutekunst.
 10.9      --  Collectors Universe/eBay Mutual Services Term Sheet dated
               February 10, 1999 by and between Collectors Universe and
               eBay, Inc.
 10.10     --  Net Lease between Orix Searls Sann Ana Venture and
               Collectors Universe, dated June, 1999.
 10.11     --  Agreement for the Sale of Goods and Services dated March 31,
               1999 by and between Collectors Universe and DNA
               Technologies, Inc.
 10.12     --  Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3,
               1999 by and between Collectors Universe, Inc. and Hugh
               Sconyers.
 10.13     --  Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3,
               1999 by and between Collectors Universe and BJ Searls.
 10.14     --  Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3,
               1999 by and between Collectors Universe and Greg Bussineau.
 10.15     --  Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3,
               1999 by and between Collectors Universe and Lyn F. Knight
               Rare Coins, Inc.
 10.16     --  Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3,
               1999 by and between Collectors Universe, Kingswood Coin
               Auction, LLC and the Members of Kingswood.
 10.17     --  Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3,
               1999 by and between Collectors Universe and Professional
               Coin Grading Service, Inc.
 10.18     --  Employment Agreement dated March 1999, by and between
               Superior Sportcard Auctions, LLC and Greg Bussineau.
 10.19     --  Employment Agreement dated March 5, 1999, by and between Lyn
               F. Knight, Lyn Knight Currency Auctions, Inc. and Collectors
               Universe.
 10.20     --  Employment Agreement dated January 25, 1999 by and between
               Internet Universe, LLC and Brent Gutekunst.
 10.21     --  Employment Agreement dated              , 1999 by and
               between Collectors Universe, Inc. and Louis M. Crain.*
 10.22     --  Employment Agreement dated             by and between Gary
               N. Patten and Collectors Universe, Inc.*
 11.1      --  Statement regarding computation of pro forma net income per
               share.
 21.1      --  Subsidiaries.
 23.1      --  Consent of Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth, a Professional
               Corporation (see Exhibit 5.1).*
 23.2      --  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 23.3      --  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 23.4      --  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
</TABLE>

 
                                      II-3

<PAGE>   103
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
  NO.                                  DESCRIPTION
-------                                -----------
<C>       <C>  <S>
 24.1      --  Power of Attorney (see page II-5).
 27.1      --  Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
     (b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
     All schedules not listed above are omitted because they are not required
under the related instructions, are inapplicable, or the information is included
in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
 

ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters
at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the registrant has
been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.
 
     The registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
     of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
     of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
     a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
     (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
     registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
          (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
     prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
     the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
     time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-4

<PAGE>   104
 

                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Newport
Beach, State of California, on the 2nd day of September 1999.
 
                                          COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
 
                                          By:      /s/ LOUIS M. CRAIN
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                       Louis M. Crain
                                                  Chief Executive Officer
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
     We, the undersigned directors and officers of Collectors Universe, Inc., do
hereby constitute and appoint Louis M. Crain and Gary N. Patten or either of
them, our true and lawful attorneys and agents, to do any and all acts and
things in our name and behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to
execute any and all instruments for us and in our names in the capacities
indicated below, which said attorneys and agents, or either of them, may deem
necessary or advisable to enable said corporation to comply with the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules, regulations, and requirements of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with this registration
statement, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority
to sign for us or any of us in our names and in the capacities indicated below,
any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this
registration statement, or any related registration statement that is to be
effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that the said attorneys and
agents, or either of them, shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           SIGNATURE                              TITLE                            DATE
           ---------                              -----                            ----
<S>                               <C>                                       <C>
 
       /s/ LOUIS M. CRAIN         President, Chief Executive Officer and    September 2, 1999
--------------------------------  Director (Principal Executive Officer)
         Louis M. Crain
 
       /s/ GARY N. PATTEN         Chief Financial Officer (Principal        September 2, 1999
--------------------------------  Financial and Principal Accounting
         Gary N. Patten           Officer)
 
       /s/ DAVID G. HALL          Chairman of the Board and Director        September 2, 1999
--------------------------------
         David G. Hall
 
      /s/ STEPHEN H. MAYER        Senior Vice President and Director        September 2, 1999
--------------------------------
        Stephen H. Mayer
 
       /s/ VAN D. SIMMONS         Director                                  September 2, 1999
--------------------------------
         Van D. Simmons
 
       /s/ ARMEN VARTIAN          Director                                  September 2, 1999
--------------------------------
         Armen Vartian
</TABLE>

 
                                      II-5

<PAGE>   105
 
                           COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.
 
                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997, 1998 AND 1999
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      BALANCE AT     CHARGED       CHARGED                  BALANCE AT
                                      BEGINNING    TO OPERATING   TO COST OF                   END
            DESCRIPTION               OF PERIOD      EXPENSES      REVENUES    DEDUCTIONS   OF PERIOD
            -----------               ----------   ------------   ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
Allowance for doubtful accounts.....   $  6,500      $28,996       $     --    $  (6,500)    $ 28,996
Inventory reserve...................     12,682           --          1,580           --       14,262
Warranty reserve....................    212,656           --        185,941     (211,654)     186,943
                                       --------      -------       --------    ---------     --------
     Total at June 30, 1997.........   $231,838      $28,996       $187,521    $(218,154)    $230,201
                                       ========      =======       ========    =========     ========
Allowance for doubtful accounts.....   $ 28,996      $    --       $     --    $ (28,996)    $     --
Inventory reserve...................     14,262           --             --      (14,262)          --
Warranty reserve....................    186,943           --        282,086     (294,029)     175,000
                                       --------      -------       --------    ---------     --------
     Total at June 30, 1998.........   $230,201      $    --       $282,086    $(337,287)    $175,000
                                       ========      =======       ========    =========     ========
Allowance for doubtful accounts.....   $     --      $50,783       $     --    $ (13,283)    $ 37,500
Inventory reserve...................         --           --        160,500           --      160,500
Warranty reserve....................    175,000           --        412,273     (355,674)     231,599
                                       --------      -------       --------    ---------     --------
     Total at June 30, 1999.........   $175,000      $50,783       $572,773    $(368,957)    $429,599
                                       ========      =======       ========    =========     ========
</TABLE>

 
                                       S-1

<PAGE>   106
 

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
  NO.                                  DESCRIPTION
-------                                -----------
<C>       <C>  <S>
  1.1      --  Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
  3.1      --  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
               Collectors Universe, as in effect.
  3.2      --  Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
               Collectors Universe, to be filed prior to the closing of the
               offering made under this Registration Statement.
  3.3      --  Bylaws of Collectors Universe, as in effect.
  3.4      --  Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Collectors Universe,
               to be adopted prior to the closing of the offering made
               under this Registration Statement.*
  4.1      --  Registration Rights Agreement.*
  4.2      --  Shareholder Agreement.*
  5.1      --  Opinion of Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth, a Professional
               Corporation.*
 10.1      --  1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1999 Plan").
 10.2      --  Form of Stock Option Agreement for the 1999 Plan.
 10.4      --  PCGS Stock Incentive Plan (the "PCGS Plan").
 10.5      --  Form of Stock Option Agreement for the PCGS Plan.
 10.6      --  Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 10.7      --  Form of Indemnification Agreement.*
 10.8      --  Asset Acquisition Agreement dated January 25, 1999 by and
               among Professional Coin Grading Service, Inc., Info
               Exchange, Inc. and Brent Gutekunst.
 10.9      --  Collectors Universe/eBay Mutual Services Term Sheet dated
               February 10, 1999 by and between Collectors Universe and
               eBay, Inc.
 10.10     --  Net Lease between Orix Searls Sann Ana Venture and
               Collectors Universe, dated June, 1999.
 10.11     --  Agreement for the Sale of Goods and Services dated March 31,
               1999 by and between Collectors Universe and DNA
               Technologies, Inc.
 10.12     --  Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3,
               1999 by and between Collectors Universe, Inc. and Hugh
               Sconyers.
 10.13     --  Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3,
               1999 by and between Collectors Universe and BJ Searls.
 10.14     --  Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3,
               1999 by and between Collectors Universe and Greg Bussineau.
 10.15     --  Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3,
               1999 by and between Collectors Universe and Lyn F. Knight
               Rare Coins, Inc.
 10.16     --  Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3,
               1999 by and between Collectors Universe, Kingswood Coin
               Auction, LLC and the Members of Kingswood.
 10.17     --  Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated February 3,
               1999 by and between Collectors Universe and Professional
               Coin Grading Service, Inc.
 10.18     --  Employment Agreement dated March 1999, by and between
               Superior Sportcard Auctions, LLC and Greg Bussineau.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   107
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
  NO.                                  DESCRIPTION
-------                                -----------
<C>       <C>  <S>
 10.19     --  Employment Agreement dated March 5, 1999, by and between Lyn
               F. Knight, Lyn Knight Currency Auctions, Inc. and Collectors
               Universe.
 10.20     --  Employment Agreement dated January 25, 1999 by and between
               Internet Universe, LLC and Brent Gutekunst.
 10.21     --  Employment Agreement dated              , 1999 by and
               between Collectors Universe, Inc. and Louis M. Crain.*
 10.22     --  Employment Agreement dated             by and between Gary
               N. Patten and Collectors Universe, Inc.*
 11.1      --  Statement regarding computation of pro forma net income per
               share.
 21.1      --  Subsidiaries.
 23.1      --  Consent of Stradling Yocca Carlson & Rauth, a Professional
               Corporation (see Exhibit 5.1).*
 23.2      --  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 23.3      --  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 23.4      --  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 24.1      --  Power of Attorney (see page II-5).
 27.1      --  Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>

 
-------------------------
 
* To be filed by amendment.





<PAGE>   1

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.1




                AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                           COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.,
                             A DELAWARE CORPORATION

         The undersigned, Louis M. Crain and Ben A. Frydman, hereby certify
that:

         1. They are the Chief Executive Officer and Assistant Secretary,
respectively, of Collectors Universe, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Corporation").

         2. The Corporation's original Certificate of Incorporation was
originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 3, 1999.

         3. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and
restated herein, at the effective time of filing of this Restated Certificate of
Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State, shall read in full as
follows:

                                    ARTICLE 1

         The name of this Corporation is Collectors Universe, Inc.

                                    ARTICLE 2

         The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of
Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805, County of New Castle.
The name of the Corporation's registered agent at that address is Corporation
Service Company.

                                    ARTICLE 3

         The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware,
 as amended from time to time.

                                    ARTICLE 4

         The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is 33,000,000, of which (i) 30,000,000
shares shall be designated "Common Stock" and shall have a par value of $0.001
per share; and (ii) 3,000,000 shares shall be designated "Preferred Stock" and
shall have a par value of $0.001 per share. The Board of Directors is
authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the
issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and by filing a
certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware, to
establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such
series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares
of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.
The


<PAGE>   2

authority of the Board with respect to each series shall include, but not be
limited to, determination of the following:

                  (a) The number of shares constituting that series and the
distinctive designation of that series;

                  (b) The dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether
dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates, and the
relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of that
series;

                  (c) Whether that series shall have voting rights, in addition
to the voting rights provided by law and, if so, the terms of such voting
rights;

                  (d) Whether that series shall have conversion privileges and,
if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provision for
adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall
determine;

                  (e) Whether or not the shares of that series shall be
redeemable and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including
the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable and the amount
per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different
conditions and at different redemption dates;

                  (f) Whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the
redemption or purchase of shares of that series and, if so, the terms and amount
of such sinking fund; and

                  (g) The rights of the shares of that series in the event of
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares
of that series.

                                    ARTICLE 5

         The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or
under the direction of the Board of Directors and elections of directors need
not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws. The number of
directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of
Directors either by a resolution or Bylaw adopted by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the entire Board of Directors.

         Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of
Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept
(subject to any provision contained in the Delaware Statutes) outside the State
of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by
the Board of Directors or by the Bylaws of the Corporation.

                                    ARTICLE 6

         A director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, provided that this provision shall not


                                      -2-

<PAGE>   3

eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of his duty of
loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not
in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derives an
improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware is hereafter amended to authorize corporate action further limiting or
eliminating the personal liability of directors, then the liability of the
directors of the Corporation shall be limited or eliminated to the fullest
extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as so
amended from time to time. Any repeal or modification of this Article 6 by the
stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not
adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the
Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

                                    ARTICLE 7

         This Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to
time under the law of the State of Delaware, indemnify and upon request shall
advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made
a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or
claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of
the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of
this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request
of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent
of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses
(including attorney's fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and
amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with the investigation,
preparation to defend or defense of such action, suit, proceeding or claim;
provided; however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to
indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit,
proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person. Such
indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising
under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and
shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such
person. Any person seeking indemnification under this Article 7 shall be deemed
to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the
contrary shall be established. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing
provisions of this Article 7 shall not adversely affect any right or protection
of a director or officer of this corporation with respect to any acts or
omissions of such director or officer occurring prior to such repeal or
modification.

                                    ARTICLE 8

         In furtherance and not in limitation of the power conferred on the
Corporation's Board of Directors by law, the Board of Directors shall have the
power to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the Bylaws of the
Corporation.

                                    ARTICLE 9

         Stockholders of the Corporation may not take action by written consent
in lieu of a meeting. Any action contemplated by the stockholders must be taken
at a duly called annual or special meeting.


                                      -3-

<PAGE>   4

         4. The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has
been approved by the Board of Directors by written consent in accordance with
Section 141(f) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

         5. The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has
been approved by the stockholders of the Corporation by written consent in
accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.

         6. The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has
been duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242
and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be
signed by Louis M. Crain, its President, and attested by Ben A. Frydman, its
Assistant Secretary, as of February 5, 1999.

                                     Collectors Universe, Inc.

                                                

                                     By:  /s/ Louis M. Crain
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Louis M. Crain, Chief Executive Officer

                                     ATTEST:


                                     By:  /s/ Ben A. Frydman
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Ben A. Frydman, Assistant Secretary



                                      -4-



<PAGE>   1

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2



                AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                          OF COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.,
                             A DELAWARE CORPORATION
                        (Pursuant to Section 242 and 245)

         The undersigned, Louis M. Crain and Ben A. Frydman, hereby certify
that:

         ONE: They are the Chief Executive Officer and Assistant Secretary,
respectively, of Collectors Universe, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Corporation").

         TWO: The Corporation's original Certificate of Incorporation was
originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 3, 1999.

         THREE: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed
with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 5, 1999.

         FOUR: The Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, as
heretofore amended and restated, shall be further amended and restated to read
in full as follows:

                                    ARTICLE 1

         The name of this corporation is COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, Inc. (the
"Corporation").

                                    ARTICLE 2

         The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of
Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805, County of New Castle.
The name of the Corporation's registered agent at that address is Corporation
Service Company.

                                    ARTICLE 3

         The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act
 or
activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time.

                                    ARTICLE 4

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated,
respectively, "Common Stock" and "Preferred Stock." The total number of shares
which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 50,000,000 shares. The
total number of shares of Common Stock which the Corporation shall have
authority to issue is 45,000,000 shares, $0.001 par value per share. The total
number of shares of Preferred Stock which the Corporation shall have authority
to issue is 5,000,000 shares, $0.001 par value per share. The Board of Directors
is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the
issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and by filing a
certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware, to
establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such
series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares
of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions 


<PAGE>   2

thereof. The authority of the Board with respect to each series shall include,
but not be limited to, determination of the following:

                  (a) The number of shares constituting that series and the
distinctive designation of that series;

                  (b) The dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether
dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates, and the
relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of that
series;

                  (c) Whether that series shall have voting rights, in addition
to the voting rights provided by law and, if so, the terms of such voting
rights;

                  (d) Whether that series shall have conversion privileges and,
if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provision for
adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall
determine;

                  (e) Whether or not the shares of that series shall be
redeemable and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including
the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable and the amount
per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different
conditions and at different redemption dates;

                  (f) Whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the
redemption or purchase of shares of that series and, if so, the terms and amount
of such sinking fund; and

                  (g) The rights of the shares of that series in the event of
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares
of that series.

                                    ARTICLE 5

         The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or
under the direction of the Board of Directors and elections of directors need
not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws. The number of
directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of
Directors either by a resolution or Bylaw adopted by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the entire Board of Directors.

         Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of
Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept
(subject to any provision contained in the Delaware Statutes) outside the State
of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by
the Board of Directors or by the Bylaws of the Corporation.

                                    ARTICLE 6

         A director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, provided that this provision shall not eliminate or limit
the liability of a director (i) for any breach of his duty of loyalty to the
Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a 


                                      -2-

<PAGE>   3

knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the
director derives an improper personal benefit.

         This Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to
time under the law of the State of Delaware, indemnify and upon request shall
advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made
a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or
claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of
the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of
this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request
of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent
of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses
(including attorney's fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and
amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with the investigation,
preparation to defend or defense of such action, suit, proceeding or claim;
provided; however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to
indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit,
proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person. Such
indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising
under any bylaw, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and
shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such
person. Any person seeking indemnification under this Article 6 shall be deemed
to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the
contrary shall be established.

         If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is hereafter
amended to authorize corporate action further limiting or eliminating the
personal liability of directors, then the liability of the directors of the
Corporation shall be limited or eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as so amended from time to
time. Any repeal or modification of this Article 6 by the stockholders of the
Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any
limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing
at the time of such repeal or modification.

                                    ARTICLE 7

         The Board of Directors shall have the power to make, alter, amend,
change, add to or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing provision of this Article 7, the Bylaws
may be rescinded, altered, amended or repealed in any respect by the affirmative
vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the
Corporation, voting together as a single class.

                                    ARTICLE 8

         In furtherance and not in limitation of the power conferred on the
Corporation's Board of Directors by law, the Board of Directors shall have the
power to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the Bylaws of the
Corporation.

                                    ARTICLE 9

         No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or
special meeting of stockholders. The stockholders may not take action by written
consent.


                                      -3-

<PAGE>   4

                                   ARTICLE 10

         Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose
or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief
Executive Officer, or by a majority of the Board of Directors, or by a committee
of the Board of Directors which has been duly designated by the Board of
Directors and whose powers and authority, as provided in a resolution of the
Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation, include the power to
call such meetings, but such special meetings may not be called by any other
person or persons. The stockholders may not call a special meeting.

                                   ARTICLE 11

         The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal
any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all
rights conferred on stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation;
provided, however, that no amendment, alteration, change or repeal may be made
to Article 5, 8, 9, 10 or 11 without the affirmative vote of the holders of at
least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, voting
together as a single class.

         SEVEN: The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
has been approved by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 141(i) of
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

         EIGHT: The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
has been approved by the stockholders of the Corporation by written consent in
accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.

         NINE: The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
has been duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section
242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


                                      -4-

<PAGE>   5
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC. has caused this
certificate to be signed by the undersigned, and the undersigned has executed
this certificate and affirms the foregoing as true and under penalty of perjury

this ___ day of ___________ 1999.

                                     COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.

                                     By:  
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Louis M. Crain, Chief Executive Officer

                                     ATTEST:

                                     By: 
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Ben A. Frydman, Assistant Secretary


                                      -5-



<PAGE>   1


                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.3


                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                           COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.,
                             A DELAWARE CORPORATION


<PAGE>   2

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Page
                                                                                 ----
<S>                                                                              <C>
ARTICLE I  ........................................................................3

         SECTION  1.  REGISTERED OFFICE............................................3
         SECTION  2.  OTHER OFFICES................................................3
         SECTION  3.  BOOKS........................................................3

ARTICLE II    .....................................................................3

         SECTION  1.  PLACE OF MEETINGS............................................3
         SECTION  2.  ANNUAL MEETINGS..............................................3
         SECTION  3.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.............................................3
         SECTION  4.  NOTIFICATION OF BUSINESS TO BE TRANSACTED AT MEETING.........4
         SECTION  5.  NOTICE; WAIVER OF NOTICE.....................................4
         SECTION  6.  QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT..........................................4
         SECTION  7.  VOTING.......................................................4
         SECTION  8.  STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING......5
         SECTION  9.  LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE........................5
         SECTION 10.  STOCK LEDGER.................................................5
         SECTION 11.  INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.......................................5
         SECTION 12.  ORGANIZATION.................................................6
         SECTION 13.  ORDER OF BUSINESS............................................6

ARTICLE III    ....................................................................7

         SECTION  1.  POWERS.......................................................7
         SECTION  2.  NUMBER AND ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.............................7
         SECTION  3.  VACANCIES....................................................7
         SECTION  4.  TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS...................................7
         SECTION  5.  ANNUAL MEETING...............................................7
         SECTION  6.  REGULAR MEETINGS.............................................7
         SECTION  7.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.............................................8
         SECTION  8.  QUORUM; VOTE REQUIRED FOR ACTION; ADJOURNMENT................8
         SECTION  9.  ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT....................................8
         SECTION 10.  TELEPHONE MEETINGS...........................................8
         SECTION 11.  COMMITTEES...................................................9
         SECTION 12.  COMPENSATION.................................................9
         SECTION 13.  INTERESTED DIRECTORS.........................................9

ARTICLE IV   .....................................................................10

         SECTION  1.  OFFICERS....................................................10
         SECTION  2.  APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.....................................10
         SECTION  3.  SUBORDINATE
 OFFICERS........................................10
         SECTION  4.  REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.........................10
         SECTION  5.  VACANCIES IN OFFICES........................................10
         SECTION  6.  CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.......................................10
         SECTION  7.  VICE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD..................................10
         SECTION  8.  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.....................................11
         SECTION  9.  PRESIDENT...................................................11
         SECTION 10.  VICE PRESIDENT..............................................11
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   3


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Page
                                                                                 ----
<S>                                                                              <C>
         SECTION 11.  SECRETARY...................................................11
         SECTION 12.  CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.....................................12

ARTICLE V   ......................................................................12

         SECTION  1.  FORM OF CERTIFICATES........................................12
         SECTION  2.  SIGNATURES..................................................12
         SECTION  3.  LOST CERTIFICATES...........................................12
         SECTION  4.  TRANSFERS...................................................12
         SECTION  5.  RECORD HOLDERS..............................................13

ARTICLE VI   .....................................................................13

         SECTION  1.  RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION....................................13
         SECTION  2.  RIGHT OF INDEMNITEE TO BRING SUIT...........................14
         SECTION  3.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS...................................14
         SECTION  4.  INSURANCE...................................................14
         SECTION  5.  INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS OF THE CORPORATION...14
         SECTION  6.  INDEMNIFICATION CONTRACTS...................................14
         SECTION  7.  EFFECT OF AMENDMENT.........................................15

ARTICLE VII   ....................................................................15

         SECTION  1.  DIVIDENDS...................................................15
         SECTION  2.  DISBURSEMENTS...............................................15
         SECTION  3.  FISCAL YEAR.................................................15
         SECTION  4.  CORPORATE SEAL..............................................15
         SECTION  5.  RECORD DATE.................................................15
         SECTION  6.  VOTING OF STOCK OWNED BY THE CORPORATION....................15
         SECTION  7.  CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS................................16
         SECTION  8.  AMENDMENTS..................................................16
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   4

                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                           COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.,
                             a Delaware corporation

                                    ARTICLE I
                                     OFFICES

         SECTION 1. REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office of the Corporation
in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of
Newcastle.

         SECTION 2. OTHER OFFICES. The Corporation may also have offices at such
other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may
require.

         SECTION 3. BOOKS. The books of the Corporation may be kept within or
without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time
determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

                                   ARTICLE II
                            MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

         SECTION 1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. All meetings of stockholders for the
election of directors shall be held at such place either within or without the
State of Delaware as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors,
or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall
be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the
notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be
held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall
be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice
thereof.

         SECTION 2. ANNUAL MEETINGS. Annual meetings of stockholders shall be
held at a time and date designated by the Board of Directors for the purpose of
electing directors and transacting such other business as may properly be
brought before the meeting.

         SECTION 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of stockholders, for any
purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the
Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President and shall be called
by the President or Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the
Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of a stockholder or
stockholders owning stock of the Corporation possessing ten percent (10%) of the
voting power possessed by all of the then outstanding capital stock of any class
of the Corporation entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or
purposes of the proposed meeting.

         SECTION 4. NOTIFICATION OF BUSINESS TO BE TRANSACTED AT MEETING. To be
properly brought before a meeting, business must be (a) specified in the notice
of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board
of Directors, (b) otherwise properly 


                                      -3-

<PAGE>   5

brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or
(c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder entitled to
vote at the meeting.

         SECTION 5. NOTICE; WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever stockholders are required
or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting
shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and,
in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting
is called. Unless otherwise required by law, such notice shall be given not less
than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to
each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such
notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid,
directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the
Corporation. A written waiver of any such notice signed by the person entitled
thereto, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed
equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a
waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends the meeting for
the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened.

         SECTION 6. QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT. Except as otherwise required by law, or
provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the holders of a
majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote
thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. A meeting
at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business,
notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum, if
any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum to
conduct that meeting. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or
represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to
vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at
the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall
be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be
present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been
transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more
than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed
for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to
each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

         SECTION 7. VOTING. Except as otherwise required by law, or provided by
the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any question brought before
any meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present shall be decided by the
vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote
thereat. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each
stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast
one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by
such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy, but no proxy
shall be voted on or after three (3) years from its date, unless such proxy
provides for a longer period. Elections of directors need not be by ballot
unless the Chairman of the meeting so directs or unless a stockholder demands
election by ballot at the meeting and before the voting begins.

         SECTION 8. STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.
Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action
which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be
taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing,
setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding
shares 


                                      -4-

<PAGE>   6

having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to
authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote
thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the
Secretary of the Corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records.
Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than
unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not
consented in writing.

         SECTION 9. LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE. The officer who has
charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least
ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the
stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order,
and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered
in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of
any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary
business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting,
either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place
shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the
place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept
at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be
inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present.

         SECTION 10. STOCK LEDGER. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be
the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock
ledger, the list required by Section 9 of this Article II or the books of the
Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

         SECTION 11. INSPECTORS OF ELECTION. In advance of any meeting of
stockholders, the Board of Directors may appoint one or more persons (who shall
not be candidates for office) as inspectors of election to act at the meeting or
any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not so appointed, or
if an appointed inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act at a
meeting, the Chairman of any meeting of stockholders may, and on the request of
any stockholder or his proxy shall, appoint an inspector or inspectors of
election at the meeting. The duties of such inspector(s) shall include:
determining the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each; the
shares represented at the meeting; the existence of a quorum; the authenticity,
validity and effect of proxies; receiving votes, ballots or consents; hearing
and determining all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection
with the right to vote; counting and tabulating all votes or consents;
determining the result; and such acts as may be proper to conduct the election
or vote with fairness to all stockholders. In the event of any dispute between
or among the inspectors, the determination of the majority of the inspectors
shall be binding.

         SECTION 12. ORGANIZATION. At each meeting of stockholders the Chairman
of the Board of Directors, if one shall have been elected, (or in his absence or
if one shall not have been elected, the President) shall act as Chairman of the
meeting. The Secretary (or in his absence or inability to act, the person whom
the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting) shall act as
secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

         SECTION 13. ORDER OF BUSINESS. The order and manner of transacting
business at all meetings of stockholders shall be determined by the Chairman of
the meeting.


                                      -5-

<PAGE>   7

                                   ARTICLE III
                                    DIRECTORS

         SECTION 1. POWERS. Except as otherwise required by law or provided by
the Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation
shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 2. NUMBER AND ELECTION OF DIRECTORS. Subject to any limitations
in the Certificate of Incorporation, the authorized number of directors of the
Corporation shall be _______________ until changed by an amendment to this Bylaw
adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.
Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to replace
directors whose terms then expire, and each director elected shall hold office
until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier death,
resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time effective upon
giving written notice to the Board of Directors, unless the notice specifies a
later time for such resignation to become effective. Unless otherwise specified
therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it
effective. If the resignation of a director is effective at a future time, the
Board of Directors may elect a successor prior to such effective time to take
office when such resignation becomes effective. Directors need not be
stockholders.

         SECTION 3. VACANCIES. Subject to the limitations in the Certificate of
Incorporation, vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death,
resignation, removal or otherwise and newly created directorships resulting from
any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority
of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole
remaining director. Each director so selected shall hold office for the
remainder of the full term of office of the former director which such director
replaces and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his
earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the authorized number of
directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any
incumbent directors.

         SECTION 4. TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS. The Board of Director shall hold
its meetings at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and
at such time as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 5. ANNUAL MEETING. The Board of Directors shall meet for the
purpose of organization, the election of officers and the transaction of other
business, as soon as practicable after each annual meeting of stockholders, on
the same day and at the same place where such annual meeting shall be held.
Notice of such meeting need not be given. In the event such annual meeting is
not so held, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors may be held at such
place, either within or without the State of Delaware, on such date and at such
time as shall be specified in a notice thereof given as hereinafter provided in
Section 7 of this Article III or in a waiver of notice thereof.

         SECTION 6. REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors
may be held at such places within or without the State of Delaware at such date
and time as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine and, if so
determined by the Board of Directors, notices thereof need not be given.


                                      -6-

<PAGE>   8

         SECTION 7. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors
may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or by
any director. Notice of the date, time and place of special meetings shall be
delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class
mail or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at the director's
address as it is shown on the records of the Corporation. In case the notice is
mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days
before the time of the holding of the meeting. In case the notice is delivered
personally or by telephone or telegram, it shall be delivered personally or by
telephone or to the telegraph company at least forty-eight (48) hours before the
time of the holding of the meeting. The notice need not specify the purpose of
the meeting. A written waiver of any such notice signed by the person entitled
thereto, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed
equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a
waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends the meeting for
the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened.

         SECTION 8. QUORUM; VOTE REQUIRED FOR ACTION; ADJOURNMENT. Except as
otherwise required by law, or provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws, a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business at all meetings of the Board of Directors and the
affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the directors present at any
meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the
directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting, from time to time, without
notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact
business, notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is
approved by at least a majority of the required quorum to conduct that meeting.
When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place (whether or not a quorum is
present), notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and
place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At
the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors may transact any business which
might have been transacted at the original meeting.

         SECTION 9. ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT. Unless otherwise restricted by
the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken
at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be
taken without a meeting if all the members of the Board of Directors or
committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or
writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or
committee.

         SECTION 10. TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Unless otherwise restricted by the
Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may
participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the
case may be, by conference telephone or similar communications equipment by
means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.
Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 10 shall constitute presence
in person at such meeting.

         SECTION 11. COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, by resolution
passed unanimously by the entire Board, designate one or more committees, each
committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The
Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of
any such committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at 


                                      -7-

<PAGE>   9

any meeting of the committee. In the event of absence or disqualification of a
member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of
Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member,
the committee member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from
voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint
another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of
the absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent allowed by law
and as provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and
may exercise all the power and authority of the Board of Directors in the
management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, but no such committee
shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of
Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to
the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
Corporation's property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a
dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the
Bylaws of the Corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate of
Incorporation expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or
authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Each
committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report to the Board of
Directors when required.

         SECTION 12. COMPENSATION. The directors may be paid such compensation
for their services as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine.

         SECTION 13. INTERESTED DIRECTORS. No contract or transaction between
the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the
Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other
organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or
officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for
this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or
participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or the committee thereof
which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his of their
votes are counted for such purpose if: (i) the material facts as to his or their
relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or
are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors
or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the
affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the
disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to
his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are
disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the
contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the
stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation
as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of
Directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders. Common or interested
directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of
the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or
transaction.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    OFFICERS

         SECTION 1. OFFICERS. The officers of the Corporation shall be a
President, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer. The Corporation may also
have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, a
Vice Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice
Presidents, one or more Assistant Financial Officers and Treasurers, one or more


                                      -8-

<PAGE>   10

Assistant Secretaries and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance
with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article IV.

         SECTION 2. APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS. The officers of the Corporation,
except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 3 or Section 5 of this Article IV, shall be appointed by the Board of
Directors, and each shall serve at the pleasure of the Board, subject to the
rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

         SECTION 3. SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The Board of Directors may appoint,
and may empower the Chief Executive Officer or President to appoint, such other
officers as the business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall hold
office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are
provided in the Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time
determine.

         SECTION 4. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS. Subject to the rights
of an officer under any contract, any officer may be removed at any time, with
or without cause, by the Board of Directors or, except in case of an officer
chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal
may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

         Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of
that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise
specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be
necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to
the rights of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a
party.

         SECTION 5. VACANCIES IN OFFICES. A vacancy in any office because of
death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled
in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for regular appointments to that
office.

         SECTION 6. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board, if such an
officer is elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the stockholders
and of the Board of Directors. He shall, in addition, perform such other
functions (if any) as may be prescribed by the Bylaws or the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 7. VICE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Vice Chairman of the Board,
if such an officer is elected, shall, in the absence or disability of the
Chairman of the Board, perform all duties of the Chairman of the Board and when
so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all of the restrictions
upon the Chairman of the Board. The Vice Chairman of the Board shall have such
other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the
Bylaws.

         SECTION 8. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Chief Executive Officer of the
Corporation shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have
general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of
the Corporation. He shall exercise the duties usually vested in the chief
executive officer of a corporation and perform such other powers and duties as
may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or prescribed
by the Bylaws. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and any Vice Chairman
of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the
stockholders and of the Board of Directors.


                                      -9-

<PAGE>   11

         SECTION 9. PRESIDENT. The President of the Corporation shall, subject
to the control of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of the
Corporation, if there be such an officer, have general powers and duties of
management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and shall
have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors
or the Bylaws or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. In the absence
of the Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors
and stockholders.

         SECTION 10. VICE PRESIDENT. In the absence or disability of the
President, the Vice Presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the
Board of Directors or, if not ranked, a Vice President designated by the Board
of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting
shall have all the powers of, and subject to all the restrictions upon, the
President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such
other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the
Board of Directors or the Bylaws, and the President, or the Chairman of the
Board.

         SECTION 11. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at
the principal executive office or such other place as the Board of Directors may
direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of Directors, committees
of Directors, and stockholders, with the time and place of holding, whether
regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice given, the names
of those present at Directors' meetings or committee meetings, the number of
shares present or represented at stockholders' meetings, and a summary of the
proceedings.

         The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal
executive office or at the office of the Corporation's transfer agent or
registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a share
register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders
and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number
and date of certificates issued for the same, and the number and date of
cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

         The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings
of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors required by the Bylaws or by
law to be given, and he shall keep or cause to be kept the seal of the
Corporation if one be adopted, in safe custody, and shall have such powers and
perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by
the Bylaws.

         SECTION 12. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Chief Financial Officer shall
keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct
books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the
Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all moneys and other
valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation with such
depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall make such
disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render
from time to time an account of all of his transactions as Chief Financial
Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Chief Financial
Officer shall also have such other powers and perform such other duties as may
be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Bylaws.


                                      -10-

<PAGE>   12

                                    ARTICLE V
                                      STOCK

         SECTION 1. FORM OF CERTIFICATES. Every holder of stock in the
Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of
the Corporation (i) by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors,
or the President or a Vice President and (ii) by the Chief Financial Officer or
the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such
stockholder in the Corporation.

         SECTION 2. SIGNATURES. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate
may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has
signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall
have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such
certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect
as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

         SECTION 3. LOST CERTIFICATES. The Corporation may issue a new
certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the
Corporation, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of
an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost,
stolen or destroyed. The Corporation may, in the discretion of the Board of
Directors and as a condition precedent to the issuance of such new certificate,
require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or his legal
representative, to give the Corporation a bond (or other security) sufficient to
indemnify it against any claim that may be made against the Corporation
(including any expense or liability) on account of the alleged loss, theft or
destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

         SECTION 4. TRANSFERS. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in
the manner prescribed by law and in these Bylaws or in any agreement with the
stockholder making the transfer. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books
of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his
attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the
certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be
issued.

         SECTION 5. RECORD HOLDERS. The Corporation shall be entitled to
recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the record
holder of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such record holder, and to
hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the
record holder of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or
other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other
person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as
otherwise required by law.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

         SECTION 1. RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION. Each person who was or is made a
party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she
is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the
request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation or of
a partnership, joint venture, 


                                      -11-

<PAGE>   13

trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit
plans (hereinafter an "indemnitee"), whether the basis of such proceeding is
alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other
capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held
harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware
General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in
the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits
the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law
permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all
expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA
excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or
suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification
shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer
and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, executors and
administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 2 of this
Article VI with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the
Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding
(or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part
thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right
to indemnification conferred in this Section shall be a contract right and shall
include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in
defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter
an "advancement of expenses"); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General
Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee
in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity
in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including without
limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon
delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such
indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be
determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to
appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses
under this Article VI or otherwise (hereinafter an "undertaking").

         SECTION 2. RIGHT OF INDEMNITEE TO BRING SUIT. If a claim under Section
1 of this Article VI is not paid in full by the Corporation within forty-five
(45) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the
indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to
recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or part in any
such suit or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of
expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be
entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In
(i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification
hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an
advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the
Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an
undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a
final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of
conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure
of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel,
or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of
such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances
because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the
Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its
stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of
conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the
applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by
indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee 


                                      -12-

<PAGE>   14

to enforce a right hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of
expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the
indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or to such advancement of expenses
under this Article VI or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

         SECTION 3. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The rights of indemnification and
to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article VI shall not be
exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire
under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw,
agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

         SECTION 4. INSURANCE. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its
expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the
Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense,
liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

         SECTION 5. INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS OF THE CORPORATION.
The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of
Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses,
to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the
provisions of this Article VI with respect to the indemnification and
advancement of expenses of directors or officers of the Corporation.

         SECTION 6. INDEMNIFICATION CONTRACTS. The Board of Directors is
authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the
Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee
benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the
Board of Directors so determines, greater than, those provided for in this
Article VI.

         SECTION 7. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT. Any amendment, repeal or modification
of any provision of this Article VI by the stockholders or the directors of the
Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or
officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or
modification.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         SECTION 1. DIVIDENDS. Subject to limitations contained in the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the Certificate of Incorporation,
the Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of capital
stock of the Corporation, which dividends may be paid either in cash, securities
of the Corporation or other property.

         SECTION 2. DISBURSEMENTS. All checks or demands for money and notes of
the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person
or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.


                                      -13-

<PAGE>   15

         SECTION 3. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be
fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 4. CORPORATE SEAL. The Corporation shall have a corporate seal
in such form as shall be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 5. RECORD DATE. In order that the Corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or
any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of
any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record
date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days
before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any
other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or
to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the
meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record
date for the adjourned meeting. Stockholders on the record date are entitled to
notice and to vote or to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of
rights or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any
transfer of any shares on the books of the Corporation after the record date,
except as otherwise provided by agreement or by applicable law.

         SECTION 6. VOTING OF STOCK OWNED BY THE CORPORATION. The Chairman of
the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President and any other officer of
the Corporation authorized by the Board of Directors shall have power, on behalf
of the Corporation, to attend, vote and grant proxies to be used at any meeting
of stockholders of any corporation (except this Corporation) in which the
Corporation may hold stock.

         SECTION 7. CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS. Unless the context requires
otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall govern the construction
of these Bylaws.

         SECTION 8. AMENDMENTS. Subject to the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws, the Board
of Directors may by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of
Directors amend or repeal these Bylaws, or adopt other Bylaws as in their
judgment may be advisable for the regulation of the conduct of the affairs of
the Corporation. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of
Incorporation, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new Bylaws
may be adopted, at any annual meeting of the stockholders (or at any special
meeting thereof duly called for that purpose) by a majority of the combined
voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of all classes and
series of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors, voting as a single class, provided that, in the notice of any such
special meeting, notice of such purpose shall be given.


                                      -14-



<PAGE>   1
                                                                    Exhibit 10.1


                            COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.

                            1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

         This 1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN (the "Plan") is hereby established by
COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company" or "CUI"), and
adopted by its Board of Directors as of the 3rd day of February, 1999 (the
"Effective Date").

                                    ARTICLE 1
                              PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

         1.1 PURPOSES. The purposes of the Plan are (a) to enhance the Company's
ability to attract and retain the services of qualified employees, officers,
employee and non-employee directors and Service Providers, upon whose judgment,
initiative and efforts the successful conduct and development of the Company's
business largely depends, and (b) to provide additional incentives to such
Persons to devote their utmost effort and skill to the advancement and
betterment of the Company, by providing them an opportunity to participate in
the success and increased value of the Company through ownership of shares of
stock in the Company.

                                    ARTICLE 2
                                   DEFINITIONS

         For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings
indicated:

         2.1 ACQUIRING PERSON. "Acquiring Person" means the Person that acquires
direct or indirect ownership of a majority or all of the outstanding shares of
voting
 stock of the Company or of any other corporation in which the Company may
be merged, in a Change of Control transaction effectuated by means of a merger
of the Company with and into another corporation, a reverse or forward
triangular merger or an exchange of shares of the Company's Common Stock for
shares of stock, cash or other property of the Acquiring Person and any Person
that acquires ownership of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
in a single or series of related transactions.

         2.2 ADMINISTRATOR. "Administrator" means the Board or, if the Board
delegates any of its administrative responsibilities under the Plan to the
Committee, the term Administrator as to such delegated responsibilities shall
mean the Committee.

         2.3 AFFILIATED COMPANY. "Affiliated Company" means any "parent
corporation" or "subsidiary corporation" of the Company, whether now existing or
hereafter created or acquired, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and
424(f) of the Code, respectively.

         2.4 BOARD. "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

         2.5 CHANGE IN CONTROL. "Change in Control" shall mean (i) the
acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any Person or group (within the meaning
of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of the
beneficial ownership of securities of the Company possessing more than fifty
percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding securities
of the Company, unless the Person or group of Persons acquiring such beneficial
ownership owned more than 25% of the outstanding common stock of the Company on
the date of adoption of this Plan, (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the
Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction in which holders

<PAGE>   2
of outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger
or consolidation hold, in the aggregate, securities possessing more than fifty
percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding voting
securities of the surviving entity immediately after such merger or
consolidation; (iii) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving
entity but in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the
total combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company
are transferred to or acquired by a Person or Persons different from the persons
holding those securities immediately prior to such merger; (iv) the sale,
transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related
transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (v)
the approval by the shareholders of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or
dissolution of the Company.

         2.6 CODE. "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
from time to time.

         2.7 COMMITTEE. "Committee" means a committee of two or more members of
the Board appointed to administer the Plan, as set forth in Section 7.1 hereof.

         2.8 COMMON STOCK. "Common Stock" means the Common Stock, $.01 par value
of the Company, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof.

         2.9 DISABILITY. "Disability" means permanent and total disability as
defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. The Administrator's determination of a
Disability or the absence thereof shall be conclusive and binding on all
interested parties.

         2.10 EFFECTIVE DATE. "Effective Date" means the date on which the Plan
is adopted by the Board, as set forth on the first page hereof.

         2.11 EXERCISE PRICE. "Exercise Price" means the purchase price per
share of Common Stock payable upon exercise of an Option.

         2.12 FAIR MARKET VALUE. "Fair Market Value" on any given date means the
value of one share of Common Stock, determined as follows:

                  (a) If the Common Stock is then listed or admitted to trading
on a NASDAQ market system or a stock exchange which reports closing sale prices,
the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sale price on the date of valuation
on such NASDAQ market system or principal stock exchange on which the Common
Stock is then listed or admitted to trading, or, if no closing sale price is
quoted on such day, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sale price
of the Common Stock on such NASDAQ market system or such exchange on the next
preceding day for which a closing sale price is reported.

                  (b) If the Common Stock is not then listed or admitted to
trading on a NASDAQ market system or a stock exchange which reports closing sale
prices, the Fair Market Value shall be the average of the closing bid and asked
prices of the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market on the date of
valuation.

                  (c) If neither (a) nor (b) is applicable as of the date of
valuation, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator
in good faith using any reasonable method of evaluation, which determination
shall be conclusive and binding on all interested parties.

         2.13 INCENTIVE OPTION. "Incentive Option" means any Option designated
and qualified as an "incentive stock option" as defined in Section 422 of the
Code.


                                       2

<PAGE>   3
         2.14 INCENTIVE OPTION AGREEMENT. "Incentive Option Agreement" means an
Option Agreement with respect to an Incentive Option.

         2.15 NASD DEALER. "NASD Dealer" means a broker-dealer that is a member
of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

         2.16 NONQUALIFIED OPTION. "Nonqualified Option" means any Option that
is not an Incentive Option. To the extent that any Option designated as an
Incentive Option fails in whole or in part to qualify as an Incentive Option,
including, without limitation, for failure to meet the limitations applicable to
a 10% Shareholder or because it exceeds the annual limit provided for in Section
5.6 below, it shall to that extent constitute a Nonqualified Option.

         2.17 NONQUALIFIED OPTION AGREEMENT. "Nonqualified Option Agreement"
means an Option Agreement with respect to a Nonqualified Option.

         2.18 OFFEREE. "Offeree" means a Participant to whom a Right to Purchase
has been offered or who has acquired Restricted Stock under the Plan.

         2.19 OPTION. "Option" means any option to purchase Common Stock granted
pursuant to the Plan.

         2.20 OPTION AGREEMENT. "Option Agreement" means the written agreement
entered into between the Company and the Optionee with respect to an Option
granted under the Plan.

         2.21 OPTIONEE. "Optionee" means a Participant who holds an Option.

         2.22 PARTICIPANT. "Participant" means a Person who holds an Option, a
Right to Purchase or Restricted Stock under the Plan.

         2.23 PERSON. "Person" means any natural person and any corporation,
limited liability company, partnership, trust, association or other entity.

         2.24 PURCHASE PRICE. "Purchase Price" means the purchase price per
share of Restricted Stock payable upon acceptance of a Right to Purchase.

         2.25 RESTRICTED STOCK. "Restricted Stock" means shares of Common Stock
issued pursuant to Article 6 hereof, subject to any restrictions and conditions
as are established pursuant to such Article 6.

         2.26 RIGHT TO PURCHASE. "Right to Purchase" means a right to purchase
Restricted Stock granted to an Offeree pursuant to Article 6 hereof.

         2.27 SERVICE PROVIDER. "Service Provider" means a consultant or other
Person who provides services to the Company or an Affiliated Company and who the
Administrator authorizes to become a Participant in the Plan.

         2.28 STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT. "Stock Purchase Agreement" means a
written agreement entered into by the Company with the Offeree with respect to a
Right to Purchase offered under the Plan.


                                       3

<PAGE>   4
         2.29 10% SHAREHOLDER. "10% Shareholder" means a Person who, as of a
relevant date, owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules
applicable under Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of
the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of an
Affiliated Company.

                                    ARTICLE 3
                                   ELIGIBILITY

         3.1 INCENTIVE OPTIONS. Officers and other key employees of the Company
or of an Affiliated Company (including members of the Board if they are
employees of the Company or of an Affiliated Company) are eligible to receive
Incentive Options under the Plan.

         3.2 NONQUALIFIED OPTIONS AND RIGHTS TO PURCHASE. Officers and other key
employees of the Company or of an Affiliated Company, members of the Board
(whether or not employed by the Company or an Affiliated Company), and Service
Providers are eligible to receive Nonqualified Options or Rights to Purchase
under the Plan.

         3.3 LIMITATION ON SHARES. In no event shall any Participant be granted
Options or Rights to Purchase in any one calendar year pursuant to which the
aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be acquired thereunder
exceeds five hundred thousand shares (500,000) shares (which number shall be
subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2 hereof).

                                    ARTICLE 4
                                   PLAN SHARES

         4.1 SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN. A total of one million seven hundred
forty-eight thousand five hundred eighty-five (1,748,585) shares of Common
Stock may be issued under the Plan, subject to adjustment as to the number and
kind of shares pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. For purposes of this limitation,
in the event that (a) all or any portion of any Option or Right to Purchase
granted or offered under the Plan can no longer under any circumstances be
exercised, or (b) any shares of Common Stock are reacquired by the Company
pursuant to an Incentive Option Agreement, Nonqualified Option Agreement or
Stock Purchase Agreement, the shares of Common Stock allocable to the
unexercised portion of such Option or such Right to Purchase, or the shares so
reacquired, shall again be available for grant or issuance under the Plan.

         4.2 CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE. In the event that the outstanding
shares of Common Stock are hereafter increased or decreased or changed into or
exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the
Company by reason of a recapitalization, stock split, combination of shares,
reclassification, stock dividend, or other change in the capital structure of
the Company, then appropriate adjustments shall be made by the Administrator to
the aggregate number and kind of shares subject to this Plan, and the number and
kind of shares and the price per share subject to outstanding Option Agreements,
Rights to Purchase and Stock Purchase Agreements in order to preserve, as nearly
as practical, but not to increase, the benefits to Participants.

                                    ARTICLE 5
                                     OPTIONS

         5.1 OPTION AGREEMENT. Each Option granted pursuant to this Plan shall
be evidenced by an Option Agreement which shall specify the number of shares
subject thereto, the Exercise Price per share,


                                       4

<PAGE>   5
and whether the Option is an Incentive Option or Nonqualified Option. As soon as
is practical following the grant of an Option, an Option Agreement shall be duly
executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Optionee to whom
such Option was granted. Each Option Agreement shall be in such form and contain
such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of
this Plan, as the Administrator shall, from time to time, deem desirable,
including, without limitation, the imposition of any rights of first refusal and
resale obligations upon any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an
Option Agreement. Each Option Agreement may be different from each other Option
Agreement.

         5.2 EXERCISE PRICE. The Exercise Price per share of Common Stock
covered by each Option shall be determined by the Administrator, subject to the
following: (a) the Exercise Price of an Incentive Option shall not be less than
100% of Fair Market Value on the date the Incentive Option is granted, (b) the
Exercise Price of a Nonqualified Option shall not be less than 85% of Fair
Market Value on the date the Nonqualified Option is granted, and (c) if the
Person to whom an Option is granted is a 10% Shareholder on the date of grant,
the Exercise Price shall not be less than 110% of Fair Market Value on the date
the Option is granted.

         5.3 PAYMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE. Payment of the Exercise Price shall be
made upon exercise of an Option and may be made in any of the following ways:

                  (a) By cash or check; or,

                  (b) If approved by the Administrator, then, subject to any
legal restrictions, by (i) the surrender of shares of Common Stock owned by the
Optionee that have been held by the Optionee for at least six (6) months, which
surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value as of the date of such
exercise; (ii) the delivery to the Company of Optionee's promissory note in a
form and on terms acceptable to the Administrator; (iii) the cancellation of
indebtedness of the Company to the Optionee; (iv) the waiver of compensation due
or accrued to the Optionee for services rendered; or (v) any combination of the
foregoing; or

                  (c) If a public market for the Common Stock exists, by (i) a
"same day sale" commitment from the Optionee and an NASD Dealer whereby the
Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the
shares so purchased to pay for the Exercise Price and whereby the NASD Dealer
irrevocably commits upon receipt of such shares to forward the Exercise Price
directly to the Company; or (ii) a "margin" commitment from the Optionee and an
NASD Dealer whereby the Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and
to pledge the shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as
security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the Exercise Price,
and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such shares to
forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

                  (d) Any combination of the foregoing methods of payment or any
other consideration or method of payment that has been approved by the
Administrator and is permitted by applicable corporate law.

         5.4 TERM AND TERMINATION OF OPTIONS. The term and provisions for
termination of each Option shall be as fixed by the Administrator, but no Option
may be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date it is granted. An
Option granted to a Person who is a 10% Shareholder on the date of grant shall
not be exercisable more than five (5) years after the date it is granted.

         5.5 VESTING AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS. Each Option shall vest and become
exercisable in one or more installments at such time or times and subject to
such conditions, including without 


                                       5

<PAGE>   6
limitation the achievement of specified performance goals or objectives, as
shall be determined by the Administrator.

         5.6 ANNUAL LIMIT ON INCENTIVE OPTIONS. To the extent required for
"incentive stock option" treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate
Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Common Stock shall
not, with respect to which Incentive Options granted under this Plan and any
other plan of the Company or any Affiliated Company become exercisable for the
first time by an Optionee during any calendar year, exceed $100,000. The excess,
if any of the Fair Market Value of any incentive stock option that becomes
vested in any calendar year over this $100,000 limitation shall be treated, for
federal income tax purposes as a Nonqualified Option.

         5.7 NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS. No Option shall be assignable or
transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and during
the life of the Optionee shall be exercisable only by such Optionee; provided,
however, that, in the discretion of the Administrator, any Option may be
assigned or transferred in any manner which an "incentive stock option" is
permitted to be assigned or transferred under the Code.

         5.8 RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER. An Optionee or permitted transferee of an
Option shall have no rights or privileges as a shareholder with respect to any
shares covered by an Option until such Option has been duly exercised and
certificates representing shares purchased upon such exercise have been issued
to such Person.

                                    ARTICLE 6
                               RIGHTS TO PURCHASE

         6.1 NATURE OF RIGHT TO PURCHASE. A Right to Purchase granted to an
Offeree entitles the Offeree to purchase, for a Purchase Price determined by the
Administrator, shares of Common Stock subject to such terms, restrictions and
conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant ("Restricted
Stock"). Such conditions may include, but are not limited to, continued
employment or the achievement of specified performance goals or objectives.

         6.2 ACCEPTANCE OF RIGHT TO PURCHASE. An Offeree shall have no rights
with respect to the Restricted Stock subject to a Right to Purchase unless the
Offeree shall have accepted the Right to Purchase within ten (10) days (or such
longer or shorter period as the Administrator may specify) following the grant
of the Right to Purchase by making payment of the full Purchase Price to the
Company in the manner set forth in Section 6.3 hereof and by executing and
delivering to the Company a Stock Purchase Agreement. Each Stock Purchase
Agreement shall be in such form, and shall set forth the Purchase Price and such
other terms, conditions and restrictions of the Restricted Stock, not
inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, as the Administrator shall, from
time to time, deem desirable. Each Stock Purchase Agreement may be different
from each other Stock Purchase Agreement.

         6.3 PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE. Subject to any legal restrictions,
payment of the Purchase Price upon acceptance of a Right to Purchase Restricted
Stock may be made, by:

                  (a) Cash or check; or

                  (b) If approved by the Administrator, (i) the surrender of
shares of Common Stock owned by the Offeree that have been held by the Offeree
for at least six (6) months, which surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair
Market Value as of the date of such exercise; (ii) delivery of the Offeree's
promissory note in a form and on terms acceptable to the Administrator; (iii)
the cancellation of


                                       6

<PAGE>   7
indebtedness of the Company to the Offeree; (iv) the waiver of compensation due
or accrued to the Offeree for services rendered; or

                  (c) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment or any
other consideration or method of payment as shall be approved by the
Administrator.

         6.4 RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER. Upon complying with the provisions of
Section 6.2 hereof, an Offeree shall have the rights of a shareholder with
respect to the Restricted Stock purchased pursuant to the Right to Purchase,
including voting and dividend rights, subject to the terms, restrictions and
conditions as are set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement. Unless the
Administrator shall determine otherwise, certificates evidencing shares of
Restricted Stock shall remain in the possession of the Company until such shares
have vested in accordance with the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement.

         6.5 RESTRICTIONS. Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned,
transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as
specifically provided in the Stock Purchase Agreement. In the event of
termination of a Participant's employment, service as a director of the Company
or Service Provider status for any reason whatsoever (including death or
disability), the Stock Purchase Agreement may provide, in the discretion of the
Administrator, that the Company shall have the right, exercisable at the
discretion of the Administrator, to repurchase (i) at the original Purchase
Price, any shares of Restricted Stock which have not vested as of the date of
termination, and (ii) at Fair Market Value, any shares of Restricted Stock which
have vested as of such date, on such terms as may be provided in the Stock
Purchase Agreement.

         6.6 VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK. The Stock Purchase Agreement shall
specify the date or dates, the performance goals or other objectives which must
be achieved, and any other conditions on which the Restricted Stock may vest.

         6.7 DIVIDENDS. If payment for shares of Restricted Stock is made by
promissory note, any cash dividends or other distributions of cash paid with
respect to the Restricted Stock may be applied, in the discretion of the
Administrator, to repayment of such note.

         6.8 NONASSIGNABILITY OF RIGHTS. No Right to Purchase shall be
assignable or transferable except by will or the laws of descent and
distribution or as otherwise provided by the Administrator.

                                    ARTICLE 7
                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

         7.1 ADMINISTRATOR. Authority to control and manage the operation and
administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Board, which may delegate such
responsibilities in whole or in part to a committee consisting of two (2) or
more members of the Board (the "Committee"). Members of the Committee may be
appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the pleasure of, the Board.
As used herein, the term "Administrator" means the Board or, with respect to any
matter as to which responsibility has been delegated to the Committee, the term
Administrator shall mean the Committee.

         7.2 POWERS OF THE ADMINISTRATOR. In addition to any other powers or
authority conferred upon the Administrator elsewhere in the Plan or by law, the
Administrator shall have full power and authority to interpret the Plan, to
create, amend or rescind and to interpret rules and regulations relating to the
Plan and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to:


                                       7

<PAGE>   8
                  (a) determine the Persons to whom, and the time or times at
which, Incentive Options or Nonqualified Options shall be granted and Rights to
Purchase shall be offered, the number of shares to be represented by each Option
and Right to Purchase and the consideration to be received by the Company upon
the exercise thereof;

                  (b) determine the terms, conditions and restrictions contained
in, and the form of, Option Agreements and Stock Purchase Agreements;

                  (c) determine the identity or capacity of any Persons who may
be entitled to exercise a Participant's rights under any Option or Right to
Purchase under the Plan;

                  (d) correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any
inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option Agreement or Stock Purchase
Agreement;

                  (e) accelerate the vesting of any Option or release or waive
any repurchase rights of the Company with respect to Restricted Stock;

                  (f) extend the exercise date of any Option or acceptance date
of any Right to Purchase;

                  (g) provide for rights of first refusal and/or repurchase
rights;

                  (h) amend outstanding Option Agreements and Stock Purchase
Agreements to provide for, among other things, any change or modification which
the Administrator could have provided for upon the grant of an Option or Right
to Purchase or in furtherance of the powers provided for herein; and

                  (i) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for
the administration of the Plan, but only to the extent not contrary to the
express provisions of the Plan.

Any action, decision, interpretation or determination made in good faith by the
Administrator in the exercise of its authority conferred upon it under the Plan
shall be final and binding on the Company and all Participants.

         7.3 LIMITATION ON LIABILITY. No employee of the Company or member of
the Board or Committee shall be subject to any liability with respect to duties
under the Plan unless the Person acts fraudulently or in bad faith. To the
extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify each member of the Board or
Committee, and any employee of the Company with duties under the Plan, who was
or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending
or completed proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, by reason of such Person's conduct in the performance of duties
under the Plan.

                                    ARTICLE 8
                                CHANGE IN CONTROL

         8.1 CHANGE IN CONTROL. In order to preserve a Participant's rights in
the event of a Change in Control of the Company, the Administrator shall take
one or more of the following actions with respect to outstanding Options
("Existing Options"), Rights to Purchase ("Existing Purchase Rights") and with
respect to Restricted Stock obtained under this Plan:

                  (a) Obtain from the Acquiring Person in the Change of Control
transaction an agreement which requires it, concurrently with the consummation
of the Change of Control Transaction, to purchase or exchange each of the
Existing Options and each of the Existing Purchase Rights for cash,


                                       8

<PAGE>   9

stock or other property that is being paid or issued to Company's stockholders
in the Change of Control Transaction in an amount equal to the difference, or
spread, between (i) the value of the cash, stock or other property that the
Optionee or holder of such Existing Purchase Right would have received pursuant
to such Change in Control transaction in exchange for all of the shares that
would be issuable upon exercise of such Existing Options or Purchase Rights,
assuming that the Existing Options and such Existing Purchase Rights had become
fully exercisable and had been exercised immediately prior to the consummation
of such Change in Control transaction, and (ii) the Exercise Price of such
Existing Options or Purchase Price of such Existing Purchase Rights (as the case
may be);

                  (b) Obtain from the Acquiring Person in the Change of Control
transaction an agreement that obligates the Acquiring Person to assume the
Existing Options or to grant, in substitution for the Existing Options, new
options entitling each Optionee to purchase a number of shares of voting stock
of the Acquiring Person having a Fair Market Value that is equal to the then
Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock of the Company that are subject
to the Existing Options, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind
of shares and Exercise Prices, in which event the Plan and the assumed Options,
or the new options substituted therefor (the "Substituted Options"), shall
continue in the manner and under the terms so provided; or

                  (c) Provide for the purchase or exchange of each Option or
Right to Purchase for an amount of cash or other property having a value equal
to the difference, or spread, between (i) the value of the cash or other
property that the Participant would have received pursuant to such Change in
Control transaction in exchange for the shares issuable upon exercise of the
Option or Right to Purchase had the Option or Right to Purchase been exercised
immediately prior to such Change in Control transaction and (ii) the Exercise
Price of such Option or the Purchase Price under such Right to Purchase;

                  (d) adjust the terms of the Options and Rights to Purchase in
a manner determined by the Administrator to reflect the Change in Control;

                  (e) cause the Options and Rights to Purchase to be assumed, or
new rights substituted therefor, by another Person, through the continuance of
the Plan and the assumption of outstanding Options and Rights to Purchase, or
the substitution for such Options and Rights to Purchase of new options and new
rights to purchase of comparable value covering shares of a successor
corporation, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares
and Exercise Prices, in which event the Plan and such Options and Rights to
Purchase, or the new options and rights to purchase substituted therefor, shall
continue in the manner and under the terms so provided; or

                  (f) make such other provision as the Administrator may
consider equitable.

         In order to preserve a Participant's rights in the event of a Change in
Control of the Company, the Administrator shall take one or more of the
following actions with respect to Options that are outstanding as of the
consummation date of any Change of Control transaction to which the Company is a
party (the "Existing Options"):

                  (g) Adjust the terms of the Options in a manner determined by
the Administrator to reflect the Change in Control or make such other provision
as the Administrator may consider equitable, if the stockholders of the Company
immediately prior to the consummation of the Change of Control transaction will
continue to own their Company shares, and this Plan will continue in effect as a
Company Plan, following the consummation of the Change of Control transaction or
if the Change of Control involves a liquidation and dissolution of the Company.


                                       9

<PAGE>   10
The Administrator shall cause written notice of any proposed Change of Control
transaction to be given to all Optionees not less than fifteen (15) days prior
to the anticipated effective date of the proposed Change of Control transaction;
provided, however, that any delay beyond such time period in the giving of, or
the failure to give, such notice shall not entitle any Person, including any
Optionee, to obtain a delay in the effective date or to invalidate or adversely
affect the validity of any such Change in Control transaction.

         8.2 EFFECT OF CHANGE OF CONTROL TRANSACTION.

                  (a) If an agreement is obtained from the Acquiring Person
which provides either for (i) the payment or exchange of cash, stock or other
consideration equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares (whether or not
vested) that are subject to the Existing Options, as contemplated by Paragraph
7.1(a) above, or (ii) the issuance of Substituted Options by the Acquiring
Person, then, the Existing Options shall terminate retroactive to the effective
date of the consummation of the Change of Control transaction. If, instead, an
agreement is obtained from the Acquiring Person which provides for the
assumption of the Existing Options and the continuance of this Plan by the
Acquiring Person, the Existing Options shall continue in full force and effect,
subject to equitable adjustments provided for in that agreement.

                  (b) If the agreement contemplated by Paragraph 7.1(b) is
obtained, or any of the actions contemplated by Paragraph 7.1(c) is taken and,
as a result, the Optionees holding Existing Options immediately prior to the
consummation of such Change in Control either will continue to hold their
Existing Options (as adjusted in the manner set forth in Paragraph 7.1(b) or
7.1(c) above) or will receive Substituted Options pursuant to Paragraph 7.1(b),
but an Optionee's Continuous Service (as defined in the Optionee's Option
Agreement) is terminated by the Company or the Acquiring Person for any reason
during the first eighteen (18) months following such Change in Control, then,
notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in the Plan or any Plan
adopted in substitution of this Plan, all of the shares of stock then subject or
covered by such Existing Options or Substitute Options, to the extent they are
not already exercisable, shall become vested and fully exercisable by the holder
of such Existing Option or Substitute Option, as the case may be, effective
retroactively to the business day immediately preceding the date of such
termination of his or her Continuous Service.

                  (c) If, on the other hand, the Administrator is unable to
obtain either of the agreements contemplated by Paragraph 7.1(a) and Paragraph
7(b), and the Change of Control transaction is nevertheless consummated, then,
(i) all Options that have not theretofore become fully vested and fully
exercisable shall become fully vested and exercisable, effective as of the
business day immediately preceding the date of consummation of the Change of
Control transaction; (ii) each holder of an Existing Option shall be entitled to
exercise such Option in whole or in part on or prior to the date on which the
Change of Control transaction is consummated, (iii) in the event of any such
exercise by an Optionee (which shall be deemed to have occurred immediately
prior to the consummation of the Change of Control transaction), the Optionee
shall, on such consummation, become entitled to receive the consideration such
Optionee would have received in such transaction had he owned the shares
acquired on such exercise immediately prior to such consummation, and (iv) any
Existing Option not exercised in full on or before the effective date of the
consummation of the Change of Control transaction shall terminate as to the
unexercised portion of such Option as of such effective date. In addition, if an
agreement is obtained as contemplated by Paragraph 7.1(a) or Paragraph 7.1(b)
above in connection with any Change of Control transaction, then, on
consummation of the Change of Control transaction each Existing Option shall be
converted into the right to receive the consideration stated in such agreement
and the right to exercise any Existing Options to acquire shares of Common Stock
of the Company shall terminate.


                                       10

<PAGE>   11
If any of the actions set forth in Paragraphs 8.1(c), (d) or (e) is taken by the
Administrator and, as a result, the Participants holding such Options, Rights to
Purchase or Restricted Stock immediately prior to the consummation of such
Change in Control will hold Options, Rights to Purchase or Restricted Stock, or
options, rights to purchase or restricted stock issued in substitution therefor,
as contemplated in Paragraph 8.1(d) above, (collectively "Substituted Rights"),
and the Continuous Service of the holder of any such Options, Rights to Purchase
or Restricted Stock, or such Substituted Rights, as the case may be, is
terminated for any reason during the first eighteen (18) months following such
Change in Control; then, notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary
contained in the Plan, the time period relating to the exercise or realization
of such holder's outstanding Options, Rights to Purchase or Restricted Stock, or
such Substituted Rights, as the case may be, shall automatically accelerate on
such termination of his or her Continuous Service. If, on the other hand, the
Administrator takes the action set forth in Paragraph 8.1(a) above, all Options
and Rights to Purchase shall terminate upon the consummation of the Change in
Control. The Administrator shall cause written notice of the proposed
transaction to be given to all Participants not less than fifteen (15) days
prior to the anticipated effective date of the proposed transaction; provided,
however, that any delay beyond such time period in the giving of, or the failure
to give, such notice shall not entitle any Person, including any Optionee or
Participant, to obtain a delay in the effective date or to invalidate or
adversely affect the validity of any such Change in Control.

                                    ARTICLE 9
                      AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

         9.1 AMENDMENTS. The Board may from time to time alter, amend, suspend
or terminate the Plan in such respects as the Board may deem advisable. No such
alteration, amendment, suspension or termination shall be made which shall
substantially affect or impair the rights of any Participant under an
outstanding Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement without such
Participant's consent. The Board may alter or amend the Plan to comply with
requirements under the Code relating to Incentive Options or other types of
options which give Optionees more favorable tax treatment than that applicable
to Options granted under this Plan as of the date of its adoption. Upon any such
alteration or amendment, any outstanding Option granted hereunder may, if the
Administrator so determines and if permitted by applicable law, be subject to
the more favorable tax treatment afforded to an Optionee pursuant to such terms
and conditions.

         9.2 PLAN TERMINATION. Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been
terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the
Effective Date and no Options or Rights to Purchase may be granted under the
Plan thereafter, but Option Agreements, Stock Purchase Agreements and Rights to
Purchase then outstanding shall continue in effect in accordance with their
respective terms.


                                       11

<PAGE>   12
                                   ARTICLE 10
                                 TAX WITHHOLDING

         10.1 WITHHOLDING. The Company shall have the power to withhold, or
require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy
any applicable Federal, state, and local tax withholding requirements with
respect to any Options exercised or Restricted Stock issued under the Plan. To
the extent permissible under applicable tax, securities and other laws, the
Administrator may, in its sole discretion and upon such terms and conditions as
it may deem appropriate, permit a Participant to satisfy his or her obligation
to pay any such tax, in whole or in part, up to an amount determined on the
basis of the highest marginal tax rate applicable to such Participant, by (a)
directing the Company to apply shares of Common Stock to which the Participant
is entitled as a result of the exercise of an Option or as a result of the
purchase of or lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock or (b) delivering to
the Company shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant. The shares of
Common Stock so applied or delivered in satisfaction of the Participant's tax
withholding obligation shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date
of measurement of the amount of income subject to withholding.

                                   ARTICLE 11
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         11.1 BENEFITS NOT ALIENABLE. Other than as provided above, benefits
under the Plan may not be assigned or alienated, whether voluntarily or
involuntarily. Any unauthorized attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other
disposition shall be without effect.

         11.2 NO ENLARGEMENT OF EMPLOYEE RIGHTS. This Plan is strictly a
voluntary undertaking on the part of the Company and shall not be deemed to
constitute a contract between the Company and any Participant to be
consideration for, or an inducement to, or a condition of, the employment of any
Participant. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to give the right to
any Participant to be retained as an employee of the Company or any Affiliated
Company or to limit the right of the Company or any Affiliated Company to
discharge any Participant at any time.

         11.3 APPLICATION OF FUNDS. The proceeds received by the Company from
the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Option Agreements and Stock Purchase
Agreements, except as otherwise provided herein, will be used for general
corporate purposes.


                                       12



<PAGE>   1

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2

                            COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.

                         FORM OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

    Type of Option (check one):     [ ] Incentive     [ ] Nonqualified

         This STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is entered into as of
_________ __, ____, by and between COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and _______________________ (the "Optionee")
pursuant to the Company's 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan").

         1. Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to Optionee an option
(the "Option") which shall entitle Optionee to purchase all or any portion of a
total of _________________ (____) shares (the "Shares") of the Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share, of the Company at a purchase price of
_______________________ Dollars ($_______) per share (the "Exercise Price") and
on the terms and subject to the conditions that are set forth in this Agreement
and in the Plan. If the box marked "Incentive" above is checked, then, this
Option is intended to qualify as an "incentive stock option" as defined in
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of l986, as amended (the "Code"). If
this Option fails in whole or in part to qualify as an incentive stock option,
or if the box marked "Nonqualified" is checked, then this Option shall, to that
extent, constitute a nonqualified stock option.

         2. Vesting of Option. The right to exercise this Option shall vest in
installments, and this Option
 shall be exercisable from time to time in whole or
in part as to any vested installment, as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     This Option shall
               On or After:                        be Exercisable as to:
               ------------                        ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>

         (i)   _____________, 19___:                          ___________ shares

         (ii)  _____________, 19___:           an additional  ___________ shares

         (iii) _____________, 19___:           an additional  ___________ shares

         (iv)  _____________, 19___:           an additional  ___________ shares

</TABLE>


         [Optional Provision: Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company
achieves the goals set forth on Exhibit A hereto, the right to exercise this
Option accelerate in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in that
Exhibit, which by this reference is incorporated herein and made an integral
part of this Agreement.]

No additional shares shall vest after the date of termination of Optionee's
"Continuous Service" (as defined in Section 3 below), but this Option shall
continue to be exercisable in accordance with Section 3 hereof with respect to
that number of shares that have vested as of the date of termination of
Optionee's Continuous Service, unless such termination of Optionee's Continuous
Service is due to the Optionee's "Misconduct" as such term is defined below.

         3. Term of Option. Optionee's right to exercise this Option shall
terminate upon the first to occur of the following:

               (a) the expiration of ___ (___) years from the date of this
Agreement;

               (b) the expiration of three (3) months from the date of
termination of Optionee's Continuous Service if such termination occurs for any
reason other than permanent disability, death, voluntary resignation or a
termination by the Company for Misconduct (as hereinafter defined); provided,


<PAGE>   2

however, that, if Optionee dies during such three-month period, then, the
provisions of Section 3(e) below shall apply;

               (c) the date of termination of Optionee's Continuous Service if
such termination occurs due to voluntary resignation or is due to Optionee's
Misconduct;

               (d) the expiration of one (1) year from the date of termination
of Optionee's Continuous Service if such termination is due to permanent
disability of the Optionee (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

               (e) the expiration of one (1) year from the date of termination
of Optionee's Continuous Service if such termination is due to Optionee's death
or if death occurs during either the three-month or one-month period following
termination of Optionee's Continuous Service pursuant to Section 3(b) or 3(c)
above, as the case may be; or

               (f) upon the consummation of a "Change in Control" (as defined in
Section 2.4 of the Plan), unless otherwise provided pursuant to Section 9 below.

         As used herein, the term "Continuous Service" means (i) employment by
either the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company, or by
a corporation or a parent or subsidiary of a corporation issuing or assuming a
stock option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies, which
is uninterrupted except for vacations, illness (except for permanent disability,
as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), or leaves of absence which are
approved in writing by the Company or any of such other employer corporations,
if applicable, (ii) service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company
until Optionee resigns, is removed from office, or Optionee's term of office
expires and he or she is not reelected, or (iii) so long as Optionee is engaged
as a consultant or service provider to the Company or other corporation referred
to in clause (i) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing if Optionee ceases to
serve the Company in one capacity, such as an employee, but within fifteen (15)
days thereafter becomes or is an employee or director of the Company or any
parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company, or by a corporation or a parent
or subsidiary of a corporation issuing or assuming a stock option in a
transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies, then, the Optionee's
Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have ceased for purposes of this
Agreement.

         As used herein, the term "Misconduct" means any of the following: (i)
the failure of the Optionee to perform, in all material respects, the duties
assigned to him or her by such Optionee's immediate supervisor or the Chairman
or Board of Directors of the Company, which continues unremedied for a period of
15 days following the receipt by Optionee of a notice of such failure; (ii) the
commission by the Optionee of a felony, or of a misdemeanor involving moral
turpitude; (iii) the breach of any duties of Optionee under any non-competition,
confidentiality or trade secret or invention transfer or similar agreement
entered into by the Optionee with the Company or by the Company with any of its
clients or contained in any employment agreement between the Company and
Optionee; (iv) the commission of an action or an omission to act on the part of
the Optionee which subjects the Company to civil or criminal liability, and (v)
any violation of any conflict of interest policy established by the Company that
is not remedied within a period of 15 days following the receipt by Optionee of
a notice of such violation.

         4. Exercise of Option. On or after the vesting of any portion of this
Option in accordance with Sections 2 or 9 hereof, and until termination of the
right to exercise this Option in accordance with Section 3 above, the portion of
this Option which has vested prior to such termination and which, pursuant to
Section 3 survives such termination, may be exercised in whole or in part by the
Optionee (or, after his or her death, by the person designated in Section 5
below) upon delivery of the following to the Company at its principal executive
offices:

               (a) a written notice of exercise which identifies this Agreement
and states the number of Shares then being purchased (but no fractional Shares
may be purchased);

                                       2


<PAGE>   3

               (b) a check or cash in the amount of the Exercise Price (or
payment of the Exercise Price in such other form of lawful consideration as the
Administrator may approve from time to time under the provisions of Section 5.3
of the Plan);

               (c) a check or cash in the amount reasonably requested by the
Company to satisfy the Company's withholding obligations under federal, state or
other applicable tax laws with respect to the taxable income, if any, recognized
by the Optionee in connection with the exercise of this Option (unless the
Company and Optionee shall have made other arrangements for deductions or
withholding from Optionee's wages, bonus or other compensation payable to
Optionee, or by the withholding of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Option
or the delivery of Shares owned by the Optionee in accordance with Section 10.1
of the Plan, provided such arrangements satisfy the requirements of applicable
tax laws); and

               (d) a letter, if requested by the Company, in such form and
substance as the Company may require, setting forth the investment intent of the
Optionee, or person designated in Section 5 below, as the case may be and, if
the Common Stock of the Company is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) under
the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, at the time the Option is exercised, an
agreement which obligates the Optionee to enter into a market stand-off
agreement of the type set forth in Section 6 of the form of Stockholders'
Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B.

               (e) a Stockholders' Agreement in substantially the form of
Exhibit B hereto unless, at the time of such exercise, the Common Stock of the
Company is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) under the Securities Act of
1934, as amended.

         5. Death of Optionee; No Assignment. The rights of the Optionee under
this Agreement may not be assigned or transferred except by will or by the laws
of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the
Optionee only by such Optionee. Any attempt to sell, pledge, assign,
hypothecate, transfer or dispose of this Option in contravention of this
Agreement or the Plan shall be void and shall have no effect. If the Optionee's
Continuous Service terminates as a result of his or her death, and provided
Optionee's rights hereunder shall have vested pursuant to Section 2 hereof,
Optionee's legal representative, his or her legatee, or the person who acquired
the right to exercise this Option by reason of the death of the Optionee
(individually, a "Successor") shall succeed to the Optionee's rights and
obligations under this Agreement. After the death of the Optionee, only a
Successor may exercise this Option.

         6. Representations and Warranties of Optionee.

               (a) Optionee represents and warrants that this Option is being
acquired by Optionee for Optionee's personal account, for investment purposes
only, and not with a view to the distribution, resale or other disposition
thereof.

               (b) Optionee acknowledges that the Company may issue Shares upon
the exercise of the Option without registering such Shares under the Securities
Act of l933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), on the basis of certain
exemptions from such registration requirement. Accordingly, Optionee agrees that
his or her exercise of the Option may be expressly conditioned upon his or her
delivery to the Company of an investment certificate including such
representations and undertakings as the Company may reasonably require in order
to assure the availability of such exemptions, including a representation that
Optionee is acquiring the Shares for investment and not with a present intention
of selling or otherwise disposing thereof and an agreement by Optionee that the
certificates evidencing the Shares may bear a legend indicating such
non-registration under the Securities Act and the resulting restrictions on
transfer.

                                       3


<PAGE>   4

Optionee acknowledges that, because Shares received upon exercise of an Option
may be unregistered, Optionee may be required to hold the Shares indefinitely
unless they are subsequently registered for resale under the Securities Act or
an exemption from such registration is available.

               (c) Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and
understands that all rights and obligations connected with this Option are set
forth in this Agreement and in the Plan.

         7. Restrictive Legends.

               (a) Optionee hereby acknowledges that federal securities laws and
the securities laws of the state in which he or she resides may require the
placement of certain restrictive legends upon the Shares issued upon exercise of
this Option, and Optionee hereby consents to the placing of any such legends
upon certificates evidencing the Shares as the Company, or its counsel, may deem
necessary or advisable.

               (b) In addition, all stock certificates evidencing the Shares
shall be imprinted with a legend substantially as follows:

               "THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT
               TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, REPURCHASE RIGHTS AND A
               RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS
               NOMINEE(S), AS SET FORTH IN A STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF
               FEBRUARY 5,1999. TRANSFER OF THESE SHARES MAY BE MADE ONLY IN
               COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THAT STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, A
               COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE
               CORPORATION. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, REPURCHASE RIGHTS AND
               RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON ANY PERMITTED TRANSFEREES
               OF THESE SHARES." IN ADDITION, ANY TRANSFER OR PURPORTED TRANSFER
               OF SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE, IN VIOLATION OF THE
               STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE NULL AND VOID AND INEFFECTIVE TO
               TRANSFER OR CONVEY ANY RIGHT, TITLE OR INTEREST IN OR TO THE
               SHARES.

         8. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capital Structure. In the event that the
outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company are hereafter increased or
decreased or changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares
or other securities of the Company by reason of a recapitalization, stock split,
combination of shares, reclassification, stock dividend or other change in the
capital structure of the Company, then appropriate adjustment shall be made by
the Administrator to the number of Shares subject to the unexercised portion of
this Option and to the Exercise Price per share, in order to preserve, as nearly
as practical, but not to increase, the benefits of the Optionee under this
Option, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.2 of the Plan.

         9. Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control (as defined
in Section 2.4 of the Plan) of the Company, (i) the vesting of this Option
pursuant to Section 2 above shall automatically accelerate immediately prior to
the consummation of such Change in Control, and (ii) the Administrator in its
discretion may take one or more of the actions described in Paragraphs 8.1(a) to
8.1(d), inclusive, of the Plan. If the Administrator does not take any of those
actions, this Option shall terminate upon the consummation of the Change in
Control. The Administrator shall cause written notice of the proposed
transaction to be given to the Optionee not less than fifteen (15) days prior to
the anticipated effective date of the proposed transaction, provided, however,
that any delay beyond such time period in the giving of, or the failure to give,
such notice shall not entitle any person or entity, including any Optionee or
Participant,

                                       4


<PAGE>   5

to obtain a delay in the effective date or to invalidate or adversely affect the
validity of any such Change in Control.

         10. No Employment Contract Created. Neither the granting of this Option
nor the exercise hereof shall be construed as granting to the Optionee any right
with respect to continuance of employment by the Company or any of its
subsidiaries. The right of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to terminate
at will the Optionee's employment at any time (whether by dismissal, discharge
or otherwise), with or without cause, is specifically reserved, except as and to
the extent otherwise provided in any employment agreement that may exist between
the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Optionee, on
the other hand.

         11. Rights as Shareholder. The Optionee (or transferee of this option
by will or by the laws of descent and distribution) shall have no rights as a
shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by this Option until the date of
the issuance of a stock certificate or certificates to him or her for such
Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of this Option.

         12. Interpretation and Entire Agreement.

               (a) This Option is granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan, and
shall in all respects be interpreted in accordance therewith. The Administrator
shall interpret and construe this Option and the Plan, and any action, decision,
interpretation or determination made in good faith by the Administrator shall be
final and binding on the Company and the Optionee. As used in this Agreement,
the term "Administrator" shall refer to the committee of the Board of Directors
of the Company appointed to administer the Plan, and if no such committee has
been appointed, the term Administrator shall mean the Board of Directors.

               (b) This Agreement, together with the Plan, constitutes the
entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject-matter of this
Agreement and supersedes any other prior or contemporaneous agreements (either
written or oral) between the parties relating to the grant of the Option
contemplated by this Agreement.

         13. Notices. Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be
given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when
delivered personally or three (3) days after being deposited in the United
States mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and
addressed, if to the Company, at its principal place of business, Attn: the
Chief Financial Officer, and if to the Optionee, at his or her most recent
address as shown in the Company's employment or stock records.

         14. Annual and Other Periodic Reports. During the term of this
Agreement, the Company will furnish to the Optionee copies of all annual and
other periodic financial and informational reports that the Company distributes
generally to its shareholders; provided, however, that nothing herein shall
require the Company to furnish copies of any reports to the Optionee that it
does not furnished generally to its shareholders.

         15. Governing Law. The validity, construction, interpretation, and
effect of this Option shall be governed by and determined in accordance with the
laws of the State of Delaware.

         16. Severability. Should any provision or portion of this Agreement be
held to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions and
portions of this Agreement shall be unaffected by such holding.

                                       5


<PAGE>   6

         17. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which
together shall be deemed one instrument.

         18. California Corporate Securities Law. The sale of the shares that
are the subject of this Agreement has not been qualified with the Commissioner
of Corporations of the State of California and the issuance of such shares or
the payment or receipt of any part of the consideration therefor prior to such
qualification is unlawful, unless the sale of such shares is exempt from such
qualification by Section 25100, 25102 or 25105 of the California Corporate
Securities Law of l968, as amended. The rights of all parties to this Agreement
are expressly conditioned upon such qualification being obtained, unless the
sale is so exempt.

         19. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits attached hereto and
the Plan, contain all of the agreements of the parties with respect to the
subject matter of this Agreement and supersede all agreements and understandings
(whether written or oral) between the parties relating to the subject matter of
this Agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.

COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.                    "OPTIONEE"



By:
   -------------------------------           -----------------------------------
                                             (Signature)



                                             -----------------------------------
                                             (Type or print name)



                                       6



<PAGE>   1

                                                                    Exhibit 10.4


                            COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.

                           PCGS 1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                        (ADOPTED AS OF FEBRUARY 3, 1999)

         WHEREAS, Collectors Universe, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company") is acquiring on this date all of the outstanding shares of capital
stock of Professional Coin Grading Service, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("PCGS"), pursuant to a Contribution and Acquisition Agreement dated as of
February 3, 1999 (the "Contribution Agreement"), by and among the Company and
PCGS and its stockholders; and

         WHEREAS, the Contribution Agreement provides for (i) all of PCGS'
outstanding shares to be contributed to the Company in exchange for shares of
Company Common Stock the number of which shall be determined by multiplying each
outstanding PCGS share by 229.632 (the "Exchange Ratio"); (ii) the Company to
assume the PCGS 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the "PCGS Plan") and to amend that
Plan to make it a plan providing for the grant of options to purchase shares of
Common Stock of Collectors Universe (the "CUI Plan"), and (iii) to exchange, for
each outstanding option to purchase PCGS shares, whether outstanding under the
PCGS Plan or granted outside of that Plan ("PCGS Options"), an option under the
CUI Plan (a "CUI Option") entitling the holder thereof to purchase
 shares of
Company Common Stock, the number of which shall be determined by multiplying the
number of shares subject to such PCGS Option by the Exchange Ratio and the
exercise price of which shall be proportionately adjusted downward so that the
aggregate exercise price of each CUI Option shall be equal to the aggregate
exercise of each PCGS Option exchanged for such CUI Option;

         NOW, THEREFORE, this Plan supersedes the PCGS Plan, and restates that
Plan, in its entirety as a Company Plan that incorporates amendments to the PCGS
Plan required to effectuate and evidence the assumption of the PCGS Plan by the
Company.

         This 1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN (the "Plan") is hereby established by
COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and adopted
by its Board of Directors as of the 3rd day of February, 1999 (the "Effective
Date"), pursuant to the terms of the Contribution Agreement and actions of the
Board of Directors and majority shareholders of the Company approving this Plan.

                                    ARTICLE 1
                              PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

         1.1 PURPOSES. The purposes of the Plan are (a) to enhance the Company's
ability to attract and retain the services of qualified employees, officers,
employee and non-employee directors and Service Providers, upon whose judgment,
initiative and efforts the successful conduct and development of the Company's
business largely depends, and (b) to provide additional incentives to such
Persons to devote their utmost effort and skill to the advancement and
betterment of the Company, by providing them an opportunity to participate in
the success and increased value of the Company through ownership of shares of
Common Stock in the Company.

<PAGE>   2
                                    ARTICLE 2
                                   DEFINITIONS

         For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings
indicated:

         2.1 ACQUIRING PERSON. "Acquiring Person" means the Person that acquires
direct or indirect ownership of a majority or all of the outstanding shares of
voting stock of the Company or of any other corporation in which the Company may
be merged, in a Change of Control transaction effectuated by means of a merger
of the Company with and into another corporation, a reverse or forward
triangular merger or an exchange of shares of the Company's Common Stock for
shares of stock, cash or other property of the Acquiring Person and any Person
that acquires ownership of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
in a single or series of related transactions.

         2.2 ADMINISTRATOR. "Administrator" means the Board or, if the Board
delegates any of its administrative responsibilities under the Plan to the
Committee, the term Administrator as to such delegated responsibilities shall
mean the Committee.

         2.3 AFFILIATED COMPANY. "Affiliated Company" means any "parent
corporation" or "subsidiary corporation" of the Company, whether now existing or
hereafter created or acquired, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and
424(f) of the Code, respectively.

         2.4 BOARD. "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

         2.5 CHANGE IN CONTROL. "Change in Control" shall mean (i) the
acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any Person or group (within the meaning
of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of the
beneficial ownership of securities of the Company possessing more than fifty
percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding securities
of the Company, unless the Person or group of Persons acquiring such beneficial
ownership owned more than 25% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company on
the date of adoption of this Plan, (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the
Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction in which holders
of outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger
or consolidation hold, in the aggregate, securities possessing more than fifty
percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding voting
securities of the surviving entity immediately after such merger or
consolidation; (iii) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving
entity but in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the
total combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company
are transferred to or acquired by a Person or Persons different from the persons
holding those securities immediately prior to such merger; (iv) the sale,
transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related
transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (v)
the approval by the shareholders of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or
dissolution of the Company.

         2.6 CODE. "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
from time to time.

         2.7 COMMITTEE. "Committee" means a committee of two or more members of
the Board appointed to administer the Plan, as set forth in Section 7.1 hereof.

         2.8 COMMON STOCK. "Common Stock" means the Common Stock, $.001 par
value of the Company, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof.


                                       2

<PAGE>   3
         2.9 DISABILITY. "Disability" means permanent and total disability as
defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. The Administrator's determination of a
Disability or the absence thereof shall be conclusive and binding on all
interested parties.

         2.10 EFFECTIVE DATE. "Effective Date" means the date on which the Plan
is adopted by the Board, as set forth on the first page hereof.

         2.11 EXERCISE PRICE. "Exercise Price" means the purchase price per
share of Common Stock payable upon exercise of an Option.

         2.12 FAIR MARKET VALUE. "Fair Market Value" on any given date means the
value of one share of Common Stock, determined as follows:

                  (a) If the Common Stock is then listed or admitted to trading
on a NASDAQ market system or a stock exchange which reports closing sale prices,
the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sale price on the date of valuation
on such NASDAQ market system or principal stock exchange on which the Common
Stock is then listed or admitted to trading, or, if no closing sale price is
quoted on such day, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sale price
of the Common Stock on such NASDAQ market system or such exchange on the next
preceding day for which a closing sale price is reported.

                  (b) If the Common Stock is not then listed or admitted to
trading on a NASDAQ market system or a stock exchange which reports closing sale
prices, the Fair Market Value shall be the average of the closing bid and asked
prices of the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market on the date of
valuation.

                  (c) If neither (a) nor (b) is applicable as of the date of
valuation, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator
in good faith using any reasonable method of evaluation, which determination
shall be conclusive and binding on all interested parties.

         2.13 INCENTIVE OPTION. "Incentive Option" means any Option designated
and qualified as an "incentive stock option" as defined in Section 422 of the
Code.

         2.14 INCENTIVE OPTION AGREEMENT. "Incentive Option Agreement" means an
Option Agreement with respect to an Incentive Option.

         2.15 NASD DEALER. "NASD Dealer" means a broker-dealer that is a member
of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

         2.16 NONQUALIFIED OPTION. "Nonqualified Option" means any Option that
is not an Incentive Option. To the extent that any Option designated as an
Incentive Option fails in whole or in part to qualify as an Incentive Option,
including, without limitation, for failure to meet the limitations applicable to
a 10% Shareholder or because it exceeds the annual limit provided for in Section
5.6 below, it shall to that extent constitute a Nonqualified Option.

         2.17 NONQUALIFIED OPTION AGREEMENT. "Nonqualified Option Agreement"
means an Option Agreement with respect to a Nonqualified Option.

         2.18 OPTION. "Option" means any option to purchase Common Stock granted
pursuant to the Plan.

         2.19 OPTION AGREEMENT. "Option Agreement" means the written agreement
entered into between the Company and the Optionee with respect to an Option
granted under the Plan.


                                       3

<PAGE>   4
         2.20 OPTIONEE. "Optionee" means a Person that is eligible to be granted
and has been granted and holds Options under this Plan.

         2.21 PERSON. "Person" means any natural person and any corporation,
limited liability company, partnership, trust, association or other entity.

         2.22 SERVICE PROVIDER. "Service Provider" means a consultant or other
Person who provides services to the Company or an Affiliated Company and who the
Administrator authorizes to become an Optionee under the Plan.

         2.23 10% SHAREHOLDER. "10% Shareholder" means a Person who, as of a
relevant date, owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules
applicable under Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of
the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of an
Affiliated Company.

                                    ARTICLE 3
                                   ELIGIBILITY

         3.1 INCENTIVE OPTIONS. Officers and other key employees of the Company
or of an Affiliated Company (including members of the Board if they are
employees of the Company or of an Affiliated Company) are eligible to receive
Incentive Options under the Plan.

         3.2 NONQUALIFIED OPTIONS AND RIGHTS TO PURCHASE. Officers and other key
employees of the Company or of an Affiliated Company, members of the Board
(whether or not employed by the Company or an Affiliated Company), and Service
Providers are eligible to receive Nonqualified Options or Rights to Purchase
under the Plan.

         3.3 LIMITATION ON SHARES. In no event shall any Optionee be granted
Options under this Plan in any one calendar year pursuant to which the aggregate
number of shares of Common Stock that may be acquired thereunder exceeds one
million shares (1,000,000) shares (which number shall be subject to adjustment
as provided in Section 4.2 hereof).

                                    ARTICLE 4
                                   PLAN SHARES

         4.1 SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN. A total of one million seven hundred
fifty thousand one thousand four hundred fifteen (1,751,415) shares of Common
Stock may be issued under this Plan, subject to adjustment as to the number and
kind of shares pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. For purposes of this limitation,
in the event that (a) all or any portion of any Option granted under the Plan
can no longer under any circumstances be exercised, or (b) any shares of Common
Stock are reacquired by the Company pursuant to an Incentive Option Agreement or
a Nonqualified Option Agreement, the shares of Common Stock allocable to the
unexercised portion of such Option, or the shares so reacquired, shall again be
available for grant or issuance under the Plan.


                                       4

<PAGE>   5
         4.2 CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE. In the event that the outstanding
shares of Common Stock are hereafter increased or decreased or changed into or
exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the
Company by reason of a recapitalization, stock split, combination of shares,
reclassification, stock dividend, or other change in the capital structure of
the Company, then appropriate adjustments shall be made by the Administrator to
the aggregate number and kind of shares subject to this Plan, and the number and
kind of shares and the price per share subject to outstanding Option Agreements
in order to preserve, as nearly as practical, but not to increase, the benefits
to Optionees.

                                    ARTICLE 5
                                     OPTIONS

         5.1 OPTION AGREEMENT. Each Option granted pursuant to this Plan shall
be evidenced by an Option Agreement which shall specify the number of shares
subject thereto, the Exercise Price per share, and whether the Option is an
Incentive Option or Nonqualified Option. As soon as is practical following the
grant of an Option, an Option Agreement shall be duly executed and delivered by
or on behalf of the Company to the Optionee to whom such Option was granted.
Each Option Agreement shall be in such form and contain such additional terms
and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, as the
Administrator shall, from time to time, deem desirable, including, without
limitation, the imposition of any rights of first refusal and resale obligations
upon any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option Agreement. Each
Option Agreement may be different from each other Option Agreement.

         5.2 EXERCISE PRICE. The Exercise Price per share of Common Stock
covered by each Option shall be determined by the Administrator, subject to the
following: (a) the Exercise Price of an Incentive Option shall not be less than
100% of Fair Market Value on the date the Incentive Option is granted, (b) the
Exercise Price of a Nonqualified Option shall not be less than 85% of Fair
Market Value on the date the Nonqualified Option is granted, and (c) if the
Person to whom an Option is granted is a 10% Shareholder on the date of grant,
the Exercise Price shall not be less than 110% of Fair Market Value on the date
the Option is granted.

         5.3 PAYMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE. Payment of the Exercise Price shall be
made upon exercise of an Option and may be made in any of the following ways:

                  (a) By cash or check; or,

                  (b) If approved by the Administrator, then, subject to any
legal restrictions, by (i) the surrender of shares of Common Stock owned by the
Optionee that have been held by the Optionee for at least six (6) months, which
surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value as of the date of such
exercise; (ii) the delivery to the Company of Optionee's promissory note in a
form and on terms acceptable to the Administrator; (iii) the cancellation of
indebtedness of the Company to the Optionee; (iv) the waiver of compensation due
or accrued to the Optionee for services rendered; or (v) any combination of the
foregoing; or

                  (c) If a public market for the Common Stock exists, by (i) a
"same day sale" commitment from the Optionee and an NASD Dealer whereby the
Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the
shares so purchased to pay for the Exercise Price and whereby the NASD Dealer
irrevocably commits upon receipt of such shares to forward the Exercise Price
directly to the Company; or (ii) a "margin" commitment from the Optionee and an
NASD Dealer whereby the Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and
to pledge the shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as
security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the Exercise Price,
and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such shares to
forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; or


                                       5

<PAGE>   6
                  (d) Any combination of the foregoing methods of payment or any
other consideration or method of payment that has been approved by the
Administrator and is permitted by applicable corporate law.

         5.4 TERM AND TERMINATION OF OPTIONS. The term and provisions for
termination of each Option shall be as fixed by the Administrator, but no Option
may be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date it is granted. An
Option granted to a Person who is a 10% Shareholder on the date of grant shall
not be exercisable more than five (5) years after the date it is granted.

         5.5 VESTING AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS. Each Option shall vest and become
exercisable in one or more installments at such time or times and subject to
such conditions, including without limitation the achievement of specified
performance goals or objectives, as shall be determined by the Administrator.

         5.6 ANNUAL LIMIT ON INCENTIVE OPTIONS. To the extent required for
"incentive stock option" treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate
Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Common Stock shall
not, with respect to which Incentive Options, granted under this Plan or under
and any other plan of the Company or any Affiliated Company, become exercisable
for the first time by an Optionee during any calendar year, exceed $100,000. The
excess, if any of the Fair Market Value of any incentive stock option that
becomes vested in any calendar year over this $100,000 limitation shall be
treated, for federal income tax purposes as a Nonqualified Option.

         5.7 NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS. No Option shall be assignable or
transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and during
the life of the Optionee shall be exercisable only by such Optionee; provided,
however, that, in the discretion of the Administrator, any Option may be
assigned or transferred in any manner which an "incentive stock option" is
permitted to be assigned or transferred under the Code.

         5.8 RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER. An Optionee or permitted transferee of an
Option shall have no rights or privileges as a shareholder with respect to any
shares covered by an Option until such Option has been duly exercised and
certificates representing shares purchased upon such exercise have been issued
to such Person.

                                    ARTICLE 6
                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

         6.1 ADMINISTRATOR. Authority to control and manage the operation and
administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Board, which may delegate such
responsibilities in whole or in part to a committee consisting of two (2) or
more members of the Board (the "Committee"). Members of the Committee may be
appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the pleasure of, the Board.
As used herein, the term "Administrator" means the Board or, with respect to any
matter as to which responsibility has been delegated to the Committee, the term
Administrator shall mean the Committee.

         6.2 POWERS OF THE ADMINISTRATOR. In addition to any other powers or
authority conferred upon the Administrator elsewhere in the Plan or by law, the
Administrator shall have full power and authority to interpret the Plan, to
create, amend or rescind and to interpret rules and regulations relating to the
Plan and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to:

                  (a) determine the Persons to whom, and the time or times at
which, Incentive Options or Nonqualified Options shall be granted and the number
of shares to be represented by each Option and the consideration to be received
by the Company upon the exercise thereof;


                                       6

<PAGE>   7
                  (b) determine the terms, conditions and restrictions contained
in, and the form of, Option Agreements;

                  (c) determine the identity or capacity of any Persons who may
be entitled to exercise an Optionee's rights under any Option granted under the
Plan;

                  (d) correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any
inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option Agreement;

                  (e) accelerate the vesting of any Option;

                  (f) extend the exercise date of any Option;

                  (g) provide for rights of first refusal and/or repurchase
rights;

                  (h) amend outstanding Option Agreements to provide for, among
other things, any change or modification which the Administrator could have
provided for upon the grant of an Option or in furtherance of the powers
provided for herein; and

                  (i) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for
the administration of the Plan, but only to the extent not contrary to the
express provisions of the Plan.

Any action, decision, interpretation or determination made in good faith by the
Administrator in the exercise of its authority conferred upon it under the Plan
shall be final and binding on the Company and all Optionees.

         6.3 LIMITATION ON LIABILITY. No employee of the Company or member of
the Board or Committee shall be subject to any liability with respect to duties
under the Plan unless the Person acts fraudulently or in bad faith. To the
extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify each member of the Board or
Committee, and any employee of the Company with duties under the Plan, who was
or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending
or completed proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, by reason of such Person's conduct in the performance of duties
under the Plan.

                                    ARTICLE 7
                                CHANGE IN CONTROL

         7.1 CHANGE IN CONTROL. In order to preserve an Optionee's rights in the
event of a Change in Control of the Company, the Administrator shall take one or
more of the following actions with respect to Options that are outstanding as of
the consummation date of any Change of Control transaction to which the Company
is a party (the "Existing Options"):

                  (a) Obtain from the Acquiring Person in the Change of Control
transaction an agreement which requires it, concurrently with the consummation
of the Change of Control Transaction, to purchase or exchange each of the
Existing Options for cash, stock or other property that is being paid or issued
to Company's stockholders in the Change of Control Transaction in an amount
equal to the difference, or spread, between (i) the value of the cash, stock or
other property that the Optionee would have received pursuant to such Change in
Control transaction in exchange for all of the shares that would be issuable
upon exercise of the Option, assuming that the Option had become fully
exercisable and had been exercised immediately prior to the consummation of such
Change in Control transaction, and (ii) the Exercise Price of such Option;

                  (b) Obtain from the Acquiring Person in the Change of Control
transaction an agreement that obligates the Acquiring Person to assume the
Existing Options or to grant, in substitution for the Existing Options, new
options entitling each Optionee to purchase a number of shares of voting


                                       7

<PAGE>   8
stock of the Acquiring Person having a Fair Market Value that is equal to the
then Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock of the Company that are
subject to the Existing Options, with appropriate adjustments as to the number
and kind of shares and Exercise Prices, in which event the Plan and the assumed
Options, or the new options substituted therefor (the "Substituted Options"),
shall continue in the manner and under the terms so provided; or

                  (c) Adjust the terms of the Options in a manner determined by
the Administrator to reflect the Change in Control or make such other provision
as the Administrator may consider equitable, if the stockholders of the Company
immediately prior to the consummation of the Change of Control transaction will
continue to own their Company shares, and this Plan will continue in effect as a
Company Plan, following the consummation of the Change of Control transaction or
if the Change of Control involves a liquidation and dissolution of the Company.

The Administrator shall cause written notice of any proposed Change of Control
transaction to be given to all Optionees not less than fifteen (15) days prior
to the anticipated effective date of the proposed Change of Control transaction;
provided, however, that any delay beyond such time period in the giving of, or
the failure to give, such notice shall not entitle any Person, including any
Optionee, to obtain a delay in the effective date or to invalidate or adversely
affect the validity of any such Change in Control transaction.

         7.2 EFFECT OF CHANGE OF CONTROL TRANSACTION.

                  (a) If an agreement is obtained from the Acquiring Person
which provides either for (i) the payment or exchange of cash, stock or other
consideration equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares (whether or not
vested) that are subject to the Existing Options, as contemplated by Paragraph
7.1(a) above, or (ii) the issuance of Substituted Options by the Acquiring
Person, then, the Existing Options shall terminate retroactive to the effective
date of the consummation of the Change of Control transaction. If, instead, an
agreement is obtained from the Acquiring Person which provides for the
assumption of the Existing Options and the continuance of this Plan by the
Acquiring Person, the Existing Options shall continue in full force and effect,
subject to equitable adjustments provided for in that agreement.

                  (b) If the agreement contemplated by Paragraph 7.1(b) is
obtained, or any of the actions contemplated by Paragraph 7.1(c) is taken and,
as a result, the Optionees holding Existing Options immediately prior to the
consummation of such Change in Control either will continue to hold their
Existing Options (as adjusted in the manner set forth in Paragraph 7.1(b) or
7.1(c) above) or will receive Substituted Options pursuant to Paragraph 7.1(b),
but an Optionee's Continuous Service (as defined in the Optionee's Option
Agreement) is terminated by the Company or the Acquiring Person for any reason
during the first eighteen (18) months following such Change in Control, then,
notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in the Plan or any Plan
adopted in substitution of this Plan, all of the shares of stock then subject or
covered by such Existing Options or Substitute Options, to the extent they are
not already exercisable, shall become vested and fully exercisable by the holder
of such Existing Option or Substitute Option, as the case may be, effective
retroactively to the business day immediately preceding the date of such
termination of his or her Continuous Service.

                  (c) If, on the other hand, the Administrator is unable to
obtain either of the agreements contemplated by Paragraph 7.1(a) and Paragraph
7(b), and the Change of Control transaction is nevertheless consummated, then,
(i) all Options that have not theretofore become fully vested and fully
exercisable shall become fully vested and exercisable, effective as of the
business day immediately preceding the date of consummation of the Change of
Control transaction; (ii) each holder of an Existing Option shall be entitled to
exercise such Option in whole or in part on or prior to the date on which the
Change of Control transaction is consummated, (iii) in the event of any such
exercise by an Optionee (which shall be deemed to have occurred immediately
prior to the consummation of the Change of 


                                       8

<PAGE>   9
Control transaction), the Optionee shall, on such consummation, become entitled
to receive the consideration such Optionee would have received in such
transaction had he owned the shares acquired on such exercise immediately prior
to such consummation, and (iv) any Existing Option not exercised in full on or
before the effective date of the consummation of the Change of Control
transaction shall terminate as to the unexercised portion of such Option as of
such effective date. In addition, if an agreement is obtained as contemplated by
Paragraph 7.1(a) or Paragraph 7.1(b) above in connection with any Change of
Control transaction, then, on consummation of the Change of Control transaction
each Existing Option shall be converted into the right to receive the
consideration stated in such agreement and the right to exercise any Existing
Options to acquire shares of Common Stock of the Company shall terminate.

                                    ARTICLE 8
                      AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

         8.1 AMENDMENTS. The Board may from time to time alter, amend, suspend
or terminate the Plan in such respects as the Board may deem advisable. No such
alteration, amendment, suspension or termination shall be made which shall
substantially affect or impair the rights of any Optionee under an outstanding
Option Agreement without such Optionee's consent. The Board may alter or amend
the Plan to comply with requirements under the Code relating to Incentive
Options or other types of options which give Optionees more favorable tax
treatment than that applicable to Options granted under this Plan as of the date
of its adoption. Upon any such alteration or amendment, any outstanding Option
granted hereunder may, if the Administrator so determines and if permitted by
applicable law, be subject to the more favorable tax treatment afforded to an
Optionee pursuant to such terms and conditions.

         8.2 PLAN TERMINATION. Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been
terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the
Effective Date and no Options may be granted under the Plan thereafter, but
Option Agreements then outstanding shall continue in effect in accordance with
their respective terms.

                                    ARTICLE 9
                                 TAX WITHHOLDING

         9.1 WITHHOLDING. The Company shall have the power to withhold, or
require an Optionee to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any
applicable Federal, state, and local tax withholding requirements with respect
to any Options exercised under the Plan. To the extent permissible under
applicable tax, securities and other laws, the Administrator may, in its sole
discretion and upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate, permit
an Optionee to satisfy his or her obligation to pay any such tax, in whole or in
part, up to an amount determined on the basis of the highest marginal tax rate
applicable to such Optionee, by (a) directing the Company to apply shares of
Common Stock to which the Optionee is entitled as a result of the exercise of an
Option, or (b) delivering to the Company shares of Common Stock owned by the
Optionee. The shares of Common Stock so applied or delivered in satisfaction of
the Optionee's tax withholding obligation shall be valued at their Fair Market
Value as of the date of measurement of the amount of income subject to
withholding.

                                   ARTICLE 10
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         10.1 BENEFITS NOT ALIENABLE. Other than as provided above, benefits
under the Plan may not be assigned or alienated, whether voluntarily or
involuntarily. Any unauthorized attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other
disposition shall be without effect.


                                       9

<PAGE>   10
         10.2 NO ENLARGEMENT OF EMPLOYEE RIGHTS. This Plan is strictly a
voluntary undertaking on the part of the Company and shall not be deemed to
constitute a contract between the Company and any Optionee to be consideration
for, or an inducement to, or a condition of, the employment of any Optionee.
Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to give the right to any Optionee
to be retained as an employee of the Company or any Affiliated Company or to
limit the right of the Company or any Affiliated Company to discharge any
Optionee at any time.

         10.3 APPLICATION OF FUNDS. The proceeds received by the Company from
the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Option Agreements, except as otherwise
provided herein, will be used for general corporate purposes.


                                       10



<PAGE>   1

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5


                     PROFESSIONAL COIN GRADING SERVICE, INC.

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

         TYPE OF OPTION (CHECK ONE):  [ ] INCENTIVE    [ ]  NONQUALIFIED

         This STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is entered into as of
_____________, 1999, by and between PROFESSIONAL COIN GRADING SERVICE, INC., a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and _____________________ (the "Optionee")
pursuant to the Company's 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan").

         1. GRANT OF OPTION. The Company hereby grants to Optionee an option
(the "Option") which shall entitle Optionee to purchase all or any portion of a
total of ________________ (____) shares (the "Shares") of the Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share, of the Company at a purchase price of
___________________________ Dollars ($________) per share (the "Exercise Price")
and on the terms and subject to the conditions that are set forth in this
Agreement and in the Plan. If the box marked "Incentive" above is checked, then,
this Option is intended to qualify as an "incentive stock option" as defined in
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of l986, as amended (the "Code"). If
this Option fails in whole or in part to qualify as an incentive stock option,
or if the box marked "Nonqualified" is checked, then this Option shall, to that
extent, constitute a nonqualified stock option.

         2. Vesting of Option.

                  (a) Subject to Paragraph 2(b) below, the right to exercise

this Option shall vest as to all of the Option Shares, and this Option shall be
exercisable from time to time in whole or in part after the second (2nd)
anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

                  (b) Notwithstanding Paragraph 2(a) above, if either of the
transactions set forth on Exhibit A hereto is consummated during Optionee's
"Continuous Service" (as defined in Section 3 below) and prior to the second
(2nd) anniversary of the date hereof, the vesting or right to exercise this
Option shall accelerate to the date of such consummation and this Option shall
become exercisable on and after such date, in whole or in part as the Optionee
may elect, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary that may be contained in this
Agreement, no shares of Common Stock subject to this Option that have not vested
prior to the date of termination of Optionee's Continuous Service shall become
vested, but this Option shall continue to be exercisable in accordance with
Section 3 hereof with respect to that number of shares that have vested prior to
the date of termination of Optionee's Continuous Service, unless such
termination of Optionee's Continuous Service is due to the Optionee's voluntary
resignation or "Misconduct" (as such term is defined below).

         3. TERM OF OPTION. Optionee's right to exercise this Option shall
terminate upon the first to occur of the following:

                  (a) the expiration of ___________ (___) years from the date of
this Agreement;


<PAGE>   2

                  (b) the expiration of three (3) months from the date of
termination of Optionee's Continuous Service if such termination occurs for any
reason other than permanent disability, death, voluntary resignation or a
termination by the Company for Misconduct (as hereinafter defined); provided,
however, that, if Optionee dies during such three-month period, then, the
provisions of Section 3(e) below shall apply;

                  (c) the date of termination of Optionee's Continuous Service
if such termination occurs due to voluntary resignation or is due to Optionee's
Misconduct;

                  (d) the expiration of one (1) year from the date of
termination of Optionee's Continuous Service if such termination is due to
permanent disability of the Optionee (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the
Code);

                  (e) the expiration of one (1) year from the date of
termination of Optionee's Continuous Service if such termination is due to
Optionee's death or if death occurs during either the three-month or one-month
period following termination of Optionee's Continuous Service pursuant to
Section 3(b) or 3(c) above, as the case may be; or

                  (f) upon the consummation of a "Change in Control" (as defined
in Section 2.4 of the Plan), unless otherwise provided pursuant to Section 9
below.

         As used herein, the term "Continuous Service" means (i) employment by
either the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company, or by
a corporation or a parent or subsidiary of a corporation issuing or assuming a
stock option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies, which
is uninterrupted except for vacations, illness (except for permanent disability,
as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), or leaves of absence which are
approved in writing by the Company or any of such other employer corporations,
if applicable, (ii) service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company
until Optionee resigns, is removed from office, or Optionee's term of office
expires and he or she is not reelected, or (iii) so long as Optionee is engaged
as a consultant or service provider to the Company or other corporation referred
to in clause (i) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing if Optionee ceases to
serve the Company in one capacity, such as an employee, but within fifteen (15)
days thereafter becomes or is an employee or director of the Company or any
parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company, or by a corporation or a parent
or subsidiary of a corporation issuing or assuming a stock option in a
transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies, then, the Optionee's
Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have ceased for purposes of this
Agreement.

         As used herein, the term "Misconduct" means any of the following: (i)
the failure of the Optionee to perform, in all material respects, the duties
assigned to him or her by such Optionee's immediate supervisor or the Chairman
or Board of Directors of the Company, which continues unremedied for a period of
15 days following the receipt by Optionee of a notice of such failure; (ii) the
commission by the Optionee of a felony, or of a misdemeanor involving moral
turpitude; (iii) the breach of any duties of Optionee under any non-competition,
confidentiality or trade secret or invention transfer or similar agreement
entered into by the Optionee with the Company or by the Company with any of its
clients or contained in any employment agreement between the Company and
Optionee; (iv) the commission of an action or an omission to act on the part of
the Optionee which subjects the Company to civil or criminal liability, and (v)
any violation of any conflict of interest policy established by the Company that
is not remedied within a period of 15 days following the receipt by Optionee of
a notice of such violation.

         4. EXERCISE OF OPTION. On or after the vesting of any portion of this
Option in accordance with Sections 2 or 9 hereof, and until termination of the
right to exercise this Option in accordance with Section 3 above, the portion of
this Option which has vested prior to such termination and which, pursuant to
Section 3 survives such termination, may be exercised in whole or in part by the
Optionee (or, after his or 


                                       2

<PAGE>   3

her death, by the person designated in Section 5 below) upon delivery of the
following to the Company at its principal executive offices:

                  (a) a written notice of exercise which identifies this
Agreement and states the number of Shares then being purchased (but no
fractional Shares may be purchased);

                  (b) a check or cash in the amount of the Exercise Price (or
payment of the Exercise Price in such other form of lawful consideration as the
Administrator may approve from time to time under the provisions of Section 5.3
of the Plan);

                  (c) a check or cash in the amount reasonably requested by the
Company to satisfy the Company's withholding obligations under federal, state or
other applicable tax laws with respect to the taxable income, if any, recognized
by the Optionee in connection with the exercise of this Option (unless the
Company and Optionee shall have made other arrangements for deductions or
withholding from Optionee's wages, bonus or other compensation payable to
Optionee, or by the withholding of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Option
or the delivery of Shares owned by the Optionee in accordance with Section 10.1
of the Plan, provided such arrangements satisfy the requirements of applicable
tax laws); and

                  (d) a letter, if requested by the Company, in such form and
substance as the Company may require, setting forth the investment intent of the
Optionee, or person designated in Section 5 below, as the case may be and, if
the Common Stock of the Company is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) under
the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, at the time the Option is exercised, an
agreement which obligates the Optionee to enter into a market stand-off
agreement of the type set forth in Section 6 of the form of Stockholders'
Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B.

                  (e) a Stockholders' Agreement in substantially the form of
Exhibit B hereto unless, at the time of such exercise, the Common Stock of the
Company is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) under the Securities Act of
1934, as amended.

         5. DEATH OF OPTIONEE; NO ASSIGNMENT. The rights of the Optionee under
this Agreement may not be assigned or transferred except by will or by the laws
of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the
Optionee only by such Optionee. Any attempt to sell, pledge, assign,
hypothecate, transfer or dispose of this Option in contravention of this
Agreement or the Plan shall be void and shall have no effect. If the Optionee's
Continuous Service terminates as a result of his or her death, and provided
Optionee's rights hereunder shall have vested pursuant to Section 2 hereof,
Optionee's legal representative, his or her legatee, or the person who acquired
the right to exercise this Option by reason of the death of the Optionee
(individually, a "Successor") shall succeed to the Optionee's rights and
obligations under this Agreement. After the death of the Optionee, only a
Successor may exercise this Option.

         6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF OPTIONEE.

                  (a) Optionee represents and warrants that this Option is being
acquired by Optionee for Optionee's personal account, for investment purposes
only, and not with a view to the distribution, resale or other disposition
thereof.

                  (b) Optionee acknowledges that the Company may issue Shares
upon the exercise of the Option without registering such Shares under the
Securities Act of l933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), on the basis of
certain exemptions from such registration requirement. Accordingly, Optionee
agrees that his or her exercise of the Option may be expressly conditioned upon
his or her delivery to the Company of an investment certificate including such
representations and undertakings as the Company may 


                                       3

<PAGE>   4

reasonably require in order to assure the availability of such exemptions,
including a representation that Optionee is acquiring the Shares for investment
and not with a present intention of selling or otherwise disposing thereof and
an agreement by Optionee that the certificates evidencing the Shares may bear a
legend indicating such non-registration under the Securities Act and the
resulting restrictions on transfer. Optionee acknowledges that, because Shares
received upon exercise of an Option may be unregistered, Optionee may be
required to hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered
for resale under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is
available.

                  (c) Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and
understands that all rights and obligations connected with this Option are set
forth in this Agreement and in the Plan.

         7. RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS.

                  (a) Optionee hereby acknowledges that federal securities laws
and the securities laws of the state in which he or she resides may require the
placement of certain restrictive legends upon the Shares issued upon exercise of
this Option, and Optionee hereby consents to the placing of any such legends
upon certificates evidencing the Shares as the Company, or its counsel, may deem
necessary or advisable.

                  (b) In addition, all stock certificates evidencing the Shares
shall be imprinted with a legend substantially as follows:

                  "THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE
                  SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, REPURCHASE RIGHTS
                  AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION
                  AND/OR ITS NOMINEE(S), AS SET FORTH IN A STOCKHOLDERS
                  AGREEMENT DATED _____________, ______. TRANSFER OF THESE
                  SHARES MAY BE MADE ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF
                  SAID AGREEMENT, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL
                  OFFICE OF SAID CORPORATION. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS,
                  REPURCHASE RIGHTS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON
                  ANY PERMITTED TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES." IN ADDITION, ANY
                  TRANSFER OR PURPORTED TRANSFER OF SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS
                  CERTIFICATE, IN VIOLATION OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, SHALL
                  BE NULL AND VOID AND INEFFECTIVE TO TRANSFER OR CONVEY ANY
                  RIGHT, TITLE OR INTEREST IN OR TO THE SHARES.

         8. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE. In the event that the
outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company are hereafter increased or
decreased or changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares
or other securities of the Company by reason of a recapitalization, stock split,
combination of shares, reclassification, stock dividend or other change in the
capital structure of the Company, then appropriate adjustment shall be made by
the Administrator to the number of Shares subject to the unexercised portion of
this Option and to the Exercise Price per share, in order to preserve, as nearly
as practical, but not to increase, the benefits of the Optionee under this
Option, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.2 of the Plan.

         9. CHANGE IN CONTROL. In the event of a Change in Control (as defined
in Section 2.4 of the Plan) of the Company, (i) the vesting of this Option
pursuant to Section 2 above shall automatically accelerate immediately prior to
the consummation of such Change in Control, and (ii) the Administrator in its
discretion may take one or more of the actions described in Paragraphs 8.1(a) to
8.1(d), inclusive, of the Plan. If the Administrator does not take any of those
actions, this Option shall terminate upon the 


                                       4

<PAGE>   5

consummation of the Change in Control. The Administrator shall cause written
notice of the proposed transaction to be given to the Optionee not less than
fifteen (15) days prior to the anticipated effective date of the proposed
transaction, provided, however, that any delay beyond such time period in the
giving of, or the failure to give, such notice shall not entitle any person or
entity, including any Optionee or Participant, to obtain a delay in the
effective date or to invalidate or adversely affect the validity of any such
Change in Control.

         10. NO EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT CREATED. Neither the granting of this Option
nor the exercise hereof shall be construed as granting to the Optionee any right
with respect to continuance of employment by the Company or any of its
subsidiaries. The right of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to terminate
at will the Optionee's employment at any time (whether by dismissal, discharge
or otherwise), with or without cause, is specifically reserved, except as and to
the extent otherwise provided in any employment agreement that may exist between
the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Optionee, on
the other hand.

         11. RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER. The Optionee (or transferee of this option
by will or by the laws of descent and distribution) shall have no rights as a
shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by this Option until the date of
the issuance of a stock certificate or certificates to him or her for such
Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of this Option.

         12. INTERPRETATION AND ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

                  (a) This Option is granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan,
and shall in all respects be interpreted in accordance therewith. The
Administrator shall interpret and construe this Option and the Plan, and any
action, decision, interpretation or determination made in good faith by the
Administrator shall be final and binding on the Company and the Optionee. As
used in this Agreement, the term "Administrator" shall refer to the committee of
the Board of Directors of the Company appointed to administer the Plan, and if
no such committee has been appointed, the term Administrator shall mean the
Board of Directors.

                  (b) This Agreement, together with the Plan, constitutes the
entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject-matter of this
Agreement and supersedes any other prior or contemporaneous agreements (either
written or oral) between the parties relating to the grant of the Option
contemplated by this Agreement.

         13. NOTICES. Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be
given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when
delivered personally or three (3) days after being deposited in the United
States mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and
addressed, if to the Company, at its principal place of business, Attn: the
Chief Financial Officer, and if to the Optionee, at his or her most recent
address as shown in the Company's employment or stock records.

         14. ANNUAL AND OTHER PERIODIC REPORTS. During the term of this
Agreement, the Company will furnish to the Optionee copies of all annual and
other periodic financial and informational reports that the Company distributes
generally to its shareholders; provided, however, that nothing herein shall
require the Company to furnish copies of any reports to the Optionee that it
does not furnished generally to its shareholders.

         15. GOVERNING LAW. The validity, construction, interpretation, and
effect of this Option shall be governed by and determined in accordance with the
laws of the State of Delaware.


                                       5

<PAGE>   6

         16. SEVERABILITY. Should any provision or portion of this Agreement be
held to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions and
portions of this Agreement shall be unaffected by such holding.

         17. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which
together shall be deemed one instrument.

         18. CALIFORNIA CORPORATE SECURITIES LAW. The sale of the shares that
are the subject of this Agreement has not been qualified with the Commissioner
of Corporations of the State of California and the issuance of such shares or
the payment or receipt of any part of the consideration therefor prior to such
qualification is unlawful, unless the sale of such shares is exempt from such
qualification by Section 25100, 25102 or 25105 of the California Corporate
Securities Law of l968, as amended. The rights of all parties to this Agreement
are expressly conditioned upon such qualification being obtained, unless the
sale is so exempt.

         19. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, the Exhibits attached hereto and
the Plan, contain all of the agreements of the parties with respect to the
subject matter of this Agreement and supersede all agreements and understandings
(whether written or oral) between the parties relating to the subject matter of
this Agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.

PROFESSIONAL COIN GRADING SERVICE, INC.      "OPTIONEE"


By:
   -----------------------------------       -----------------------------------
                                             (Signature)


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             (Type or print name)


                                       6



<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.6


                            COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.

                          EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

     This EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN (the "Plan") is hereby established by
Collectors Universe, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), effective
September 2, 1999.

                                    ARTICLE I
                               PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

         1.1 PURPOSE. The Company has determined that it is in its the best
interest to provide incentives to attract and retain employees and to increase
employee morale by providing a program through which employees of the Company,
and of such of the Company's subsidiaries as the Company's Board of Directors
(the "Board") may from time to time designate (each a "Designated Subsidiary",
and collectively, "Designated Subsidiaries"), may acquire an equity interest in
the Company through the purchase of shares of the common stock of the Company
("Company Stock"). The Plan is hereby established by the Company to permit
employees to subscribe for and purchase directly from the Company shares of the
Company Stock at a discount from the market price, and to pay the purchase price
in installments by payroll deductions. The Plan is intended to qualify as an
"employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended from time to time (the
 "Code"). The provisions of the Plan are
to be construed in a matter consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of
the Code. The Plan is not intended to be an employee benefit plan under the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and therefore is not required
to comply with that Act.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                   DEFINITIONS

         2.1 COMPENSATION. "Compensation" means the amount indicated on the Form
W-2, including any elective deferrals with respect to a plan of the Company
qualified under either Section 125 or Section 401(a) of the Code, issued to an
employee by the Company.

         2.2 EMPLOYEE. "Employee" means each person currently employed by the
Company or any of its Designated Subsidiaries, any portion of whose income is
subject to withholding of income tax or for whom Social Security retirement
contributions are made by the Company or any Designated Subsidiary.

         2.3 EFFECTIVE DATE. "Effective Date" means the effective date of the
Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "SEC") in connection with the Company's initial public
offering.

         2.4 5% OWNER. "5% Owner" means an Employee who, immediately after the
grant of any rights under the Plan, would own Company Stock or hold outstanding
options to purchase Company Stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company. For purposes of this
Section, the ownership attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall
apply and stock which the Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall
be treated as stock owned by the Employee.



<PAGE>   2

         2.5 GRANT DATE. "Grant Date" means the first day of each Offering
Period (January 1 and July 1) under the Plan. In the first Plan Year only, the
initial Grant Date shall be the Effective Date.

         2.6 PARTICIPANT. "Participant" means an Employee who has satisfied the
eligibility requirements of Section 3.1 and has become a participant in the Plan
in accordance with Section 3.2.

         2.7 PLAN YEAR. "Plan Year" means the twelve consecutive month period
ending on December 31.

         2.8 OFFERING PERIOD. "Offering Period" means the six-month periods from
January 1 through June 30 and July 1 through December 31 of each Plan Year.
However, the first Offering Period shall commence on the Effective Date and
shall end on December 31, 1999.

         2.9 PURCHASE DATE. "Purchase Date" means the last day of each Offering
Period (June 30 or December 31).

                                   ARTICLE III
                          ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

         3.1 ELIGIBILITY. Each Employee of the Company, or any Designated
Subsidiary, who, on the Grant Date, is customarily engaged on a
regularly-scheduled basis of more than 20 hours per week for more than five
months per calendar year and who has been employed for at least 90 days (or, for
the initial Offering Period only, such Employees who are employed on the
Effective Date) in the rendition of personal services to the Company, or any
Designated Subsidiary, may become a Participant in the Plan on the Grant Date
coincident with or next following his satisfaction of such requirements of
employment with the Company or any Designated Subsidiary.

         3.2 PARTICIPATION. An Employee who has satisfied the eligibility
requirements of Section 3.1 may become a Participant in the Plan upon his
completion and delivery to the Secretary of the Company of a Subscription
Agreement provided by the Company (the "Subscription Agreement") authorizing
payroll deductions. Payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence on the
Grant Date coincident with or next following the filing of the Participant's
Subscription Agreement and shall remain in effect until revoked by the
Participant by the filing of a notice of withdrawal from the Plan under Article
VIII or by the filing of a new Subscription Agreement providing for a change in
the Participant's payroll deduction rate under Section 5.2.

         3.3 SPECIAL RULES. Under no circumstances shall:

                  (a) A 5% Owner be granted a right to purchase Company Stock
under the Plan;

                  (b) A Participant be entitled to purchase Company Stock under
the Plan which, when aggregated with all other employee stock purchase plans of
the Company, exceed an amount equal to the Aggregate Maximum. "Aggregate
Maximum" means an amount equal to $25,000 worth of Company Stock (determined
using the fair market value of such Company Stock at each applicable Grant Date)
during each Plan Year; or



                                       2


<PAGE>   3

                  (c) The number of shares of Company Stock purchasable by a
Participant on any Purchase Date exceed 5,000 shares, subject to periodic
adjustments under Section 10.4.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                OFFERING PERIODS

         4.1 OFFERING PERIODS. The initial grant of the right to purchase
Company Stock under the Plan shall occur on the Effective Date. Thereafter, the
Plan shall provide for Offering Periods commencing on each Grant Date and
terminating on the next following Purchase Date. The Board shall have the power
to change the Offering Periods without stockholder approval.

                                    ARTICLE V
                               PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS

         5.1 PARTICIPANT ELECTION. Upon completion of the Subscription
Agreement, each Participant shall designate the amount of payroll deductions to
be made from his paycheck to purchase Company Stock under the Plan. The amount
of payroll deductions shall be designated in whole percentages of Compensation,
not to exceed 15%. The amount so designated upon the Subscription Agreement
shall be effective as of the next Grant Date and shall continue until terminated
or altered in accordance with Section 5.2 below.

         5.2 CHANGES IN ELECTION. A Participant may terminate participation in
the Plan at any time prior to the close of an Offering Period and withdrawal the
amounts held in his Account as provided in Article 8. A Participant may also
terminate payroll deductions and have accumulated deductions for the Offering
Period applied to the purchase of Company Stock as of the next Purchase Date by
completing and delivering to the Secretary a new Subscription Agreement setting
forth the desired change. A Participant may decrease or increase the rate of
payroll deductions one time during any Offering Period by completing and
delivering to the Secretary of the Company a new Subscription Agreement setting
forth the desired change at least 15 days prior to the end of the Offering
Period. Any change under this Section shall become effective on the next payroll
period (to the extent practical under the Company's payroll practices) following
the delivery of the new Subscription Agreement.

         5.3 PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS. The Company shall establish and maintain a
separate account ("Account") for each Participant. The amount of each
Participant's payroll deductions shall be credited to his Account. Other than
through payroll deductions, an Employee may not make any other payments into his
Account. No interest will be paid or allowed on amounts credited to a
Participant's Account. All payroll deductions received by the Company under the
Plan are general corporate assets of the Company and may be used by the Company
for any corporate purpose. The Company is not obligated to segregate such
payroll deductions.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                            GRANT OF PURCHASE RIGHTS

         6.1 RIGHT TO PURCHASE SHARES. On each Grant Date, each Participant
shall be granted a right to purchase at the price determined under Section 6.2
that number of shares, rounded down to the nearest whole, of Company Stock that
can be purchased with the amounts held in his Account, subject to the limits set
forth in Section 3.3. If there are amounts held in a Participant's Account that
are not used to purchase Company Stock, such amounts shall remain


                                       3



<PAGE>   4

in the Participant's Account and shall be eligible to purchase Company Stock in
any subsequent Offering Period, unless otherwise withdrawn pursuant to Section
8.1.

         6.2 PURCHASE PRICE. The purchase price for any Offering Period shall be
the lesser of:

                  (a) 85% of the Fair Market Value of Company Stock on the Grant
Date; or

                  (b) 85% of the Fair Market Value of Company Stock on the
Purchase Date.

         6.3 FAIR MARKET VALUE. "Fair Market Value" for the initial Grant Date
(which is the Effective Date) shall be the initial price to the public as set
forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement on Form
S-1 filed with the SEC for the initial public offering of the Company's common
stock. For any subsequent date thereafter, "Fair Market Value" shall mean the
value of one share of Company Stock, determined as follows:

                  (a) If the Company Stock is then listed or admitted to trading
on the Nasdaq National Market System or a stock exchange which reports closing
sale prices, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sale price on the date
of valuation on the Nasdaq National Market System or principal stock exchange on
which the Company Stock is then listed or admitted to trading, or, if no closing
sale price is quoted or no sale takes place on such day, then the Fair Market
Value shall be the closing sale price of the Company Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market System or such exchange on the next preceding day on which a
sale occurred.

                  (b) If the Company Stock is not then listed or admitted to
trading on the Nasdaq National Market System or a stock exchange which reports
closing sale prices, the Fair Market Value shall be the average of the closing
bid and asked prices of the Company Stock in the over-the-counter market on the
date of valuation. If no sales take place on such day, then the fair market
value shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the next
preceding day on which sales occurred.

                  (c) If neither (a) nor (b) is applicable as of the date of
valuation, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board or any
committee appointed by the Board in good faith using any reasonable method of
valuation, which determination shall be conclusive and binding on all interested
parties.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                PURCHASE OF STOCK

         7.1 PURCHASE OF COMPANY STOCK. Absent an election by the Participant to
terminate and have his Account returned, on each Purchase Date, the Plan shall
purchase on behalf of each Participant the maximum number of whole shares of
Company Stock at the purchase price determined under Section 6.2 above as can be
purchased with the amounts held in each Participant's Account. In the event that
there are amounts held in a Participant's Account that are not used to purchase
Company Stock, all such amounts shall be held in the Participant's Account and
carried forward to the next Offering Period, unless otherwise withdrawn pursuant
to Section 8.1.


                                       4


<PAGE>   5
         7.2 DELIVERY OF COMPANY STOCK.

                  (a) Company Stock acquired under the Plan may either be issued
directly to Participants or may be issued to a contract administrator
("Administrator") engaged by the Company to administer the Plan under Article
IX. If the Company Stock is issued in the name of the Administrator, all Company
Stock so issued ("Plan Held Stock") shall be held in the name of the
Administrator for the benefit of the Plan. The Administrator shall maintain
accounts for the benefit of the Participants which shall reflect each
Participant's interest in the Plan Held Stock. Such accounts shall reflect the
number of shares of Company Stock that are being held by the Administrator for
the benefit of each Participant.

                  (b) Any Participant may elect to have the Company Stock
purchased under the Plan from his Account be issued directly to the Participant.
Any election under this paragraph shall be on the forms provided by the Company
and shall be issued in accordance with paragraph (c) below.

                  (c) In the event that Company Stock under the Plan is issued
directly to a Participant, the Company will deliver to each Participant a stock
certificate or certificates issued in his name for the number of shares of
Company Stock purchased as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date. The time
of issuance and delivery of shares may be postponed for such period as may be
necessary to comply with the registration requirements under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, the listing requirements of any securities exchange on
which the Company Stock may then be listed, or the requirements under other laws
or regulations applicable to the issuance or sale of such shares.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                   WITHDRAWAL

         8.1 IN SERVICE WITHDRAWALS. At any time prior to the Purchase Date of
an Offering Period, any Participant may withdraw the amounts held in his Account
by executing and delivering to the Secretary for the Company written notice of
withdrawal on the form provided by the Company. In such a case, the entire
balance of the Participant's Account shall be paid to the Participant, without
interest, as soon as is practicable. Upon such notification, the Participant
shall cease to participate in the Plan for the remainder of the Offering Period,
and for the immediately following Offering Period in which the notice is given.
Any Employee who has withdrawn under this Section shall be excluded from
participation in the Plan for the remainder of the Offering Period and for the
immediately following Offering Period, but may then be reinstated as a
Participant for a subsequent Offering Period by executing and delivering a new
Subscription Agreement to the Secretary of the Company.

         8.2 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

                  (a) In the event that a Participant's employment with the
Company terminates for any reason, the Participant shall cease to participate in
the Plan on the date of termination. As soon as is practical following the date
of termination, the entire balance of the Participant's Account shall be paid to
the Participant or his beneficiary, without interest.

                  (b) A Participant may file a written designation of a
beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Company Stock purchased under the
Plan or any cash from the 



                                       5



<PAGE>   6
Participant's Account in the event of his death subsequent to a Purchase Date,
but prior to delivery of such shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may
file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the
Participant's Account under the Plan in the event of his death prior to a
Purchase Date under paragraph (a) above.

                  (c) Any beneficiary designation under paragraph (b) above may
be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice. In the event of the
death of a Participant, the Committee may rely upon the most recent beneficiary
designation it has on file as being the appropriate beneficiary. In the event of
the death of a Participant where no valid beneficiary designation exists or the
beneficiary has predeceased the Participant, the Committee shall deliver any
cash or shares of Company Stock to the executor or administrator of the estate
of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed
to the knowledge of the Committee, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may
deliver such shares of Company Stock or cash to the spouse or any one or more
dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or
relative is known to the Committee, then to such other person as the Committee
may designate.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                               PLAN ADMINISTRATION

         9.1 PLAN ADMINISTRATION.

                  (a) Authority to control and manage the operation and
administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Board or a committee
("Committee") thereof. As used herein, the term "Administrator" means the Board
or, with respect to any matter as to which responsibility has been delegated to
the Committee, the term Administrator shall mean the Committee. The
Administrator shall have all powers necessary to supervise the administration of
the Plan and control its operations.

                  (b) In addition to any powers and authority conferred upon the
Administrator elsewhere in the Plan or by law, the Administrator shall have the
following powers and authority:

                           (i) To designate agents to carry out responsibilities
         relating to the Plan;

                           (ii) To administer, interpret, construe and apply
         this Plan and to answer all questions which may arise or which may be
         raised under this Plan by a Participant, his beneficiary or any other
         person whatsoever;

                           (iii) To establish rules and procedures from time to
         time for the conduct of its business and for the administration and
         effectuation of its responsibilities under the Plan; and

                           (iv) To perform or cause to be performed such further
         acts as it may deem to be necessary, appropriate, or convenient for the
         operation of the Plan.

                  (c) Any action taken in good faith by the Board or Committee
in the exercise of authority conferred upon it by this Plan shall be conclusive
and binding upon a Participant 




                                       6



<PAGE>   7

and his beneficiaries. All discretionary powers conferred upon the Board or
Committee shall be absolute.

         9.2 LIMITATION ON LIABILITY. No Employee of the Company nor member of
the Board or Committee shall be subject to any liability with respect to his
duties under the Plan unless the person acts fraudulently or in bad faith. To
the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify each member of the
Board or Committee, and any other Employee of the Company with duties under the
Plan who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any
threatened, pending or completed proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative, or investigative, by reason of the person's conduct in the
performance of his duties under the Plan.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                  COMPANY STOCK

         10.1 LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASE OF SHARES. The maximum number of shares of
Company Stock that shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be
200,000 shares, subject to adjustment under Section 10.4 below. The shares of
Company Stock to be sold to Participants under the Plan will be issued by the
Company. If the total number of shares of Company Stock that would otherwise be
issuable pursuant to rights granted pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Plan at the
Purchase Date exceeds the number of shares then available under the Plan, the
Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares remaining available in as
uniform and equitable manner as is practicable. In such event, the Company shall
give written notice of such reduction of the number of shares to each
Participant affected thereby and any unused payroll deductions shall be returned
to such Participant if necessary.

         10.2 VOTING COMPANY STOCK. The Participant will have no interest or
voting right in shares to be purchased under Section 6.1 of the Plan until such
shares have been purchased.

         10.3 REGISTRATION OF COMPANY STOCK. Shares to be delivered to a
Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant
unless designated otherwise by the Participant.

         10.4 CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION OF THE COMPANY. Subject to any required
action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of shares of Company Stock
covered by each right under the Plan which has not yet been exercised and the
number of shares of Company Stock which have been authorized for issuance under
the Plan but have not yet been placed under rights or which have been returned
to the Plan upon the cancellation of a right, as well as the purchase price per
share of Company Stock covered by each right under the Plan which has not yet
been exercised, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease
in the number of issued shares of Company Stock resulting from a stock split,
stock dividend, spin-off, reorganization, recapitalization, merger,
consolidation, exchange of shares or the like. Such adjustment shall be made by
the Board of Directors for the Company, whose determination in that respect
shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no
issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible
into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason
thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Company
Stock subject to any right granted hereunder.


                                       7


<PAGE>   8

         10.5 MERGER OF COMPANY. In the event that the Company at any time
merges into, consolidates with or enters into any other reorganization pursuant
to which the Company is not the surviving entity (sells substantially all of its
assets, enters into a transaction in which securities of the Company possessing
at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all outstanding securities of
the Company are transferred in one transaction or a series of related
transactions or engages in a "reverse" merger in which the Company is the
surviving entity and in which securities possessing more than 50% of the total
combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company are
transferred to persons different from the persons holding those securities
immediately prior to the merger), the Plan shall terminate, unless provision is
made in writing in connection with such transaction for the continuance of the
Plan and for the assumption of rights theretofore granted, or the substitution
for such rights of new rights covering the shares of a successor corporation,
with appropriate adjustments as to number and kind of shares and prices, in
which event the Plan and the rights theretofore granted or the new rights
substituted therefor, shall continue in the manner and under the terms so
provided. If such provision is not made in such transaction for the continuance
of the Plan and the assumption of rights theretofore granted or the substitution
for such rights of new rights covering the shares of a successor corporation,
then the Board of Directors or its committee shall cause written notice of the
proposed transaction to be given to the persons holding rights not less than 10
days prior to the anticipated effective date of the proposed transaction, and,
concurrent with the effective date of the proposed transaction, such rights
shall be exercised automatically in accordance with Section 7.1 as if such
effective date were a Purchase Date of the applicable Offering Period unless a
Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 8.1.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                              MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS

         11.1 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. The Plan shall terminate on the ten
year anniversary of the Effective Date. Since future conditions affecting the
Company cannot be anticipated or foreseen, the Company reserves the right to
amend, modify, or terminate the Plan at any time. Upon termination of the Plan,
all benefits shall become payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
such amendment or termination shall affect rights previously granted, nor may an
amendment make any change in any right previously granted which adversely
affects the rights of any Participant. In addition, no amendment may be made
without prior approval of the stockholders of the Company if such amendment
would:

                  (a) Increase the number of shares of Company Stock that may be
issued under the Plan;

                  (b) Materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for
participation in the Plan; or

                  (c) Materially increase the benefits which accrue to
Participants under the Plan.

         11.2 STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL. Continuance of the Plan and the
effectiveness of any right granted hereunder shall be subject to approval by the
stockholders of the Company, within twelve months before or after the date the
Plan is adopted by the Board.



                                       8


<PAGE>   9

         11.3 BENEFITS NOT ALIENABLE. Benefits under the Plan may not be
assigned or alienated, whether voluntarily or involuntarily. Any attempt at
assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect,
except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds in
accordance with Article VIII.

         11.4 TRANSFERABILITY. Neither payroll deductions credited to a
Participant's Account, nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option
or to receive shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or
otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and
distribution, or as provided in Section 8.2 hereof) by the Participant. Any such
attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without
effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw
funds from the Offering Period in accordance with Article VIII hereof.

         11.5 NO ENLARGEMENT OF EMPLOYEE RIGHTS. This Plan is strictly a
voluntary undertaking on the part of the Company and shall not be deemed to
constitute a contract between the Company and any Employee or to be
consideration for, or an inducement to, or a condition of, the employment of any
Employee. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to give the right to any
Employee to be retained in the employ of the Company or to interfere with the
right of the Company to discharge any Employee at any time.

         11.6 GOVERNING LAW. To the extent not preempted by Federal law, all
legal questions pertaining to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with
the laws of the State of Delaware.

         11.7 NON-BUSINESS DAYS. When any act under the Plan is required to be
performed on a day that falls on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, that act
shall be performed on the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or
legal holiday. Notwithstanding the above, Fair Market Value shall be determined
in accordance with Section 6.3.

         11.8 COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS. Notwithstanding any provision of
the Plan, the Committee shall administer the Plan in such a way to ensure that
the Plan at all times complies with any requirements of Federal Securities Laws.
For example, affiliates may be required to make irrevocable elections in
accordance with the rules set forth under Section 16b-3 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934.










                                       9





<PAGE>   1

                                                                EXHIBIT 10.8
                           ASSET ACQUISITION AGREEMENT

         This ASSET ACQUISITION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made as of this
25th day of January 1999 by and between PROFESSIONAL COIN GRADING SERVICE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation ("PCGS") and INFO EXCHANGE, INC., a Kansas corporation
("Info Exchange"), and BRENT GUTEKUNST, the sole shareholder of Info Exchange
(the "Shareholder").

                                 R E C I T A L S

         A. Info Exchange is the record and beneficial owner of 40% of the
outstanding membership interests of Collectors Universe, LLC, a California
limited liability company ("CU"). That 40% membership interest in CU (the "CU
Membership Interest") and the Proprietary Assets (as hereinafter defined) are
the principal assets of Info Exchange. Info Exchange's business (the "Info
Exchange Business") consists of owning the CU Membership Interest, designing and
maintaining websites and the software and other data needed for and used in the
operation of internet auctions conducted by CU and others and providing various
management and support services to CU pursuant to a Service Agreement dated as
of August 2, 1998 between Info Exchange and CU (the "CU Service Agreement").

         B. In connection with the conduct of the Info Exchange Business, Info
Exchange has developed
 and owns software, databases, processes, know-how, trade
secrets, designs, documentation, copyrights and trade names and trademarks and
other intellectual property used in the development of internet and maintenance
of websites and the conduct of auctions over the internet, a true and complete
list of which, prepared by Info Exchange and Shareholder, is attached hereto as
Exhibit A (collectively, the "Proprietary Assets"). Info Exchange also owns
certain other assets used to provide services to CU under the CU Service
Agreement, a list of which is also included on Exhibit A (the "Service Agreement
Assets").

         C. PCGS, which owns 55% of the membership interests in CU, desires to
acquire the CU Membership Interest, the Proprietary Assets, including the CU
Name and CU Mark, and the Service Agreement Assets from Info Exchange in
exchange solely for shares of common stock of PCGS, and Info Exchange desires to
sell the CU Membership Interest, the Proprietary Assets and Service Agreement
Assets, in their entirety, to PCGS for such common stock of PCGS, on and subject
to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth in this Agreement.

         D. The parties intend the sale and transfer of the CU Membership
Interest, the Proprietary Assets and the Service Agreement Assets to PCGS in
exchange for shares of PCGS common stock, under this Agreement, to constitute a
tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code
and in connection therewith Info Exchange is adopting and will be implementing a
plan of liquidation as provided in Section 4 of this Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective
covenants and promises of PCGS and Info Exchange and Shareholder hereinafter set
forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. PURCHASE AND SALE OF INFO EXCHANGE ASSETS.

                  1.1 SALE AND TRANSFER OF INFO EXCHANGE ASSETS. On the terms
and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, concurrently herewith
Info Exchange shall sell, assign, transfer, covey and deliver the CU Membership
Interest, the Proprietary Assets (including the Marks and the Software, as
defined in Exhibit A hereto, and all goodwill associated with the Proprietary
Assets) and the Service Agreement Assets, in their entirety (collectively, the
"Info Exchange Assets"), to PCGS, free and 


<PAGE>   2

clear of any and all liens, claims, encumbrances, pledges, security interests,
options, rights of first refusal, community property interests, restrictions and
any other adverse interests of any kind or nature whatsoever, and PCGS shall
acquire and accept the CU Membership Interest, the Proprietary Assets and the
Service Agreement Assets from Info Exchange.

                  1.2 CONSIDERATION TO INFO EXCHANGE. As the consideration for
the sale and transfer to PCGS of the Info Exchange Assets, and for the execution
and delivery of the Non-Competition Agreements by Info Exchange and the
Shareholder as contemplated by Section 1.3 hereof, and at the instruction of
Info Exchange, concurrently herewith PCGS shall issue a total of Three Thousand
Seven Hundred Fifty (3,750) fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock
of PCGS (the "PCGS Shares") to and in the name of Shareholder.

                  1.3 ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS. Concurrently with the execution of
this Agreement, PCGS and Info Exchange or Shareholder shall enter into the
following additional agreements (the "Additional Agreements"), the execution and
delivery of which by such parties shall be a condition precedent to the
consummation of the purchase and sale of the Info Exchange Assets as
contemplated in this Agreement:

                           (a) A non-competition agreement to be executed and
delivered by Shareholder in the form of Exhibit B hereto (the "Shareholder
Non-Competition Agreement");

                           (b) An employment agreement substantially in the form
of Exhibit C hereto (the "Employment Agreement");

                           (c) A stockholders agreement substantially in the
form of Exhibit D hereto to (the "Stockholders Agreement").

                  1.4 CLOSING. Consummation of the sale and transfer of the CU
Membership Interest, the Proprietary Assets and the Service Agreement Assets by
Info Exchange to PCGS and the issuance, in exchange therefor, of the PCGS Shares
to Shareholder in accordance with the written instruction of Info Exchange (the
"Closing"), shall take place at the principal offices of PCGS on this date (the
"Closing Date") concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement
by the parties. At the Closing Info Exchange shall deliver to PCGS such
documents or instruments of assignment and transfer as PCGS or its counsel may
reasonably request to evidence the sale and transfer of the CU Membership
Interest, the Proprietary Assets and the Service Agreement Assets by Info
Exchange to PCGS, against delivery by PCGS to Shareholder of a PCGS stock
certificate evidencing his ownership of the 3,750 PCGS Shares. In addition, at
the Closing, Info Exchange and/or Shareholder and PCGS shall execute and deliver
the respective Additional Agreements and the other documents and instruments
that are required to be delivered by each of them as set forth in Exhibit E
hereto (the "Other Closing Documents").

         2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF INFO EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDER.
Info Exchange and Shareholder jointly and severally represent and warrant to
PCGS as follows:

                  2.1 AUTHORITY AND CAPACITY.

                           (a) Shareholder (i) has the full legal right and
capacity to execute and deliver, and to perform his obligations under, this
Agreement and each of the Additional Agreements to which he is or will be a
party and (ii) has duly executed and delivered this Agreement and each of such
Additional Agreements on the date hereof with the intent to be legally bound
hereby and thereby and to perform his obligations hereunder and thereunder. This
Agreement and each of the Additional 


                                       2

<PAGE>   3

Agreements to which Shareholder is a party constitutes a valid and legally
binding obligation of Shareholder that is enforceable against him in accordance
with its respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors'
rights and by general principles of equity relating to the availability of
equitable remedies (regardless of whether any such agreements are sought to be
enforced in a proceeding at law or in equity).

                           (b) Info Exchange has (i) the corporate power and
authority to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, this
Agreement, (ii) taken all corporate action and obtained all corporate and
shareholder other consents required under its charter documents or applicable
law required to authorize the execution and delivery and the performance by Info
Exchange of this Agreement and (iii) duly executed and delivered this Agreement
with the intent to be legally bound hereby and thereby and to perform its
obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding
obligation of Info Exchange that is enforceable against it in accordance with
its respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors'
rights and by general principles of equity relating to the availability of
equitable remedies (regardless of whether such Agreement is sought to be
enforced in a proceeding at law or in equity).

                  2.2 NO CONFLICTS. The execution and delivery and the
performance by Info Exchange of this Agreement and the execution and delivery of
this Agreement and the Additional Agreements by Shareholder, do not require any
consent or approval of any third party (governmental or other) that has not been
obtained and will not result in a default or breach, or an event that, with
notice or lapse of time, or both, would be a default or breach, of the Articles
of Incorporation or Bylaws of Info Exchange, or, to the best knowledge of
Shareholder, any of the following: (i) a default or breach, or an event that,
with notice or lapse of time, or both, would be a default or breach, of any
contract, lease, license, franchise, promissory note, conditional sales
contract, commitment, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, security or pledge
agreement, or other agreement, instrument or arrangement to which Info Exchange
or Shareholder is a party or is subject (collectively, the "Info Exchange or
Shareholder Contracts"); (ii) the termination of any Info Exchange or
Shareholder Contract or the acceleration of the maturity of any indebtedness of
Info Exchange or Shareholder; (iii) the creation or imposition of any liens,
charges or encumbrances on any of the assets of Shareholder, or on the CU
Membership Interest or any of the other Info Exchange Assets; or (iv) a
violation or breach of any writ, injunction or decree of any court or
governmental instrumentality to which Info Exchange or the Shareholder is a
party or is subject or to which the CU Membership Interest or any of the other
Info Exchange Assets or any of the assets of Shareholder is subject. For
purposes of this Agreement the terms "Shareholder's best knowledge" and "best
knowledge of Shareholder, shall mean the knowledge of the Shareholder after due
inquiry by him of the subject matter of the representations or warranties in
this Agreement that he is making to his best knowledge.

                  2.3 ORGANIZATION AND STANDING; OWNERSHIP OF SHARES.

                           (a) To Shareholder's best knowledge, Info Exchange is
a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the State of Kansas.

                           (b) Shareholder is the sole record and beneficial
owner of all of the shares of capital stock of Info Exchange and no other person
or entity has any rights, in the capacity of a record or beneficial owner of any
shares of capital stock or other securities of Info Exchange, to vote on


                                       3

<PAGE>   4

approval of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Info Exchange or its
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. No other person or entity
is the owner or holder of any options or other rights to acquire any shares of
capital stock or other securities of Info Exchange.

                  2.4 THE INFO EXCHANGE ASSETS AND PROPRIETARY ASSETS.

                           (a) Info Exchange has good and marketable title to
the CU Membership Interest, the Proprietary Assets (including the CU Name and CU
Mark) and the Service Agreement Assets, free and clear of any and all liens,
claims, encumbrances, pledges, security interests, options, rights of first
refusal, community property interests, restrictions and any other adverse
interests of any kind or nature whatsoever, other than restrictions on the
transferability and rights of first refusal that are imposed on the CU
Membership Interest by CU's Operating Agreement dated as of August 2, 1996 by
and among CU and its Members (the "CU Operating Agreement"), which restrictions
and rights of first refusal do not, however, constitute an impediment to the
sale and transfer of the CU Membership Interest to PCGS pursuant to this
Agreement. Info Exchange has not sold, transferred, conveyed, assigned,
hypothecated, or granted any security interest in or pledged, or granted any
option or right entitling anyone to acquire, the CU Membership Interest, any of
the Proprietary Assets or any of the Service Agreement Assets and has not
entered into nor is it bound by any agreement, commitment, understanding
(written or oral) to do any of the foregoing. None of the CU Membership
Interest, the Proprietary Assets nor the Service Agreement Assets is subject to
any liabilities, other than those expressly provided for in the CU Operating
Agreement, and no liabilities will arise as a result of or in connection with
the consummation of the sale and transfer of the Info Exchange Assets by Info
Exchange to PCGS hereunder.

                           (b) No person, including the Shareholder, Info
Exchange's past or present employees, officers, directors, agents or independent
contractors, has any rights to or interests in any of the Info Exchange Assets,
including any of the Proprietary Assets. In conjunction with the Info Exchange
Business, neither Info Exchange nor Shareholder has used any proprietary
knowledge or any other technology of any third party that Info Exchange did not
have authority to use in the development of the Proprietary Assets. Info
Exchange has the exclusive right to bring actions for the infringement of the
Proprietary Assets and has full and effective right to use, execute, reproduce,
display, perform, modify enhance, distribute and prepare derivative works of any
third party software included in the Proprietary Assets and does not and has no
obligation to pay royalties with respect to any of the Proprietary Assets or the
use thereof. Schedule 2.4 sets forth the name of each employee, agent,
independent contractor and developer who participated in the development of the
Proprietary Assets (the "Developers"). All the Developers and all employee
leasing firms which provided the services of any Developer have irrevocably
assigned their right, title and interest, if any, in the Proprietary Assets to
Info Exchange. To the best of Info Exchange's knowledge, there are no facts or
claims which may prohibit, impair or impede the use of the Proprietary Assets or
the filing and subsequent approval of applications for copyrights, patents, or
trademarks as regards the Proprietary Assets.

                           (c) None of the Proprietary Assets infringes or
conflicts, and the use of the Proprietary Assets by PCGS or CU in the manner in
which Info Exchange has used the Proprietary Assets in its Business prior to the
Closing will not infringe, any patent, copyright, or other proprietary rights of
any third party, nor constitute a misappropriation of the trade secrets of any
third party and no product made or sold or service provided by Info Exchange
violates any license granted to Info Exchange.

                           (d) Info Exchange has taken measures it and the
Shareholder deem reasonable to maintain the confidentiality of the Proprietary
Assets and neither of them has granted any 


                                       4

<PAGE>   5

license or option or entered into any agreement of any kind with respect to the
use of the Proprietary Assets nor violated any patents, trade secrets or other
proprietary or intellectual property rights of any other person or entity. Each
employee and independent contractor of Info Exchange has executed an agreement
with Info Exchange regarding confidentiality and proprietary information. Info
Exchange, after reasonable investigation, is not aware that any of its employees
or independent contractors are in violation thereof, and Info Exchange and
Shareholder will use their best efforts to prevent any such violation.

                           (e) With respect to the Software, (i) the
specification attached hereto as Schedule 2.4-E (the "Specifications") are a
complete and accurate description of the capabilities and limitations of the
Software, (ii) Info Exchange maintains documentation setting forth in reasonable
detail all of the functions of the software, and (iii) Info Exchange maintains
suitable technical and user documentation and adequate comments within its
source code to allow the Software to be maintained and modified without undue
burden by reasonably competent programmers or engineers skilled in the art who
have access to such documentation and source code.

                           (f) The list of the Proprietary Assets and the
Service Agreement Assets contained in Exhibit A and the Software Specifications
in Schedule 2.4-E are accurate and complete.

                  2.5 ADEQUACY OF ASSETS; NO RETAINED COPIES. The Info Exchange
Assets, and particularly the Proprietary Assets, are all of the Assets needed to
operate the Info Exchange Business as currently conducted. Effective as of the
Closing, physical possession of all copies of the Software, including, the
Object Code, the Source code and the Documentation (each as defined on Exhibit
A, shall have been delivered to PCGS.

                  2.6 CONTRACTS. Except for the CU Operating Agreement and the
CU Service Agreement, neither Info Exchange nor the Shareholder is a party to
any contract or other agreement or understanding, whether written or oral,
including any sales agreement, option agreement, security agreement or pledge
agreement, that relates or affects in any way or to any extent, the CU
Membership Interest, any of the Proprietary Assets or the Service Agreement
Assets. Neither Info Exchange nor Shareholder is in breach or default of the CU
Operating Agreement or the CU Service Agreement and no event has occurred that,
with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a
breach or default under any such Agreements by either Info Exchange or the
Shareholder. The Services Agreement between Info Exchange and the Hartford
Courant Company, dated as of October 1997 (est) has expired and neither Info
Exchange nor the Shareholder has any remaining obligations or rights thereunder.

                  2.7 LITIGATION AND PROCEEDINGS. There are no claims, actions,
causes of action, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the
knowledge of Info Exchange or Shareholder, threatened, against Info Exchange or
the Shareholder, before any court, arbitrator or administrative, governmental or
regulatory authority or body, domestic or foreign, which could adversely affect
the CU Membership Interest, the Proprietary Assets or the Service Agreement
Assets or the rights or title thereto being acquired by PCGS pursuant hereto,
including, but not limited to any pending claim or litigation, or to
Shareholder's knowledge any threatened claim or litigation, against Info
Exchange or Shareholder contesting the right of Info Exchange to use or dispose
of any of the Proprietary Assets or the validity of any of the Proprietary
Assets or asserting the misuse thereof.

                  2.8 DISCLOSURE. None of the representations or warranties of
Info Exchange or Shareholder contained in this Section 2 or in the Info Exchange
Disclosure Schedules contains any 


                                       5

<PAGE>   6

statement of a material fact that is untrue or omits any material fact necessary
to make the statements contained herein, in light of the circumstances under
which such statements were made, not misleading.

                  2.9      SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE.  Info Exchange and 
Shareholder jointly and severally represent and warrant that:

                           (a) They have been advised and understand and agree
that the PCGS Shares will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "1933 Act"), nor qualified under any state securities laws, on the
ground (among others) that no distribution or public offering of the PCGS Shares
is to be effected in connection with the transactions contemplated herein or by
Info Exchange or Shareholder and in issuing the PCGS Shares to Shareholder, PCGS
is relying on the accuracy and completeness of the representations and
warranties of Info Exchange and Shareholder in this Section 2.9.

                           (b) Info Exchange and Shareholder are acquiring the
PCGS Shares for their own account, and not as an nominee or agent for any other
persons or entities, and for investment and not with a view to distribution or
resale thereof.

                           (c) Info Exchange and Shareholder acknowledge that
they have been informed and understand that no public market for the PCGS Shares
exists and that there can be no assurance that any such market may develop or
exist in the future and, even if a public market does develop, that the PCGS
Shares may not be sold or transferred except in compliance with the 1933 Act or
any exemption thereunder and there is no assurance that any exemption from
registration, including Rule 144, under the 1933 Act will become available to
permit resales of the PCGS Shares.

                           (d) Info Exchange and Shareholder have been furnished
with such information regarding PCGS and the PCGS Shares as they or either of
them has requested of PCGS and has had an opportunity to ask questions of the
officers of PCGS regarding, and to become informed about, PCGS and its business
and its consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

                           (e) Each of Info Exchange and Shareholder is an
"Accredited Investor" as such term is defined in Regulation D under the 1933
Act.

                           (f) Info Exchange and Shareholder acknowledge and
agree that (i) until the PCGS Shares become eligible for resale under Rule
144(k) under the 1933 Act, any proposed sale or other transfer or disposition of
any of the PCGS Shares, other than pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the 1933 Act, may not be made unless and until Info Exchange or
Shareholder has furnished to PCGS an opinion of counsel, reasonably acceptable
to PCGS and its counsel, to the effect that the proposed sale or other transfer
or disposition is exempt from registration under the 1933 Act, and (ii) the PCGS
Shares will be subject to the Stockholders Agreement referred to in Section 1.3
hereof and, until the Stockholders Agreement has been terminated (A) no sale or
other disposition of the PCGS Shares may be made except in compliance therewith
and (B) the PCGS Shares may be required to be sold in one or more transactions
involving sales of shares of PCGS initiated by certain other of the PCGS
Stockholders, all as more fully provided in the Stockholders Agreement. The
Shareholder has read and understands the Stockholders Agreement.

                           (g) Info Exchange and Shareholder acknowledge and
agree that the certificate representing the PCGS Shares shall contain
restrictive legends in the forms set forth in the form of Stockholders Agreement
attached hereto as Exhibit D or restrictive legends that are substantially
similar thereto.


                                       6

<PAGE>   7

                  2.10 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND AGREEMENTS REGARDING PCGS
REPRESENTATIONS. Info Exchange and Shareholder acknowledge and agree as follows:

                           (a) PCGS has not made, and is not making, any
representations or warranties to Info Exchange or to the Shareholder with
respect to (i) the federal, state or local income or other tax consequences to
Info Exchange or Shareholder of their consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby, or (ii) the future performance of PCGS; and

                           (b) In entering into this Agreement and the
Additional Agreements to which they are parties, neither Info Exchange nor
Shareholder is relying on any statements or representations or warranties of
PCGS, or any representations or warranties made or purported to have been made
by any officer, director, stockholder, employee or agent of PCGS, other than the
express representations and warranties of PCGS hereinafter contained in this
Agreement.

                           (c) Shareholder has been furnished with true and
correct copies of and has read the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, both
as currently in effect, of PCGS.

         3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PCGS. PCGS makes the following
representations and warranties to the Selling Parties as of the date of this
Agreement:

                  3.1 ORGANIZATION. PCGS is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

                  3.2 CORPORATE POWER. PCGS possesses the requisite corporate
power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this
Agreement and the Additional Agreements being executed and delivered by it
concurrently herewith.

                  3.3 NECESSARY ACTIONS; BINDING EFFECT. PCGS has taken all
corporate action and obtained all consents necessary to authorize its execution
and delivery of, and its performance of this Agreement and each of the
Additional Agreements being executed by it concurrently herewith. This Agreement
constitutes, and upon their execution and delivery by PCGS each of the
Additional Agreements will constitute, valid obligations of PCGS that are
legally binding on and enforceable against PCGS in accordance with their
respective terms, except (in each case) as such enforceability may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors'
rights, and by general principles of equity relating to the availability of
equitable remedies (regardless of whether such agreements are sought to be
enforced in a proceeding at law or in equity).

                  3.4 NO CONFLICTS. The execution and delivery and the
performance by PCGS of this Agreement and each of the Additional Agreements to
which PCGS is a party will not result in a default or an event that, with notice
or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default, breach or violation of
the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of PCGS or, to the best knowledge of
PCGS, any of the following: (i) a default or an event that, with notice or lapse
of time, or both, would constitute a default, breach or violation of any
contract, lease, license, franchise, promissory note, conditional sales
contract, commitment, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, security or pledge
agreement, or other agreement, instrument or arrangement to which PCGS is a
party or is subject and which is material to PCGS and its subsidiaries
considered as a whole (a "Material PCGS Contract"); (ii) the termination of any
Material PCGS Contract or the acceleration of the maturity of any indebtedness
or other monetary obligation of PCGS that is material in amount when considered
in relation to PCGS and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; or (iii) a violation
or breach of any writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental
instrumentality to which PCGS is a party or by which any of its properties is
bound or any laws or 


                                       7

<PAGE>   8

regulations applicable to PCGS, where the violation would have a material
adverse effect on PCGS considered, together with all of its subsidiaries, as a
whole. The terms "PCGS' best knowledge" and "best knowledge of PCGS" shall mean
the knowledge of the executive officers of PCGS named on Schedule 3.4 hereto
after due inquiry by them of the subject matter of the representations or
warranties that are being made in this Agreement by PCGS to its best knowledge.

                  3.5 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION. PCGS has
furnished to Info Exchange unaudited consolidated financial statements of PCGS,
comprised of a consolidated balance sheet of PCGS as of June 30,1998 and a
related consolidated statement of income for the year then ended, and an
unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of, and related unaudited consolidated
statement of income of PCGS for the three months ended, September 30, 1998, all
of which have been prepared by PCGS (collectively, the "PCGS Financial
Statements"). Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 3.5 of the PCGS
Disclosure Schedules or in the footnotes contained in the PCGS Financial
Statements, to the best knowledge of PCGS such Financial Statements fairly
present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of PCGS
as at June 30, 1998 and September 30, 1998, respectively, and the respective
consolidated results of operations of PCGS for the year and three months ended
on June 30, 1998 and September 30, 1998, respectively.

                  3.6 ABSENCE OF MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGES. Except as set forth
in Schedule 3.6 hereto, since September 30, 1998, to the best knowledge of PCGS
there has not been a material adverse change in the consolidated financial
condition or consolidated results of operations of PCGS.

                  3.7 THE PCGS SHARES. The PCGS Shares to be issued by PCGS to
Shareholder pursuant to Section 1.2 of this Agreement shall be, at the time of
such issuance, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable
and free of preemptive rights under the charter documents or other agreements of
PCGS to which the shares of capital stock of PCGS are subject, except for any
preemptive rights and rights of first refusal under the Stockholders Agreement.

                  3.8 INVESTMENT INTENT. PCGS is acquiring the CU Membership
Interest for investment and not with a view or intent to resell or distribute
that Interest.

                  3.9 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations and
warranties of PCGS, as modified by the disclosures contained in the PCGS
Disclosure Schedules attached hereto, do not contain any statement of a material
fact that was untrue when made or omits any information necessary to make any
statement of material fact contained therein, in light of the circumstances
under which such statement was made, not misleading.

         4. CERTAIN COVENANTS OF INFO EXCHANGE AND SHAREHOLDER

                  4.1 LIQUIDATION OF INFO EXCHANGE. Info Exchange and
Shareholder covenant and agree that, (i) concurrently with the Closing, Info
Exchange and Shareholder shall adopt the resolutions and take the actions
contained in Exhibit F hereto that provide for the dissolution and complete
liquidation of Info Exchange within ten (10) business days of the Closing
hereunder and (ii) they shall take such actions to effectuate such dissolution
and liquidation, in accordance with the corporate laws applicable to it, within
such 10-business day period.


                                       8

<PAGE>   9

         4.2 ASSUMED LIABILITIES AND RETAINED LIABILITIES.

                           (a) PCGS shall assume each of the liabilities of Info
Exchange described on Schedule 4.2 hereto as to which there is no default or
breach by Info Exchange in an amount not to exceed $150,000 in the aggregate
(the "Assumed Liabilities").

                           (b) Except for and to the extent of the Assumed
Liabilities expressly identified on Schedule 4.2, Info Exchange and Shareholder
covenant and agree that PCGS is not assuming and PCGS shall not be obligated to
assume or perform, or otherwise discharge, any liabilities or obligations of
Info Exchange or Shareholder, whether known or unknown, fixed or contingent,
matured or unmatured, certain or uncertain, and whether such liabilities or
obligations have arisen prior to, or may arise on or after, the date hereof
(collectively, the "Retained Liabilities"). Info Exchange and Shareholder
further covenant and agree that all of the Retained Liabilities shall remain the
obligations and liabilities of Info Exchange or the Shareholder (as the case may
be). The Retained Liabilities shall include, but shall not be limited to, any
and all liabilities for Taxes (as hereinabove defined) and any and all
liabilities arising from the dissolution and liquidation of Info Exchange. Info
Exchange and Shareholder shall jointly and severally indemnify, hold harmless
and defend PCGS, and its shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents
from and against any and all of the Retained Liabilities and all demands,
actions, suits or other proceedings and all damages, losses, costs and expenses
arising therefrom, including, but not limited to attorneys fees and costs. The
obligations of Info Exchange and Shareholder under this Paragraph 4.2(b) shall
survive the Closing of the transactions contemplated hereby for a period ending
seven (7) years from the date hereof.

                  4.3 TERMINATION OF CU SERVICE AGREEMENT. Concurrently with the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the CU Service
Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.

                  4.4 WAIVER OF RIGHT OF PURCHASE OPTION. The parties hereto
agree to take such action as may be required to cause CU to waive its right of
first refusal and purchase option with respect to Info Exchange's CU Membership
Interest under Section 8 of the Operating Agreement of CU (the "CU Operating
Agreement").

         5. NATURE AND SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Regardless of
any investigation, verification or approval by any party hereto or by anyone on
behalf of any party hereto with respect to the subject matter of any of the
representations or warranties of the other party contained in this Agreement,
the respective representations and warranties of each party hereto that are
contained in this Agreement or in any of their respective Disclosure Schedules
or in any of their respective Closing Certificates delivered pursuant hereto
shall survive the Closing for the statutory limitations period under California
law that is applicable to written contracts, except that the representations and
warranties of Info Exchange and Shareholder contained in Sections 2.1, 2.4 and
2.5 shall survive the Closing for a period of seven (7) years from the date
hereof.


                                       9

<PAGE>   10

         6. NOTICES. All notices, requests, demands or other communications
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given, (i)
on the date of delivery if delivered in person; (ii) on the second business day
after being sent by fax, provided that the successful transmission of the fax
has been confirmed through a confirmation function sheet provided by the fax
machine used for such transmission and a true and correct copy thereof is sent
by first class mail to the party to which the fax was sent within one (1)
business day thereafter; or (iii) on the third business day following the
deposit thereof in the United States Mails, provided it is mailed by certified
mail, return-receipt requested and postage prepaid and properly addressed, as
set forth on Exhibit G hereto. Any party hereto may from time to time, by
written notice to the other parties, designate a different address, which shall
be substituted for the one specified in Exhibit G hereto.

         7. MISCELLANEOUS.

                  7.1 ASSIGNMENT. No party may assign this Agreement, or assign
its rights or delegate its duties hereunder, without the prior written consent
of the other party; provided, however, that PCGS may assign its rights hereunder
to any wholly-owned subsidiary, but no such assignment by PCGS shall relieve it
of its obligations hereunder to Info Exchange. Subject to the foregoing
restrictions, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding
on each of the parties hereto and their respective successors, heirs,
administrators and assigns.

                  7.2 SEVERABILITY. Any provision of this Agreement which is
illegal, invalid or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such
illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the
remaining provisions hereof.

                  7.3 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement is deemed to have been made
in the State of California, and its interpretation, its construction and the
remedies for its enforcement or breach are to be applied pursuant to, and in
accordance with, the laws of the State of California for contracts made and to
be performed in that state. In the event any party hereto is required to
initiate any legal action or proceeding to enforce its rights hereunder, such
action or proceeding shall be brought and maintained exclusively in the Superior
Court for the County of Orange, in California and each party agrees to accept,
and not to challenge, the jurisdiction of such court over the parties and the
subject matter of such action or proceeding or the convenience of the forum and
to accept and not to challenge the adequacy of service by certified or
registered mail. The prevailing party in any such action or proceeding shall be
entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements, expert
witness fees and disbursements and other costs of suit from the non-prevailing
party. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HEREBY
EXPRESSLY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING,
IRRESPECTIVE OF WHICHEVER PARTY MAY BRING ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING.

                  7.4 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement, and the
Exhibits and Schedules hereto, and each additional agreement and document to be
executed and delivered pursuant hereto, constitute all of the agreements of the
parties with respect to, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings
relating to the subject matter of, this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to a letter agreement
dated as of December 4, 1998 relating to the subject matter hereof. This
Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written instrument
specifically referring to this Agreement signed by the parties hereto.

                  7.5 WAIVER. No waiver by one party of the other party's
obligations, or of any breach or default hereunder by any other party, shall be
valid or effective, unless such waiver is set forth in writing and is signed by
the party giving such waiver; and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of 


                                       10

<PAGE>   11

any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature or any breach or
default by such other party of any of the other provisions of this Agreement.

                  7.6 INTERPRETATION; HEADINGS. This Agreement is the result of
arms'-length negotiations between the parties hereto and no provision hereof,
because of any ambiguity found to be contained therein or otherwise, shall be
construed against a party by reason of the fact that such party or its legal
counsel was the draftsman of that provision. Unless otherwise indicated
elsewhere in this Agreement, (a) the term "or" shall not be exclusive, (b) the
term "including" shall mean "including, but not limited to," and (c) the terms
"herein," "hereof," "hereto," "hereunder" and other terms similar to such terms
shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to the specific section,
subsection, paragraph or clause where such terms may appear. The section,
subsection and any paragraph headings contained herein are for the purpose of
convenience only and are not intended to define, limit or affect, and shall not
be considered in connection with, the interpretation of any of the terms or
provisions of this Agreement.

                  7.7 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in separate
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                  7.8 FURTHER ASSURANCES. Each party hereto shall execute and
deliver, both before and after the Closing, such instruments and take such other
actions as the other party or parties, as the case may be, may reasonably
request in order to carry out the intent of this Agreement or to better evidence
or effectuate the transactions contemplated herein.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement on the
date first above stated.

INFO EXCHANGE INC.                       PROFESSIONAL COIN GRADING SERVICE, INC.

By: /s/ BRENT GUTEKUNST                  By: /s/ DAVID HALL
    ----------------------------------       -----------------------------------
    Brent Gutekunst, President               David Hall, Chairman

/s/ Brent Gutekunst
--------------------------------------
Brent Gutekunst


                                       11



<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.9
                                                                   ------------

               COLLECTORS UNIVERSE/EBAY MUTUAL SERVICES TERM SHEET
               ---------------------------------------------------

eBay Inc., a Delaware corporation, with offices located at 2005 Hamilton Avenue,
Suite 350, San Jose, CA 95125 ("eBay") and Collectors Universe, located at P.O.
Box 9458 Newport Beach, CA 92658 ("Provider") hereby enter into the following
agreement as set forth in this Term Sheet dated February 10, 1999, and in eBay's
Mutual Services Agreement, which is made a part hereof.

1.       Provider's Responsibilities.  Provider agrees to provide the following:

A.       Premium grading and authentication services directly to eBay users in
         the areas of coins via Professional Coin Grading Service ("PCGS"), and
         trading cards via Professional Sports Authenticators ("PSA") or other
         services as available and mutually agreed upon, as per Provider's
         current services and policies.

B.       Design a page that describes the services that will be provided to eBay
         users, by the Provider (herein, "Services Page") hosted on Provider's
         web site for eBay's users to access for grading and authentication
         services by PCGS or PSA, or other services as available and mutually
         agreed upon. This page will include the following elements:

         a) The customer support and guarantee of Provider on all services.

         b) The pricing
 structure for all services available to eBay users from
            Provider.

         c) Information about the eBay Collector's Club (as defined below).

         d) The eBay logo in the upper left hand corner of the page and the
            Provider's logo in the upper right-hand corner of the page.

         e) A text link at the bottom of the page saying the services are
            provided by Provider, and not by eBay.

         f) There will not be links to other areas of the Provider's site other
            than the pages designated for eBay users as specified above.

         g) eBay may at its sole discretion add or remove information contained
            within this page by providing notice to Provider and a reasonable
            time to implement such changes as necessary.

C.       In compliance with eBay's branding and trademark policies, eBay Marks
         will be included on all web pages and communications related to the
         provision of grading or authentication services to eBay users. In all
         cases, Provider shall clearly indicate to eBay users that such services
         are provided by Provider, and not eBay. Such communications will
         include:

         a) eBay/PSA area on Provider's web site to host content and services
            for eBay users ("Collector's Club") related to com and/or sports
            collecting categories, or other categories to be mutually agreed
            upon.

         b) PCGS/PSA verification pages, and verification pages of other
            services provided by Provider on the provider's site. These
            verification pages will include the following elements:

            (a) A digital photo of the item for which the service was performed
                (if photos are available by Provider).

            (b) A description of the grade or authenticity of the item for which
                the service was performed.

            (c) The guarantee available on the item for which the service was
                performed.
              
            (d) A link back to the eBay item auction page.
              
            (e) The certification number of the item for which service was
                performed.
              
            (f) The eBay logo in the upper left corner of the page and the
                Provider's logo in the upper right corner of the page.

         c) Customer support web page on Provider's web site for eBay users.

         d) When Provider mails eBay users the materials, such as graded or
            authenticated documents, such mailings will include eBay Marks.

            (g) Within the mailings as specified above, Provider will create
                instructional document to teach eBay sellers how to include
                Provider's logo and link to the verification page on Provider's
                web site within the seller's auction listing on eBay.

                                     Page 1

[*] Confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the Securities and
    Exchange Commission

<PAGE>   2
D.       Guaranteed customer service and support metrics for eBay users, equal
         to or better than existing support service to Provider's other
         customers.

E.       The Provider will offer a 10% discount to eBay users at the time of
         sale for all grading and authentication services. This discount will be
         provided for a period of 30 days from the first date these services are
         made available from the eBay web site. Following the 30 day period,
         Provider will offer eBay users a 10% rebate on all grading and
         authentication services. This rebate will be remitted to eBay along
         with the eBay user name so that eBay can credit the eBay user's eBay
         account.

F.       Provider will pay eBay [*].

G.       Provider will make payments to eBay after Provider receives payment
         from eBay users on services rendered by Provider. Payments to eBay by
         Provider will be on the 30th of each month after the execution date.

H.       Provider will design an eBay Collector's Club web page with content to
         be mutually agreed upon by all parties, in writing.

I.       Grading or authentication services are not contingent on membership in
         the Collector's Club.

J.       Two original articles: 1 for coins, 1 for trading cards, to educate
         eBay users about grading, authentication and its benefits. These
         articles will be found on the coins and trading cards category home
         pages or other category home pages as services become available, and in
         the starter guides on the category home pages as referenced above.
         These articles will link to the grading services page on eBay. 

K.       Provider agrees to provide eBay monthly reporting of the following
         items: [*]

            (h) Other data may be reported as mutually agreed upon. 

2.       eBay Responsibilities. eBay agrees to promote the availability of 
         grading and authentication services in the following ways:

A.       Internal house banners to be rotated within the eBay web site. These
         banners will include untargeted run of site advertising as well as more
         targeted advertising in categories for which grading and authentication
         services are offered, in eBay's sole discretion.

B.       eBay will include the articles submitted by Provider into the category
         starter guides on the eBay web site.

C.       eBay will include a link to the articles as referenced above on seller
         services page at: http://pages.ebay.com/aw/seller-services.html, and
         the buyer services page at:
         http://pages.ebay.com/aw/ps.html on eBay.

D.       eBay will include information about the services provided by Provider
         in targeted emails to eBay buyers and sellers.

E.       eBay will mention Provider on selected eBay web pages and
         communications related to grading or authentication services to eBay
         customers in the coins or trading cards categories, and work with
         Provider to create instructional page on how to include Provider's logo
         and link to the verification page on Provider's site.

F.       Design a page to route eBay users to a web page designated by Provider,
         describing the grading and authentication services supplied by the
         Provider to eBay customers.

G.       eBay agrees not to promote the 10% discount period on the services
         offered by Provider to eBay users in either Coin World or Sports
         Collectors Digest.

3.       Term. The Term of this Agreement shall be for eighteen (18) months
         beginning on the Execution date (defined below).

         Provider's authentication, grading, and other web pages designed for
         eBay shall not link to Provider's auction listings or to web sites
         published or produced by any eBay competitor. Collectors Universe will
         not specifically focus or target those customers who have utilized the
         eBay/PCGS and eBay/PSA grading and authentication service offerings, or
         other such services as may be mutually agreed, with marketing programs,
         such as direct e-mails or other direct mail campaigns, regarding other
         auction services.


                                     Page 2


<PAGE>   3

The parties below have read and understand the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement and by signing agree to be bound by these terms and conditions.
The date of execution shall be the later of the two signatures below (the
"Execution Date").

eBay, Inc.                                        Louis Crain
2005 Hamilton Avenue Suite 350                    Collectors Universe
San Jose, CA  95125                               P.O. Box 9458
                                                  Newport Beach, CA  92658


/s/ Steve Westley                                 /s/ Louis Crain
--------------------------------                  ------------------------------
Signature                                         Signature

Vice President Marketing & BD                     CEO
--------------------------------                  ------------------------------
Title                                             Title

2/24/99                                           2/24/99
--------------------------------                  ------------------------------
Date                                              Date





                                     Page 3


<PAGE>   4

                             EBAY SERVICES AGREEMENT
                             -----------------------

         These standard terms and conditions (the "Agreement") shall govern the
placement of advertising, revenue sharing, and other related services as set
forth in the attached deal term sheet (the "Term Sheet"). The Term Sheet shall
set forth the specific authentication/grading services to be provided to eBay
customers, and placement and run for advertising, articles, revenue sharing and
other deliverables to be granted to eBay Inc. ("eBay") from the specified
authentication/web site service ("Provider"), in exchange for an equal value of
advertising and onsite promotion to be provided by eBay. All Term Sheets must be
accepted in writing by eBay in order to be effective.

1)   Terms of Payment. The Provider will pay eBay on a monthly basis following
     thirty days after the first day this Agreement and applicable Term Sheets
     are effective. Payments shall be made to eBay within thirty (30) days from
     the date due. All payments shall be accompanied by reasonable documentation
     available to Provider at such time setting forth the number of eBay
     customers that used the Provider's online authentication service (the
     "Service") for the relevant billing month, as well as information
     supporting the calculation of monies payable. Provider shall be responsible
     for the payment of all taxes and duties assessed in connection with
     payments made hereunder.

2)   Mutual License to Use Materials. Both parties hereby grant to the other a
     limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use the articles,
     advertising materials, and content (collectively "Materials") stipulated in
     each Term Sheet, and the related trademarks, servicemarks and logos set
     forth in the Term Sheet, or as otherwise specified in writing by the
     applicable parties (collectively "Marks"), solely to display articles,
     advertisements, and links to such party's web site in accordance with this
     Agreement. Each party hereby admits and recognizes the other's exclusive
     ownership of the other's Marks and the renown of such Marks worldwide. Each
     party agrees not to take any action inconsistent with the other's ownership
     of the other's Marks and agrees that any benefits accruing from use of such
     Marks shall automatically vest in the other party. No party shall form any
     combination marks with the other's Marks. No party may modify for public
     display any Materials or Marks provided to the other except upon receiving
     the other's prior written approval.

3)   License to Use Articles. Provider hereby grants to eBay a non-exclusive,
     worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free right to use, reproduce,
     publicly display and digitally perform the feature articles described in
     the Term Sheet in accordance with the Agreement.

4)   Positioning and Display Criteria. Each party shall position all advertising
     on the other's site, and shall establish a link to the other's site, as
     designated in the Term Sheet or such other URL as may be specified by the
     other party from time to time. Each party shall use its best efforts to
     maintain its sites and to meet all display and usage requirements and
     levels of impressions, as set forth in a Term Sheet.

     a)  Format of Materials. Each party will provide all Materials in a format
         and a transmission method reasonably agreed upon by the parties and
         identified in the Term Sheet.

     b)  Right to Reject Advertisement. Each Party has the right to reject any
         of the other's Materials, and to cancel any of the other's
         advertisements, if that party has good cause to


                                     Page 1


<PAGE>   5

         believe that the other party's Materials may: infringe the rights of a
         third party; or subject either party to indemnify the other, as
         provided in Section 8 herein. However, that party must first provide
         the other party with written notice of such rejection and/or
         cancellation, together with the specific reason for such rejection
         and/or cancellation, and any materials supporting such reason.

5)   Limitation of Liability. WITH THE EXCEPTION OF A BREACH OF THE
     CONFIDENTIALITY PROVISIONS OF SECTION 10, IN NO EVENT SHALL EBAY OR ITS
     SUPPLIERS BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR SPECIAL
     DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOST
     OPPORTUNITIES, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN
     ADVANCE AND REGARDLESS OF THE CAUSE OF ACTION UPON WHICH ANY SUCH CLAIM IS
     BASED. IN NO EVENT SHALL EBAY'S LIABILITY UNDER ANY TERM SHEET EXCEED
     $10,000.

6)       Indemnification.

     a)  eBay Indemnification. eBay agrees to indemnify the Provider against any
         and all amounts finally awarded against Provider (including reasonable
         attorneys' fees and costs) in connection with any third-party claim
         that eBay's Materials or Marks (in unmodified form with no additional
         material added) infringe any U.S. trademark, copyright, or trade
         secret, or libel, defame, or invade the rights of publicity or privacy
         of any third party. The foregoing indemnity is subject to the Provider:
         (i) providing eBay with prompt written notice upon becoming aware of
         any such claim; (ii) reasonably co-operating with eBay in the defense
         of such claim; and (iii) providing eBay with the sole and exclusive
         control of the defense and settlement of any such claim. The foregoing
         indemnity shall not apply to claims arising from actions where the
         Provider has: (i) modified the eBay Materials; (ii) added to the eBay
         Materials; or (iii) used thc eBay Materials in a manner not expressly
         authorized in this Agreement. THE FOREGOING CONSTITUTES THE SOLE AND
         EXCLUSIVE REMEDY OF THE PROVIDER IN THE EVENT OF ANY THIRD PARTY CLAIM
         RELATED TO THE EBAY MATERIALS OR MARKS.

     b)  Provider Indemnification. Provider agrees to indemnify eBay against any
         and all amounts finally awarded against eBay (including reasonable
         attorneys' fees and costs) in connection with any third-party claim
         arising from Provider's Service or web site. The foregoing indemnity is
         subject to eBay: (i) providing the Provider with prompt written notice
         upon becoming aware of any such claim; and (ii) reasonably co-operating
         with the Provider in the defense of such claim. eBay shall have the
         right to participate in any action at its own expense. Provider may not
         compromise or settle any claim which could give rise to any liability
         for eBay without eBay's prior written consent, such consent to be
         eBay's sole and exclusive discretion. The foregoing indemnity shall not
         apply to the extent the liability arises from a claim where eBay has:
         (i) modified the Provider's Materials; (ii) added to the Provider's
         Materials; or (iii) used the Provider's Materials in a manner not
         expressly authorized in this Agreement.

                                     Page 2


<PAGE>   6

7)   Warranties and Representations. Each party agrees that: (i) all
     advertisements and links shall be displayed in accordance with this
     Agreement and in a professional and tasteful manner and shall not be used
     to endorse, or imply the endorsement of the other party's or any third
     party's products or services; (ii) each party shall endeavor to operate its
     site and service in a professional manner; and (iii) each party shall at
     all times comply with all laws and regulations applicable to its site and
     its performance under the Agreement; provided, however, that this
     representation does not apply to content placed on either party's web site
     by third parties. In the event of either party's breach of any warranty or
     representation set forth in this Section 7, the other party may terminate
     this contract, without liability of any kind, upon providing the party in
     breach with five (5) days written notice and opportunity to cure.

8)   Cancellation and Termination. eBay may cancel this Agreement and/or any
     Term Sheet or portion thereof, upon providing thirty (30) days written
     notice. Upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement, or any Term
     Sheet, all licenses granted to the other party hereunder shall immediately
     terminate, and the other party shall cease using and promptly return and
     purge its files of all the other party's Materials and confidential
     information. All payments for work completed shall be made within thirty
     (30) days from the termination of this Agreement, or any Term Sheet.
     Neither party shall have any liability from termination in compliance with
     this section. The terms and conditions of Sections 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11
     shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement.

9)   Construction. No terms and/or conditions other than those set forth in a
     Term Sheet or this Agreement shall be binding on eBay unless expressly
     agreed to in writing by eBay. In the event of any inconsistency between a
     Term Sheet and this Agreement, this Agreement shall control.

10)  Confidentiality.

     a)  The parties shall use their reasonable efforts to keep confidential the
         terms and conditions of the Agreement and of any Term Sheet, and all
         information regarding the specific viewing of each party's
         advertisements, the click-through rates of such advertisements, the
         demographics of viewers who click-through to such web site, the
         information of such users who click through from eBay to such web site,
         and such other information as is identified and treated as confidential
         by the party seeking to have the information treated confidentially and
         is not (and does not become through no fault of the other party)
         publicly known or available. Each party may not disclose the other
         party's confidential information and may not use such information
         except as required to perform under this contract and agrees to take
         the same care to preserve the confidentiality of such information as it
         uses with respect to preserving the confidentiality of its own
         confidential information.

     b)  Both parties shall use their reasonable efforts to follow the eBay
         Privacy Policy with respect to information that is protected under such
         Policy. Such information that is confidential information under that
         Policy is treated as confidential information under this Agreement.

     c)  The breach of this confidentiality provision by either party would
         cause the other party irreparable harm and the harmed party shall be
         entitled to appropriate injunctive relief in the event of such breach.
         However, both parties may use aggregate demographic information once
         stripped of any personal identifiable information. The confidentiality
         restrictions on



                                     Page 3


<PAGE>   7

         information contained within each Term Sheet shall expire three years
         after the termination of this Agreement and/or any applicable Term
         Sheet.

11)  Miscellaneous. This Agreement, together with any applicable Term Sheet
     (collectively the "Relationship"), (a) shall be governed by and construed
     in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, without giving
     effect to principles of conflicts of law; (b) may be amended only by a
     written agreement executed by an authorized representative of each party;
     and (c) constitute the complete and entire expression of the agreement
     between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall
     supersede any and all other agreements, whether written or oral, between
     the parties. All waivers hereunder must be expressly made in writing. The
     parties shall be deemed to have the status of independent contractors, and
     nothing in this Relationship shall be deemed to place the parties in the
     relationship of employer-employee, principal-agent, partners or joint
     venturers. Should any provision of this Relationship be held to be void,
     invalid, or inoperative, such provision shall be modified to reflect the
     fullest enforceable intent of the parties, or if such modification is not
     possible, severed, and the remaining provisions of this contract shall not
     be affected and shall continue in full force and effect. Venue for all
     disputes arising out of or related to the Relationship shall be the state
     and federal courts located in Santa Clara County, California.



                                                      Collectors Universe
                                                      /s/ Louis M. Crain
                                                      --------------------------
                                                      Louis M. Crain, CEO
                                                      2/24/99










                                     Page 4




<PAGE>   1
                                                                   Exhibit 10.10

                                    NET LEASE


                                     BETWEEN


                         ORIX SEARLES SANTA ANA VENTURE,




                                    LANDLORD



                                       AND



                            COLLECTORS UNIVERSE INC.



                                     TENANT





                                DATED: JUNE, 1999




<PAGE>   2


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                                  PAGE
                                                                                                                  ----
<S>          <C>                                                                                                  <C>
ARTICLE I    PREMISES............................................................................................   1
                                                                                                                    
Section 1.1       Demise.........................................................................................   1
Section 1.2       Definitions....................................................................................   1
Section 1.3       Determination of Premises Area.................................................................   1
                                                                                                                    
ARTICLE II  TERM.................................................................................................   1
                                                                                                                    
Section 2.1       Term of Lease..................................................................................   1
Section 2.2       Commencement Date..............................................................................   2
Section 2.3       Early Access...................................................................................   2
                                                                                                                    
ARTICLE III  CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS........................................................................   2
                                                                                                                    
Section 3.1       Construction of Improvements...................................................................   2
Section 3.2       Construction Schedule..........................................................................   2
Section 3.3       Substitution of Materials......................................................................   3
Section 3.4       Completion Date................................................................................   3
Section 3.5       Punch List.....................................................................................   3
Section 3.6       Tenant Improvements............................................................................   3
Section 3.7       Contractors' Warranty..........................................................................   3
Section 3.8       Permitted Delay................................................................................   3
Section 3.9       Tenant Delay...................................................................................   4
Section 3.10      Design of Lobby................................................................................   4
Section 3.11      Authorized Representatives.....................................................................   4
                                                                                                                    
ARTICLE IV RENT..................................................................................................   4
                                                                                                                    
Section 4.1       Base Rent......................................................................................   4
Section 4.2       Rental Commencement............................................................................   4
Section 4.3       Additional Rent................................................................................   5
Section 4.4       Delinquent Payments............................................................................   5
                                                                                                                    
ARTICLE V  USE OF PREMISES.......................................................................................   5
                                                                                                                    
Section 5.1       Permitted Use..................................................................................   5
Section 5.2       Acceptance of Premises.........................................................................   5
                                                                                                                    
ARTICLE VI RENT ADJUSTMENTS......................................................................................   6
                                                                                                                    
Section 6.1       Obligation to Pay Rent Adjustments.............................................................   6
Section 6.2       Definitions....................................................................................   6
Section 6.3       Computation of Rent Adjustments................................................................   8
Section 6.4       Payments of Rent Adjustments;
 Projections......................................................   8
Section 6.5       Readjustments..................................................................................   9
Section 6.6       Books and Records.............................................................................   10
Section 6.7       Audit Procedures..............................................................................   10
Section 6.8       Proration and Survival........................................................................   10
Section 6.9       No Decrease in Base Rent......................................................................   11
Section 6.10      Additional Rent...............................................................................   11
Section 6.11      Contest of Taxes..............................................................................   11
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE VII INSURANCE...........................................................................................   11
                                                                                                                   
Section 7.1       Landlord's Insurance Obligation...............................................................   11
Section 7.2       Tenant's Insurance Obligation.................................................................   11
Section 7.3       Waiver of Subrogation.........................................................................   12
Section 7.4       Copies of Policies............................................................................   12
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE VIII UTILITIES..........................................................................................   12
                                                                                                                   
Section 8.1       Payment of Utilities..........................................................................   12
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE IX  MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION...........................................................................   12
                                                                                                                   
Section 9.1       Tenant's Maintenance..........................................................................   12
</TABLE>
                                                                        
                                                           
                                                           
                                       i                   
                                                           

<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>                                                    
<S>               <C>                                                                                              <C>
Section 9.2       Prohibition Against Waste.....................................................................   12
Section 9.3       Landlord's Maintenance and Operation..........................................................   12
Section 9.4       24 Hour Operation.............................................................................   13
Section 9.5       Rules and Regulations.........................................................................   13
Section 9.6       Rights Reserved to Landlord...................................................................   13
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE X  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND ORDINANCES..................................................................   14
                                                                                                                   
Section 10.1      Compliance with Laws and Ordinances...........................................................   14
Section 10.2      Compliance with Permitted Encumbrances........................................................   14
Section 10.3      Compliance with Hazardous Materials Laws......................................................   14
Section 10.4      Hazardous Materials, Representation, Warranty and Covenant by Landlord........................   15
Section 10.5      Cost of Compliance with Hazardous Materials Laws..............................................   15
Section 10.6      Indemnification...............................................................................   15
Section 10.7      Survival......................................................................................   15
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XI  MECHANIC'S LIEN AND OTHER LIENS.....................................................................   16
                                                                                                                   
Section 11.1      Freedom from Liens............................................................................   16
Section 11.2      Landlord's Indemnification....................................................................   16
Section 11.3      Removal of Liens..............................................................................   17
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XII  NET LEASE..........................................................................................   17
                                                                                                                   
Section 12.1      Lease.........................................................................................   17
Section 12.2      Landlord's Right to Cure......................................................................   17
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XIII  DEFAULT...........................................................................................   17
                                                                                                                   
Section 13.1      Events of Default.............................................................................   17
Section 13.2      Rights and Remedies of Landlord...............................................................   18
Section 13.3      Right to Re-Enter.............................................................................   18
Section 13.4      Current Damages...............................................................................   19
Section 13.5      Final Damages.................................................................................   19
Section 13.6      Removal of Personal Property..................................................................   20
Section 13.7      Assumption or Rejection in Bankruptcy.........................................................   20
Section 13.8      No Waiver.....................................................................................   20
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XIV  CASUALTY AND RESTORATION...........................................................................   20
                                                                                                                   
Section 14.1      Damage or Destruction by Casualty.............................................................   20
Section 14.2      Abatement of Rent.............................................................................   21
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XV  CONDEMNATION........................................................................................   21
                                                                                                                   
Section 15.1      Condemnation of Entire Premises...............................................................   21
Section 15.2      Partial Condemnation/Termination of Lease.....................................................   21
Section 15.3      Partial Condemnation/Continuation of Lease....................................................   22
Section 15.4      Continuance of Obligations....................................................................   22
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XVI  ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING, ETC........................................................................   22
                                                                                                                   
Section 16.1      Tenant's Rights...............................................................................   22
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XVII SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE, NOTICE TO MORTGAGEE AND ATTORNMENT..................................   23
                                                                                                                   
Section 17.1      Subordination by Tenant.......................................................................   23
Section 17.2      Landlord's Default............................................................................   23
Section 17.3      Attornment....................................................................................   23
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XVIII  BUILDING IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNAGE..............................................................   24
                                                                                                                   
Section 18.1      Building Identification and Signage...........................................................   24
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XIX  REPORTS BY TENANT..................................................................................   24
                                                                                                                   
Section 19.1      Annual Statements.............................................................................   24
</TABLE>
                                                          
                                                                  
                                                                  
                                       ii                         

<PAGE>   4

<TABLE>                                                           
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
ARTICLE XX   CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS............................................................................   24
                                                                                                                   
Section 20.1      Tenant's Changes and Alterations..............................................................   24
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XXI  EXTENSION OPTIONS..................................................................................   25
                                                                                                                   
Section 21.1      Option to Extend..............................................................................   25
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XXII  PARKING...........................................................................................   26
                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XXIII FIRST OPPORTUNITY TO LEASE........................................................................   26
                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XXIV MOVING ALLOWANCE...................................................................................   27
                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XXV  RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL TO PURCHASE.................................................................   27
                                                                                                                   
Section 25.1      Right of First Refusal........................................................................   27
Section 25.2      Process.......................................................................................   27
Section 25.3      Sale Process..................................................................................   27
Section 25.4      Transfer to Affiliates........................................................................   27
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XXVI  SECURITY DEPOSIT..................................................................................   28
                                                                                                                   
Section 26.1      Definitions...................................................................................   28
Section 26.2      Security Deposit..............................................................................   28
Section 26.3      Return of Security Deposit....................................................................   28
Section 26.4      Forfeiture of Security Deposit................................................................   28
Section 26.5      Transfer of Security Deposit to Transferees and Mortgagees....................................   29
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XXVII COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT...........................................................................   29
                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XXVIII SECURED AREA.....................................................................................   29
                                                                                                                   
Section 28.1      Secured Area..................................................................................   29
Section 28.2      Tenant Notice.................................................................................   30
                                                                                                                   
ARTICLE XXIX MISCELLANEOUS......................................................................................   30
                                                                                                                   
Section 29.1      Entry by Landlord.............................................................................   30
Section 29.2      Exhibition of Premises........................................................................   30
Section 29.3      Indemnification...............................................................................   30
Section 29.4      Notices.......................................................................................   31
Section 29.5      Quiet Enjoyment...............................................................................   32
Section 29.6      Landlord's Continuing Obligations.............................................................   32
Section 29.7      Estoppel......................................................................................   32
Section 29.8      Severability..................................................................................   33
Section 29.9      Successors and Assigns........................................................................   33
Section 29.10     Captions......................................................................................   33
Section 29.11     Relationship of Parties.......................................................................   33
Section 29.12     Entire Agreement..............................................................................   33
Section 29.13     No Merger.....................................................................................   33
Section 29.14     Surrender of Premises.........................................................................   33
Section 29.15     Holding Over..................................................................................   34
Section 29.16     Landlord Approvals............................................................................   34
Section 29.17     Survival......................................................................................   34
Section 29.18     Attorneys' Fees...............................................................................   34
Section 29.19     Landlord's Limited Liability..................................................................   34
Section 29.20     Broker........................................................................................   34
Section 29.21     Governing Law.................................................................................   35
Section 29.22     Time is of the Essence........................................................................   35
Section 29.23     Authority.....................................................................................   35
</TABLE>


                                      iii


<PAGE>   5

                              SCHEDULE OF EXHIBITS



                  Exhibit A         Legal Description
                  Exhibit B         Schedule of Plans and Specifications
                  Exhibit C         Construction Schedule
                  Exhibit D         Workletter
                  Exhibit E         Base Rent
                  Exhibit F         Hazardous Materials Report


                                       iv


<PAGE>   6
                                      LEASE

         THIS LEASE (this "Lease"), is made this ___ day of July, 1999 by and
between ORIX Searles Santa Ana Venture, an Illinois general partnership
("Landlord"), and Collectors Universe Inc. _________, a Delaware corporation
("Tenant"), together known for purposes of this Lease as the "parties."

                                    ARTICLE I
                                    PREMISES

         DEMISE. Landlord, for and in consideration of the rents, covenants and
agreements hereinafter reserved, mentioned and contained on the part of Tenant,
its successors and assigns, to be paid, kept, observed and performed, has
leased, rented, let and demised, and by these presents does lease, rent, let and
demise unto Tenant, and Tenant does hereby accept and take upon and subject to
the conditions and limitations hereinafter expressed, between 54,000 and 64,600
square feet of rentable area (the "Premises"), the exact area to be determined
in accordance with 0 below, in the building to be constructed on that certain
parcel of land (the "Land") described on Exhibit A attached hereto situated in
Santa Ana, California. Landlord has the right to purchase the Land pursuant to a
Purchase and Sale Agreement (the "Land Purchase Agreement") with Alton-Deere
Partnership II, the current owner of the Land. This Lease is conditioned on
Landlord acquiring the Land no later than September 1, 1999.

         DEFINITIONS. Landlord's Improvements (as defined in 0), Tenant's Work
(as defined in the Workletter attached hereto and also referred to herein as the
"Tenant Improvements") and all other improvements, fixtures and other real
property (except Tenant's trade fixtures and other personality) installed or
located thereon, together with all additions, alterations and replacements
thereof, are hereinafter referred to as the "Improvements." The building to be
located upon the Land as reflected on the Site Plan is called the "Building."
"Laws and Regulations" shall mean every applicable law, ordinance, regulation,
order, rule, judgment, requirement, consent agreement or other declaration or
measure of any governmental body affecting the Land, together with all
covenants, conditions and restrictions of record affecting the Land as of the
date hereof, as such covenants, conditions and restrictions may be amended in
the future.

         DETERMINATION OF PREMISES AREA. After the full execution of this Lease,
Tenant will commence its space planning to allow Tenant to determine its precise
requirements for space in the Building. Tenant shall have until October 1, 1999
in which to notify Landlord in writing of the precise number of rentable square
feet Tenant will lease in the Building, which number shall be between 54,000 and
64,600; provided that if Tenant elects 61,000 or more then Tenant shall be
required to lease the entire Building. If Tenant does not notify Landlord, then
Tenant will be deemed to have elected 54,000 square feet. All space in the
Building not leased by Tenant must be in one contiguous block of space with
appropriate access to elevators and other services.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                      TERM

         TERM OF LEASE. The initial term of this Lease shall commence on the
Commencement Date (as hereafter defined) and unless earlier terminated or
extended pursuant to the terms hereof, shall end on the last day of the calendar
month during which the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
The initial term of this Lease, as set forth above, is sometimes referred to as
the "Initial Term." Any reference to the "Term" or to the "term of this Lease"
or similar reference shall be a reference to the Initial Term together with any
renewal terms (if any) of this Lease or any extensions to or modifications of
the Initial Term.



<PAGE>   7

         COMMENCEMENT DATE. The "Commencement Date" shall be the later of (x)
April 1, 2000, and (y) the date the Premises are Ready for Occupancy (as
hereinafter defined). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant earlier occupies
the Premises for its operations (i.e. not merely for move-in), the Commencement
Date shall be deemed to have occurred as of the date of such occupancy.

         EARLY ACCESS. Prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have early
access ("Early Access") to the Premises prior to the completion of the Tenant
Improvements to install fixtures and furnishings, subject to scheduling with
Landlord and the General Contractor and subject to the other terms and
conditions of this Lease; provided that Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate with
each other such that all work can be efficiently and timely completed. Tenant
does hereby agree to assume all risk of loss or damage, to the extent not
covered by insurance, to Tenant's machinery, furniture, equipment, fixtures,
cables and wiring and to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from all
liability, loss or damage arising from any injury to the property of Landlord,
or its contractors, subcontractors or materialmen, and from any death or
personal injury to any person or persons, to the extent such liability, loss or
damage are proximately caused by the acts or omissions of Tenant, its agents,
contractors or employees with respect to such installations.

                                   ARTICLE III
                          CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS

         CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS. Subject to the terms and conditions set
forth in this Article, Landlord shall cause to be performed the work and to
furnish all of the material, labor and equipment for the construction of the
improvements (the "Landlord's Improvements") specified in the final plans and
specifications (the "Final Plans") described on Exhibit B attached hereto (the
"Project"). The Landlord's Improvements shall be constructed in a good and
workmanlike manner. The Final Plans shall be (a) subject to the approval of any
local governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the construction of the
Improvements, and (b) revised, and the Improvements shall be modified, to
incorporate any revisions thereto required by any governmental agency.

         Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the Final Plans
incorporate certain upgrades to the Building including HVAC units on the roof,
and upgrades to the core restrooms and main lobby area. The cost to Landlord of
such upgrades is approximately $8.00 per rentable square foot of the Building.

         CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. Attached hereto as Exhibit C is the
Construction Schedule for the Landlord's Improvements. The construction schedule
as revised from time-to-time due to Changes (as hereafter defined) or to account
for Permitted Delays (as hereafter defined) is referred to herein as the
"Schedule."

         SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS. Landlord, at its option, may substitute for
items or materials provided for in the Final Plans, other items or materials of
comparable kind and quality if, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, the use of
the items or materials provided for in the Final Plans would cause material
delay in the completion of construction; provided, however, that any such
substitutions shall not materially and adversely affect Tenant's use and
occupancy of the Premises for its intended purpose.

         COMPLETION DATE. Construction of the Landlord's Improvements and the
Tenant Improvements shall be pursued diligently by Landlord so that they will be
Ready for Occupancy by the date shown therefore on the Schedule. "Ready for
Occupancy" shall mean that the Landlord's Improvements and the Tenant
Improvements are substantially complete, as certified by the Architect, subject
to Punch List items.

         In the event the Landlord's Improvements and the Tenant Improvements
are not Ready for Occupancy by June 30, 2000, for any reason, other than Tenant
Delay, 

                                       2


<PAGE>   8
earthquake or casualty, then Tenant shall have the option to terminate
this Lease by notice in writing to Landlord.

         PUNCH LIST. Landlord and the Architect shall work together to develop a
"Punch List" of items that are not completed as of the date the Premises are
Ready for Occupancy to be completed. Landlord shall cause the Punch List items
to be completed as soon as reasonably possible, and in connection therewith,
Landlord may enter into the Premises to complete the same. Such entry by
Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors or representatives for such purpose
shall not, in and of itself, constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in
whole or in part, or entitle Tenant to any abatement or diminution of Base Rent
or Rent Adjustments, or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder, or
impose any other liability on Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors or
representatives.

         TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. Simultaneously with the execution of this Lease,
Landlord and Tenant have entered into a Workletter, a copy of which is attached
hereto as Exhibit D, relating to the construction of tenant improvements in the
Premises. Tenant is to receive a tenant improvement allowance in the amount
shown in the Work Letter (the "T/I Allowance"), which will be funded as work
progresses as provided in the Workletter.

         CONTRACTORS' WARRANTY. In lieu of all other warranties and liability by
reason of the construction of the Landlord's Improvements or otherwise, Landlord
shall cause the general contractor for the Improvements (the "General
Contractor") (a) to warrant the Building for a period of one (1) year (except as
provided in (b) below) from the date that the Building is Ready for Occupancy,
that the Building is free from all defects in materials or workmanship,
including latent defects, and (b) to warrant equipment and mechanical elements
for a period of one (1) year from the date they are placed into service.

         PERMITTED DELAY. If Landlord fails to perform timely any of the terms,
covenants, and conditions of this Lease on Landlord's part to be performed and
such failure is due in whole or in part to any strike, labor trouble or lockout,
civil disorder, inability to procure materials due to shortages, transportation
difficulties or unusual and unforeseen lead times, governmental laws and
regulations, riots, insurrections, war, fuel shortages, adverse weather
conditions, accidents, casualties, acts of God, Tenant Delay or any other cause
beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, then Landlord shall not be deemed in
default under this Lease as a result of such failure and any time for
performance by Landlord provided for herein shall be extended by the period of
delay resulting from such cause (any such delay is referred to herein as
"Permitted Delay").

         TENANT DELAY. If, and to the extent that, Landlord is delayed in
completing the Project or the Tenant Improvements as a result of any action or
omission of Tenant, such delay shall constitute a "Tenant Delay" hereunder.
Tenant Delays shall be:

         (a) Tenant's failure to deliver or approve plans or other matters
within the time periods specified herein or in the Schedule;

         (b) Tenant's selection of so-called "long lead time items" whether as
to materials, finishes or installations; and

         (c) Any other delays proximately caused by Tenant or its contractors.

         DESIGN OF LOBBY. Landlord shall allow Tenant to have input into the
final design of the Building lobby, including all finishes and treatments,
provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord be required to delay the
Schedule or exceed its budget for the costs of designing and constructing the
lobby area of the Building.

                                       3


<PAGE>   9
         AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES. For purposes of granting consents and
approvals under this Article, the initial designated representative of Tenant
shall be Gary Patten ("Tenant's Representative") and the initial designated
representative of Landlord shall be Kurt Pairitz. Either Landlord or Tenant may
change their designated representative by notice in writing to the other.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                      RENT

         BASE RENT. In consideration of the leasing of the Premises and the
construction of the Improvements, Tenant covenants to pay Landlord, without
previous demand therefor and without any right of setoff or deduction whatsoever
at such place in the continental United States as Landlord may from time to time
designate in writing, base rent for the Initial Term as provided in this Article
and for applicable Extension Terms as provided in 0 ("Base Rent"). Base Rent
shall be payable monthly in advance commencing on the Commencement Date, and
continuing on the first day of each month thereafter for the succeeding months
during the balance of the Initial Term in the amounts shown on Exhibit E
attached hereto, and any Extension Terms. If the Commencement Date does not
occur on the first day of a calendar month, the installment of Base Rent for the
partial calendar month at the beginning of the Term shall be prorated on the
basis of the number of days of the Term within such calendar month. In addition
to the Security Deposit provided under 0, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the first
month's Base Rent within thirty (30) days of the date hereof and shall pay to
Landlord the last month's Base Rent within ninety (90) days of the date hereof.

         RENTAL COMMENCEMENT. Tenant's obligation to pay Rent under this Lease
shall commence on the Commencement Date; provided, however, if Landlord is
delayed in making the Premises Ready for Occupancy as a proximate result of
Tenant Delays, then Tenant shall commence the payment of Rent as of the date
that the Commencement Date would have occurred but for such Tenant Delays.

         ADDITIONAL RENT. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Base Rent
shall be absolutely net to Landlord so that this Lease shall yield, net to
Landlord, the Base Rent in each year of the Term and that except as otherwise
provided herein, all expenses for which Tenant is responsible under the terms of
this Agreement or by reason of events occurring during the Term shall be paid or
discharged by Tenant. All Base Rent and Additional Rent are collectively
referred to herein as "Rent."

         DELINQUENT PAYMENTS. All regularly scheduled payments of Base Rent and
Additional Rent shall be payable without previous demand therefor and, herein,
without any right of setoff or deduction whatsoever, and in case of nonpayment
of any item of Additional Rent by Tenant when the same is due, Landlord shall
have, in addition to all its rights and remedies, all of the rights and remedies
available to Landlord under the provisions of this Lease or by law in the case
of nonpayment of Base Rent. The performance and observance by Tenant of all the
terms, covenants, conditions and agreements to be performed or observed by
Tenant hereunder shall be performed and observed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost
and expense. Any installment of Base Rent or Additional Rent or any other
charges payable by Tenant under the provisions hereof which shall not be paid
when due (without regard to whether notice of default has been sent to Tenant
and without regard to whether an opportunity to cure has expired) shall bear
interest at an annual rate equal to three percentage points per annum in excess
of the published "prime rate" or "base rate" of interest charged by Bank of
America (or similar institution if said Bank shall cease to exist or to publish
such a prime rate) from the date when the same is due hereunder until the same
shall be paid, but in no event in excess of the maximum lawful rate permitted to
be charged by Landlord to Tenant. Said rate of interest is sometimes referred to
herein as the "Maximum Rate of Interest." In addition, any installment of Base
Rent or Additional Rent or any other charges payable by Tenant under the
provisions hereof not paid when due (and after any required notice of default

                                       4


<PAGE>   10

has been sent to Tenant and any applicable grace period has expired) shall be
subject to a late payment fee of three percent (3%) of the unpaid amount.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                 USE OF PREMISES

         PERMITTED USE. The Premises may be used only for an office building and
for any uses reasonably incidental to the same, including without limitation,
the secure storage of coins and other valuable or collectible items
("Collectibles"), the grading and authentication of Collectibles. Tenant shall
not use or occupy the same, or knowingly permit them to be used or occupied,
contrary to any pertinent Laws and Regulations, or which would make void or
voidable any insurance then in force with respect thereto or which would make it
impossible to obtain fire or other insurance thereon required to be furnished
hereunder by Tenant, or which would cause structural injury to the improvements
or waste or would violate any Hazardous Materials Laws (as defined in 0). Tenant
agrees that it will promptly, upon discovery of any such prohibited use, take
all necessary steps to discontinue such use.

         ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Tenant acknowledges that, except as expressly
set forth in this Lease, neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any
representation or warranty with respect to the Premises or the Building or with
respect to the suitability or fitness of either for the conduct of Tenant's
business or for any other purpose. Tenant shall comply with any recorded
covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Premises and the Building
as of the commencement of the Lease or which are recorded during the Term.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                RENT ADJUSTMENTS

         OBLIGATION TO PAY RENT ADJUSTMENTS. In addition to paying Base Rent,
Tenant shall also pay as Additional Rent the amounts determined in accordance
with this Article ("Rent Adjustments"):

         DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Lease,

         (a) "ADJUSTMENT DATE" shall mean the first day of the Term and each 
January 1 thereafter falling within the Term.

         (b) "ADJUSTMENT YEAR" shall mean each calendar year during which an
Adjustment Date falls.

         (c) "EXPENSES" shall mean and include those costs and expenses paid or
incurred by or on behalf of Landlord for owning, managing, operating,
maintaining and repairing the Premises and any personal property used solely in
conjunction therewith. Expenses shall not include the following:

                  (i) costs or other items included within the meaning of the
         term "Taxes" (as hereinafter defined);

                  (ii) costs of capital improvements to the Building (except as
         hereinafter provided);

                  (iii) depreciation charges;

                  (iv) interest and principal payments on mortgages;

                  (v) ground rental payments;

                  (vi) real estate brokerage and leasing commissions;

         Notwithstanding anything contained in this clause (c) to the contrary:

                                       5


<PAGE>   11
                  (i) The cost of any capital improvements to the Building made
         after the Commencement Date of this Lease which are intended to reduce
         Expenses or which are required under any governmental laws,
         regulations, or ordinances which were not applicable to the Building at
         the time it was constructed, amortized over such reasonable period as
         Landlord shall determine, together with interest on the unamortized
         cost of any such improvement at the prevailing construction loan rate
         available to Landlord on the date the cost of such improvement was
         incurred shall be included in Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
         during any time that Tenant occupies at least 80% of the rentable area
         of the Building, Expenses shall not include the cost of capital
         improvements intended to reduce Expenses unless Tenant shall have first
         approved such Expenses.

         (a) "TAXES" shall mean real estate taxes, general or special
assessments, sewer rents, rates and charges, taxes based upon the receipt of
rent, and any other federal, state or local governmental charge, whether
general, special, ordinary or extraordinary (but not including income or
franchise taxes or any other taxes imposed upon or measured by Landlord's income
or profits, except as provided herein), which may now or hereafter be levied,
assessed or imposed against the Premises. All references to Taxes "for" an
Adjustment Year shall be deemed to refer to taxes levied, assessed or otherwise
imposed for such Adjustment Year without regard to when such taxes are payable.

          Notwithstanding anything contained in this clause (d) to the contrary:

                  (vii) If at any time the method of taxation then prevailing is
         altered so that any new or additional tax, assessment, levy, imposition
         or charge or any part thereof is imposed upon Landlord in place or
         partly in place of any such Taxes or contemplated increase therein, or
         in addition to Taxes, and is measured by or is based in whole or in
         part upon the Premises or the rents or other income therefrom, then all
         such new taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges or part
         thereof, to the extent that they are so measured or based, shall be
         included in Taxes levied, assessed or imposed against the Premises to
         the extent that such items would be payable if the Premises were the
         only property of Landlord subject thereto and the income received by
         Landlord from the Premises were the only income of Landlord.

                  (viii) Notwithstanding the year for which any special
         assessments are levied, in the case of special assessments which may be
         paid in installments, only the amount of the installment, plus any
         interest payable thereon, due and payable during an Adjustment Year
         shall be included in Taxes for that Adjustment Year.

         (d) "RENT ADJUSTMENTS" shall mean all amounts payable to Landlord by
Tenant pursuant to this Article.

         (b) "RENTABLE AREA OF THE BUILDING" shall mean the sum of the areas on
all floors of the building computed by measuring to the center line of the
exterior glass and excluding only public stairs, and elevator shafts, ("vertical
penetrations"). No deduction shall be made for columns or projections. The
Rentable Area of the Building shall be determined by Landlord as soon as
possible after the completion of construction of the Building.

         (c) "RENTABLE AREA OF THE PREMISES" shall mean (i) if this Lease is for
an entire floor, the area of the entire floor measured to the center line of the
exterior glass, excluding vertical penetrations, plus a proportionate share of
mechanical space and lobby and common service areas in the Building or (ii) if
this Lease is for less than an entire floor, the area measured from the center
line of the exterior glass to the center line of all demising partitions and to
the outside face of corridor partitions plus (A) a proportionate share of public
areas (including corridors, toilets, elevator lobby or lobbies, mechanical
spaces and janitorial, electrical and telephone closets) on the floor on which
the Premises 


                                       6


<PAGE>   12
are located and (B) a proportionate share of mechanical space and lobby and
common service areas in the Building. No deduction shall be made for columns or
projections. The Rentable Area of the Premises shall be determined by Landlord
as soon as possible after the completion of construction of the Building.

         (d) "TENANT'S PROPORTIONATE SHARE" shall mean the percentage obtained
by dividing the Rentable Area of the Premises by the Rentable Area of the
Building.

         (e) "CONTROLLABLE EXPENSES" shall mean all Expenses except the
following: utilities, insurance premiums, capital improvements (to the extent
allowable as Expenses hereunder), repairs to the Demised Premises and any other
Expenses to the extent: (i) that a component of such Expenses are union labor
wages, then to the extent of such component; (ii) such Expenses are incurred as
a result of any requirement of Laws and Regulations; and/or (iii) such Expenses
represent an increase at Tenant's request in the level or quality of services
over the services rendered in the prior Adjustment Year.

         COMPUTATION OF RENT ADJUSTMENTS. Tenant shall pay Rent Adjustments for
each Adjustment Year determined as hereinafter set forth. Rent Adjustments
payable by Tenant with respect to each Adjustment Year during which an
Adjustment Date falls shall include the following amounts:

         (a) the product of Tenant's Proportionate Share multiplied by the
amount of Taxes for such Adjustment Year (the "Tax Adjustment"); plus

         (b) the product of Tenant's Proportionate Share multiplied by the
amount of Expenses for such Adjustment Year (the "Expense Adjustment").

         PAYMENTS OF RENT ADJUSTMENTS; PROJECTIONS. Tenant shall pay Rent
Adjustments to Landlord in the manner hereinafter provided.

         (c) TAX ADJUSTMENT AND EXPENSE ADJUSTMENT. Tenant shall make payments
on account of Tax Adjustment and Expense Adjustment (the aggregate of such
payments with respect to any Adjustment Year being hereinafter referred to as
the "Rent Adjustment Deposit") as follows:

                  (i) Prior to each Adjustment Date and from time to time during
         the Adjustment Year in which such Adjustment Date falls, Landlord may
         deliver to Tenant a written notice or notices (each such notice being
         hereinafter referred to as a "Projection Notice") setting forth (A)
         Landlord's reasonable estimates, forecasts or projections
         (collectively, the "Projections") of either or both of Taxes and
         Expenses for such Adjustment Year, and (B) Tenant's Rent Adjustment
         Deposits with respect to the Tax Adjustment and Expense Adjustment
         components of Rent Adjustment for such Adjustment Year based upon the
         Projections.

                  (ii) Tenant shall commence payments of monthly installments of
         Rent Adjustment Deposits on the first day of the first calendar month
         during the Term following Landlord's delivery of the first Projection
         Notice hereunder. On such date, and on or before the first day of each
         calendar month thereafter of the Adjustment Year covered by such
         Projection Notice, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth (1/12) of
         the Rent Adjustment Deposits shown in the Projection Notice. Within
         thirty (30) days following Landlord's delivery of a Projection Notice
         for an Adjustment Year in progress, Tenant shall also pay Landlord a
         lump sum equal to the Rent Adjustment Deposits shown in the Projection
         Notice less the sum of (A) any previous payments on account of Rent
         Adjustment Deposits made with respect to such Adjustment Year and (B)
         monthly installments on account of Rent Adjustment Deposits due for the
         remainder of the Adjustment Year. Until such time as Landlord furnishes
         a Projection Notice for an Adjustment Year, Tenant shall continue to
         pay monthly installments of Rent Adjustment Deposits in the amount
         shown by the most recent Projection Notice, 

                                       7


<PAGE>   13
          or, if the Tax and Expense Adjustment for the Adjustment Year covered
          by such Projection Notice has been determined and provided to Tenant
          by Landlord, one-twelfth (1/12) of such Tax and Expense Adjustment.

         (a) LIMITATION OF INCREASES IN CONTROLLABLE EXPENSES. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and
agree that beginning with the Adjustment Year of 2002, in the event that the
aggregate of the components of Expenses which constitute Controllable Expenses
is more than one hundred four percent (104%) of the aggregate of the components
of Expenses which constitute Controllable Expenses for the immediately preceding
Adjustment Year (as such Controllable Expenses for such immediately preceding
Adjustment Year may have been deemed to be reduced pursuant to this Section)
then for such current Adjustment Year, Expenses shall be calculated as if such
Controllable Expenses had been one hundred four percent (104%) of the
Controllable Expenses for the immediately preceding Adjustment Year (as such
Controllable Expenses for such immediately preceding Adjustment Year may have
been deemed to be reduced pursuant to this Section); it being the intent of the
parties that beginning with the Adjustment Year of 2002, the Controllable
Expenses to be charged to Tenant on a per rentable square foot basis in any
calendar year shall never increase by more than four percent (4%) over the
Controllable Expenses charged to Tenant for the preceding calendar year.

         READJUSTMENTS. The following readjustments shall be made by Landlord
and Tenant for Expense Adjustment and Tax Adjustment.

         (a) Within 120 days following the end of each Adjustment Year and after
Landlord has determined the amount of Expenses for such Adjustment Year,
Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing ("Landlord's Expense Statement") of such
Expenses and Tenant's Expense Adjustment for such Adjustment Year. If the
Expense Adjustment owed for such Adjustment Year exceeds the Expense Adjustment
component of the Rent Adjustment Deposit paid by Tenant during such Adjustment
Year, then, within thirty (30) days after the date of Landlord's Expense
Statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the excess of the
Expense Adjustment over the Expense Adjustment component of the Rent Adjustment
Deposit paid by Tenant during such Adjustment Year, such amount to be paid by
Tenant without regard to whether Tenant disputes such amount under 0 hereof. If
the Expense Adjustment component of the Rent Adjustment Deposit paid by Tenant
during such Adjustment Year exceeds the Expense Adjustment owed for such
Adjustment Year, then Landlord shall credit such excess to Rent payable
hereunder until such excess has been exhausted or, at the option of Tenant, pay
such amount to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the date of Landlord's Expense
Statement. If this Lease expires or is terminated prior to full application of
such excess, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the balance thereof not theretofore
applied against Rent and not reasonably required for payment of Rent for the
Adjustment Year in which this Lease expires, subject to Tenant's obligations
under 0.

         (d) After Landlord has determined the actual amount of Taxes to be used
in calculating the Tax Adjustment for such Adjustment Year, Landlord shall
notify Tenant in writing ("Landlord's Tax Statement") of such Taxes for such
Adjustment Year. If the Tax Adjustment owed for such Adjustment Year exceeds the
Tax Adjustment component of the Rent Adjustment Deposit paid by Tenant during
such Adjustment Year, then, within thirty (30) days after the date of Landlord's
Tax Statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the excess of the
Tax Adjustment over the Tax Adjustment component of the Rent Adjustment Deposit
paid by Tenant during such Adjustment Year, such amount to be paid by Tenant
without regard to whether Tenant disputes such amount under 0 hereof. If the Tax
Adjustment component of the Rent Adjustment Deposit paid by Tenant during such
Adjustment Year exceeds the Tax Adjustment owed for such Adjustment Year, then
Landlord shall credit such excess to Rent payable hereunder until such excess
has been exhausted, or at the option of Tenant, pay such amount to Tenant within
thirty (30) days of the date of Landlord's Expense Statement. If this Lease
expires or is terminated prior to full application of such excess, Landlord
shall 

                                       8


<PAGE>   14
pay to Tenant the balance thereof not theretofore applied against Rent and
not reasonably required for payment of Rent for the Adjustment Year in which
this Lease expires, subject to Tenant's obligations under 0.

         No interest or penalties shall accrue on any amounts which Landlord is
obligated to credit or pay to Tenant by reason of this Section. The term
"Landlord's Statement" as used herein shall refer to either a Landlord's Expense
Statement or a Landlord's Tax Statement.

         BOOKS AND RECORDS. Landlord shall maintain books and records showing
Taxes and Expenses in accordance with generally accepted accounting and
management practices. Tenant and its representatives shall have the right to
examine Landlord's books and records showing Taxes and Expenses upon reasonable
prior notice and during normal business hours at any time within sixty (60) days
following the furnishing by Landlord to Tenant of Landlord's Statement provided
for in 0. Unless Tenant takes written exception to any item within sixty (60)
days after the furnishing of the Landlord's Statement containing such item, such
Landlord's Statement shall be considered as final and accepted by Tenant.

         AUDIT PROCEDURES. If Tenant notifies Landlord within such sixty (60)
day period that Tenant disputes any specific item or items in any such
Landlord's Statement and such dispute is not resolved between Landlord and
Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant,
either party, during the fifteen (15) day period next following the expiration
of the thirty (30) day period commencing upon the date such notice is given, may
refer such disputed item or items for determination to an independent certified
public accountant selected by such party and approved by the other party, which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and the determination of such
accountant shall be final, conclusive and binding upon Landlord and Tenant.
Tenant agrees to pay all costs involved in such determination except in the case
of Tax Adjustment and Expense Adjustment for any Adjustment Year where it is
determined that Landlord has overcharged Tenant for Tax Adjustment and Expense
Adjustment for such Adjustment Year by more than three (3%), in which case
Landlord shall pay such costs provided that such costs are based on reasonable
hourly rates and not on a contingency basis.

         PRORATION AND SURVIVAL. With respect to any Adjustment Year which does
not fall entirely within the Term, Tenant shall be obligated to pay as Rent
Adjustments for such Adjustment Year only a pro rata share of Rent Adjustments
as herein determined, based upon the number of days of the Term falling within
the Adjustment Year. Following expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant
shall pay any Rent Adjustments due to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the
date of each Landlord's Statement sent to Tenant. Without limitation of other
obligations of Landlord or Tenant which shall survive the expiration of the
Term, the obligation of Tenant to pay Rent Adjustments accruing during the Term
and Landlord's obligation to refund any overpayments of Rent Adjustments shall
survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

         NO DECREASE IN BASE RENT. In no event shall any Rent Adjustments result
in a decrease of the Base Rent payable hereunder as set forth in 0.

         ADDITIONAL RENT. All amounts payable by Tenant as or on account of Rent
Adjustments shall be deemed to be Additional Rent becoming due under this Lease.

         CONTEST OF TAXES. Landlord shall have the right, but not the
obligation, to contest the amount or validity, in whole or in part, of any
Taxes, by appropriate proceedings. All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord
in connection with any contest of Taxes shall be an Expense hereunder. Any
refund or reduction of Taxes whenever received during or after the Term as a
result of any contest of Taxes shall be 

                                       9


<PAGE>   15
treated as a reduction in Taxes for the Adjustment Year for which such Taxes 
are or were paid.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                    INSURANCE

         LANDLORD'S INSURANCE OBLIGATION. Landlord shall obtain, and
continuously maintain in full force and effect during the Term, policies of
insurance covering the Landlord's Improvements constructed on the Premises
against loss or damage by such risks of physical loss or damage as are covered
under a Special Form causes of loss. At all times, such insurance coverage shall
be in an amount equal to 100% of the full replacement cost of the Landlord's
Improvements subject to a deductible reasonably determined by Landlord. In
addition, Landlord shall obtain and continuously maintain in full force and
effect during the Term, lost rents insurance in an amount equal to twelve (12)
months Base Rent and Additional Rent. All insurance carried by Landlord under
this Article or under Section 3.18, shall name Tenant as an additional insured.

         TENANT'S INSURANCE OBLIGATION. Commencing with the date Tenant takes
possession of all or any portion of the Premises and throughout the Term,
Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall obtain and continuously maintain in
full force and effect the following insurance coverage which shall be primary
and non-contributory over any insurance available to Landlord:

         (a) Comprehensive general liability insurance against any loss,
liability or damage on, about or relating to the Premises, or any portion
thereof, with limits of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00)
primary coverage, combined single limits, per occurrence basis assigned solely
to the Premises and aggregate coverage on an occurrence basis, together with
umbrella coverage to a total of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00). Any such
insurance obtained and maintained by Tenant shall name Landlord and Landlord's
directors, officers, agents and employees as an additional insured therein and
shall be obtained and maintained from and with a reputable and financially sound
insurance company authorized to issue such insurance in California. Such
insurance shall specifically insure (by contractual liability endorsement)
Tenant's obligations under 0 of this Lease. Tenant may maintain such policy with
a deductible not to exceed $25,000.00.

         (b) Insurance written on a special causes of loss form including
sprinkler leakage coverage and vandalism for the full replacement cost of all
additions, improvements and alterations to the Premise owned or made by Tenant,
if any, and of all office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment,
merchandise and all other items of Tenant's property on the Premises, written on
an agreed amount basis with no co-insurance with loss or damage payable to
Landlord and Tenant as their interests may appear.

         (b) Workers compensation and employers' liability insurance with limits
as may be required from time to time by any employee benefit act or other
applicable statute.

         (c) The insurance set forth in this Section shall be maintained by
Tenant at not less than the limits set forth herein until reasonably required to
be changed from time to time by Landlord, in writing, whereupon Tenant covenants
to obtain and maintain thereafter such protection in the amount or amounts so
reasonably required by Landlord.

         WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Tenant and Landlord shall each cause to be
inserted in the property policies of insurance required by this 0 a so-called
"Waiver of Subrogation Clause" as to the other. In addition, Landlord and Tenant
each hereby respectively waives, releases and discharges the other, its agents
and employees from all claims whatsoever arising out of loss, claim, expense or
damage to or destruction covered by property insurance notwithstanding that such
loss, claim, expense or damage may have been caused by the other, its agents or
employees, and Landlord and Tenant each 

                                       10


<PAGE>   16
respectively hereby agrees to look only to the property insurance coverage in 
the event of such loss.

         COPIES OF POLICIES. Landlord and Tenant shall each, upon the request of
the other, supply certificates for, or copies of, as requested, all insurance
policies carried pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    UTILITIES

         PAYMENT OF UTILITIES. During the Term, Tenant will pay, when due, all
charges of every nature, kind or description for utilities services furnished
directly to the Premises or chargeable against the Premises, whether furnished
directly by a utility or furnished by Landlord and submetered to Tenant,
including all charges for water, sewage, heat, gas, light, garbage, electricity,
telephone, steam, power, or other public or private utility services.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                            MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION

         TENANT'S MAINTENANCE. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense occupy
the Premises, and maintain Tenant's personal property within the Premises, in a
manner which is clean, neat and safe and so that Tenant's occupancy complies
with all Laws and Regulations.

         PROHIBITION AGAINST WASTE. Tenant shall not do or suffer any waste or
damage, disfigurement or injury to the Premises, or any improvements hereafter
erected thereon, or to the fixtures or equipment therein.

         LANDLORD'S MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION. Landlord, as an Expense, shall
keep and maintain the Premises, and the Building and the other Improvements and
the Land and the fixtures, appurtenances, systems and facilities serving the
Premises, in good working order, condition and repair and shall make all
repairs, structural and otherwise, interior and exterior, as and when needed in
or about the Building and the Premises.

         24 HOUR OPERATION. The Building shall be operated so as to allow Tenant
access to the Building and the parking area 24 hours per day, seven days per
week.

         RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant agrees to observe and not to interfere
with the rights reserved to Landlord in 0 and agrees, for itself, its employees,
agents, contractors, invitees and licensees, to comply with the rules and
regulations set forth in Exhibit F attached to this Lease and made a part hereof
and such other rules and regulations as may be adopted by Landlord pursuant to
0(1) of this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed to impose
upon Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce said rules and regulations or
the terms, covenants and conditions of any other lease against any other tenant
or any other persons, and Landlord and its beneficiaries shall not be liable to
Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its employees, agents or
invitees, or by any other person.

         RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD. Landlord reserves the following rights,
exercisable without notice and without liability to Tenant for damage or injury
to property, person or business and without effecting an eviction or disturbance
of Tenant's use or possession or giving rise to any claim for setoff or
abatement or Rent or affecting any of Tenant's obligations under this Lease:

         (c)  To change the name or street address of the Building;

         (d) To install and maintain signs on the exterior and interior of the
Building provided, however, that Landlord may not use Tenant's legal or trade
name without Tenant's prior written consent;

                                       11


<PAGE>   17
         (e) To prescribe the location and style of the identification sign or
lettering for the Premises;

         (f) Except as provided in 0, to retain at all times, and to use in
appropriate instances, pass keys to the Premises;

         (g) To exhibit the Premises at reasonable hours and to decorate,
remodel, repair, alter or otherwise prepare the Premises for reoccupancy at any
time after Tenant vacates or abandons the Premises;

         (h) To enter the Premises at reasonable hours for reasonable purposes,
including inspection and supplying janitorial service or other service to be
provided to Tenant hereunder;

         (i) To require all persons entering or leaving the Building during such
hours as landlord may reasonably determine from time to time to identify
themselves to security personnel by registration or otherwise in accordance with
security controls. Landlord shall not be liable in damages for any error with
respect to admission to or eviction or exclusion from the Building of any
person. Tenant agrees to cooperate with any reasonable safety or security
program developed by Landlord;

         (j) To regulate access to telephone, electrical and other utility
closets in the Building and to require use of designated contractors for any
work involving access to the same;

         (k) Provided that reasonable secure access to the Premises shall be
maintained and the business of Tenant (including Tenant's need for appropriate
security) shall not be interfered with unreasonably, to rearrange, relocate,
enlarge, reduce or change corridors, exits, entrances in or to the Building and
to decorate and, at its own expense, to make repairs, alterations, additions and
improvements, structural or otherwise, in or to the Building or any part hereof,
and any adjacent building, land, street or alley, including for the purpose of
connection with or entrance into or use the Building in conjunction with any
adjoining or adjacent building or buildings, now existing or hereafter
constructed, and may for such purposes erect, scaffolding and other structures
reasonably required by the character of the work to be preformed, and during
such operations may enter upon the Premises and take into and upon or through
any part of the Building, including the Premises, all materials that may be
required to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions, and in
that connection Landlord may temporarily close public entry ways, other public
spaces, stairways or corridors and interrupt or temporarily suspend any services
or facilities agreed to be furnished by Landlord, all without the same
constituting an eviction of Tenant in whole or in part and without abatement of
Rent by reason of loss or interruption of the business of Tenant or otherwise
and without in any manner rendering Landlord liable for damages or relieving
Tenant from performance of Tenant's obligations under this Lease. Landlord, at
its option, may make any repairs, alterations, improvements and additions in and
about the Building and the Premises during ordinary business hours and, if
Tenant desires to have such work done at times other than business hours, Tenant
shall pay all overtime and additional expenses resulting therefrom; and

         (l) From time to time to make and to adopt such reasonable rules and
regulations, for the protection and welfare of the Building and its tenants and
occupants, as Landlord may determine, and Tenant agrees to abide by and comply
with all such rules and regulations.

                                    ARTICLE V
                       COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND ORDINANCES

         COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND ORDINANCES. Tenant shall, throughout the Term,
and at Tenant's sole cost and expense, promptly comply or cause compliance with,
or remove or cure any violation of, any and all Laws and Regulations.

                                       12


<PAGE>   18
         COMPLIANCE WITH PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES. Tenant, at its sole cost and
expense, shall comply with all agreements, contracts, easements, restrictions,
reservations or covenants affecting the Land (the "Permitted Encumbrances").
Tenant shall also comply with, observe and perform all provisions and
requirements of all policies of insurance at any time in force with respect to
the Premises.

         COMPLIANCE WITH HAZARDOUS MATERIALS LAWS. Tenant shall at all times and
in all respects comply with all Laws and Regulations (the "Hazardous Materials
Laws") in force during the Term relating to the following: the use, analysis,
generation, manufacture, storage, presence, disposal or transportation of any
oil, petroleum products, flammable explosives, asbestos, urea formaldehyde,
polychlorinated biphenyls, radioactive materials or waste, or other hazardous,
toxic, contaminated or polluting materials, substances or wastes, including,
without limitation, any "hazardous substances," "hazardous wastes," "hazardous
materials" or "toxic substances" as defined under the Hazardous Materials Laws
(collectively, "Hazardous Materials").

         Tenant shall in all respects handle, treat, deal with and manage any
and all Hazardous Materials in, or under or about the Premises in complete
conformity with all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws. Upon expiration or
earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall cause all Hazardous Materials
(to the extent such Hazardous Materials were generated, stored, released or
disposed of during the Term by Tenant) to be removed from the Premises and
transported for use, storage, disposal, treatment or recycling in accordance and
in compliance with all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws. Tenant shall not
take any remedial action in response to the presence of any Hazardous Materials
in, on, or about the Premises or in any improvements situated on the Land, nor
enter into any settlement agreement, consent decree or other compromise in
respect to any claims relating to or in any way connected with the Premises or
the Landlord's Improvements on the Land without first notifying Landlord of
Tenant's intention to do so and affording Landlord reasonable opportunity to
appear, intervene or otherwise appropriately assert and protect Landlord's
interest with respect thereto.

         Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing immediately upon Tenant's
receipt of notice of any proceeding or action related to the Premises and
instituted or threatened pursuant to any Hazardous Materials Laws. Tenant shall
also provide to Landlord, as promptly as possible, and in any event within five
business days after Tenant first receives or sends the same, with copies of all
claims, reports, complaints, notices, warnings or asserted violations relating
in any way to Hazardous Materials and the Premises or Tenant's use thereof.

         HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY AND COVENANT BY LANDLORD.
Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, to Landlord's knowledge, no
Hazardous Materials exist or are located on, in or under the Premises in
violation of Hazardous Materials Laws, except as may be disclosed in those
certain reports described on Exhibit F attached hereto (collectively, the
"Report"), copies of which have been provided to Tenant. Landlord covenants that
it will not, manufacture, generate, store, dispose of or release on, in, or
under the Premises any Hazardous Materials, except in accordance with Hazardous
Materials Laws.

         COST OF COMPLIANCE WITH HAZARDOUS MATERIALS LAWS. Tenant shall be
responsible for the cost of compliance with Hazardous Materials Laws which
relates to a breach by Tenant of the covenants contained in this Lease to be
kept and performed by Tenant.

         INDEMNIFICATION. Tenant shall indemnify, defend (with counsel
reasonably acceptable to Landlord), protect and hold Landlord and each of
Landlord's officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, attorneys,
successors and assigns free and harmless from and against any and all claims,
liabilities, damages, costs, penalties, forfeitures, losses or expenses
(including attorneys' fees) for death or injury to any person or damage to any
property whatsoever (including water tables and atmosphere) 

                                       13


<PAGE>   19
arising or resulting in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, from the
presence or discharge of Hazardous Materials, in, on, under, upon or from the
Premises or the improvements located thereon or from the transportation or
disposal of Hazardous Materials to or from the Premises to the extent caused by
Tenant whether knowingly or unknowingly. Tenant's obligations hereunder shall
include, without limitation, and whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, all costs
of any required or necessary repairs, clean-up or detoxification or
decontamination of the Premises or the improvements, and the presence and
implementation of any closure, remedial action or other required plans in
connection therewith, and shall survive the expiration of or early termination
of the Term. For purposes of the indemnity provided herein, any acts or
omissions of Tenant, or its employees, agents, customers, subleasees, assignees,
contractors or sub-contractors (whether or not they are negligent, intentional,
willful or unlawful) shall be strictly attributable to Tenant.

         SURVIVAL. The respective rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant
under this 0 shall survive for a period of two (2) years after the expiration or
earlier termination of this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                         MECHANIC'S LIEN AND OTHER LIENS

         FREEDOM FROM LIENS. Tenant shall cause to be discharged of record
within 30 days after the date of filing any lien filed against the Premises, or
any portion thereof, by reason of work, labor, services, equipment or materials
supplied or claimed to have been supplied to the Premises at the request of
Tenant or anyone holding the Premises, or any portion thereof, by, through or
under Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to contest the
validity or amount of any such lien upon Tenant's posting with Landlord prior to
such contest security adequate (in Landlord's reasonable judgement) to discharge
any such lien in full, plus any applicable interest, penalties, and other
reasonable losses, costs, or damages (including, without limitation, reasonable
attorney's fees resulting from the assertion, filing, foreclosure or other legal
proceedings with respect to any such lien). If Tenant shall fail to discharge
such lien(s) within the specified 30-day period or to post with Landlord
adequate security for Tenant's contest as to the same, then, in addition to any
other right or remedy of Landlord, after five days prior written notice to
Tenant, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, discharge the same by
paying to the claimant the amount claimed to be due or by procuring the
discharge of such lien as to the Premises in such manner as is now or may in the
future be provided by present or future law for the discharge of such lien as a
lien against the Premises. Any amount paid by Landlord, or the value of any
deposit so made by Landlord, together with all costs, fees and expenses in
connection therewith (including reasonable attorney's fees of Landlord),
together with interest thereon at the Maximum Rate of Interest shall be repaid
by Tenant to Landlord within 20 days after written demand therefor by Landlord
and if unpaid may be treated as Additional Rent. Tenant shall indemnify and
defend Landlord against and save Landlord and the Premises, and any portion
thereof harmless from all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, suits,
penalties, claims, demands and obligations, including, without limitation,
reasonable attorney's fees resulting from the assertion, filing, foreclosure or
other legal proceedings with respect to any mechanic's lien or other lien
against the Premises asserted by, through or under Tenant.

         All materialmen, contractors, artisans, mechanics, laborers and any
other person now or hereafter purchasing any labor, services, materials,
supplies or equipment for Tenant with respect to the Premises, or any portion
thereof are hereby charged with notice that they must look exclusively to Tenant
to obtain payment for the same. Notice is hereby given that Landlord shall not
be liable for any labor, services, materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures or
equipment furnished or to be furnished to Tenant upon credit, and that no
mechanic's lien or other lien for any such labor, services, materials, supplies,
machinery, fixtures or equipment shall attach to or affect the estate or
interest of Landlord in and to the Premises, or any portion thereof.

                                       14


<PAGE>   20
         LANDLORD'S INDEMNIFICATION. The provisions of 0 above shall not apply
to any lien for labor, services, materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures or
equipment furnished to the Premises in the performance of Landlord's obligations
to construct the Landlord's Improvements and the Tenant's Improvements or any
other work performed by Landlord, and Landlord does hereby agree to indemnify
and defend Tenant against and save Tenant and the Premises, and any portion
thereof, harmless from all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities and
obligations, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees resulting
from the assertion, filing, foreclosure or other legal proceedings with respect
to any such lien.

         REMOVAL OF LIENS. Except as otherwise provided for in this Article,
Tenant shall not create, permit or suffer, and shall, within 30 days after the
date of filing of the same, discharge and satisfy of record, any other lien,
encumbrance, charge, security interest, or other right or interest which shall
by or through Tenant be or become a lien, encumbrance, charge or security
interest upon the Premises, or any portion thereof, or the income of Landlord
therefrom, or any portion thereof save and except for those liens, encumbrances,
charges, security interests, or other rights or interests consented to in
writing, by Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld,
conditioned, or delayed).

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                    NET LEASE

         LEASE. Landlord and Tenant intend that this Lease be interpreted and
construed as an absolute net lease and all Rent shall be paid by Tenant to
Landlord without abatement, deduction or setoff. Landlord and Tenant further
intend that (a) the obligations of Landlord and Tenant hereunder shall be
separate and independent covenants; (b) the Base Rent shall be absolutely net to
Landlord so that this Lease, subject to the express provisions of this Lease,
shall yield net to Landlord the Base Rent in each year during the Term; and (c)
all taxes, insurance premiums, utility expense, repair and maintenance expense,
and all other costs, and expenses of every kind relating to the Premises, or any
portion thereof which may accrue during the Term, shall be, subject to the
express provisions of this Lease, paid or discharged by Tenant as Additional
Rent.

         LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO CURE. If Tenant shall fail to perform any act
required of it under this Lease, Landlord may perform the same, but shall not be
required to do so, in such manner and to such extent as Landlord may deem
necessary or desirable, and in exercising any such right to pay all costs and
expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in connection therewith,
all sums so paid by Landlord in connection with the performance of any such act
by Landlord, together with interest thereon at the Maximum Rate of Interest from
the date of making such expenditure by Landlord, shall be deemed Additional Rent
hereunder and, except as is otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be
payable to Landlord within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor and,
at the option of Landlord, may be added to any monthly payment next becoming due
under this Lease, and Tenant covenants to pay any such sum or sums with interest
as aforesaid, and Landlord shall have, in addition to any other right or remedy
of Landlord, the same rights and remedies in the event of nonpayment thereof as
in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of monthly Base Rent.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                     DEFAULT

         EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The occurrence of any one or more of the following
events shall constitute an event of default ("Event of Default") by Tenant under
this Lease:

         (a) Failure by Tenant to pay any Base Rent or regularly scheduled
payment of Rent Adjustment within five (5) business days after notice from
Landlord of Tenant's failure to pay the same on the due date;

                                       15


<PAGE>   21
         (b) Failure by Tenant to pay any other sums coming due hereunder within
thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord of Tenant's failure to pay
on the due date;

         (c) Failure by Tenant to cure immediately after receipt of notice from
Landlord the failure by Tenant to carry insurance as required under this Lease;

         (a) Failure by Tenant to commence to cure, immediately after notice
from Landlord, and diligently to proceed to cure thereafter, any hazardous or
dangerous condition which Tenant has created or allowed to exist in violation of
Laws and Regulations or this Lease;

         (d) Failure by Tenant to observe or to perform any other covenant,
agreement, condition, representation or warranty, or other provision of this
Lease, if such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice
thereof from Landlord to Tenant;

         (e) The levy upon, under writ of execution or the attachment by legal
process of, the leasehold interest of Tenant, or the filing or creation of an
involuntary lien with respect to such leasehold interest, which lien shall not
be released or discharged within thirty (30) days from the date of such filing;

         (f) Tenant becomes insolvent or bankrupt or admits in writing its
inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, or makes a general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or applies for or consents to the
appointment of a trustee or receiver for Tenant or for the major part of its
property;

         (g) A trustee or receiver is appointed for Tenant or for the major part
of its property and is not discharged within sixty (60) days after such
appointment;

         (h) Any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or
liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings for relief under any bankruptcy
law, or similar law for the relief of debtors, are instituted (i) by Tenant, or
(ii) against Tenant and are allowed against it or are consented to by it or are
not dismissed within sixty (60) days after such institution.

         RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF LANDLORD. If an Event of Default occurs,
Landlord shall have the rights and remedies hereinafter set forth, which shall
be distinct, separate and cumulative and which shall not operate to exclude or
deprive Landlord of any other right or remedy allowed it by applicable law:

         (i) Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving to Tenant notice of
Landlord's election to do so, in which event the Term shall end, and all right,
title and interest of Tenant hereunder shall expire, on the date stated in such
notice;

         (a) Landlord may terminate the right of Tenant to possession of the
Premises without terminating this Lease by giving notice to Tenant that Tenant's
right of possession shall end on the date stated in such notice, whereupon the
right of Tenant to possession of the Premises or any part thereof shall cease on
the date stated in such notice; and

         (j) Landlord may enforce the provisions of this Lease and may enforce
and protect the rights of Landlord hereunder by a suit or suits in equity or at
law for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained herein,
or for the enforcement of any other appropriate legal or equitable remedy,
including recovery of all moneys due or to become due from Tenant under any of
the provisions of this Lease.

         RIGHT TO RE-ENTER. If Landlord exercises either of the remedies
provided for in 0(a) or (b), Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the
Premises and shall immediately deliver possession thereof to Landlord, and
Landlord may re-enter and take 

                                       16


<PAGE>   22
complete and peaceful possession of the Premises, full and complete license
to do so being hereby granted to Landlord, and Landlord may remove all occupants
and property therefrom, without being deemed guilty in any manner of trespass,
eviction or forcible entry and detainer and without relinquishing Landlord's
right to rent or any other right given to Landlord hereunder or by operation of
law. 

     CURRENT DAMAGES. If Landlord terminates the right of Tenant to possession
of the Premises without terminating this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to
immediate recovery of all amounts then due hereunder. Such termination of
possession shall not release Tenant, in whole or in part, from Tenant's
obligation to pay the Rent hereunder for the full Term, and Landlord shall have
the right, from time to time, to recover from Tenant, and Tenant shall remain
liable for, all Base Rent, Additional Rent and any other sums accruing as they
become due under this Lease during the period from the date of such notice of
termination of possession to the stated end of the Term. In any such case,
Landlord may relet the Premises or any part thereof for the account of Tenant
for such rent, for such time (which may be for a term extending beyond the Term
of this Lease) and upon such terms as Landlord shall determine and collect the
rents from such reletting. Landlord shall not be required to accept any tenant
offered by Tenant or to observe any instructions given by Tenant relative to
such reletting. Also, in any such case, Landlord may make repairs, alterations
and additions in or to the Premises and redecorate the same to the extent deemed
by Landlord necessary or desirable, and Tenant shall pay upon demand the
reasonable cost of all the foregoing together with Landlord's expenses of
reletting. The rents from any such reletting shall be applied first to the
payment of the expenses of reentry, redecoration, repair and alterations and the
expenses of reletting and second to the payment of Rent herein provided to be
paid by Tenant. Any excess or residue shall operate only as an offsetting credit
against the amount of Rent due and owing as the same thereafter becomes due and
payable hereunder, and the use of such offsetting credit to reduce the amount of
Rent due Landlord, if any, shall not be deemed to give Tenant any right, title
or interest in or to such excess or residue and any such excess or residue shall
belong to Landlord solely, and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to a credit
on its indebtedness to Landlord in excess of the aggregate sum, including Base
Rent and Additional Rent, which would have been paid by Tenant for the period
for which the credit to Tenant is being determined, had no Event of Default
occurred. No such reentry or repossession, repairs, alterations and additions,
or reletting shall be construed as an eviction or ouster of Tenant or as an
election on Landlord's part to terminate this Lease, unless a written notice of
such intention is given to Tenant, or shall operate to release Tenant in whole
or in part from any of Tenant's obligations hereunder, and Landlord, at any time
and from time to time, may sue and recover judgment for any deficiencies from
time to time remaining after the application from time to time of the proceeds
of any such reletting.

         FINAL DAMAGES. If this Lease is terminated by Landlord as provided in
0(a), Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all Rent accrued and
unpaid for the period up to and including such termination date, as well as all
other additional sums payable by Tenant, or for which Tenant is liable or in
respect of which Tenant has agreed to indemnify Landlord under any of the
provisions of this Lease, which may be then owing and unpaid, and all costs and
expenses, including court costs and attorneys' fees incurred by Landlord in the
enforcement of its rights and remedies hereunder, and, in addition, Landlord
shall be entitled to recover as damages for loss of the bargain and not as a
penalty (a) the aggregate sum which at the time of such termination represents
the excess, if any, of the present value of the aggregate rents which would have
been payable after the termination date had this Lease not been terminated,
including, without limitation, Base Rent at the annual rate or respective annual
rates for the remainder of the Term and the amount projected by Landlord to
represent Additional Rent for the remainder of the Term over the then present
value of the then aggregate fair rental value of the Premises for the balance of
the Term, such present worth to be computed in each case on the basis of a six
percent (6%) per annum discount from the respective dates upon which such
rentals would have been payable hereunder had this Lease not been 

                                       17


<PAGE>   23
terminated, and (c) any damages in addition thereto, including a reasonable
attorney's fees and court costs, which Landlord has sustained as a result of the
breach of any of the covenants of this Lease other than for the payment of Rent.

         REMOVAL OF PERSONAL PROPERTY. All property of Tenant not removed from
the Premises by Tenant at the end of the Term may be handled, removed or stored
by Landlord at the cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord in no event shall be
responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. Tenant shall pay
Landlord for all expenses incurred by Landlord in such removal and storage
charges for such property as long as the same is in Landlord's possession or
under Landlord's control.

         ASSUMPTION OR REJECTION IN BANKRUPTCY. If Tenant has filed a bankruptcy
petition, or a trustee in bankruptcy is appointed for Tenant, Landlord and
Tenant, to the extent permitted by law, agree to request that the trustee in
bankruptcy determine within sixty (60) days thereafter whether to assume or to
reject this Lease.

         NO WAIVER. No failure by Landlord or by Tenant to insist upon the
performance of any of the terms of this Lease or to exercise any right or remedy
consequent upon a breach thereof, and no acceptance by Landlord of full or
partial rent from Tenant or any third party during the continuance of any such
breach, shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or of any of the terms of
this Lease. No breach of the terms of this Lease to be kept, observed or
performed by Landlord or by Tenant shall be waived, altered or modified except
by a written instrument executed by Landlord and/or by Tenant, as the case may
be. No waiver of any breach shall affect or alter this Lease, but each of the
terms of this Lease shall continue in full force and effect with respect to any
other then existing or subsequent breach of this Lease. No waiver of any default
of Tenant herein shall be implied from any omission by Landlord to take any
action on account of such default, if such default persists or is repeated and
no express waiver shall affect any default other than the default specified in
the express waiver and that only for the time and to the extent therein stated.
One or more waivers by Landlord shall not be construed as a waiver of a
subsequent breach of the same covenant, term or condition.

                                    ARTICLE X
                            CASUALTY AND RESTORATION

         DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION BY CASUALTY. If the Premises are damaged by fire
or other casualty and if such damage does not render all or a substantial
portion of the Building untenantable for Tenant's purposes, then Landlord shall
proceed to repair and restore the same with reasonable promptness, subject to
reasonable delays for insurance adjustments and delays caused by matters beyond
Landlord's reasonable control. If any such damage renders all or a substantial
portion of the Building untenantable (a "Substantial Casualty"), Landlord, with
reasonable promptness after the occurrence of such damage, shall estimate the
length of time that will be required to substantially complete the repair and
restoration of such damage and shall advise Tenant by notice of such estimate.
If it is so estimated that the amount of time required to substantially complete
such repair and restoration will exceed fourteen (14) months from the date such
damage occurred, then either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to
terminate this Lease as of the date of such damage upon giving notice to the
other Landlord at any time within thirty (30) days after Landlord gives Tenant
the notice (the "Restoration Notice") containing said estimate. In the event of
a Substantial Casualty, if i) Tenant has committed an uncured Event of Default;
or ii) Tenant has filed a petition for relief under the Bankruptcy Code or an
involuntary petition for relief has been filed against Tenant under the
Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease as
of the date of such fire or other casualty at any time within thirty (30) days
of the date of such fire or other casualty. Unless this Lease is terminated as
provided in the preceding two sentences, Landlord shall proceed with reasonable
promptness to repair and restore the Premises, subject to reasonable delays for
insurance adjustments and delays caused by matters beyond Landlord's reasonable
control, and also subject to zoning laws and 

                                       18


<PAGE>   24
building codes then in effect. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein set forth, Landlord shall have
no duty pursuant to this Section to repair or to restore any portion of the
alterations, additions or improvements owned or made by Tenant in the Premises
or to expend for any repair or restoration amounts in excess of insurance
proceeds paid to Landlord and available for repair or restoration.

         ABATEMENT OF RENT. In the event any such fire or casualty damage
renders all or any portion of the Building untenantable and if this Lease is not
terminated pursuant to this Article by reason of such damage, then Rent shall
abate during the period beginning with the date of such damage and ending with
the date Landlord tenders the Building, or portion thereof to Tenant as being
ready for reoccupancy. Such abatement shall be in an amount bearing the same
ratio to the total amount of Rent for such period as the portion of the Building
not available for occupancy from time to time bears to the entire Building. In
the event of termination of this Lease pursuant to this Article, Rent shall be
apportioned on a per diem basis and shall be paid to the date of the fire or
casualty.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                  CONDEMNATION

          CONDEMNATION OF ENTIRE PREMISES. If during the Term, the entire
Premises or substantially all of the Premises shall be taken as the result of
the exercise of the power of eminent domain (hereinafter referred to as the
"Proceedings"), this Lease and all right, title and interest of Tenant hereunder
shall cease and come to an end on the date of vesting of title pursuant to such
Proceedings, and Landlord shall be entitled to and shall receive the total award
made in such Proceedings, Tenant hereby assigning any interest in such award,
damages, consequential damages and compensation to Landlord and Tenant hereby
waiving any right Tenant has now or may have under present or future law to
receive any separate award of damages for its interest in the Premises or any
portion thereof or its interest in this Lease.

         In any taking of the Premises, or any portion thereof, whether or not
this Lease is terminated as in this Article provided, Tenant shall not be
entitled to any portion of the award for the taking of the Premises or damages
to the improvements or for the estate or interest of Tenant therein, all such
award, damages, consequential damages and compensation being hereby assigned to
Landlord and Tenant hereby waives any right it now has or may have under present
or future laws to receive any separate award of damages for its interest in the
Premises, or any portion thereof or its interest in this Lease, except that
Tenant shall have, nevertheless, the limited right to prove in the Proceedings
and to receive any award which may be made for damages to or condemnation of
Tenant's trade fixtures and equipment and for relocation expenses accorded
Tenant by any Laws and Regulations.

          PARTIAL CONDEMNATION/TERMINATION OF LEASE. If, during the Term less
than the entire Premises, but more than 25% of the floor area of the Building,
or more than 25% of the parking spaces (and Landlord is unable or unwilling to
replace such parking spaces), shall be taken in any such Proceedings, this Lease
shall, upon vesting of title in the Proceedings, terminate as to the portion of
the Premises so taken, and either Tenant or Landlord may, at its option,
terminate this Lease as to the remainder of the Premises. Such termination as to
the remainder of the Premises shall be effected by notice in writing given not
more than 30 days after the date of vesting of title in such Proceedings and
shall specify a date not more than 30 days after the giving of such notice as
the date for such termination. Upon the date specified in such notice, the Term
and all right, title and interest of Tenant hereunder shall cease and come to an
end. If this Lease is terminated as in this Section provided Landlord shall be
entitled to and shall receive the total award made in such Proceedings, Tenant
hereby assigning any interest in such award, damages, consequential damages and
compensation to Landlord, and Tenant hereby waiving any right Tenant has now or
may have under present or future law to receive any separate award of damages
for its interest under the Premises, or any portion 

                                       19


<PAGE>   25
thereof or its interest in this Lease except as otherwise provided in this
Article. In the event that Tenant elects not to terminate this Lease as to the
remainder of the Premises, the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant
shall be governed by the provisions of 0 hereof.

          PARTIAL CONDEMNATION/CONTINUATION OF LEASE. In the event of any
condemnation other than a condemnation described in 0 or 0 above, this Lease
shall, upon vesting of title in the Proceedings, terminate as to the parts so
taken and Tenant shall have no claim or interest in the award, damages,
consequential damages and compensation, or any part thereof except as otherwise
provided in 0. Landlord shall be entitled to and shall receive the total award
made in such Proceedings. Tenant hereby assigns any interest in such award,
damages, consequential damages and compensation to Landlord, and Tenant hereby
waives any right Tenant has now or may have under present or future law to
receive any separate award of damages for its interest in the Premises, or any
portion thereof, or its interest in this Lease except as otherwise provided in
0. The net amount of the award (after deduction of all costs and expenses,
including attorneys' fees), shall be held by Landlord and used to restore
promptly that portion of the Improvements on the Premises not so taken to a
complete architectural and mechanical unit for the use and occupancy of Tenant
as in this Lease provided. Landlord agrees in connection with such restoration
work to apply so much of the net amount of any award (after deduction of all
costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees) that may be received by Landlord
in any such Proceedings for physical damage to the Improvements as a result of
such taking to the costs of such restoration work thereof.

         CONTINUANCE OF OBLIGATIONS. In the event of any termination of this
Lease or any part thereof, as a result of any such Proceedings, Tenant shall pay
to Landlord all Base Rent and all Additional Rent and other charges payable
hereunder with respect to that portion of the Premises so taken in such
Proceedings with respect to which this Lease shall have terminated justly
apportioned to the date of such termination. From and after the date of vesting
of title in such Proceedings, Tenant shall continue to pay the Base Rent and
Additional Rent and other charges payable hereunder, as in this Lease provided,
to be paid by Tenant.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                          ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING, ETC.

         TENANT'S RIGHTS. Tenant shall not have the right to sublease or assign
this Lease, or any interest therein to any sublessee or assignee, without the
prior written consent of Landlord, such consent to be not unreasonably withheld.
In the event of any sublease or assignment of this Lease, Tenant shall remain
fully liable hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE XII
                         SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE,
                       NOTICE TO MORTGAGEE AND ATTORNMENT

          SUBORDINATION BY TENANT. This Lease and all rights of Tenant therein,
and all interest or estate of Tenant in the Premises, or any portion thereof
shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust,
security instrument or other document of like nature ("Mortgage") which at any
time may be placed upon the Premises or any portion thereof by Landlord, and to
any replacements, renewals, amendments, modifications, extensions or
refinancings thereof and to each and every advance made under any Mortgage;
provided, however, that as a condition to such subordination, the holder of such
Mortgage shall agree that so long as Tenant is not in default (beyond any
applicable notice, grace, and cure period) in the payment of Base Rent and
Additional Rent and the performance and observance of all covenants, conditions,
provisions, terms and agreements to be performed and observed by Tenant under
this Lease, that such holder shall not disturb Tenant's right to quiet enjoyment
under this Lease, nor the right of Tenant to continue to occupy the Premises,
and all portions thereof and to conduct business thereon in accordance with the
covenants,

                                       20


<PAGE>   26
conditions, provisions, terms and agreements of this Lease. Tenant
agrees at any time hereafter, and from time to time within ten (10) days after
Landlord's written request therefor, to execute and deliver to Landlord any
instrument that may be reasonably required for the purpose of subjecting and
subordinating this Lease to the lien of any such Mortgage.

          LANDLORD'S DEFAULT. In the event of any act or omission of Landlord
constituting a default by Landlord, Tenant shall not exercise any remedy until
Tenant has given Landlord and the mortgagee, prior written notice of such act or
omission and until a 30-day period of time to allow Landlord to remedy such act
or omission shall have elapsed following the giving of such notice: provided
that, if Landlord's act or omission hereunder cannot, with due diligence and in
good faith, be remedied within such 30-day period, then Landlord shall be
allowed such further period of time as may be reasonably necessary provided that
it shall have promptly commenced remedying the same and continues such remedy
with due diligence and in good faith. Nothing herein contained shall be
construed or interpreted as requiring any mortgagee to remedy such act or
omission in the event of a Landlord default under this Lease that is not
remedied in accordance with the provisions of this Section.

         ATTORNMENT. If any mortgagee shall succeed to the rights of Landlord
under this Lease and to ownership of the Premises, whether through possession or
foreclosure or the delivery of a deed to the Premises, then upon the written
request of such mortgagee so succeeding to Landlord's rights hereunder, Tenant
shall attorn to and recognize such mortgagee as Landlord under this Lease, and
shall execute and deliver within ten (10) days after such mortgagee's written
request therefor any instrument that such mortgagee may reasonably request to
evidence such attornment (whether before or after making of the mortgage). In
the event of any other transfer of Landlord's interest hereunder, upon the
written request of the transferee and Landlord, Tenant shall attorn to and
recognize such transferee as Tenant's landlord under this Lease and shall
promptly execute and deliver within ten (10) days after such mortgagee's written
request therefor any instrument that such transferee and Landlord may reasonably
request to evidence such attornment.

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                       BUILDING IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNAGE

          BUILDING IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNAGE. The Building shall be called
Alton Corporate Center, or such other name as Landlord shall select. As long as
Tenant occupies 54,000 or more rentable square feet, Tenant, at Tenant's sole
cost and expense may place a sign on the top of the Building in a location
determined by Landlord identifying Collectors Universe Inc. as the occupant of
the Premises; provided, however, that all such signage, if any, must be in
compliance with all Laws and Regulations and with the Permitted Encumbrances,
and at the end of the Term, all such signage must be removed by Tenant and any
damage to the Building or the Land as a result of such removal must be restored.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                REPORTS BY TENANT

          ANNUAL STATEMENTS. Upon request by Landlord at any time ninety (90)
days after the end of the applicable fiscal year of Tenant, Tenant shall deliver
to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after receipt of written request therefor a
copy of its audited financial statement, including the certification of its
auditor. During any period that Tenant is a publicly traded company, then Tenant
will not have to supply financial statements to Landlord.

                                   ARTICLE XIV
                             CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS

                                       21


<PAGE>   27
          TENANT'S CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. Tenant shall have the right to make
changes and alterations to the Premises, which changes and alterations (other
than changes or alterations of Tenant's movable trade fixtures and equipment)
shall be made in all cases subject to the following conditions which Tenant
covenants to observe and perform:

         (a) PERMITS. No change or alteration shall be undertaken until Tenant
shall have procured and paid for, so far as the same may be required from time
to time, all municipal, state and federal permits and authorizations of the
various governmental bodies and departments having jurisdiction thereof, and
Landlord agrees to join in the application for such permits or authorizations
whenever such action is necessary, all at Tenant's sole cost and expense.

         (b) COMPLIANCE WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. Before commencement of
any change, alteration, restoration or improvement ("Work") involving in the
aggregate an estimated cost of more than Ten Thousand and no/100 Dollars
($10,000.00) or which in Landlord's reasonable judgment would materially alter
the mechanical, structural, or electrical systems of the Improvements, Tenant
shall (i) furnish Landlord with detailed plans and specifications of the
proposed change or alterations; (ii) obtain Landlord's prior written consent,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (but
such consent may be withheld if the change or alteration would, in the
reasonable judgment of Landlord, impair the value or usefulness of the Land or
Improvements, or any substantial part thereof to Landlord); (iii) obtain
Landlord's prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld, of a licensed architect or licensed professional engineer selected and
paid for by Tenant, who shall supervise any such work ("Alterations Architect or
Engineer"); (iv) obtain Landlord's prior written approval, which approval shall
not be unreasonably withheld, of detailed plans and specifications prepared and
approved in writing by said Alterations Architect or Engineer, and of each
amendment and change thereto: and (v) for Work expected to cost in excess of
$10,000.00, furnish to Landlord security reasonably acceptable to Landlord that
such Work will be completed, which security may include a letter of credit,
certificate of deposit, a surety company performance bond issued by a surety
company licensed to do business in the state in which the Premises are located
or other security reasonably acceptable to Landlord in an amount equal to the
estimated cost of such Work guaranteeing the completion thereof within a
reasonable time thereafter (1) free and clear of all mechanic's liens or other
liens, encumbrances, security interests and charged, and (2) in accordance with
the plans and specifications approved by Landlord.

         (c) COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. All Work done in connection with any change
or alteration permitted under this Article shall be done promptly and in a good
and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable Laws and
Regulations. The cost of any such change or alteration shall be paid so that the
Premises and all portions thereof shall at all times be free of liens for labor
and materials supplied to the Premises, or any portion thereof. Tenant shall
during the performance of the Work, obtain and maintain, at its sole cost and
expense, or shall require its contractor(s) to obtain and maintain (at their
respective sole cost and expense) workers' compensation insurance covering all
persons employed in connection with the Work and with respect to which death or
injury claims could be asserted against Landlord or Tenant or against the
Premises or any interest therein, together with comprehensive general liability
insurance for the mutual benefit of Landlord and Tenant with limits of not less
than Two Million Dollars ($2,000.00000) in the event of injury to one person,
Three Million Dollars ($3,000,00000) in respect to any one accident or
occurrence, and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for property damage. All
such insurance shall be in a company or companies authorized to do business in
the state in which the Premises are located and reasonably satisfactory to
Landlord.

         (d) PROPERTY OF LANDLORD. All improvements and alterations (other than
Tenant's trade fixtures and equipment and improvements, additions, or
installations 

                                       22


<PAGE>   28
identified by Landlord for removal pursuant to 0(e)) made or installed by Tenant
shall immediately, upon completion or installation thereof become the property
of Landlord without payment therefor by Landlord, and shall be surrendered to
Landlord on the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

         (e) REMOVAL OF IMPROVEMENTS. At the time of granting approval for any
changes or alterations, Landlord may require Tenant upon vacating to remove any
improvements, additions or installations installed by Tenant in the Premises at
Tenant's sole cost and expense, and repair and restore any damage caused by the
installation and removal of such improvements, additions, or installations;
provided, however, the only improvements, additions or installations which
Tenant shall be required to remove shall be those specified by Landlord at the
time Landlord granted its approval. All improvements, additions or installations
installed by Tenant which did not require Landlord's prior approval shall be
removed by Tenant as provided for in this Section, unless Tenant has obtained a
written waiver of such condition from Landlord.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                EXTENSION OPTIONS

         OPTION TO EXTEND. Tenant shall have the right, to be exercised as
hereinafter provided, to extend the Term for one periods of five (5) years (an
"Extension Term") upon the following terms and conditions and subject to the
following limitations:

         (f) At the respective times hereinafter set forth for the exercise of
the extension option, this Lease shall be in full force and effect and there
shall be no then uncured Event of Default.

         (g) Except as in this Lease otherwise specifically provided, each
Extension Term shall be upon the same terms, covenants and conditions as
contained in this Lease, except the annual Base Rent for each Extension Term
shall be as provided in (d) below.

         (h) Tenant shall exercise its right to extend the Term for each
Extension Term by notifying Landlord, in writing, of its election to exercise
the right to extend the Term at least twelve (12) months prior to the expiration
of the Term.

         (i) Base Rent payable during each Extension Term with respect to the
Premises shall be equal to the Market Rental Rate for lease terms commencing on
or about the date of commencement of the Extension Term, as determined by
Landlord. As used herein "Market Rental Rate" shall mean the annual rate of rent
then prevailing in the Santa Ana market for leases of improved space comparable
to the Premises. In determining comparability, the following shall be
considered: length of lease term, location of building, extent of tenant
improvements, financial concessions then being given and any other relevant
factors.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                     PARKING

         The Building shall be designed and constructed to have four parking
spaces for every 1,000 rentable square feet. Landlord shall not impose any
charge on Tenant or Tenant's employees, guests or invitees for the use of
parking at the Building.

         Landlord and Tenant shall work together to designate as reserved
parking for Tenant one space for each 1,000 rentable square feet leased by
Tenant in the Building, such parking spaces to be located in the areas most
adjacent to the entrance of the Building. Landlord agrees that it will not grant
to any other tenant rights to reserved parking in such area most adjacent to the
Building in excess of one space per 1,000 rentable square feet leased by such
other tenant(s).

                                       23


<PAGE>   29
                                    ARTICLE X
                           FIRST OPPORTUNITY TO LEASE

         During the Term, in the event that Landlord is about to enter into
negotiations to lease space in the Building to a third party, Landlord shall
notify Tenant in writing of such event and the date such space is available for
addition to the Premises ("Effective Date"). Tenant shall have and is hereby
granted the right to add such space to the Premises on the Effective Date on all
of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease, except as provided in
Landlord's notice to the contrary, and except that Base Rent for such space
shall be at the rate specified by Landlord at the time it notifies Tenant of the
availability of such space. Tenant shall have seven (7) days from the date of
delivery of such notice to notify Landlord of Tenant's acceptance of such offer
to add all or such portion of such space to the Premises on the Effective Date.
In the event Tenant notifies Landlord that it declines to accept such offer
("Rejection Notice"), or does not so notify Landlord within seven (7) days of
its acceptance of such offer, Landlord may, for a period of two hundred seventy
(270) days following the date of receipt by Landlord of the Rejection Notice, or
if a Rejection Notice is not sent to Landlord, at the end of said seven (7) day
period, lease such portion of such space to any third party on terms and
conditions which may be different from but are substantially economically
equivalent to, those offered to Tenant, and if Landlord so leases such space
Tenant shall have no further right or interest in such space. In the event such
portion of such space is not leased within said two hundred seventy (270) day
period, or is about to be offered on terms and conditions which are not
substantially economically equivalent to those initially offered to Tenant,
Landlord again shall offer such portion of such space to Tenant as provided in
this Section and Tenant again shall have the right to add such portion of the
First Offer Space to the Premises as provided in this Section. In the event
Tenant accepts any such offer, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly enter into and
execute a lease amendment adding such space to the Premises on the terms and
conditions provided herein, which amendment shall be in form and substance
mutually and reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant.

         If on the date of exercise of Tenant's acceptance of Landlord's offer
there shall be a material default by Tenant in the performance of any of the
terms, covenants or conditions contained in the Lease which is not cured within
any applicable cure period provided herein, Landlord shall have the option
within 30 days, on written notice to Tenant, to declare Tenant's acceptance of
such offer and the addition of such portion of such space to the Premises void
and of no effect.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                MOVING ALLOWANCE

         Landlord shall pay to Tenant an allowance (the "Moving Allowance") in
the amount of seventy-five thousand dollars ($75,000.00) to reimburse to Tenant
costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with moving its business
operations from their current location(s) to the Premises. The Moving Allowance
shall be paid to Tenant by Landlord upon Tenant's occupancy of the Premises and
the commencement of the payment of Base Rent by Tenant.

                                   ARTICLE XII
                       RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL TO PURCHASE

         RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Tenant shall have a one-time right of first
refusal ("Refusal Right") to purchase the Land and Building on the terms and
conditions contained in this Article. The Refusal Right shall be effective
beginning with the date hereof and continuing throughout the Term (the "Refusal
Period") until terminated as provided herein.

         PROCESS. In the event Landlord desires to sell or market for sale the
Land and Building during the Refusal Period, then prior to selling or marketing
for sale, Landlord

                                       24


<PAGE>   30
shall send written notice to Tenant (a "Refusal Price Notice") stating the price
(a "Refusal Price") at which Landlord would sell the Land and Building to
Tenant. Within seven (7) days of Tenant's receipt of the Refusal Price Notice,
Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing (a "Refusal Acceptance Notice" or a
"Refusal Rejection Notice") whether it accepts or rejects the purchase of the
Land and Building at the Refusal Price. During such seven (7) day period,
Landlord will not enter into a binding agreement to sell the Land and Building
to a third party purchaser. If Tenant rejects the purchase of the Land and
Building at the Refusal Price, then Landlord shall be free to sell the Land and
Building for a price equal to or greater than ninety-five percent (95%) of the
last offered Refusal Price. During the Refusal Period, Landlord may not sell or
agree to sell the Land and Building for less than ninety-five percent (95%) of
the last offered Refusal Price under this Article without again offering the
Land and Building to Tenant under this Article for such lower price. If Tenant
rejects the purchase of the Land and Building, and Landlord then sells the Land
and Building to a third party, Tenant shall have no further rights under this
Article.

         SALE PROCESS. If Tenant accepts the purchase of the Land and Building,
then Tenant with its notice of acceptance shall deliver to Landlord by certified
or cashier's check $500,000 in earnest money. The closing of the sale of the
Land and Building to Tenant (the "Refusal Closing") shall occur on a date
mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, but in no event later than ninety
(90) days after the date of the Refusal Acceptance Notice.

         TRANSFER TO AFFILIATES. Landlord shall at all times have the right to
sell, convey or otherwise transfer the Land and Building to an affiliate of
Landlord without Tenant having any right to purchase the Land and Building under
the provisions of this Article. An "affiliate" of one entity shall mean any
other entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with such
entity.

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                                SECURITY DEPOSIT

         SECTION XIII.1    DEFINITIONS.

         (a) "Security Deposit" shall mean cash, or at the option of Tenant, an
irrevocable standby letter of credit issued in such form and by such bank or
other institution as shall be acceptable to Landlord in Landlord's reasonable
discretion, in the amount of six months Base Rent hereunder calculated at the
rate of $1.40 per rental square foot per month. The Security Deposit shall be
paid by Tenant to Landlord upon substantial completion of the core and shell of
the Building, but in any event prior to the commencement of construction of
tenant improvements.

         (b) If, on the date that the Security Deposit would be otherwise due
hereunder or thereafter, Tenant has achieved a tangible net worth of at least
$9,000,000, then the Security Deposit shall not be deposited or shall be
returned to Tenant. If, at any time thereafter, Tenant fails to maintain a
tangible net worth of at least $9,000,000 then Tenant shall immediately deposit
or redeposit the Security Deposit with Landlord.

         SECURITY DEPOSIT. Tenant hereby agrees to deposit with Landlord the
Security Deposit, as security for the prompt, full and faithful performance by
Tenant of each and every provision of this Lease and of all obligations of
Tenant hereunder.

         RETURN OF SECURITY DEPOSIT. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully comply
with all of the provisions of this Lease, the Security Deposit, or any balance
thereof, shall be returned to Tenant without interest at the time provided
herein. In the absence of evidence satisfactory to Landlord of any permitted
assignment of the right to receive the Security Deposit, or of the remaining
balance thereof, Landlord may return the same to the original Tenant, regardless
of one or more assignments of Tenant's interest in this Lease or the Security
Deposit. In such event, upon the return of the Security Deposit, or 

                                       25


<PAGE>   31
the remaining balance thereof to the original Tenant, Landlord shall be
completely relieved of liability under this Article XXVI or otherwise with
respect to the Security Deposit.

         FORFEITURE OF SECURITY DEPOSIT. If Tenant fails to perform any of its
obligations hereunder, Landlord may use, apply or retain the whole or any part
of the Security Deposit for the payment of (i) any Rent or other sums of money
which Tenant may not have paid when due, (ii) any sum expended by Landlord on
Tenant's behalf in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, and/or (iii)
any sum which Landlord may expend or be required to expend by reason of Tenant's
default, including, without limitation, any damage or deficiency in or from the
reletting of the Premises. The use, application or retention of the Security
Deposit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from
exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by law (it being
intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the
Security Deposit) and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which
Landlord may otherwise be entitled. If any portion of the Security Deposit is
used, applied or retained by Landlord for the purposes set forth above, Tenant
agrees, within ten (10) days after the written demand therefor is made by
Landlord, to deposit cash or a replacement letter of credit with Landlord in an
amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount.

         TRANSFER OF SECURITY DEPOSIT TO TRANSFEREES AND MORTGAGEES. Tenant
acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer or mortgage its interest in
the Land and the Building and in this Lease and Tenant agrees that in the event
of any such transfer or mortgage, Landlord shall have the right to transfer or
assign the Security Deposit to the transferee or mortgagee. Upon such transfer
or assignment, Landlord shall thereby be released by Tenant from all liability
or obligation for the return of such Security Deposit and Tenant shall look
solely to such transferee or assignee for the return of the Security Deposit.

                                   ARTICLE XIV
                             COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT

         Tenant shall have the right at any time during the Term, at Tenant's
expense, but without payment of Rent therefor to Landlord, to locate on the roof
of the Building one or more telecommunication dishes. Tenant shall submit plans
for such dish and the names of the contractors who will be installing such dish,
all of which shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval. The dish shall
be screened so as not to be visible from the ground in accordance with
Landlord's reasonable requirements. Tenant shall pay all costs related to the
installation, operation and maintenance of such dish, including without
limitation, the cost of any structural modifications to the Building made by
Landlord and necessary, in the opinion of Landlord's structural engineer, to
accommodate the dish. Tenant shall maintain the dish and shall and hereby does
indemnify and defend Landlord from and against all loss, cost, liability and
expense arising out of or in connection with the installation, operation,
maintenance or removal of any such dish. Tenant shall, at Landlord's option,
remove the dish at the expiration of the Term. Tenant shall secure all zoning
and regulatory approvals necessary for the dish, at its expense.

                                   ARTICLE XV
                                  SECURED AREA

         SECURED AREA. Notwithstanding anything contained in this lease to the
contrary, Tenant may, if Tenant complies with 0 below, provide its own locks to
areas within the Premises (individually a "Secured Area" and collectively the
"Secured Areas"). Tenant need not furnish Landlord with keys to the Secured
Areas, but at the termination of the Term, Tenant shall surrender all such keys
to Landlord. If Landlord reasonably determines that an emergency or other
situation exists in the Building or the Premises, including without limitation,
a fire, flood or earthquake, requiring Landlord to gain 

                                       26


<PAGE>   32
access to a Secured Area, then Landlord may forcibly enter such Secured
Area. In such event, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever to Tenant to
repair or reconstruct any entrance, corridor or other door or other portions of
the Premises or the Secured Area damaged as a result of the forcible entry by
Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall make a reasonable effort
to contact Tenant or its representative to secure access to such Secured Area
prior to a forcible entry. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide
janitorial, maintenance or any other services to any of the Secured Areas if
Landlord must have access to the Secured Area to perform such service.

         TENANT NOTICE. Tenant may designate an area of the Premises as a
Secured Area by giving ten (10) days prior written notice to Landlord showing
the Secured Area and the name of a representative of Tenant to be contacted and
the manner of contact to avoid a forcible entry as described in Section 28.1
above. Tenant may revoke its designation of an area of the Premises as a Secured
Area by giving ten (10) days prior written notice to Landlord and delivering to
Landlord copies of the keys to the locks restricting access to such area.

                                   ARTICLE XVI
                                  MISCELLANEOUS


          ENTRY BY LANDLORD. Tenant agrees to permit Landlord and authorized
representatives of Landlord to enter upon the Premises upon prior notice to
Tenant (except in case of emergency where no notice is required) at all
reasonable times during ordinary business hours for the purpose of inspecting
the Premises, making any necessary repairs, and performing such other tasks as
may be Landlord's obligation under this Lease. Nothing herein contained shall
imply any duty upon the part of Landlord to do any such work which, under any
provision of this Lease, Tenant may be required to perform and the performance
thereof by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant's default in failing
to perform the same. Landlord may, during the progress of any work, keep and
store upon the Premises all necessary materials, tools and equipment, provided
that Landlord in so keeping and storing shall use reasonable efforts not to
interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises for any and all of the uses
permitted hereunder. Landlord shall not be liable for inconvenience, annoyance,
disturbance, loss of business or other damage to Tenant by reason of making
repairs or the performance of any work in or about the Premises, or on account
of bringing material, supplies and equipment into, upon or through the Premises
during the course thereof and the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall
not be thereby affected in any manner whatsoever.

          EXHIBITION OF PREMISES. Upon prior written notice delivered to Tenant
at least 24 hours before such entry, Landlord is hereby given the right during
normal business hours at any time during the Term to enter upon the Premises and
to exhibit the same for the purpose of mortgaging or selling the same. During
the final year of the Term, Landlord shall be entitled to display on the
Premises, in such manner as to not unreasonably interfere with Tenant's
business, signs indicating that the Premises are for rent or sale. Tenant agrees
that such signs may remain unmolested upon the Premises and that Landlord may,
subject to the prior written notice required hereunder, exhibit the Premises to
prospective tenants during said period.

          INDEMNIFICATION. To the fullest extent allowed by law and subject to
the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall at all times indemnify, defend and hold
Landlord and Landlord's shareholders, employees and managing agent harmless
against and from any and all claims, costs, liabilities, actions and damages
(including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs) by or on
behalf of any person or persons, firm or firms, corporation or corporations,
arising from the conduct or management, or from any work or things whatsoever
done in or about the Premises, and will further indemnify, defend and hold
Landlord harmless against and from any and all claims arising during the Term
from any condition of the Premises, or arising from any breach or default on the
part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of
Tenant

                                       27


<PAGE>   33
to be performed, pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or arising from any
act or negligence of Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or licensees, or
arising from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused by any person,
firm or corporation occurring during the Term, in or about the Premises, and
from and against all costs, attorney's fees, expenses and liabilities incurred
in connection with any such claim or action or proceeding brought thereon; and
in case any action or proceeding be brought against Landlord by reason of any
such claim, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord, covenants to defend such action
or proceeding by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; provided, however,
that such indemnity, obligation to defend and hold harmless, and waiver shall
not extend to any claim, cost, liability, action, damage, or other instance of
any kind arising out of the negligent or intentionally wrongful act(s) or
omission(s) of Landlord (including its shareholders, employees, managing agent,
frequenters, licensees, and agents of every kind) or out of any breach by the
same of this Lease unless the same is covered by insurance maintained or
required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder. Tenant's obligations under this
Section shall be insured by contractual liability endorsement on Tenant's
policies of insurance required under the provisions of 0 hereof.

         NOTICES. All notices, demands and requests which may be or are required
to be given, demanded or requested by either party to the other shall be in
writing. All notices, demands and requests shall be sent by United States
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid or by an independent overnight
courier service, addressed as follows:

         To Landlord:                        ORIX Searles Santa Ana Venture
                                             c/o ORIX Santa Ana, Inc.
                                             c/o ORIX Real Estate Equities
                                             100 North Riverside Plaza
                                             Suite 1400
                                             Chicago, Illinois 60606
                                             Attn:  James H. Purinton

         With a copy to:                     Alton SA, L.L.C.
                                             c/o Searles Devcorp
                                             1936 East Deere Avenue
                                             Suite 216
                                             Santa Ana, California 92705
                                             Attn:  Robert J. Searles

         With a copy to:                     Foley & Lardner
                                             One IBM Plaza
                                             330 North Wabash Street
                                             Suite 3300
                                             Chicago, Illinois 60611
                                             Attn:  Wesley N. Becker


         To Tenant                           Collectors Universe
                                             700 East Alton
                                             Santa Ana, California 92705
                                             Attn:  Gary Patten
         With a copy to:                     __________________________
                                             __________________________
                                             __________________________
                                             __________________________
                                             Attn: ___________________

                                       28


<PAGE>   34
or to such other person or place as Landlord or Tenant, respectively, may from
time to time designate by written notice to the other. Notices, demands and
requests which shall be served upon Landlord by Tenant, or upon Tenant by
Landlord, in the manner aforesaid, shall be deemed to be sufficiently served or
given for all purposes hereunder at the time such notice, demand or request is
received, if delivered by mail, or one (1) business day after delivery to an
independent overnight courier service.

          QUIET ENJOYMENT. Landlord covenants and agrees that, so long as no
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Tenant shall lawfully
and quietly hold, occupy and enjoy the Premises (subject to the provisions of
this Lease) during the Term without hindrance or molestation by Landlord or by
any person or persons claiming by, through or under Landlord.

          LANDLORD'S CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS. The term "Landlord," as used in
this Lease so far as covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord are
concerned, shall be limited to mean and include only the owner or owners at the
time in question of the fee of the Premises, and in the event of any transfer or
transfers or conveyance, the then grantor shall be automatically freed and
relieved from and after the date of such transfer or conveyance of all liability
as respects the performance of any covenants or obligations. The covenants and
obligations contained in this Lease on the part of Landlord contained in this
Lease thereafter to be performed, provided that any funds in the hands of such
landlord or the then grantor at the time of such transfer, in which Tenant has
an interest, shall be turned over to the grantee, and any amount then due and
payable to Tenant by Landlord or the then grantor under any provision of this
Lease shall be paid to Tenant. The covenants and obligations contained in this
Lease on the part of Landlord, subject to the aforesaid, shall be binding on
Landlord's successors and assigns, during and in respect of their respective
successive periods of ownership.

          ESTOPPEL. Landlord and Tenant shall, each without charge at any time
and from time to time, within fifteen (15) days after written request by the
other party, certify (if such in fact be the case) by written instrument, duly
executed, acknowledged and delivered to any mortgagee, assignee of a mortgagee,
proposed mortgagee, or to any purchaser or proposed purchaser, or to any other
person dealing with Landlord, Tenant or the Premises who may reasonably require
such an instrument that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect
(or, if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and
effect, as modified, and stating the modifications):

         (j) the dates to which the Base Rent or Additional Rent have been paid
in advance:

         (k) whether or not there are then existing any breaches or defaults by
such party or the other party known by such party under any of the covenants,
conditions, provisions, terms or agreements of this Lease, and specifying such
breach or default, if any, or any setoffs or defenses against the enforcement of
any covenant, condition, provision, term or agreement of this Lease (or of any
guaranties) upon the part of Landlord or Tenant (or any guarantor), as the case
may be, to be performed or complied with (and, if so, specifying the same and
the steps being taken to remedy the same); and

         (l) such other statements or certificates as Landlord, Tenant or any
mortgagee may reasonably request.

         It is the intention of the parties hereto that any statement delivered
pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by the person to whom such statement
is addressed.

          SEVERABILITY. If any covenant, condition, provision, term or agreement
of this Lease shall, to any extent, be held invalid or unenforceable, the
remaining covenants, conditions, provisions, terms and agreements of this Lease
shall not be affected thereby, but each covenant, condition, provision, term or
agreement of this Lease shall be valid and in force to the fullest extent
permitted by law.

                                       29


<PAGE>   35
         SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The covenants and agreements herein contained
shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord, its successors and assigns, and
Tenant and its permitted successors and assigns.

         CAPTIONS. The caption of each Article and Section of this Lease is for
convenience of reference only, and in no way defines, limits or describes the
scope or intent of such Article or Section of this Lease.

         RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES. This Lease does not create the relationship of
principal and agent, or of partnership or joint venture, between Landlord and
Tenant.

         ENTIRE AGREEMENT. All preliminary and contemporaneous negotiations are
merged into and incorporated in this Lease. This Lease together with the
Exhibits contains the entire agreement between the parties and shall not be
modified or amended in any manner except by an instrument in writing executed by
the parties hereto.

         NO MERGER. There shall be no merger of this Lease or the leasehold
estate created by this Lease with any other estate or interest in the Premises
by reason of the fact that the same person, firm, corporation or other entity
may acquire, hold or own directly or indirectly, (a) this Lease or the leasehold
interest created by this Lease or any interest therein, and (b) any such other
estate or interest in the Premises, or any portion thereof. No such merger shall
occur unless and until all persons, firms, corporations or other entities having
an interest (including a security interest) in (1) this Lease or the leasehold
estate created thereby, and (2) any such other estate or interest in the
Premises, or any portion thereof, shall join in a written instrument expressly
effecting such merger and shall duly record the same.

         SURRENDER OF PREMISES. At the expiration of the Term, Tenant shall
surrender the Premises in the same condition as the same were in upon delivery
of possession thereto at the Commencement Date, reasonable wear and tear, and
damage by fire or other casualty, condemnation or alterations not to be restored
by Tenant hereunder excepted, and shall surrender all keys to the Premises to
Landlord at the place then fixed for the payment of Base Rent and shall inform
Landlord of all combinations on locks, safes and vaults, if any. Tenant shall at
such time remove all of its property therefrom and all alterations and
improvements placed thereon by Tenant to the extent required to do so under the
terms of this Lease. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by
such removal. All property that Tenant is required to but fails to remove may be
removed and/or disposed of by Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and
hold Landlord harmless against loss or liability resulting from the delay by
Tenant in so surrendering the Premises, including, without limitation any claim
made by any succeeding occupant founded on such delay. All other property not so
removed shall become the exclusive property of Landlord. Tenant's obligation to
observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other
termination of this Lease.

         HOLDING OVER. In the event Tenant remains in possession of the Premises
after expiration of this Lease, and without the execution of a new lease, it
shall be deemed to be occupying the Premises as a tenant from month to month,
subject to all the provisions, conditions and obligations of this Lease insofar
as the same can be applicable to a month-to-month tenancy, except that the Base
Rent shall be escalated to 150% of the then current Base Rent for the Premises.

         LANDLORD APPROVALS. Any approval by Landlord or Landlord's architects
and/or engineers of any of Tenant's drawings, plans and specifications which are
prepared in connection with any Work in the Premises shall not in any way be
construed or operate to bind Landlord or to constitute a representation or
warranty of Landlord as to the adequacy or sufficiency of such drawings, plans
and specifications, or the improvements to which they relate, for any reason,
purpose or condition, but such approval shall merely be the consent of Landlord,
as may be required hereunder, in connection with

                                       30


<PAGE>   36
such Work relating to the Premises in accordance with such drawings, plans
and specifications.

         SURVIVAL. All obligations (together with interest or money obligations
at the Maximum Rate of Interest) accruing prior to expiration of the Term shall
survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.

         ATTORNEYS' FEES. In the event of any litigation or judicial action in
connection with this Lease or the enforcement thereof, the prevailing party in
any such litigation or judicial action shall be entitled to recover all costs
and expenses of any such judicial action or litigation (including, but not
limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) from the other party.

         LANDLORD'S LIMITED LIABILITY. Tenant agrees to look solely to
Landlord's interest in the Premises for recovery of any judgment from Landlord,
it being agreed that Landlord (and if Landlord is a partnership, its partners,
whether general or limited, and if Landlord is a corporation, its directors,
officers or shareholders) shall never be personally liable for any personal
judgment or deficiency decree or judgment against it.

         BROKER. Tenant and Landlord, respectively, represent that they have
dealt directly with and only with Lee & Associates in connection with this Lease
and that no other broker has negotiated or participated in negotiations of this
Lease or is entitled to any commission in connection therewith. Tenant shall
indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all commissions,
fees and expenses and all claims therefor by any other broker, salesman or other
party claiming a commission, fee, or expense by reason of its efforts on behalf
of the Tenant with respect to the Lease, and Landlord shall indemnify and hold
Tenant harmless from and against any and all commissions, fees, and expenses and
all claims therefor by any other broker, salesman or other party claiming a
commission, fee, or expense by reason of its efforts on behalf of Landlord with
respect to the Lease.

         GOVERNING LAW. This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State of
California. All covenants, conditions and agreements of Tenant arising hereunder
shall be performable in the county wherein the Premises are located. Any suit
arising from or relating to this Lease shall be brought in the county wherein
the Premises are located, and the parties hereto waive the right to be sued
elsewhere.

         TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to the
performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a
factor.

         AUTHORITY. Landlord and Tenant each hereby represent and warrant to the
other that those persons executing this Lease on its behalf are duly authorized
to do so and that this Lease is binding upon them in accordance with its terms.

                                       31


<PAGE>   37
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Lease to
be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                    TENANT:

                                    COLLECTORS UNIVERSE INC.



                          By:       _________________________________
                                    Its:_____________________________

                                    LANDLORD:

                                    ORIX SEARLES SANTA ANA VENTURE

                          BY:       ORIX Santa Ana, Inc.,
                                    an Illinois corporation


                          By:       _________________________________
                                    James H. Purinton
                                    President and CEO

                          BY:       Alton SA, L.L.C.,
                                    a California corporation


                          By:       _________________________________
                                    Robert J. Searles
                                    Its:_____________________________

                                       32


<PAGE>   38
                                    EXHIBIT A

                                Legal Description


Parcel 4, of Parcel Map No. 87-320 in the City of Santa Ana, County of Orange,
State of California as per map filed in Book 229, Pages 10 to 14 inclusive, of
Parcel Maps, in the Office of the County Recorder of Said County.

The parties acknowledge that the above-described land may be divided into two or
more parcels. In such event the new legal description for the parcel containing
the Building shall be substituted for the above legal description.

                                    EXHIBIT B

                               Exhibit A - page 1


<PAGE>   39


                                   Exhibit C

                      Schedule of Plans and Specifications



                               Exhibit B - page 1


<PAGE>   40

                                    EXHIBIT D

                              Construction Schedule

                               Exhibit C - page 1


<PAGE>   41


                                    EXHIBIT E

                                   Workletter

         This is the Work Letter referred to in the foregoing Lease (the
"Lease") wherein Collectors Universe, Inc. ("Tenant") has agreed to lease
certain space from ORIX Searles Santa Ana Venture ("Landlord"), at the building
(the "Building") to be located in Santa Ana, California as more particularly
described in the Lease. All capitalized terms used herein shall have the
respective meanings assigned to them in the Lease or in this Work Letter.

         Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

I. Tenant Improvement Allowance. Landlord shall provide to Tenant a Tenant
Improvement Allowance of $30.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises (the
"Tenant Improvement Allowance") for the purpose of paying the costs of
constructing and refurbishing the Premises per the construction drawings, plans
and specifications (the "Plans") to be prepared by an architect selected by
Tenant and approved by Landlord ("Tenant's Architect"). The buildout of the
Premises in accordance with the Plans and the material, hardware and equipment
to be incorporated into the Premises pursuant to the Plans, are herein
collectively referred to as the "Work." The general contractor that constructs
the core and shell of the Building (the "General Contractor") shall perform the
Work.

II. Preparation of the Plans. Tenant will deliver to landlord by the date
provided therefore in the Schedule a full and complete set of Plans prepared by
Tenant's Architect. The Plans shall include all architectural, mechanical,
plumbing and engineering drawings and other construction related plans necessary
for the completion of the Work and for obtaining a building permit. The Plans
shall outline in detail the scope and nature of the Work. Tenant shall pay all
costs associated with preparation of the Plans and, upon taking occupancy of the
Premises, Tenant may elect for Landlord to reimburse Tenant for the costs
incurred in connection with the preparation of the Plans out of the Tenant
Improvement Allowance. Upon completion of the Plans, Tenant shall submit the
Plans to Landlord for Landlord's review. Landlord shall consent to the Work
outlined in the Plans or deny such consent within ten (10) business day of
Landlord's receipt of the Plans. If Landlord denies such consent, Landlord shall
provide Tenant with a written statement outlining Landlord's reason for
objecting to the Plans. Tenant shall then cause Tenant's Architect to revise the
Plans and resubmit such Plans to Landlord within ten (10) business days of
Tenant's receipt of Landlord's objections to the Plans, at which time Landlord
will inform Tenant as to the number of days that Tenant's requested revisions to
the Plans will delay the estimated time of completion of the Work. Landlord
shall cooperate with Tenant regarding Tenant's revision of the Plans. Landlord
shall deny or grant Landlord's consent to the revised Plans within ten (10)
business days of receipt of the revised Plans. This process shall be repeated
until such time as Landlord and Tenant reach agreement on the Plans. Without
limitation, Landlord's denial of such consent shall be deemed reasonable if the
Work outlined in the Plans: (i) violates any building code, law, permit, court
order, rule, regulation, or other governmental requirement; (ii) includes Work
which would increase the cost of, or make unavailable, any insurance policy
applicable to the Building; (iii) would, in Landlord's reasonable judgment,
decrease the value of the Premises; (iv) would unreasonably interfere with other
tenants' use of the Buildings; or (v) would, in Landlord's reasonable judgment,
reduce the marketability of the Premises. Upon Landlord's grant of such consent
to the Work outlined in the Plans, Landlord shall promptly file the Plans with
the appropriate governmental agencies. The cost of the Work, in addition to
other costs otherwise included herein, shall include all fees paid to any
governmental entity reviewing or filing the Plans, fees paid to any person
performing expediting services or fees paid to any contractor or agent of
Landlord for expenses incurred in submitting, explaining, reproducing, or
otherwise in connection with the process of governmental review of the Plans.

III. Contracting for the Work. Following Landlord's consent to the Plans,
Landlord shall solicit a bid for the Work from the General Contractor. Following
receipt of a response to such solicitation, Landlord shall notify Tenant of: (a)
the estimated cost of the Work (the "Cost Estimate"); and (b) the expected time
of substantial completion (the "Estimated 

                               Exhibit D - page 1


<PAGE>   42
Completion Date"). Tenant shall then notify Landlord, within five (5) days and
in writing, of Tenant's approval of the cost of the Work, and of the Estimated
Completion Date. Concurrently with the delivery of such notice, Tenant shall
deliver to Landlord an amount equal to the difference between the Tenant
Improvement Allowance and the Cost Estimate (the "Overage Payment") which
Overage Payment Landlord shall apply to the cost of the Work prior to Landlord
applying the Tenant Improvement Allowance to the cost of the Work. Following
receipt by Landlord of such notice of Tenant's approval, the Overage Payment and
all necessary building permits and consents from the applicable governmental
authorities, Landlord shall cause the General Contractor to commence the Work.
If Tenant properly delivers notice that Tenant does not approve the cost of the
Work or of the Estimated Completion Date, Landlord shall cause the General
Contractor not to commence the Work and Tenant shall pay any additional costs of
the Work which arise as the result of Landlord delaying the General Contractor
from commencing the Work. The payment of Rent shall not abate or be affected or
deferred on account of any delay in substantially completing the Work, to the
extent that such delay results from:

     (a) Tenant's failure to furnish the Plans in accordance with the Schedule
and the requirements set forth in Section II;

     (b) Tenant's failure to approve the cost of the Work or the Estimated
Completion Date as specified in this Section III;

     (c) Tenant's changes in the Plans or requests for Additional Work after
Tenant's and Landlord's approval of the Plans (notwithstanding Landlord's
approval of such changes);

     (d) The performance of any work by Tenant or any person, firm or
corporation employed by Tenant;

     (e) Tenant's failure to deliver the Overage Payment; or

     (f) Any default by Tenant or its agents in Tenant's performance of its
obligations under this Agreement or the Lease;

IV. Additional Work. If Tenant wishes Landlord, prior to the Commencement Date,
but subsequent to the date that the Plans are approved by Landlord and Tenant,
to build out the Premises and incorporate material, hardware and equipment into
the Premises in excess of the Work provided for in the Plans as finally approved
by Landlord and Tenant (such excess buildout, materials, hardware and equipment
items are herein referred to collectively as "Additional Work"), Tenant shall
cause Tenant's Architect to amend the Plans, so as to provide the Additional
Work, and submit such Plans to Landlord for Landlord's consent which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld. If Landlord consents to the Additional Work
being incorporated into the Plans, Landlord shall obtain from the General
Contractor an estimate of the cost of the Additional Work and a statement
estimating in days any delay in the Estimated Completion Date that the
Additional Work will cause. If Tenant desires Landlord to cause the General
Contractor to perform the Additional Work, Tenant shall approve such estimated
price and delay within five (5) business days after Landlord submits such
estimated price and delay in the Estimated Completion Date to Tenant.
Concurrently with providing such approval, Tenant shall increase the Overage
Payment to the extent necessary to pay for the Additional Work. If Tenant fails
to so deliver such approval or to increase the Overage Payment, Tenant shall be
deemed to have abandoned its request for such Additional Work. Tenant
acknowledges that the cost of the Additional Work shall be included in the cost
of the Work.

V. Access by Tenant Prior to Completion of Work and Additional Work. Landlord
will permit Tenant and Tenant's agents, suppliers, contractors and workmen to
enter the Premises prior to the completion of all Work to be performed by
Landlord and its contractors to enable Tenant to install furniture or do such
other things as may be required by Tenant to make the Premises ready for
Tenant's occupancy, provided that Tenant and its agents, contractors, workmen
and suppliers and their activities in the Premises and Building will not
unreasonably 

                               Exhibit D - page 2


<PAGE>   43
interfere with or delay the completion of the Work to be done by Landlord and
will not interfere with other activities of Landlord or occupants of the
Building. Prior to any such agents, suppliers, contractors or workmen entering
the Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord of the type of work to be performed,
the scheduling of such work and the identity of the parties doing such work.
Landlord shall have the right, on notice to Tenant, to cause Tenant or any such
agent, contractor, workman or supplier to leave the Premises and the Building if
Landlord determines that such interference or delay has been or may be caused or
that damage to the Building has been or may be caused. Without limiting the
foregoing, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may, at its discretion, bar the
entry of any such agent, contractor, workman or supplier if such entry would
cause labor problems or labor disharmony at the Building. Tenant agrees that any
such entry into the Premises shall be at Tenant's own risk and Landlord shall
not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any
of Tenant's property or Tenant's installations made in the Premises and Tenant
agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord, its affiliates,
beneficiaries, partners and their respective agents from all liabilities, costs,
damages, fees and expenses arising out of or connected with the activities of
Tenant or its agents, contractors, suppliers or workmen in or about the
Premises. In addition, if requested by Landlord, prior to the initial entry to
the Premises by Tenant and by each contractor or subcontractor for Tenant,
Tenant shall furnish Landlord with policies of insurance covering Landlord as an
insured party with such coverages and such amounts as Landlord may then
reasonably require in order to insure Landlord against liability for injury or
death or damage to the property of Landlord or its tenants by reason of such
entry and any activity or work carried on in or about the Premises.

VI. Substantial Completion and Completion of Punchlist Items. Possession of the
Premises shall be tendered to Tenant by Landlord on the Commencement Date if
Landlord has substantially completed its express obligations under this
Workletter. Landlord's obligations shall not be deemed incomplete if only
insubstantial details of construction, decoration or mechanical adjustments
remain to be done. The determination of Landlord's architect or interior space
planner for the Building shall be final and conclusive on Tenant as to whether
such obligations have been substantially completed. Tenant's taking possession
of any portion of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that such portion of
the Premises was in good order and satisfactory condition when the Tenant took
possession, except as to defects contained on a punch list to be prepared and
signed by Landlord and Tenant based on an inspection made prior to the date on
which Tenant takes possession of such portion of the Premises, provided,
however, that if the Premises are not available to Tenant for such inspection
prior to the date on which Tenant takes possession, such punch list shall be
prepared and signed by Landlord and Tenant within seven (7) days after Tenant
takes possession of such portion of the Premises. Landlord shall promptly
correct all defects noted on such agreed punch list. No promise of the Landlord
to construct, alter, remodel or improve the Premises or the Building and no
representation by Landlord or its agents respecting the condition of the
Premises or the Building have been made to Tenant or relied upon by Tenant other
than as may be contained in this Lease.

                                     TENANT:

                                     COLLECTORS UNIVERSE INC.


                                         /s Gary Patton
                                     By:________________________________
                                         Chief Financial Officer        
                                     Its:_______________________________

                                     LANDLORD:

                                     ORIX SEARLES SANTA ANA VENTURE

                                     BY:      ORIX Santa Ana, Inc.,
                                              an Illinois corporation


                               Exhibit D - page 3


<PAGE>   44
                                        
                                         /s/ James H. Purinton                  
                                     By:____________________________
                                     James H. Purinton
                                     President and CEO



                               Exhibit D - page 4

<PAGE>   45
                

                                     BY:      Alton SA, L.L.C.,
                                              a California corporation
                                                
                                          /s/ Robert J. Searles
                                     By:_______________________________
                                              Robert J. Searles
                                              Its:_____________________

                               Exhibit D - page 5
               

<PAGE>   46
                                    EXHIBIT A

                                    Base Rent



Initial Base Rent Per Month:  $1.40/RSF

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                ------------------------ --------------------------
                                Lease Month                      Monthly Base Rent
                                ------------------------ --------------------------
<S>                             <C>                              <C>
                                
                                  0-3                                $  0.00
                                ------------------------ --------------------------
                                
                                  4-15                                  1.40
                                ------------------------ --------------------------
                               
                                  16-27                                 1.435
                                ------------------------ --------------------------
                                
                                  28-39                                 1.47
                                ------------------------ --------------------------
                                
                                  40-51                                 1.50
                                ------------------------ --------------------------
                                
                                  52-63                                 1.545
                                ------------------------ --------------------------
                                
                                  64-75                                 1.58
                                ------------------------ --------------------------
                                
                                  76-87                                 1.62
                                ------------------------ --------------------------
                                
                                  88-99                                 1.66
                                ------------------------ --------------------------
</TABLE>


                               Exhibit E - page 1




<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.11
                                                                  -------------

                  AGREEMENT FOR THE SALE OF GOODS AND SERVICES


         This Agreement for the Sale of Goods and Services ("Agreement") made
and effective this March 31, 1999, by and between DNA Technologies, Inc., a
Delaware Corporation ("DTI") and Collectors Universe Inc., a Delaware
Corporation ("CU").

         DTI desires to sell to CU, and CU desires to purchase from DTI, certain
Goods and Services of DTI.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein
contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. SALE

         DTI agrees to sell, transfer and convey to CU, and CU agrees to
purchase the following goods and services (collectively the "Products"): The
Goods shall include DNA encoded ink for covert collectible memorabilia markings
as well as two (2) detectors or lasers. The services shall include definitive
authentication of any and all products bearing DTI's DNA encoded ink. Two inks
will be provided as follows: Green optical taggants and DNA to be used for
"Signed in the presence" collectibles; and Red optical taggants and DNA to be
used for vintage authentication.

         2. PRICE

         CU shall pay DTI for Goods the sum of [*] for each item marked by CU
that uses DTI's DNA authentication technology. DTI shall provide CU with copies
of its current price
 list for authentication service, its delivery schedule, and
its standard terms and conditions of sale, as established and as may be modified
from time to time. The price of the "Goods" may be adjusted during the course of
this contract, due to the changes in the cost of goods, however the sales price
will not be increased by more than [*] in any one year period, nor will the
price be adjusted prior to March 31, 2001. Each order for authentication
service(s) shall cost CU [*] and will involve a wet laboratory test. Additional
detectors will be provided as required by PCGS at a cost of [*] per detector and
[*] per laser.

         In the event the "Products" are used for authentication of manufactured
collectibles, volume discounts will be negotiated and authorized by mutual
consent, which will not be unnecessarily withheld.

         In the event DTI reaches a Property Asset Management agreement with
Disney Studios or George Lucas Productions, pricing for these two agreements
will be determined independently of the above stated pricing policy.

         In the event that CU sub-licenses the technology to a third party, DTI
and CU will each receive [*] of the sales price per item. Both parties will
determine the sales price for the sub-licensee by mutual consent which will not
be unreasonably withheld.

[*] Confidential portions omitted and filed separately with the Securities and
    Exchange Commission




<PAGE>   2

         3. EXCLUSIVITY

         For good and valuable consideration articulated below, DNA Technologies
Inc. agrees not to sell, assign, create or produce similar DNA ink product for
any other person or entity engaged in, or seeking to be engaged in collectible
memorabilia authentication in the United States. This agreement specifically
excludes any Movie Studio Property Asset Management Programs and Fine Art. This
agreement also excludes relationships currently under discussion namely Disney,
George Lucas Productions and Warner Bros. In the event DTI reaches an agreement
with Disney Studios or George Lucas Productions, DTI will attempt to structure
the agreements to fall within the scope of the PSA/DNA license.

         Exclusivity does not apply to the manufacture of new products. For the
purpose of this Agreement a collectible will be defined as an item that is at
least one year old or has certain added significance due to its actual use or
provenance. By mutual consent, items manufactured for the purpose of being a
collectible, may from time to time be included in this Agreement.

         As consideration for this exclusivity, CU, and DTI agree that CU shall
pay DTI the sum of [*], for the licensing rights to the "Products" in the
collectible market which will include, but not be limited to the following: all
types of memorabilia including music memorabilia, movie memorabilia, celebrity
memorabilia, presidential memorabilia, limited edition collectibles, sports
memorabilia, etc.

         CU & DTI further agree that in order to maintain exclusivity CU will
have to ensure that DTI receives the following minimum annual payments under
this Agreement:

        05/01/1999 - 04/31/2000                                      $[*]
        05/01/2000 - 04/31/2001                                      $[*]
        05/01/2001 - 04/31/2002                                      $[*]
        05/01/2002 - 04/31/2003                                      $[*]
        05/01/2003 - 04/31/2004                                      $[*]
        05/01/2004 - 04/31/2005                                      $[*]

         The prescribed minimums will continue to increase at a rate of [*] per
annum for the term of this Agreement.

         4. SUBLICENSING

         CU has the right to sub-license within the memorabilia/collectible
market. In the event of such an agreement the licensing cost structure will be
as described in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement with the exception of high volume
sub-licensees for which it may be necessary to provide discount manufacturing
pricing. Such pricing to be determined by mutual consent by both parties which
will not be unreasonably withheld.

         5. PAYMENT

         CU shall pay all charges due hereunder within thirty (30) days after
the date of DTI's invoice which shall be generated on shipment of the goods,
subject to CU's right of inspection as set forth in Section 7 below. Payment
shall be made as shown on the invoice. In the event that the purchase


                                       2



<PAGE>   3

price is not paid in a timely manner, in addition to its other remedies, DTI may
impose, and CU shall pay, a late payment charge equal to one percent (1%) per
month on overdue amounts.

                  (a) Amounts owed to DTI shall be computed on the number of
Products bearing DTI's DNA encoded ink as marked by CU during each calendar
month.

                  (b) CU shall submit to DTI monthly statements of amounts due
and payable to DTI under the terms of this Agreement, with reference to the
specific invoices on which the amounts are being paid within fifteen (15) days
after the end of the calendar quarter.

                  (c) DTI shall have the right, at its own expense and not more
than once in any four (4) month period to verify the accuracy of amounts paid by
CU under the terms of this Agreement. CU shall maintain and make available to
DTI accurate books, records, and accounts relating to the business of CU with
respect to the Products. If the audit correctly reveals that CU has underpaid
DTI by ten percent (10%) or more, then CU shall reimburse DTI for the cost of
the audit, in addition to the amount of underpayment.

         6. SHIPPING

         DTI shall deliver the Goods to CU at its address herein. DTI shall be
solely responsible for the expenses associated with shipping. The risk of loss
from any casualty to the Goods, regardless of the cause, shall rest with DTI
until the delivery of the Goods to CU as set forth herein. DTI will use its
discretion in selecting an appropriate transportation method. Risk of loss due
to damage or destruction of Products shall be borne by CU after delivery to CU.

         7. RIGHT OF INSPECTION

         CU shall have the right to inspect the goods on arrival at CU's
facility. Within fifteen (15) business days after delivery, CU must give notice
to DTI of any claim with respect to the condition, quality or grade of the Goods
or non-conformance to this Agreement, specifying the basis of the claim in
detail. DTI may, at its option inspect the Goods at CU's facilities to confirm
that the Goods do not conform. Failure of CU to comply with these conditions
within the time set forth herein shall constitute irrevocable acceptance of the
Goods by CU. In the event the Goods do not conform to this Agreement, CU's sole
remedy and DTI's sole obligation, shall be at DTI's option to replace the Goods
at DTI's expense or credit CU the amount of the purchase price for the
non-conforming goods. Return shipping shall be the responsibility of DTI.

         8. PRODUCT AVAILABILITY

         Under no circumstances shall DTI be responsible to CU or anyone else
for its failure to fill accepted orders, or for its delay in filling accepted
orders, when such failure or delay is due to strike, accident, labor trouble,
acts of nature, freight embargo, civil disturbance, vendor problems or any cause
beyond DTI's reasonable control.

         9. WARRANTY

         DTI warrants that the Goods shall be free of material defects for a
period of ninety day inventory period after delivery to CU and items marked with
the Products will be warrantied for the


                                       3



<PAGE>   4

life of the product provided the item is handled in a manner consistent with the
normal standards associated with valuable collectibles. If any of the Goods sold
hereunder do not conform to this limited warranty, CU shall notify DTI not more
than five days following the end of the warranty period and for any Goods that
do not conform to this warranty, CU's sole remedy, and DTI's sole obligation,
shall be to replace the defective Goods at DTI's expense or to refund the
purchase price. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH HEREIN, DTI MAKES NO WARRANTY TO CU WITH
RESPECT TO THE GOODS, AND CU DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, DTI expressly warrants that:

                  (a) The goods supplied to CU by DTI contain DNA exclusively
produced for CU.

         10. ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION POLICY

         In exchange for a price discount given to CU by DTI in this Agreement,
CU shall, at its own expense, vigorously advertise and promote the use of DNA
authentication technology in its sports memorabilia products. In no event shall
CU make any representation, guarantee or warranty concerning the Products except
as expressly described or authorized in writing by DTI. During the term of this
Agreement, CU shall state to the public in all communications that mention DNA
in connection with its sports memorabilia or authentication protection that the
DNA authentication technology is provided by DNA Technologies, Inc., and to
advertise such Products under the trademarks, marks, and trade names that DTI
may adopt from time to time ("DTI's Trademarks"). All such statements shall be
in the same font and size, and in the main body of advertising text. All
presentations of DTI's Trademarks that CU intends to use shall first be
submitted to DTI for approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) of
design, color, and other details or shall be exact copies of those used by DTI.
Nothing herein shall grant CU any right, title, or interest in DTI's Trademarks.
At no time during or after the term of this Agreement shall CU challenge or
assist others to challenge DTI's Trademarks or the registration thereof or
attempt to register any trademarks, marks or trade names confusingly similar to
those of DTI. DTI hereby grants to CU a limited right and non exclusive license
to use DTI's name, logo, and trademarks (the "Marks") associated with the
Product to perform CU's obligations in this Agreement. CU's license in the Marks
shall terminate upon the conclusion of the Agreement. CU shall provide DTI with
reasonable proof that advertising and promotion has been completed on a
reasonable basis including, but not limited to the following evidence: a copy of
the advertisement, catalog, product literature, or electronic media, etc.,
showing the dates of the distribution and a tear sheet to confirm that the
advertisement was run, or in the case of TV and radio stations, a copy of the
affidavit or certificate as provided by the station that an advertisement was
aired.

         11. PRESS RELEASES

         Within thirty days of the date of this Agreement, the parties shall
jointly prepare and issue a press release announcing the use of DNA by CU for
authentication of Sports Memorabilia and generally promoting the Products. Any
later press release which refers to the other party or its products must be
approved by the other party prior to release.



                                       4



<PAGE>   5

         12. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         In no event shall DTI be liable for any special, indirect, incidental
or consequential damages arising out of or connected with this Agreement or the
Goods, regardless of whether a claim is based on contract, tort, strict
liability or otherwise, nor shall CU's damages pursuant to any claim hereunder
exceed the amount of the purchase price of the Goods which are the subject of
this claim.

         13. TAXES

         CU shall pay or reimburse DTI as appropriate for any sales, use, excise
or other tax imposed or levied with respect to the payment of the purchase price
for the Goods. In no event shall CU be responsible for any tax imposed upon
DTI's income or for the privilege of doing business.

         14. TERM AND TERMINATION

         Unless earlier terminated as provided below, the term of this Agreement
shall commence April 16,1999 and shall continue until April 16, 2005.
Thereafter, provided both parties have met all the terms prescribed in this
Agreement, the contract shall be renewable for additional three year periods.

                  (a) CU may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to
DTI, upon any of the following events:

                           (i) failure of DTI to fulfill or perform any one of
         the duties, obligations or responsibilities of DTI in this Agreement,
         other than paragraph 3, which failure is not cured with twenty (20)
         days notice from CU;

                           (ii) any assignment or attempted assignment by DTI of
         any interest in this Agreement or delegation of DTI's obligations
         without CU's written consent, which shall not be unnecessarily
         withheld;

                           (iii) failure of DTI for any reason to function in
         the ordinary course of business; or

                           (iv) conviction in a court of competent jurisdiction
         of DTI, or a manager, partner, principal officer or major stockholder
         of DTI for any violation of law tending, in CU's opinion, to affect
         adversely the operation or business of DTI or the good name, goodwill,
         or reputation of CU or DTI.

                  (b) DTI may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to CU
upon any of the following events:

                           (i) failure of CU to fulfill or perform any one of
         the duties, obligations or responsibilities of CU in this Agreement,
         which failure is not cured with twenty (20) days notice from DTI;

                           (ii) any assignment or attempted assignment by CU of
         any interest in this Agreement without DTI's written consent, which
         shall not be unnecessarily withheld;


                                       5


<PAGE>   6

                           (iii) failure of CU for any reason to function in the
         ordinary course of business, including filing bankruptcy;

                           (iv) conviction in a court of competent jurisdiction
         of CU, or a manager, partner, principal officer or major stockholder of
         CU for any violation of law tending, in DTI's opinion, to affect
         adversely the operation or business of CU or the good name, goodwill,
         or reputation of DTI, Products of DTI, or CU; or

                           (v) submission by CU to DTI of false or fraudulent
         reports or statements, including, without limitation, monthly
         statements of amounts due and payable to DTI under the terms of this
         Agreement, or claims for any refund, credit, rebate, incentive,
         allowance, discount, reimbursement or other payment by DTI.

         15. OBLIGATIONS UPON TERMINATION

         Immediately upon termination of this Agreement:

                  (a) All amounts owing by CU to DTI shall, notwithstanding
prior terms of sale, become immediately due and payable;

                  (b) All unshipped orders shall be canceled without liability
of either party to the other;

                  (c) Neither party shall be liable to the other because of such
termination for compensation, reimbursement or damages on account of the loss of
prospective profits or anticipated sales, or on account of expenditures,
investments, lease or commitments in connection with the business or goodwill of
DTI or CU or for any other reason whatsoever growing out of such termination;

                  (d) CU will remove and not thereafter use any sign containing
any trade name, logo or trademark of DTI including, but not limited to "DNA" or
"DNA Technologies, Inc.," and will immediately destroy all stationery,
advertising matter and other printed matter in its possession or under its
control containing such name, or any of DTI's trademark, trade names or logos.
CU will not at any time after such termination use or permit any such trademark,
trade names or logo to be used in any manner in connection with any business
conducted by it or in which it may have an interest or otherwise whatsoever as
descriptive of or referring to anything other than merchandise or Products of
DTI. Regardless of the cause of termination, CU will immediately take all
appropriate steps to remove and cancel its listings in telephone books, and
other directories, and public records, or elsewhere that contain the DTI's name,
logo or trademark. If CU fails to obtain such removals or cancellations
promptly, DTI may make application for such removals or cancellations on behalf
of PCGS and in CU's name and in such event CU will render every assistance. All
of DTI's trademarks, trade names, patents, copyrights, designs, drawings,
formulas or other data, photographs, demonstrators, literature, and sales aid of
every kind shall remain the property of DTI. Within thirty (30) days after the
termination of this Agreement, CU shall return all such items to DTI at CU's
expense. CU shall not make or retain any copies of any confidential items or
information that may have been entrusted to it.



                                       6


<PAGE>   7

         16. INSOLVENCY

         In the event that DTI enters insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings, DTI
Company will appoint Gans Ink and Supply Company, a security ink printer in Los
Angeles, as an escrow agent, to administer the "Products" and to ensure that
there is sufficient product on hand to meet the needs of CU. In addition, Gans
Ink and Supply Company will also be provided with the source information for the
DTI's products in order to ensure that CU will not be adversely affected by any
proceedings against DTI and that there will be a continuous source for the
product.

         17. CONFLICT OF INTEREST

         CU warrants to DTI that it does not currently use or promote any lines
or products incorporating DNA in the sports celebrity, sports memorabilia
authentication and celebrity market that compete with the Products. During the
term of this Agreement and for a period of three (3) years following termination
of the Agreement, CU shall not use, promote or otherwise try to sell any
products incorporating DNA in the sports celebrity and sports memorabilia
authentication market that compete with the Products covered by this Agreement.

         18. CONFIDENTIALITY

         During this Agreement, each party may disclose to the other information
that is confidential and proprietary to the disclosing party ("Confidential
Information"). Confidential Information may include, but is not limited to,
business plans, marketing plans, financial statements, competitive analysis,
market research, product development plans, computer programs, designs, and
models, communicated orally, in writing, or by electronic media. Confidential
Information disclosed orally or electronically shall be identified as such
within five (5) days of disclosure. Confidential Information disclosed in
writing shall be marked "Confidential." Each party agrees that it will maintain
the Confidential Information of the other party in confidence and shall use such
information only for the purposes of this Agreement. Confidential Information
may be disclosed by a receiving party within its organization only to specific
employees who have a need to know such information for the purposes of this
Agreement and who have agreed in writing not to disclose it. Upon expiration or
termination of this Agreement, or sooner if demanded by a party, a receiving
party shall return to a disclosing party any of the disclosing party's
Confidential Information including all copies thereof. The obligations of each
party in this section shall continue for a period of five (5) years following
the expiration or termination of the Agreement. The obligations of this section
shall not apply to any Confidential Information that:

                  (a) Is or becomes public through no act of a receiving party;

                  (b) Is rightfully received from a third party without
obligations of confidentiality; or

                  (c) Is independently developed by a receiving party without
reference to the other party's Confidential Information.


                                       7



<PAGE>   8

         19. NOTICES

         Any notice required by this Agreement, or given in connection with it,
shall be in writing and shall be given to the appropriate party by personal
delivery or by certified mail, postage prepaid, or recognized overnight delivery
services.

         If to DTI:

         DNA Technologies, Inc.
         5777 W. Century Boulevard
         Suite 1695
         Los Angeles, California 90045

         If to CU:

         CU, Inc.
         P.O. Box 9458
         Newport Beach, California 92658

         20. GOVERNING LAW

         This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the State of California.

         21. FINAL AGREEMENT

         This Agreement terminates and supersedes all prior understandings or
Agreements including the Agreement for the Sale of Goods and Services dated July
22, 1998 on the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be modified only by a
further writing that is duly executed by both parties.

         22. SEVERABILITY

         If any term of this Agreement is held by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then this Agreement, including all
of the remaining terms, will remain in full force and effect as if such invalid
or unenforceable term had never been included.

         23. HEADINGS

         Headings used in this Agreement are provided for convenience only and
shall not be used to construe meaning or intent.

         24. JURISDICTION AND VENUE

         Jurisdiction and Venue. The courts of Los Angeles County, California
shall have exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any controversy or claim arising
out of or relating to this agreement, and THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THEIR
RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM. The
court shall award to the prevailing





                                       8


<PAGE>   9

party, in addition to any other relief deemed appropriate, the prevailing
party's attorney's fees and costs of litigation, whether or not those are
otherwise available to the prevailing party by statute.

         25. PREVAILING PARTY CLAUSE

         In the event a dispute arises with respect to this Agreement, the party
prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to recover all expenses incurred in
connection with, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees and
expenses incurred.

         26. REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY

         DTI represents and warrants to CU that it is the owner of all right,
title and interest in, and to, or otherwise has the right to use, the DNA
authentication technology referred to herein, that such DNA authentication
technology is covered by patents in the name of DTI, and that this Agreement
will grant CU, subject to maintaining the minimum payment schedule set forth
herein and to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, the exclusivity
provided in Section 4 hereof.

         DTI has the full right and authority to enter into this Agreement
without anyone else's consent or concurrence. DTI will, at DTI's sole cost,
defend DTI's right, title and interest in the technology, and its right to enter
into this Agreement, against any adverse rights or claims, and will fully
indemnify and hold harmless CU, its principals, employees and agents and any
affiliated or related business entity of CU against all such claims and costs,
including attorney's fees.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto are duly authorized and have
caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

DNA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.     COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.   COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.

By: /s/ Deborah Smith      By: /s/ David Hall          By: /s/ Louis Crain
    -----------------          --------------------        ---------------------
    Deborah Smith              David Hall                  Louis Crain
    VP President               Chairman                    C.E.O.






                                       9




<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12


                     CONTRIBUTION AND ACQUISITION AGREEMENT

         This CONTRIBUTION AND ACQUISITION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), is dated
as of this 3rd day of February 1999 by and between COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC., a
Delaware corporation ("CUI"), and HUGH SCONYERS ("Sconyers"), with reference to
the following facts and circumstances:

                                 R E C I T A L S

         A. Sconyers is the record and beneficial owner of four percent (4%) of
the outstanding membership interests of Internet Universe, LLC ("IU"), which is
a California limited liability company that was formerly named "Collectors
Universe, LLC".

         B. CUI has been formed, organized and capitalized under the laws of the
State of Delaware for the purposes of effecting the transactions contemplated in
this Agreement and the other agreements listed on Exhibit A hereto (the "Other
Contribution Agreements") and to conduct such other business and affairs as the
Board of Directors of CUI may from time to time find to be in the best interests
of CUI.

         C. Each of the corporations or other business entities whose shares,
ownership interests or assets are being contributed to CUI pursuant to this
Agreement and or the Other Contribution Agreements (hereinafter sometimes
referred to collectively as the
 "Founding Companies") is engaged in the business
of marketing and selling, or providing services to, businesses that market and
sell, Collectibles (as hereinafter defined) at retail establishments, by mail
order, at trade shows or auctions or over the internet or by other means of
electronic commerce. CUI intends to integrate the products and services offered
by each of the Founding Companies in order to expand the sale of their products,
increase their efficiencies and reduce their operating costs and increase their
presence and expand their sales over the Internet.

         D. CUI desires to acquire the Membership Interest in IU owned by
Sconyers (the "Sconyers Membership Interest") and Sconyers desires to contribute
and transfer and convey the Sconyers Membership Interest to CUI, in exchange for
which CUI would issue shares of CUI Common Stock to Sconyers, all on the terms
and conditions set forth herein, at or about the same time as and in conjunction
with the consummation of the similar transactions contemplated by the Other
Contribution Agreements.

         E. This Agreement is being entered into by the parties, and the Other
Contribution Agreements are being or have been entered into by CUI and the other
parties thereto, as part of a unified plan of contribution and exchange of stock
(the "Plan") that is intended by the parties to qualify for non-recognition
treatment under Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"). However, none of the parties to this Agreement nor any of the
parties to the Other Contribution Agreements has made or is making any
representations or warranties with respect to whether the transactions being
consummated pursuant to and as part of such Plan will comply with the
requirements of Code Section 351 or as to the consequences, under applicable
federal, state or other tax laws, of such transactions to the parties to this
Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective
covenants and promises of each of CUI and Sconyers to the other that are
hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

         1.       EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES.

                  1.1 SALE AND TRANSFER OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST. On the terms and
subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, at the Closing (as
hereinafter defined) Sconyers shall sell,

<PAGE>   2
assign, transfer, covey and deliver the Sconyers Membership Interest to CUI,
free and clear of any and all liens, claims, encumbrances, pledges, security
interests, options, rights of first refusal, community property interests,
restrictions and any other adverse interests of any kind or nature whatsoever,
and CUI shall acquire and accept the Sconyers Membership Interest from Sconyers.

                  1.2 ACQUISITION CONSIDERATION. As the consideration for the
sale and transfer to CUI of the Sconyers Membership Interest, at the Closing CUI
shall issue a total of eighty six thousand one hundred twelve (86,112) shares of
Common Stock of CUI (the "CUI Shares" or the "Acquisition Consideration") to
Sconyers, provided that Sconyers executes and delivers a stockholders agreement
in the form of Exhibit B hereto (the "Stockholders Agreement").

                  1.3 CLOSING. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the
conditions set forth in Section 5 hereof, consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of Stradling
Yocca Carlson & Rauth, 660 Newport Center Drive, Suite 1600, Newport Beach,
California 92660, on the third (3rd) business day after satisfaction or waiver
of such conditions precedent, provided, however, that, if the Closing occurs on
or before March 12, 1999, the transactions contemplated hereby shall be
effective for accounting purposes as of February 5, 1999 (the "Effective Date").
At the Closing, Sconyers shall execute and deliver to CUI (i) such documents or
instruments of assignment as CUI or its counsel may reasonably request to
evidence and effectuate the transfer of the Sconyers Membership Interest to CUI
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (ii) the Stockholders Agreement
and (iii) and the other Closing Documents listed on Exhibit C hereto (the
"Closing Documents"), and CUI shall execute and deliver to Sconyers a stock
certificate evidencing his ownership of the CUI Shares.

                  1.4 WAIVER OF RIGHT OF PURCHASE OPTION. The parties hereto
agree to cooperate with each other in connection with efforts to have IU waive
its right of first refusal and purchase option with respect to Sconyers'
Membership Interest under Section 8 of IU's Operating Agreement.

         2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SCONYERS. Sconyers represents and
warrants to CUI as follows:

                  2.1 AUTHORITY AND CAPACITY. Sconyers has the full legal right
and capacity to execute and deliver, and to perform his obligations under this
Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement, and has duly executed and delivered
this Agreement with the intent to be legally bound hereby. This Agreement
constitutes, and upon its execution and delivery the Stockholders Agreement
shall constitute, a valid and legally binding obligation of Sconyers that is
enforceable against him in accordance with its respective terms, except as such
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other
similar laws affecting creditors' rights and by general principles of equity
relating to the availability of equitable remedies (regardless of whether any
such agreements are sought to be enforced in a proceeding at law or in equity).

                  2.2 NO CONFLICTS. The execution and delivery and the
performance by Sconyers of this Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement do not
and will not require any consent or approval of any third party (governmental or
other) that has not been obtained and will not result in any of the following:
(i) a termination, or a default or breach, or an event that, with notice or
lapse of time, or both, would be a default or breach, of any contract, lease,
license, promissory note, security or pledge agreement, or any other agreement,
instrument or commitment to which Sconyers is a party or is subject; (ii)
acceleration of any indebtedness owed by Sconyers or the creation or imposition
of any liens, charges or encumbrances on the Sconyers Membership Interest or any
of Sconyers' assets; or (iv) a violation or

                                       2

<PAGE>   3
breach of any writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental
instrumentality or any laws to which Sconyers is a party or to which he or the
Sconyers Membership Interest is subject.

                  2.3 THE SCONYERS MEMBERSHIP INTEREST. Sconyers has good and
marketable title to the Sconyers Membership Interest, free and clear of any and
all liens, claims, encumbrances, pledges, security interests, options, rights of
first refusal, community property interests, restrictions and any other adverse
interests of any kind or nature whatsoever, other than restrictions on the
transferability and rights of first refusal that are imposed on the Sconyers
Membership Interest by IU's Operating Agreement. Sconyers has not sold,
transferred, conveyed, assigned, hypothecated, or granted any security interest
in or pledged, or granted any option or right entitling anyone to acquire, the
Sconyers Membership Interest, and has not entered into nor is it bound by any
agreement, commitment or understanding (written or oral) to do any of the
foregoing. The Sconyers Membership Interest is not subject to any liabilities,
other than those expressly provided for in the IU Operating Agreement, and no
liabilities will arise as a result of or in connection with the consummation of
the sale and transfer of the Sconyers Membership Interest by Sconyers to CUI.

                  2.4 SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. Sconyers represents and
warrants that:

                           (a) He has been advised and understands and agrees
that the CUI Shares will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "1933 Act"), nor qualified under any state securities laws, on the
ground (among others) that no distribution or public offering of the CUI Shares
is to be effected in connection with the transactions contemplated herein or by
Sconyers and in issuing the CUI Shares to Sconyers, CUI is relying on the
accuracy and completeness of the representations and warranties of Sconyers in
this Section 2.4.

                           (b) Sconyers is acquiring the CUI Shares for his own
account, and not as an nominee or agent for any other persons or entities, and
for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale thereof.

                           (c) Sconyers acknowledges that he has been informed
and understands that no public market for the CUI Shares exists and that there
can be no assurance that any such market may develop or exist in the future and,
even if a public market does develop, that the CUI Shares may not be sold or
transferred except in compliance with the 1933 Act or any exemption thereunder
and there is no assurance that any exemption from registration, including Rule
144, under the 1933 Act will become available to permit resales of the CUI
Shares.

                           (d) Sconyers has been furnished with such information
regarding CUI and the CUI Shares as he has requested of CUI and has had an
opportunity to ask questions of the officers of CUI regarding, and to become
informed about, CUI and its business and its consolidated financial condition
and results of operations.

                           (e) Sconyers is an "Accredited Investor" as such term
is defined in Regulation D under the 1933 Act.

                           (f) Sconyers acknowledges and agrees that (i) until
the CUI Shares become eligible for resale under Rule 144(k) under the 1933 Act,
any proposed sale or other transfer or disposition of any of the CUI Shares,
other than pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act,
may not be made unless and until Sconyers has furnished to CUI an opinion of
counsel, reasonably acceptable to CUI and its counsel, to the effect that the
proposed sale or other transfer or disposition is exempt from registration under
the 1933 Act, and (ii) the CUI Shares will be subject to the Stockholders
Agreement referred to in Section 1.2 hereof and, until the Stockholders
Agreement has been terminated (A) no sale or other disposition of the CUI Shares
may be made except in compliance

                                       3

<PAGE>   4
therewith and (B) the CUI Shares may be required to be sold in one or more
transactions involving sales of shares of CUI initiated by certain other of the
CUI Stockholders, all as more fully provided in the Stockholders Agreement.
Sconyers has read and understands the Stockholders Agreement.

                           (g) Sconyers acknowledges and agrees that the
certificate representing the CUI Shares shall contain restrictive legends in the
forms set forth in the form of Stockholders Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit
B or restrictive legends that are substantially similar thereto.

                           2.5 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND AGREEMENTS REGARDING CUI
REPRESENTATIONS. Sconyers acknowledges and agrees that (a) CUI has not made, and
is not making, any representations or warranties to Sconyers with respect to (i)
the federal, state or local income or other tax consequences to Sconyers of his
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (ii) the future
performance of CUI; and (b) in entering into this Agreement and the Stockholders
Agreement, he is not relying on any statements or representations or warranties
of CUI, or any representations or warranties made or purported to have been made
by any officer, director, stockholder, employee or agent of CUI, other than the
express representations and warranties of CUI contained in this Agreement.

         3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CUI. CUI makes the following
representations and warranties to Sconyers as of the date of this Agreement:

                  3.1 ORGANIZATION. CUI is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

                  3.2 CORPORATE POWER. CUI possesses the requisite corporate
power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this
Agreement. CUI has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents
necessary to authorize its execution and delivery of and its performance under
this Agreement. This Agreement constitutes, and upon its execution and delivery
by CUI the Stockholders Agreement will constitute, valid obligations of CUI that
are legally binding on and enforceable against CUI in accordance with their
respective terms, except (in each case) as such enforceability may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors'
rights, and by general principles of equity relating to the availability of
equitable remedies (regardless of whether such agreements are sought to be
enforced in a proceeding at law or in equity).

                  3.3 NO CONFLICTS. The execution and delivery and the
performance by CUI of this Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement will not
result in any of the following: (i) the termination, or a default or an event
that, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default, breach
or violation, of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of CUI, any
contract, lease, license, promissory note, security or pledge agreement, or
other agreement, instrument or commitment to which CUI is a party or is subject
and which is material to CUI and its subsidiaries considered as a whole; (ii)
the acceleration of the maturity of any indebtedness of CUI that is material to
CUI and its subsidiaries considered as a whole; or (iii) a violation or breach
of any writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality
to which CUI is a party or by which any of its properties is bound or any laws
or regulations applicable to CUI, where the violation would have a material
adverse effect on CUI and its subsidiaries, considered as a whole.

                  3.4 CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS. CUI has
heretofore furnished to Sconyers, a complete and correct copy of its Certificate
of Incorporation and By-Laws, as amended to date. Such Certificate of
Incorporation and By-Laws are in full force and effect. CUI is not in violation
of any of the provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws.

                                       4

<PAGE>   5
                  3.5 CAPITALIZATION. As of the date hereof, the authorized
capital stock of CUI consists of 30,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value
$.001 per share. On consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the Other Contributions Agreements, there will be (i) a total of
19,000,000 fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock that will be
issued and outstanding, which will include the CUI Shares being issued under
this Agreement; and (ii) ___ shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance on the
exercise of stock options (either granted or to be granted in the future).

                  3.6 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. CUI has furnished to Sconyers
unaudited consolidated financial statements of Professional Coin Grading
Service, Inc. ("PCGS") which, on consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby and by the Other Contribution Agreements, will be CUI's predecessor and
principal subsidiary, consisting of a balance sheet of PCGS as of June 30,1998
and a related statement of income for the year then ended, and an unaudited
balance sheet as of, and related unaudited statement of income of PCGS for the
six months ended, December 31, 1998, all of which have been prepared by PCGS
(collectively, the "PCGS Financial Statements"). Except as otherwise set forth
in Schedule 3.6 of the CUI Disclosure Schedules or in the footnotes contained in
the PCGS Financial Statements, such Financial Statements fairly present, in all
material respects, the financial position of PCGS as at, and the respective
results of operations of PCGS for the year ended June 30, 1998 and the six
months ended December 31, 1998, respectively. Except as set forth in Schedule
3.6 hereto, since December 31, 1998, there has not been a material adverse
change in the financial condition or results of operations of PCGS.

                  3.7 THE CUI SHARES. The CUI Shares to be issued by CUI to
Sconyers pursuant to Section 1.2 of this Agreement shall be, at the time of such
issuance, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and
free of preemptive rights under the charter documents or other agreements of CUI
to which the shares of capital stock of CUI are subject, except for any
preemptive rights and rights of first refusal under the Stockholders Agreement.

         4.       ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN PENDING AND AFTER THE CLOSING

                  4.1 PROHIBITED ACTIONS. Between the date hereof and the
earlier of the consumation of the Closing or termination of this Agreement,
Sconyers agrees not to take any action which he knows, or reasonably should
know, would (i) make any of his respective representations or warranties
contained in this Agreement untrue or incorrect, or (ii) prevent or interfere
with the performance by Sconyers of any of his covenants contained in this
Agreement. Sconyers also covenants and agrees that he will not grant any options
or rights to acquire, or pledge or permit the imposition of any liens or
encumbrances on or hypothecate, the Sconyers Membership Interest either in whole
or in part, and he will not enter into any agreement or understanding, written
or oral, that provides therefor.

                  4.2 ACCESS TO INFORMATION. During the period from the date
hereof and continuing until the earlier of the completion of the Closing or
termination of this Agreement, CUI, upon reasonable notice, and subject to the
provisions of Section 4.6 hereof, shall (i) furnish Sconyers and his
accountants, counsel and other representatives, reasonable access, during the
period between the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the Closing
or termination of this Agreement, to all of CUI's and PCGS' properties, books,
contracts, commitments and records (ii) promptly furnish to Sconyers such other
information concerning the business, properties and personnel of CUI and PCGS as
Sconyers may reasonably request, and (iii) make available to Sconyers the
appropriate individuals (including attorneys, accountants and other
professionals) at CUI for a discussion of the business, properties and personnel
of CUI and PCGS as Sconyers may reasonably request.

                                       5

<PAGE>   6
                  4.3 CONSENTS; APPROVALS. Sconyers and CUI shall each use his
or its (as the case may be) best reasonable efforts to obtain all consents,
waivers, approvals, authorizations or orders (including, without limitation, all
governmental and regulatory rulings and approvals), and Sconyers and CUI shall
make all filings (including, without limitation, all filings with governmental
or regulatory agencies) required in connection with the authorization, execution
and delivery of this Agreement by and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby. Sconyers and CUI shall furnish all information required to
be included in any applications or other filings to be made pursuant to the
rules and regulations of any governmental body in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  4.4 NOTIFICATION OF CERTAIN MATTERS. Sconyers shall give
prompt notice to CUI, and CUI shall give prompt notice to Sconyers of (i) the
occurrence or nonoccurrence of any event which would be likely to cause any
representation or warranty made by such party in this Agreement to be materially
untrue or inaccurate, or (ii) any failure of Sconyers or CUI materially to
comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with
or satisfied by him or it hereunder; provided, however, that the delivery of any
notice pursuant to this Section shall not limit or otherwise affect the remedies
available hereunder to the party receiving such notice.

                  4.5 FURTHER ACTION. On the terms and subject to the conditions
hereof, each of the parties hereto shall use all reasonable efforts to take, or
cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all other things
necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective as promptly as
practicable the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to obtain in a
timely manner all necessary waivers, consents and approvals and to effect all
necessary registrations and filings, and otherwise to satisfy or cause to be
satisfied all conditions precedent to its obligations under this Agreement. From
and after the Closing, each party shall take such actions and execute such
documents and instruments as any other party may reasonably request to better
evidence or effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the
Exhibits hereto.

                  4.6 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Sconyers acknowledges that he or
any of his agents or advisors ("Representatives") may be given, by CUI or PCGS
(each, a "disclosing party") or any of such disclosing party's Representatives,
access to various items of proprietary and confidential information of the
disclosing party in the course of investigations and negotiations prior to
Closing. Sconyers agrees that such confidential information shall be kept
strictly confidential by him and his Representatives and shall not be used for
any purpose other than to facilitate the consummation of the transactions
contemplated herein. Confidential information shall include any proprietary
business or other information which is delivered (orally or in writing) or to
which access is given by a disclosing party or any of its Representatives to
Sconyers or any of his Representatives, and any such information that is
included in or incorporated into any notes, analyses, memoranda, projections or
other documents that are prepared by Sconyers or any of his Representatives,
unless such information (a) is already of public knowledge, or (b) becomes of
public knowledge through no fault, action or inaction of the receiving party or
its Representatives, or (c) is demonstrated convincingly by Sconyers to have
been known by him or any of his Representatives prior to the disclosure of such
information by the disclosing party to him or his Representatives, unless such
knowledge was acquired from a person who Sconyers or his Representatives knew or
reasonably should have known was subject, at the time of such disclosure, to a
fiduciary or other duty of non-disclosure to the disclosing party. Except as
permitted by Section 4.6, neither Sconyers nor his Representatives shall
intentionally disclose any confidential information of CUI or PCGS to any third
person; provided, however, that such information may be disclosed (i) with the
written consent of CUI, (ii) in applications or requests required to be made to
obtain licenses, permits, approvals or consents needed to consummate the
transactions contemplated herein, (iii) to Sconyers' professional advisors who
need to know such information in connection with the consummation of the

                                       6

<PAGE>   7
transactions contemplated hereby, or (iv) pursuant to court order or subpoena,
provided, however, that if Sconyers or any of his Representatives is served with
a court order or subpoena that would require the disclosure of any of the
confidential information of a disclosing party, Sconyers or such Representative
so served (as the case may be) shall promptly, but in any event within three (3)
days thereafter, notify CUI thereof and shall provide reasonable cooperation, at
CUI's expense, with any efforts that CUI may undertake to quash such court order
or subpoena or obtain a protective order with respect to the disclosure and use
of such confidential information. The restrictions and obligations contained in
this Section 4.6 shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby and any termination of this Agreement.

         5.       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

                  5.1 CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF EACH PARTY TO CONSUMMATE
TRANSACTIONS. The performance by each party of its respective obligations under
this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing
Date, of each of the following conditions unless waived in writing by such
party:

                           (a) Absence of Injunctions or Restraints; Illegality.
No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other
order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or
prohibition preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
shall be in effect, nor shall any proceeding brought by any administrative
agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality,
domestic or foreign, seeking any of the foregoing be pending; and there shall
not be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or order enacted,
entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby
which makes their consummation illegal.

                           (b) Governmental Actions. There shall not have been
instituted, pending or threatened, in writing, any action or proceeding (or any
investigation or other inquiry that might result in such an action or
proceeding) by any governmental authority or administrative agency before any
governmental authority, administrative agency or court of competent
jurisdiction, nor shall there be in effect any judgment, decree or order of any
governmental authority, administrative agency or court of competent
jurisdiction, in either case, seeking to prohibit or limit CUI, following the
Closing, from exercising any of the material rights and privileges pertaining to
its ownership of the Sconyers Membership Interest.

                           (c) Consents Obtained. All material consents,
waivers, approvals, authorizations or orders required to be obtained by CUI,
Sconyers or IU for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement
and the consummation by each such party of the transactions contemplated hereby
shall have been obtained by CUI, IU or Sconyers (as the case may be).

                  5.2 ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF CUI. The
obligations of CUI to consummate its acquisition of the Sconyers Membership
Interest and to perform its other obligations under this Agreement also are
subject to the following conditions:

                           (a) Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. The
representations and warranties of Sconyers contained in this Agreement shall be
true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date, with
the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date, except for
(i) changes contemplated by this Agreement, and (ii) those representations and
warranties which address matters only as of a particular date (which shall have
been true and correct as of such date, and CUI shall have received a certificate
to such effect signed by Sconyers.

                                       7

<PAGE>   8
                           (b) Performance of Covenants. Sconyers shall have
performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants
required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by him on or prior
to the Closing Date, including the execution and delivery of the Stockholders
Agreement, and CUI shall have received a certificate to such effect signed by
Sconyers.

                           (c) Consummation of Other Transactions. The
transactions contemplated by the Other Contribution Agreements shall have been
consummated at or about the same time as the Closing hereunder.

                           (d) Additional Instruments. CUI shall have received
the Closing Documents listed on Exhibit C hereto and such other instruments and
documents as CUI or its counsel reasonably deems to be necessary.

                  5.3 ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF SCONYERS. The
obligation of Sconyers to consummate his obligations under this Agreement is
also subject to the following conditions:

                           (a) Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. The
representations and warranties of CUI contained in this Agreement shall be true
and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date, with the
same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date, except for (i)
changes contemplated by this Agreement or in the CUI Disclosure Schedules, and
(ii) those representations and warranties which address matters only as of a
particular date (which shall have been true and correct as of such date, and
Sconyers shall have received a certificate to such effect signed by the
President of CUI.

                           (b) Agreements and Covenants. CUI shall have
performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants
required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to
the Closing Date, and Sealers shall have received a certificate to such effect
signed by the President of CUI.

                           (c) Additional Instruments. Sconyers shall have
received the additional Closing Documents listed on Exhibit C hereto and such
other instruments and documents as Sconyers or his counsel reasonably deems to
be necessary.

         6.       TERMINATION

                  6.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the
transactions herein contemplated may be abandoned at any time prior to the
Closing:

                           (a) By mutual written consent of CUI and Sconyers; or

                           (b) By CUI, if any of the conditions to its
obligations set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement shall not have been
satisfied, or waived by CUI in writing, prior to March __, 1999;

                           (c) By Sconyers if any of the conditions set forth in
Section 5 of this Agreement to his obligations shall not have been satisfied, or
waived in writing by Sconyers, prior to March __, 1999;

         Provided, that in each of the foregoing cases the party so terminating
is not in breach of any of its material obligations or representations or
warranties under this Agreement.

                                       8

<PAGE>   9
                  6.2 Procedure Upon Termination. Any termination and
abandonment by CUI or Sconyers, or both, pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof, shall
be effective on written notice thereof from the terminating party to the other
parties and upon any such termination:

                           (a) Each party will redeliver all documents,
workpapers and other material of any other party relating to the transactions
contemplated hereby, whether so obtained before or after the execution hereof,
to the party furnishing the same;

                           (b) The obligations of confidentiality set forth in
Section 4.6 hereof shall continue despite such termination; and

                           (c) The parties shall be relieved of any obligation
to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, but none of the parties
shall be relieved of any liability for its breach or default under this
Agreement.

         7.       SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         Regardless of any due diligence or other investigation, either prior to
or after the Closing, or any verification or approval by any party hereto or by
anyone or on behalf of any party hereto, all of the representations and
warranties set forth in this Agreement or in any certificates delivered pursuant
hereto shall remain in full force and effect and shall survive the Closing until
the expiration of three (3) years from the Closing Date, except that (i)
Sconyers' representations and warranties contained in Sections 2.1 and 2.3, and
the representations and warranties of CUI contained in Sections 3.1, 3.5 and
3.7, shall survive for a period of seven (7) years following the Closing. All
covenants which by their terms require performance or compliance following the
Closing shall remain in full force and effect and shall survive the Closing
until they have been fully performed and discharged.

         8.       MISCELLANEOUS.

                  8.1 ASSIGNMENT. No party may assign this Agreement, or assign
its rights or delegate its duties hereunder, without the prior written consent
of the other party.

                  8.2 SEVERABILITY. Any provision of this Agreement which is
illegal, invalid or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such
illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the
remaining provisions hereof.

                  8.3 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement is deemed to have been made
in the State of California, and its interpretation, its construction and the
remedies for its enforcement or breach are to be applied pursuant to, and in
accordance with, the laws of the State of California for contracts made and to
be performed in that state. In the event any party hereto is required to
initiate any legal action or proceeding to enforce its rights hereunder, such
action or proceeding shall be brought and maintained exclusively in the Superior
Court for the County of Orange, in California and each party agrees to accept,
and not to challenge, the jurisdiction of such court over the parties and the
subject matter of such action or proceeding or the convenience of the forum and
to accept and not to challenge the adequacy of service by certified or
registered mail. The prevailing party in any such action or proceeding shall be
entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements, expert
witness fees and disbursements and other costs of suit from the non-prevailing
party. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HEREBY
EXPRESSLY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING,
IRRESPECTIVE OF WHICHEVER PARTY MAY BRING ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING.

                                       9

<PAGE>   10
                  8.4 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement, and the
Exhibits and Schedules hereto, constitute all of the agreements of the parties
with respect to, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating
to the subject matter of, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a
written instrument specifically referring to this Agreement signed by the
parties hereto.

                  8.5 WAIVER. No waiver by one party of the other party's
obligations, or of any breach or default hereunder by any other party, shall be
valid or effective, unless such waiver is set forth in writing and is signed by
the party giving such waiver; and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any
subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature or any breach or
default by such other party of any of the other provisions of this Agreement.

                  8.6 INTERPRETATION; HEADINGS. This Agreement is the result of
arms'-length negotiations between the parties hereto and no provision hereof,
because of any ambiguity found to be contained therein or otherwise, shall be
construed against a party by reason of the fact that such party or its legal
counsel was the draftsman of that provision. The section, subsection and any
paragraph headings contained herein are for the purpose of convenience only and
are not intended to define, limit or affect, and shall not be considered in
connection with, the interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this
Agreement.

                  8.7 NOTICES. All notices and other communications given or
made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly
given or made if and when delivered personally or by overnight courier to the
parties at the addresses set forth on Exhibit D hereto or sent by electronic
transmission, with confirmation received, to the telecopy numbers specified on
that Exhibit (or at such other address or telecopy number for a party as shall
be specified by like notice).

                  8.8 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in separate
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement on the
date first above stated.

SCONYERS:                              CUI:

                                       COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.



/s/ Hugh Sconyers                      By: /s/ David Hall
-----------------------------             -------------------------------------
Hugh Sconyers                             David Hall, Chairman

                                       10



<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.13


                     CONTRIBUTION AND ACQUISITION AGREEMENT

         This CONTRIBUTION AND ACQUISITION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), is made
as of this 3rd day of February 1999 by and between COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC., a
Delaware corporation ("CUI"), and BJ SEARLS ("Searls"), with reference to the
following facts and circumstances:

                                 R E C I T A L S

         A. Searls is the record and beneficial owner of one percent (1%) of the
outstanding membership interests of Internet Universe, LLC ("IU"), which is a
California limited liability company that was formerly named "Collectors
Universe, LLC."

         B. CUI has been formed, organized and capitalized under the laws of the
State of Delaware for the purposes of effecting the transactions contemplated in
this Agreement and the other agreements listed on Exhibit A hereto (the "Other
Contribution Agreements") and to conduct such other business and affairs as the
Board of Directors of CUI may from time to time find to be in the best interests
of CUI.

         C. Each of the corporations or other business entities whose shares,
ownership interests or assets are being contributed to CUI pursuant to this
Agreement and or the Other Contribution Agreements (hereinafter sometimes
referred to collectively as the "Founding Companies")
 is engaged in the business
of marketing and selling, or providing services to, businesses that market and
sell, Collectibles (as hereinafter defined) at retail establishments, by mail
order, at trade shows or auctions or over the internet or by other means of
electronic commerce. CUI intends to integrate the products and services offered
by each of the Founding Companies in order to expand the sale of their products,
increase their efficiencies and reduce their operating costs and increase their
presence and expand their sales over the Internet.

         D. CUI desires to acquire the Membership Interest in IU owned by Searls
(the "Searls Membership Interest") and Searls desires to contribute and transfer
and convey the Searls Membership Interest to CUI, in exchange for which CUI
would issue shares of CUI Common Stock to Searls, all on the terms and
conditions set forth herein, at or about the same time as and in conjunction
with the consummation of the similar transactions contemplated by the Other
Contribution Agreements.

         E. This Agreement is being entered into by the parties, and the Other
Contribution Agreements are being or have been entered into by CUI and the other
parties thereto, as part of a unified plan of contribution and exchange of stock
(the "Plan") that is intended by the parties to qualify for non-recognition
treatment under Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"). However, none of the parties to this Agreement nor any of the
parties to the Other Contribution Agreements has made or is making any
representations or warranties with respect to whether the transactions being
consummated pursuant to and as part of such Plan will comply with the
requirements of Code Section 351 or as to the consequences, under applicable
federal, state or other tax laws, of such transactions to the parties to this
Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective
covenants and promises of each of CUI and Searls to the other that are
hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

         1. EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES.

                  1.1 SALE AND TRANSFER OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST. On the terms and
subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, at the Closing (as
hereinafter defined) Searls shall contribute, assign, transfer, covey and
deliver the Searls Membership Interest to CUI, free and clear of any and all
liens, claims, encumbrances, pledges, security interests, options, rights of
first refusal, community

<PAGE>   2
property interests, restrictions and any other adverse interests of any kind or
nature whatsoever, and CUI shall acquire and accept the Searls Membership
Interest from Searls.

                  1.2 ACQUISITION CONSIDERATION. As the consideration for the
sale and transfer to CUI of the Searls Membership Interest, at the Closing CUI
shall issue a total of twenty-one thousand five hundred eighty five (21,585)
shares of common stock of CUI (the "CUI Shares" or the "Acquisition
Consideration") to Searls, provided that Searls executes and delivers a
stockholders agreement in the form of Exhibit B hereto (the "Stockholders
Agreement").

                  1.3 CLOSING. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the
conditions set forth in Section 5 hereof, consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of Stradling
Yocca Carlson & Rauth, 660 Newport Center Drive, Suite 1600, Newport Beach,
California 92660, on the third (3rd) business day after satisfaction or waiver
of such conditions precedent, provided, however, that, if the Closing occurs on
or before ________ __, 1999, the transactions contemplated hereby shall be
effective for accounting purposes as of February 5, 1999 (the "Effective Date").
At the Closing, Searls shall execute and deliver to CUI (i) such documents or
instruments of assignment as CUI or its counsel may reasonably request to
evidence and effectuate the transfer of the Searls Membership Interest to CUI in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (ii) the Stockholders Agreement and
(iii) and the other Closing Documents listed on Exhibit C hereto (the "Closing
Documents"), and CUI shall execute and deliver to Searls a stock certificate
evidencing her ownership of the CUI Shares.

                  1.4 WAIVER OF RIGHT OF PURCHASE OPTION. The parties hereto
agree to cooperate with each other in connection with efforts to have IU waive
its right of first refusal and purchase option with respect to Searls'
Membership Interest under Section 8 of IU's Operating Agreement.

         2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SEARLS. Searls represents and
warrants to CUI as follows:

                  2.1 AUTHORITY AND CAPACITY. Searls has the full legal right
and capacity to execute and deliver, and to perform her obligations under this
Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement, and has duly executed and delivered
this Agreement with the intent to be legally bound hereby. This Agreement
constitutes, and upon its execution and delivery the Stockholders Agreement
shall constitute, a valid and legally binding obligation of Searls that is
enforceable against her in accordance with its respective terms, except as such
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other
similar laws affecting creditors' rights and by general principles of equity
relating to the availability of equitable remedies (regardless of whether any
such agreements are sought to be enforced in a proceeding at law or in equity).

                  2.2 NO CONFLICTS. The execution and delivery and the
performance by Searls of this Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement do not
and will not require any consent or approval of any third party (governmental or
other) that has not been obtained and will not result in any of the following:
(i) a termination, or a default or breach, or an event that, with notice or
lapse of time, or both, would be a default or breach, of any contract, lease,
license, promissory note, security or pledge agreement, or any other agreement,
instrument or commitment to which Searls is a party or is subject; (ii)
acceleration of any indebtedness owed by Searls or the creation or imposition of
any liens, charges or encumbrances on the Searls Membership Interest or any of
Searls' assets; or (iv) a violation or breach of any writ, injunction or decree
of any court or governmental instrumentality or any laws to which Searls is a
party or to which she or the Searls Membership Interest is subject.

                                       2

<PAGE>   3
                  2.3 THE SEARLS MEMBERSHIP INTEREST. Searls has good and
marketable title to the Searls Membership Interest, free and clear of any and
all liens, claims, encumbrances, pledges, security interests, options, rights of
first refusal, community property interests, restrictions and any other adverse
interests of any kind or nature whatsoever, other than restrictions on the
transferability and rights of first refusal that are imposed on the Searls
Membership Interest by IU's Operating Agreement. Searls has not sold,
transferred, conveyed, assigned, hypothecated, or granted any security interest
in or pledged, or granted any option or right entitling anyone to acquire, the
Searls Membership Interest, and has not entered into nor is it bound by any
agreement, commitment or understanding (written or oral) to do any of the
foregoing. The Searls Membership Interest is not subject to any liabilities,
other than those expressly provided for in the IU Operating Agreement, and no
liabilities will arise as a result of or in connection with the consummation of
the sale and transfer of the Searls Membership Interest by Searls to CUI.

                  2.4 SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. Searls represents and warrants
that:

                           (a) She has been advised and understands and agrees
that the CUI Shares will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "1933 Act"), nor qualified under any state securities laws, on the
ground (among others) that no distribution or public offering of the CUI Shares
is to be effected in connection with the transactions contemplated herein or by
Searls and in issuing the CUI Shares to Searls, CUI is relying on the accuracy
and completeness of the representations and warranties of Searls in this Section
2.4.

                           (b) Searls is acquiring the CUI Shares for her own
account, and not as an nominee or agent for any other persons or entities, and
for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale thereof.

                           (c) Searls acknowledges that she has been informed
and understands that no public market for the CUI Shares exists and that there
can be no assurance that any such market may develop or exist in the future and,
even if a public market does develop, that the CUI Shares may not be sold or
transferred except in compliance with the 1933 Act or any exemption thereunder
and there is no assurance that any exemption from registration, including Rule
144, under the 1933 Act will become available to permit resales of the CUI
Shares.

                           (d) Searls has been furnished with such information
regarding CUI and the CUI Shares as she has requested of CUI and has had an
opportunity to ask questions of the officers of CUI regarding, and to become
informed about, CUI and its business and its consolidated financial condition
and results of operations.

                           (e) Searls is an "Accredited Investor" as such term
is defined in Regulation D under the 1933 Act.

                           (f) Searls acknowledges and agrees that (i) until the
CUI Shares become eligible for resale under Rule 144(k) under the 1933 Act, any
proposed sale or other transfer or disposition of any of the CUI Shares, other
than pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, may not
be made unless and until Searls has furnished to CUI an opinion of counsel,
reasonably acceptable to CUI and its counsel, to the effect that the proposed
sale or other transfer or disposition is exempt from registration under the 1933
Act, and (ii) the CUI Shares will be subject to the Stockholders Agreement
referred to in Section 1.2 hereof and, until the Stockholders Agreement has been
terminated (A) no sale or other disposition of the CUI Shares may be made except
in compliance therewith and (B) the CUI Shares may be required to be sold in one
or more transactions involving sales of shares of CUI initiated by certain other
of the CUI Stockholders, all as more fully provided in the Stockholders
Agreement. Searls has read and understands the Stockholders Agreement.
                                       3


<PAGE>   4
                           (g) Searls acknowledges and agrees that the
certificate representing the CUI Shares shall contain restrictive legends in the
forms set forth in the form of Stockholders Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit
B or restrictive legends that are substantially similar thereto.

                           2.5 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND AGREEMENTS REGARDING CUI
REPRESENTATIONS. Searls acknowledges and agrees that (a) CUI has not made, and
is not making, any representations or warranties to Searls with respect to (i)
the federal, state or local income or other tax consequences to Searls of her
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (ii) the future
performance of CUI; and (b) in entering into this Agreement and the Stockholders
Agreement, she is not relying on any statements or representations or warranties
of CUI, or any representations or warranties made or purported to have been made
by any officer, director, stockholder, employee or agent of CUI, other than the
express representations and warranties of CUI contained in this Agreement.

         3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CUI. CUI makes the following
representations and warranties to Searls as of the date of this Agreement:

                  3.1 ORGANIZATION. CUI is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

                  3.2 CORPORATE POWER. CUI possesses the requisite corporate
power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this
Agreement. CUI has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents
necessary to authorize its execution and delivery of and its performance under
this Agreement. This Agreement constitutes, and upon its execution and delivery
by CUI the Stockholders Agreement will constitute, valid obligations of CUI that
are legally binding on and enforceable against CUI in accordance with their
respective terms, except (in each case) as such enforceability may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors'
rights, and by general principles of equity relating to the availability of
equitable remedies (regardless of whether such agreements are sought to be
enforced in a proceeding at law or in equity).

                  3.3 NO CONFLICTS. The execution and delivery and the
performance by CUI of this Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement will not
result in any of the following: (i) the termination, or a default or an event
that, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default, breach
or violation, of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of CUI, any
contract, lease, license, promissory note, security or pledge agreement, or
other agreement, instrument or commitment to which CUI is a party or is subject
and which is material to CUI and its subsidiaries considered as a whole; (ii)
the acceleration of the maturity of any indebtedness of CUI that is material to
CUI and its subsidiaries considered as a whole; or (iii) a violation or breach
of any writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality
to which CUI is a party or by which any of its properties is bound or any laws
or regulations applicable to CUI, where the violation would have a material
adverse effect on CUI and its subsidiaries, considered as a whole.

                  3.4 CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS. CUI has
heretofore furnished to Searls, a complete and correct copy of its Certificate
of Incorporation and By-Laws, as amended to date. Such Certificate of
Incorporation and By-Laws are in full force and effect. CUI is not in violation
of any of the provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws.

                  3.5 CAPITALIZATION. As of the date hereof, the authorized
capital stock of CUI consists of 30,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value
$.001 per share. On consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the Other Contributions Agreements, there will be (i) a total of
19,000,000 fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock that will be
issued and outstanding, which will include the CUI Shares being issued under
this Agreement; and (ii) ___ shares of

                                       4

<PAGE>   5
Common Stock reserved for issuance on the exercise of stock options (either
granted or to be granted in the future).

                  3.6 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. CUI has furnished to Searls
unaudited consolidated financial statements of Professional Coin Grading
Service, Inc. ("PCGS") which, on consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby and by the Other Contribution Agreements, will be CUI's predecessor and
principal subsidiary, consisting of a balance sheet of PCGS as of June 30,1998
and a related statement of income for the year then ended, and an unaudited
balance sheet as of, and related unaudited statement of income of PCGS for the
six months ended, December 31, 1998, all of which have been prepared by PCGS
(collectively, the "PCGS Financial Statements"). Except as otherwise set forth
in Schedule 3.6 of the CUI Disclosure Schedules or in the footnotes contained in
the PCGS Financial Statements, such Financial Statements fairly present, in all
material respects, the financial position of PCGS as at, and the respective
results of operations of PCGS for the year ended June 30, 1998 and the six
months ended December 31, 1998, respectively. Except as set forth in Schedule
3.6 hereto, since December 31, 1998, there has not been a material adverse
change in the financial condition or results of operations of PCGS.

                  3.7 THE CUI SHARES. The CUI Shares to be issued by CUI to
Searls pursuant to Section 1.2 of this Agreement shall be, at the time of such
issuance, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and
free of preemptive rights under the charter documents or other agreements of CUI
to which the shares of capital stock of CUI are subject, except for any
preemptive rights and rights of first refusal under the Stockholders Agreement.

         4. ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN PENDING AND AFTER THE CLOSING

                  4.1 PROHIBITED ACTIONS. Between the date hereof and the
earlier of the consumation of the Closing or termination of this Agreement,
Searls agrees not to take any action which she knows, or reasonably should know,
would (i) make any of her respective representations or warranties contained in
this Agreement untrue or incorrect, or (ii) prevent or interfere with the
performance by Searls of any of her covenants contained in this Agreement.
Searls also covenants and agrees that she will not grant any options or rights
to acquire, or pledge or permit the imposition of any liens or encumbrances on
or hypothecate, the Searls Membership Interest either in whole or in part, and
she will not enter into any agreement or understanding, written or oral, that
provides therefor.

                  4.2 ACCESS TO INFORMATION. During the period from the date
hereof and continuing until the earlier of the completion of the Closing or
termination of this Agreement, CUI, upon reasonable notice, and subject to the
provisions of Section 4.6 hereof, shall (i) furnish Searls and her accountants,
counsel and other representatives, reasonable access, during the period between
the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the Closing or termination
of this Agreement, to all of CUI's and PCGS' properties, books, contracts,
commitments and records (ii) promptly furnish to Searls such other information
concerning the business, properties and personnel of CUI and PCGS as Searls may
reasonably request, and (iii) make available to Searls the appropriate
individuals (including attorneys, accountants and other professionals) at CUI
for a discussion of the business, properties and personnel of CUI and PCGS as
Searls may reasonably request.

                  4.3 CONSENTS; APPROVALS. Searls and CUI shall each use her or
its (as the case may be) best reasonable efforts to obtain all consents,
waivers, approvals, authorizations or orders (including, without limitation, all
governmental and regulatory rulings and approvals), and Searls and CUI shall
make all filings (including, without limitation, all filings with governmental
or regulatory agencies) required in connection with the authorization, execution
and delivery of this Agreement by and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby. Searls and CUI shall furnish all information

                                       5

<PAGE>   6
required to be included in any applications or other filings to be made pursuant
to the rules and regulations of any governmental body in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  4.4 NOTIFICATION OF CERTAIN MATTERS. Searls shall give prompt
notice to CUI, and CUI shall give prompt notice to Searls of (i) the occurrence
or nonoccurrence of any event which would be likely to cause any representation
or warranty made by such party in this Agreement to be materially untrue or
inaccurate, or (ii) any failure of Searls or CUI materially to comply with or
satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by
her or it hereunder; provided, however, that the delivery of any notice pursuant
to this Section shall not limit or otherwise affect the remedies available
hereunder to the party receiving such notice.

                  4.5 FURTHER ACTION. On the terms and subject to the conditions
hereof, each of the parties hereto shall use all reasonable efforts to take, or
cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all other things
necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective as promptly as
practicable the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to obtain in a
timely manner all necessary waivers, consents and approvals and to effect all
necessary registrations and filings, and otherwise to satisfy or cause to be
satisfied all conditions precedent to its obligations under this Agreement. From
and after the Closing, each party shall take such actions and execute such
documents and instruments as any other party may reasonably request to better
evidence or effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the
Exhibits hereto.

                  4.6 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Searls acknowledges that she or
any of her agents or advisors ("Representatives") may be given, by CUI or PCGS
(each, a "disclosing party") or any of such disclosing party's Representatives,
access to various items of proprietary and confidential information of the
disclosing party in the course of investigations and negotiations prior to
Closing. Searls agrees that such confidential information shall be kept strictly
confidential by her and her Representatives and shall not be used for any
purpose other than to facilitate the consummation of the transactions
contemplated herein. Confidential information shall include any proprietary
business or other information which is delivered (orally or in writing) or to
which access is given by a disclosing party or any of its Representatives to
Searls or any of her Representatives, and any such information that is included
in or incorporated into any notes, analyses, memoranda, projections or other
documents that are prepared by Searls or any of her Representatives, unless such
information (a) is already of public knowledge, or (b) becomes of public
knowledge through no fault, action or inaction of the receiving party or its
Representatives, or (c) is demonstrated convincingly by Searls to have been
known by her or any of her Representatives prior to the disclosure of such
information by the disclosing party to her or her Representatives, unless such
knowledge was acquired from a person who Searls or her Representatives knew or
reasonably should have known was subject, at the time of such disclosure, to a
fiduciary or other duty of non-disclosure to the disclosing party. Except as
permitted by Section 4.6, neither Searls nor her Representatives shall
intentionally disclose any confidential information of CUI or PCGS to any third
person; provided, however, that such information may be disclosed (i) with the
written consent of CUI, (ii) in applications or requests required to be made to
obtain licenses, permits, approvals or consents needed to consummate the
transactions contemplated herein, (iii) to Searls' professional advisors who
need to know such information in connection with the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby, or (iv) pursuant to court order or subpoena,
provided, however, that if Searls or any of her Representatives is served with a
court order or subpoena that would require the disclosure of any of the
confidential information of a disclosing party, Searls or such Representative so
served (as the case may be) shall promptly, but in any event within three (3)
days thereafter, notify CUI thereof and shall provide reasonable cooperation, at
CUI's expense, with any efforts that CUI may undertake to quash such court order
or subpoena or obtain a protective order with respect to the

                                       6

<PAGE>   7
disclosure and use of such confidential information. The restrictions and
obligations contained in this Section 4.6 shall survive the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and any termination of this Agreement.

         5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

                  5.1 CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF EACH PARTY TO CONSUMMATE
TRANSACTIONS. The performance by each party of its respective obligations under
this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing
Date, of each of the following conditions unless waived in writing by such
party:

                           (a) Absence of Injunctions or Restraints; Illegality.
No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other
order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or
prohibition preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
shall be in effect, nor shall any proceeding brought by any administrative
agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality,
domestic or foreign, seeking any of the foregoing be pending; and there shall
not be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or order enacted,
entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby
which makes their consummation illegal.

                           (b) Governmental Actions. There shall not have been
instituted, pending or threatened, in writing, any action or proceeding (or any
investigation or other inquiry that might result in such an action or
proceeding) by any governmental authority or administrative agency before any
governmental authority, administrative agency or court of competent
jurisdiction, nor shall there be in effect any judgment, decree or order of any
governmental authority, administrative agency or court of competent
jurisdiction, in either case, seeking to prohibit or limit CUI, following the
Closing, from exercising any of the material rights and privileges pertaining to
its ownership of the Searls Membership Interest.

                           (c) Consents Obtained. All material consents,
waivers, approvals, authorizations or orders required to be obtained by CUI,
Searls or IU for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and
the consummation by each such party of the transactions contemplated hereby
shall have been obtained by CUI, IU or Searls (as the case may be).

                  5.2 ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF CUI. The
obligations of CUI to consummate its acquisition of the Searls Membership
Interest and to perform its other obligations under this Agreement also are
subject to the following conditions:

                           (a) Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. The
representations and warranties of Searls contained in this Agreement shall be
true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date, with
the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date, except for
(i) changes contemplated by this Agreement, and (ii) those representations and
warranties which address matters only as of a particular date (which shall have
been true and correct as of such date, and CUI shall have received a certificate
to such effect signed by Searls.

                           (b) Performance of Covenants. Searls shall have
performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants
required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by her on or prior
to the Closing Date, including the execution and delivery of the Stockholders
Agreement, and CUI shall have received a certificate to such effect signed by
Searls.

                                       7

<PAGE>   8
                           (c) Consummation of Other Transactions. The
transactions contemplated by the Other Contribution Agreements shall have been
consummated at or about the same time as the Closing hereunder.

                           (d) Additional Instruments. CUI shall have received
the Closing Documents listed on Exhibit C hereto and such other instruments and
documents as CUI or its counsel reasonably deems to be necessary.

                  5.3 ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF SEARLS. The
obligation of Searls to consummate her obligations under this Agreement is also
subject to the following conditions:

                           (a) Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. The
representations and warranties of CUI contained in this Agreement shall be true
and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date, with the
same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date, except for (i)
changes contemplated by this Agreement or in the CUI Disclosure Schedules, and
(ii) those representations and warranties which address matters only as of a
particular date (which shall have been true and correct as of such date, and
Searls shall have received a certificate to such effect signed by the President
of CUI.

                           (b) Agreements and Covenants. CUI shall have
performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants
required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to
the Closing Date, and Sealers shall have received a certificate to such effect
signed by the President of CUI.

                           (c) Additional Instruments. Searls shall have
received the additional Closing Documents listed on Exhibit C hereto and such
other instruments and documents as Searls or her counsel reasonably deems to be
necessary.

         6. TERMINATION

                  6.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the
transactions herein contemplated may be abandoned at any time prior to the
Closing:

                           (a) By mutual written consent of CUI and Searls; or

                           (b) By CUI, if any of the conditions to its
obligations set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement shall not have been
satisfied, or waived by CUI in writing, prior to March __, 1999;

                           (c) By Searls if any of the conditions set forth in
Section 5 of this Agreement to her obligations shall not have been satisfied, or
waived in writing by Searls, prior to March __, 1999;

         Provided, that in each of the foregoing cases the party so terminating
is not in breach of any of its material obligations or representations or
warranties under this Agreement.

                  6.2 Procedure Upon Termination. Any termination and
abandonment by CUI or Searls, or both, pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof, shall be
effective on written notice thereof from the terminating party to the other
parties and upon any such termination:

                                       8

<PAGE>   9
                           (a) Each party will redeliver all documents,
workpapers and other material of any other party relating to the transactions
contemplated hereby, whether so obtained before or after the execution hereof,
to the party furnishing the same;

                           (b) The obligations of confidentiality set forth in
Section 4.6 hereof shall continue despite such termination; and

                           (c) The parties shall be relieved of any obligation
to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, but none of the parties
shall be relieved of any liability for its breach or default under this
Agreement.

         7. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         Regardless of any due diligence or other investigation, either prior to
or after the Closing, or any verification or approval by any party hereto or by
anyone or on behalf of any party hereto, all of the representations and
warranties set forth in this Agreement or in any certificates delivered pursuant
hereto shall remain in full force and effect and shall survive the Closing until
the expiration of three (3) years from the Closing Date, except that (i) Searls'
representations and warranties contained in Sections 2.1 and 2.3, and the
representations and warranties of CUI contained in Sections 3.1, 3.5 and 3.7,
shall survive for a period of seven (7) years following the Closing. All
covenants which by their terms require performance or compliance following the
Closing shall remain in full force and effect and shall survive the Closing
until they have been fully performed and discharged.

         8. MISCELLANEOUS.

                  8.1 ASSIGNMENT. No party may assign this Agreement, or assign
its rights or delegate its duties hereunder, without the prior written consent
of the other party.

                  8.2 SEVERABILITY. Any provision of this Agreement which is
illegal, invalid or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such
illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the
remaining provisions hereof.

                  8.3 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement is deemed to have been made
in the State of California, and its interpretation, its construction and the
remedies for its enforcement or breach are to be applied pursuant to, and in
accordance with, the laws of the State of California for contracts made and to
be performed in that state. In the event any party hereto is required to
initiate any legal action or proceeding to enforce its rights hereunder, such
action or proceeding shall be brought and maintained exclusively in the Superior
Court for the County of Orange, in California and each party agrees to accept,
and not to challenge, the jurisdiction of such court over the parties and the
subject matter of such action or proceeding or the convenience of the forum and
to accept and not to challenge the adequacy of service by certified or
registered mail. The prevailing party in any such action or proceeding shall be
entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements, expert
witness fees and disbursements and other costs of suit from the non-prevailing
party. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HEREBY
EXPRESSLY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING,
IRRESPECTIVE OF WHICHEVER PARTY MAY BRING ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING.

                  8.4 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement, and the
Exhibits and Schedules hereto, constitute all of the agreements of the parties
with respect to, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating
to the subject matter of, this Agreement or the transactions

                                       9

<PAGE>   10
contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified or amended
except by a written instrument specifically referring to this Agreement signed
by the parties hereto.

                  8.5 WAIVER. No waiver by one party of the other party's
obligations, or of any breach or default hereunder by any other party, shall be
valid or effective, unless such waiver is set forth in writing and is signed by
the party giving such waiver; and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any
subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature or any breach or
default by such other party of any of the other provisions of this Agreement.

                  8.6 INTERPRETATION; HEADINGS. This Agreement is the result of
arms'-length negotiations between the parties hereto and no provision hereof,
because of any ambiguity found to be contained therein or otherwise, shall be
construed against a party by reason of the fact that such party or its legal
counsel was the draftsman of that provision. The section, subsection and any
paragraph headings contained herein are for the purpose of convenience only and
are not intended to define, limit or affect, and shall not be considered in
connection with, the interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this
Agreement.

                  8.7 NOTICES. All notices and other communications given or
made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly
given or made if and when delivered personally or by overnight courier to the
parties at the addresses set forth on Exhibit D hereto or sent by electronic
transmission, with confirmation received, to the telecopy numbers specified on
that Exhibit (or at such other address or telecopy number for a party as shall
be specified by like notice).

                  8.8 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in separate
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement on the
date first above stated.

SEARLS:                                CUI:

                                       COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.



/s/ BJ SEARLS                          By: /s/ DAVID HALL
-----------------------------             -------------------------------------
BJ Searls                                 David Hall, Chairman

                                       10



<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.14


                     CONTRIBUTION AND ACQUISITION AGREEMENT


         This CONTRIBUTION AND ACQUISITION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made
as of this 3rd day of February 1999 by and between COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC., a
Delaware corporation ("CUI") and GREG BUSSINEAU ("Bussineau"), with reference to
the following facts and circumstances:

                                 R E C I T A L S

         A. Bussineau is the record and beneficial owner of 40% of the
membership interests in Superior Sportcard Auctions, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company ("SCA"), that is engaged in the business of marketing and
selling Sports Collectibles (as hereinafter defined), at in-person and
telephonic auctions and auctions conducted over the internet or by other means
of electronic commerce (the "SCA Business").

         B. CUI has been formed, organized and capitalized under the laws of the
State of Delaware for the purposes of effecting the transactions contemplated in
this Agreement and the other agreements listed on Exhibit A hereto (the "Other
Contribution Agreements") and to conduct such other business and affairs as the
Board of Directors of CUI may from time to time find to be in the best interests
of CUI.

         C. Each of the corporations or other business entities whose shares,
ownership interests
 or assets are being contributed to CUI pursuant to this
Agreement and or the Other Contribution Agreements (hereinafter sometimes
referred to collectively as the "Founding Companies") is engaged in the business
of marketing and selling, or providing services to, businesses that market and
sell, Collectibles (as hereinafter defined) at retail establishments, by mail
order, at trade shows or auctions or over the internet or by other means of
electronic commerce. CUI intends to integrate the products and services offered
by each of the Founding Companies in order to expand the sale of their products,
increase their efficiencies and reduce their operating costs and increase their
presence and expand their sales over the Internet.

         D. CUI desires to acquire the Membership Interests in SCA owned by
Bussineau (the "Bussineau Membership Interest") and Bussineau desires to
contribute and transfer and convey the Bussineau Membership Interest to CUI, in
exchange for which CUI would issue to Bussineau shares of CUI Common Stock, all
on the terms and conditions set forth herein, at or about the same time as and
in conjunction with the consummation of the similar transactions contemplated by
the Other Contribution Agreements.

         E. This Agreement is being entered into by the parties, and the Other
Contribution Agreements are being or have been entered into by CUI and the other
parties thereto, as part of a unified plan of contribution and exchange of stock
(the "Plan") that is intended by the parties to qualify for non-recognition
treatment under Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"). However, none of the parties to this Agreement nor any of the
parties to the Other Contribution Agreements has made or is making any
representations or warranties with respect to whether the transactions being
consummated pursuant to and as part of such Plan will comply with the
requirements of Code Section 351 or as to the consequences, under applicable
federal, state or other tax laws, of such transactions to the parties to this
Agreement.

<PAGE>   2
         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective
covenants and promises of each of CUI and Bussineau to the other that are
hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

         1.       EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES.

                  1.1 CONTRIBUTION OF BUSSINEAU MEMBERSHIP INTEREST. On the
terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, at the Closing
(as hereinafter defined) Bussineau shall contribute, assign, transfer, covey and
deliver the Bussineau Membership Interest to CUI, free and clear of any and all
liens, claims, encumbrances, pledges, security interests, options, rights of
first refusal, community property interests, restrictions and any other adverse
interests of any kind or nature whatsoever, and CUI shall acquire and accept the
Bussineau Membership Interest from Bussineau.

                  1.2 CONSIDERATION. As the consideration for the contribution
and transfer to CUI of the Bussineau Membership Interest, at the Closing (as
hereinafter defined), CUI shall issue to Bussineau a total of Six Hundred Thirty
One Thousand Seven Hundred Eighteen (631,718) shares of common stock of CUI (the
"CUI Shares"), against delivery by Bussineau of the instruments and documents
referenced in Section 1.3 hereof.

                  1.3 CLOSING. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the
conditions set forth in Section 5 hereof, consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of Stradling
Yocca Carlson & Rauth, 660 Newport Center Drive, Suite 1600, Newport Beach,
California 92660, on the third (3rd) business day after satisfaction or waiver
of such conditions precedent, provided, however, that, if the Closing occurs on
or before March 12, 1999, the transactions contemplated hereby shall be
effective for accounting purposes as of February 5, 1999 (the "Effective Date").
At the Closing, Bussineau shall execute and deliver to CUI (i) such documents or
instruments of assignment as CUI or its counsel may reasonably request to
evidence and effectuate the transfer of the Bussineau Membership Interest to CUI
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (ii) a stockholders agreement in
the form of Exhibit B hereto (the "Stockholders Agreement") and (iii) a
Non-Competition Agreement in the form of Exhibit C hereto (the "Non-Competition
Agreement"), and CUI shall execute and deliver to Bussineau a stock certificate
evidencing his ownership of the CUI Shares.

                  1.4 WAIVER OF RIGHT OF PURCHASE OPTION. The parties hereto
agree to cooperate with each other to cause SCA to waive its right of first
refusal and purchase option with respect to the Bussineau Membership Interest
under Section 8.2 of the SCA's Amended and Restated Operating Agreement dated as
of March 1996 (the "Operating Agreement").

         2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUSSINEAU. Bussineau represents
and warrants to CUI as follows:

                  2.1 AUTHORITY AND CAPACITY. Bussineau has the full legal right
and capacity to execute and deliver, and to perform his obligations under, and
has duly executed and delivered, this Agreement on the date hereof, with the
intent to be legally bound hereby and thereby. This Agreement constitutes, and
when executed and delivered by Bussineau at the Closing, each of the
Stockholders Agreement and the Non-Competition Agreement will constitute, a
valid and legally binding obligation of Bussineau that is enforceable against
him in accordance with its respective terms, except as such enforceability may
be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting
creditors' rights and by general principles of equity relating to the
availability of equitable remedies


                                       2

<PAGE>   3
(regardless of whether any such agreements are sought to be enforced in a
proceeding at law or in equity).

                  2.2 NO CONFLICTS. The execution and delivery and the
performance by Bussineau of this Agreement, the Stockholders Agreement and the
Non-Competition Agreement do not and will not require any consent or approval of
any third party (governmental or other) that has not been obtained and will not
result in any of the following: (i) a termination of, or a default or breach
under, or an event that, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would be a
default or breach under, any contract, lease, license, promissory note, security
or pledge agreement, or any other agreement, instrument or commitment to which
Bussineau is a party or is subject; (ii) acceleration of any indebtedness owed
by Bussineau or the creation or imposition of any liens, charges or encumbrances
on the Bussineau Membership Interest or any of Bussineau's assets; or (iv) a
violation or breach of any writ, injunction or decree of any court or
governmental instrumentality or any laws to which Bussineau is a party or to
which he or the Bussineau Membership Interest is subject.

                  2.3 THE BUSSINEAU MEMBERSHIP INTEREST.

                      (a) Bussineau has good and marketable title to the
Bussineau Membership Interest, free and clear of any and all liens, claims,
encumbrances, pledges, security interests, options, rights of first refusal,
community property interests, restrictions and any other adverse interests of
any kind or nature whatsoever, other than restrictions on the transferability
and rights of first refusal that are imposed on the Bussineau Membership
Interest by SCA's Operating Agreement. Bussineau has not sold, transferred,
conveyed, assigned, hypothecated, or granted any security interest in or
pledged, or granted any option or right entitling anyone to acquire, the
Bussineau Membership Interest, and has not entered into nor is he bound by any
agreement, commitment or understanding (written or oral) to do any of the
foregoing. The Bussineau Membership Interest is not subject to any liabilities,
other than those expressly provided for in the SCA Operating Agreement, and no
liabilities will arise as a result of or in connection with the consummation of
the sale and transfer of the Bussineau Membership Interest by Bussineau to CUI.

                      (b) Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 2.3 hereto,
neither Bussineau nor any corporation or other business entity in which
Bussineau may have a direct or indirect ownership interest, owns or has any
rights, title or interest in or to, any assets, either tangible or intangible
(and including any trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents, inventions,
trade secrets, or any other intellectual property rights or assets) that are
used by SCA in or in the conduct of its business.

                  2.4 SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. Bussineau represents and
warrants that:

                      (a) He has been advised and understands and agrees that
the CUI Shares will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "1933 Act"), nor qualified under any state securities laws, on the
ground (among others) that no distribution or public offering of the CUI Shares
is to be effected in connection with the transactions contemplated herein or by
Bussineau and in issuing the CUI Shares to Bussineau, CUI is relying on the
accuracy and completeness of the representations and warranties of Bussineau in
this Section 2.4.

                      (b) Bussineau is acquiring the CUI Shares for his own
account, and not as an nominee or agent for any other persons or entities, and
for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale thereof.


                                       3

<PAGE>   4
                      (c) Bussineau acknowledges that he has been informed and
understands that no public market for the CUI Shares exists and that there can
be no assurance that any such market may develop or exist in the future and,
even if a public market does develop, that sales or other transfers of the CUI
Shares may be made only in compliance with the 1933 Act or any exemption
thereunder and there is no assurance that any exemption from registration,
including Rule 144, under the 1933 Act will become available to permit resales
of the CUI Shares or that CUI will satisfy the conditions to the availability of
such exemptions.

                      (d) Bussineau has been furnished with such information
regarding CUI and the CUI Shares as he has requested of CUI and has had an
opportunity to ask questions of the officers of CUI regarding, and to become
informed about, CUI and its business and its consolidated financial condition
and results of operations.

                      (e) Bussineau is an "Accredited Investor" as such term is
defined in Regulation D under the 1933 Act.

                      (f) Bussineau acknowledges and agrees that (i) until the
CUI Shares become eligible for resale under Rule 144(k) under the 1933 Act, any
proposed sale or other transfer or disposition of any of the CUI Shares, other
than pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, may not
be made unless and until Bussineau has furnished to CUI an opinion of counsel,
reasonably acceptable to CUI and its counsel, to the effect that the proposed
sale or other transfer or disposition is exempt from registration under the 1933
Act, and (ii) the CUI Shares will be subject to the Stockholders Agreement
referred to in Section 1.3 hereof and, until the Stockholders Agreement has been
terminated (A) no sale or other disposition of the CUI Shares may be made except
in compliance therewith and (B) the CUI Shares may be required to be sold in one
or more transactions involving sales of shares of CUI initiated by certain other
of the CUI Stockholders, all as more fully provided in the Stockholders
Agreement. Bussineau has read and understands the Stockholders Agreement.

                      (g) Bussineau acknowledges and agrees that the certificate
representing the CUI Shares shall contain restrictive legends in the forms set
forth in the form of Stockholders Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B or
restrictive legends that are substantially similar thereto.

                  2.5 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND AGREEMENTS REGARDING CUI
REPRESENTATIONS. Bussineau acknowledges and agrees that:

                      (a) Neither CUI nor any of its officers, employees or
agents has made, and none of them is making, any representations or warranties
to Bussineau with respect to (i) the federal, state or local income or other tax
consequences to Bussineau of his consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby, or (ii) the future performance of CUI; and

                      (b) In entering into this Agreement, the Stockholders
Agreement and the Non-Competition Agreement, he is not relying on any statements
or representations or warranties of CUI, or any representations or warranties
made or purported to have been made by any officer, director, stockholder,
employee or agent of CUI, other than the express representations and warranties
of CUI contained in this Agreement; and

                      (c) He has relied on the advice of his own professional
advisors with respect to the foregoing matters.


                                       4

<PAGE>   5
         3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CUI. CUI makes the following
representations and warranties to Bussineau as of the date of this Agreement:

                  3.1 ORGANIZATION. CUI is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

                  3.2 CORPORATE POWER. CUI possesses the requisite corporate
power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this
Agreement. CUI has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents
necessary to authorize its execution and delivery of and its performance under
this Agreement. This Agreement constitutes, and upon its execution and delivery
by CUI the Stockholders Agreement will constitute, valid obligations of CUI that
are legally binding on and enforceable against CUI in accordance with their
respective terms, except (in each case) as such enforceability may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors'
rights, and by general principles of equity relating to the availability of
equitable remedies (regardless of whether such agreements are sought to be
enforced in a proceeding at law or in equity).

                  3.3 NO CONFLICTS. The execution and delivery and the
performance by CUI of this Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement will not
result in any of the following: (i) the termination, or a default or an event
that, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default, breach
or violation, of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of CUI, any
contract, lease, license, promissory note, security or pledge agreement, or
other agreement, instrument or commitment to which CUI is a party or is subject
and which is material to CUI and its subsidiaries considered as a whole; (ii)
the acceleration of the maturity of any indebtedness of CUI that is material to
CUI and its subsidiaries considered as a whole; or (iii) a violation or breach
of any writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality
to which CUI is a party or by which any of its properties is bound or any laws
or regulations applicable to CUI, where the violation would have a material
adverse effect on CUI and its subsidiaries, considered as a whole.

                  3.4 CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS. CUI has
heretofore furnished to Bussineau or his counsel, a complete and correct copy of
its Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws, as amended to date. Such
Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws are in full force and effect. CUI is
not in violation of any of the provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or
By-Laws.

                  3.5 CAPITALIZATION. As of the date hereof, the authorized
capital stock of CUI consists of 30,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value
$.001 per share. On consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and the Other Contributions Agreements, there will be (i) a total of
19,000,000 fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock that will be
issued and outstanding, which will include the CUI Shares being issued under
this Agreement; and (ii) 3,250,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
on the exercise of stock options (either granted or to be granted in the
future).

                  3.6 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. CUI has furnished to Bussineau
unaudited financial statements of Professional Coin Grading Service, Inc.
("PCGS") which, on consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by
the Other Contribution Agreements, will be CUI's predecessor and principal
subsidiary, consisting of a balance sheet of PCGS as of June 30,1998 and a
related statement of income for the year then ended, and an unaudited balance
sheet as of, and related unaudited statement of income of PCGS for the six
months ended, December 31, 1998, all of which have been prepared by PCGS
(collectively, the "PCGS Financial Statements"). Except as otherwise set forth
in Schedule 3.6 of the CUI Disclosure Schedules or in the footnotes contained in
the PCGS Financial Statements, such Financial Statements fairly present, in all
material respects, the financial position of


                                       5

<PAGE>   6
PCGS as at, and the respective results of operations of PCGS for the year ended
June 30, 1998 and the six months ended December 31, 1998, respectively. Except
as set forth in Schedule 3.6 hereto, since December 31, 1998, there has not been
a material adverse change in the financial condition or results of operations of
PCGS.

                  3.7 THE CUI SHARES. The CUI Shares to be issued by CUI to
Bussineau pursuant to Section 1.2 of this Agreement shall be, at the time of
such issuance, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable
and free of preemptive rights under the charter documents or other agreements of
CUI to which the shares of capital stock of CUI are subject, except for any
preemptive rights and rights of first refusal under the Stockholders Agreement.

         4.       ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN PENDING AND AFTER THE CLOSING

                  4.1 PROHIBITED ACTIONS. Between the date hereof and the
earlier of the consumation of the Closing or termination of this Agreement,
Bussineau agrees not to take any action which he knows, or reasonably should
know, would (i) make any of his respective representations or warranties
contained in this Agreement untrue or incorrect, or (ii) prevent or interfere
with the performance by Bussineau of any of his covenants contained in this
Agreement. Bussineau also covenants and agrees that he will not grant any
options or rights to acquire, or pledge or permit the imposition of any liens or
encumbrances on or hypothecate, the Bussineau Membership Interest either in
whole or in part, and he will not enter into any agreement or understanding,
written or oral, that provides therefor. Bussineau also agrees that, without the
approval of PCGS, he shall not make any material changes in SCA's business or
sell or hypothecate or grant any security interests, liens, or encumbrances on
any of the assets of SCA and he shall cause SCA's Business to be conducted only
in the ordinary course, consistent with past practice. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, however, the distribution to the owners of SCA, as of the day
preceding the Effective Date, of an amount in cash or promissory notes equal to
SCA's AAA account shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.

                  4.2 ACCESS TO INFORMATION. During the period from the date
hereof and continuing until the earlier of the completion of the Closing or
termination of this Agreement, CUI, upon reasonable notice, and subject to the
provisions of Section 4.6 hereof, shall (i) furnish Bussineau and his
accountants, counsel and other representatives, reasonable access, during the
period between the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the Closing
or termination of this Agreement, to all of CUI's and PCGS' properties, books,
contracts, commitments and records (ii) promptly furnish to Bussineau such other
information concerning the business, properties and personnel of CUI and PCGS as
Bussineau may reasonably request, and (iii) make available to Bussineau the
appropriate individuals (including attorneys, accountants and other
professionals) at CUI for a discussion of the business, properties and personnel
of CUI and PCGS as Bussineau may reasonably request.

                  4.3 CONSENTS; APPROVALS. Bussineau and CUI shall each use his
or its (as the case may be) best reasonable efforts to obtain all consents,
waivers, approvals, authorizations or orders (including, without limitation, all
governmental and regulatory rulings and approvals), and Bussineau and CUI shall
make all filings (including, without limitation, all filings with governmental
or regulatory agencies) required in connection with the authorization, execution
and delivery of this Agreement by and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby. Bussineau and CUI shall furnish all information required to
be included in any applications or other filings to be made pursuant to the
rules and regulations of any governmental body in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


                                       6

<PAGE>   7
                  4.4 NOTIFICATION OF CERTAIN MATTERS. Bussineau shall give
prompt notice to CUI, and CUI shall give prompt notice to Bussineau of (i) the
occurrence or nonoccurrence of any event which would be likely to cause any
representation or warranty made by such party in this Agreement to be materially
untrue or inaccurate, or (ii) any failure of the Bussineau or CUI materially to
comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with
or satisfied by him or it (as the case may be) hereunder; provided, however,
that the delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section shall not limit or
otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder to the party receiving such
notice.

                  4.5 FURTHER ACTION. On the terms and subject to the conditions
hereof, each of the parties hereto shall use all reasonable efforts to take, or
cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all other things
necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective as promptly as
practicable the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to obtain in a
timely manner all necessary waivers, consents and approvals and to effect all
necessary registrations and filings, and otherwise to satisfy or cause to be
satisfied all conditions precedent to his or its (as the case may be)
obligations under this Agreement. From and after the Closing, each party shall
take such actions and execute such documents and instruments as the other party
may reasonably request to better evidence or effectuate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or the Exhibits hereto.

                  4.6 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. Bussineau acknowledges that he
or any of his agents or advisors ("Representatives") may be given, by CUI or
PCGS (each, a "disclosing party") or any of such disclosing party's
Representatives, access to various items of proprietary and confidential
information of the disclosing party in the course of investigations and
negotiations prior to Closing. Bussineau agrees that such confidential
information shall be kept strictly confidential by him and his Representatives
and shall not be used for any purpose other than to facilitate the consummation
of the transactions contemplated herein. Confidential information shall include
any proprietary business or other information which is delivered (orally or in
writing) or to which access is given by a disclosing party or any of its
Representatives to Bussineau or any of his Representatives, and any such
information that is included in or incorporated into any notes, analyses,
memoranda, projections or other documents that are prepared by Bussineau or any
of his Representatives, unless such information (a) is already of public
knowledge, or (b) becomes of public knowledge through no fault, action or
inaction of the receiving party or its Representatives, or (c) is demonstrated
convincingly by Bussineau to have been known by him or any of his
Representatives prior to the disclosure of such information by the disclosing
party to him or his Representatives, unless such knowledge was acquired from a
person who Bussineau or his Representatives knew or reasonably should have known
was subject, at the time of such disclosure, to a fiduciary or other duty of
non-disclosure to the disclosing party. Except as permitted by Section 4.6,
neither Bussineau no nor his Representatives shall intentionally disclose any
confidential information of CUI or PCGS to any third person; provided, however,
that such information may be disclosed (i) with the written consent of CUI, (ii)
in applications or requests required to be made to obtain licenses, permits,
approvals or consents needed to consummate the transactions contemplated herein,
(iii) to Bussineau's professional advisors who need to know such information in
connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or
(iv) pursuant to court order or subpoena, provided, however, that if Bussineau
or any of his Representatives is served with a court order or subpoena that
would require the disclosure of any of the confidential information of a
disclosing party, Bussineau or such Representative so served (as the case may
be) shall promptly, but in any event within three (3) days thereafter, notify
CUI thereof and shall provide reasonable cooperation, at CUI's expense, with any
efforts that CUI may undertake to quash such court order or subpoena or obtain a
protective order with respect to the disclosure and use of such confidential
information. The restrictions and obligations contained in this Section 4.6
shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and any
termination of this Agreement.


                                       7

<PAGE>   8
         5.       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

                  5.1 CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF EACH PARTY TO CONSUMMATE
TRANSACTIONS. The performance by each party of its respective obligations under
this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing
Date, of each of the following conditions unless waived in writing by such
party:

                      (a) Absence of Injunctions or Restraints; Illegality. No
temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order
issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or
prohibition preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
shall be in effect, nor shall any proceeding brought by any administrative
agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality,
domestic or foreign, seeking any of the foregoing be pending; and there shall
not be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or order enacted,
entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby
which makes their consummation illegal.

                      (b) Governmental Actions. There shall not have been
instituted, pending or threatened, in writing, any action or proceeding (or any
investigation or other inquiry that might result in such an action or
proceeding) by any governmental authority or administrative agency before any
governmental authority, administrative agency or court of competent
jurisdiction, nor shall there be in effect any judgment, decree or order of any
governmental authority, administrative agency or court of competent
jurisdiction, in either case, seeking to prohibit or limit CUI, following the
Closing, from exercising any of the material rights and privileges pertaining to
its ownership of SCA or the ownership or conduct of its business.

                      (c) Consents Obtained. All material consents, waivers,
approvals, authorizations or orders required to be obtained by CUI, SCA or
Bussineau for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and
the consummation by each such party of the transactions contemplated hereby
shall have been obtained by CUI, SCA or Bussineau (as the case may be), except
where the failure to receive such consents, waivers, approvals, authorizations
or orders could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on
the Business or CUI;

                  5.2 ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF CUI. The
obligations of CUI to consummate its acquisition of the Bussineau Membership
Interest and to perform its other obligations under this Agreement also are
subject to the following conditions:

                      (a) Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. The
representations and warranties of Bussineau contained in this Agreement shall be
true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date, with
the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date, except for
(i) changes contemplated by this Agreement or by the Bussineau Disclosure
Schedules, and (ii) those representations and warranties which address matters
only as of a particular date (which shall have been true and correct as of such
date, and CUI shall have received a certificate to such effect signed by
Bussineau.

                      (b) Performance of Covenants. Bussineau shall have
performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants
required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by him on or prior
to the Closing Date, including the execution and delivery of the Stockholders
Agreement and the Non-Competition Agreement, and CUI shall have received a
certificate to such effect signed by Bussineau.


                                       8

<PAGE>   9
                      (c) Consummation of Other Transactions. The transactions
contemplated by the Other Contribution Agreements shall have been consummated at
or about the same time as the Closing hereunder.

                      (d) Additional Instruments. CUI shall have received the
Closing Documents listed on Exhibit D hereto and such other instruments and
documents as CUI or its counsel reasonably deems to be necessary.

                  5.3 ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF BUSSINEAU. The
obligation of Bussineau to consummate his obligations under this Agreement is
also subject to the following conditions:

                      (a) Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. The
representations and warranties of CUI contained in this Agreement shall be true
and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date, with the
same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date, except for (i)
changes contemplated by this Agreement or in the CUI Disclosure Schedules, and
(ii) those representations and warranties which address matters only as of a
particular date (which shall have been true and correct as of such date, and
Bussineau shall have received a certificate to such effect signed by the
President of CUI.

                      (b) Agreements and Covenants. CUI shall have performed or
complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by
this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing
Date, and Bussineau shall have received a certificate to such effect signed by
the President of CUI.

                      (c) Additional Instruments. Bussineau shall have received
the additional Closing Documents listed on Exhibit D hereto and such other
instruments and documents as Bussineau or his counsel reasonably deems to be
necessary.

         6.       TERMINATION

                  6.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the
transactions herein contemplated may be abandoned at any time prior to the
Closing:

                      (a) By mutual written consent of CUI and Bussineau; or

                      (b) By CUI, if any of the conditions to its obligations
set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement shall not have been satisfied, or
waived by CUI in writing, prior to March 12, 1999;

                      (c) By Bussineau if any of the conditions set forth in
Section 5, if this Agreement to his obligations shall not have been satisfied,
or waived in writing by Bussineau, prior to March 12, 1999;

         Provided, that in each of the foregoing cases the party so terminating
is not in breach of any of its material obligations or representations or
warranties under this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement,
if a party hereto has breached this Agreement (a "Breaching Party") and such
breach is of a nature that it is susceptible of cure, and the other party
determines to terminate this Agreement by reason thereof, such other party shall
give prompt written notice of such termination to the Breaching Party and such
intended termination shall not become effective provided that the Breaching
Party effectuates a cure of such breach by the earlier of (i) the 30th day
following such notice of termination or (ii) March 12, 1999.


                                       9

<PAGE>   10
                  6.2 Procedure Upon Termination. Any termination and
abandonment by CUI or Bussineau, or both, pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof, shall
be effective on written notice thereof from the terminating party to the other
parties and upon any such termination:

                      (a) Each party will redeliver all documents, workpapers
and other material of any other party relating to the transactions contemplated
hereby, whether so obtained before or after the execution hereof, to the party
furnishing the same;

                      (b) The obligations of confidentiality set forth in
Section 4.6 hereof shall continue despite such termination; and

                      (c) The parties shall be relieved of any obligation to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, but none of the parties shall
be relieved of any liability for its breach or default under this Agreement.

         7.       SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         Regardless of any due diligence or other investigation, either prior to
or after the Closing, or any verification or approval by any party hereto or by
anyone or on behalf of any party hereto, all of the representations and
warranties set forth in this Agreement or in any certificates delivered pursuant
hereto shall remain in full force and effect and shall survive the Closing until
the expiration of three (3) years from the Closing Date, except that (i)
Bussineau's representations and warranties contained in Sections 2.1 and 2.3,
and the representations and warranties of CUI contained in Sections 3.1,3.5 and
3.7, shall survive for a period of seven (7) years following the Closing. All
covenants which by their terms require performance or compliance following the
Closing shall remain in full force and effect and shall survive the Closing
until they have been fully performed and discharged.

         8.       MISCELLANEOUS.

                  8.1 ASSIGNMENT. No party may assign this Agreement, or assign
its rights or delegate its duties hereunder, without the prior written consent
of the other party.

                  8.2 SEVERABILITY. Any provision of this Agreement which is
illegal, invalid or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such
illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the
remaining provisions hereof.

                  8.3 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement is deemed to have been made
in the State of Delaware, and its interpretation, its construction and the
remedies for its enforcement or breach are to be applied pursuant to, and in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware for contracts made and to be
performed in that state. In the event any party hereto is required to initiate
any legal action or proceeding to enforce its rights hereunder, such action or
proceeding shall be brought and maintained exclusively in the Superior Court for
the County of Orange, in California and each party agrees to accept, and not to
challenge, the jurisdiction of such court over the parties and the subject
matter of such action or proceeding or the convenience of the forum and to
accept and not to challenge the adequacy of service by certified or registered
mail. The prevailing party in any such action or proceeding shall be entitled to
recover its reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements, expert witness fees and
disbursements and other costs of suit from the non-prevailing party. TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES
ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING, IRRESPECTIVE OF
WHICHEVER PARTY MAY BRING ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING.


                                       10

<PAGE>   11
                  8.4 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement, and the
Exhibits and Schedules hereto, constitute all of the agreements of the parties
with respect to, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating
to, the subject matter of and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written instrument
specifically referring to this Agreement signed by the parties hereto.

                  8.5 WAIVER. No waiver by one party of the other party's
obligations or of any breach or default hereunder by the other party, shall be
valid or effective unless such waiver is set forth in writing and is signed by
the party giving such waiver; and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any
subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature or any breach or
default by such other party of any of the other provisions of this Agreement.

                  8.6 INTERPRETATION AND CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. This Agreement is
the result of arms'-length negotiations between the parties hereto and no
provision hereof, because of any ambiguity found to be contained therein or
otherwise, shall be construed against a party by reason of the fact that such
party or its legal counsel was the draftsman of that provision. The section,
subsection and any paragraph headings contained herein are for the purpose of
convenience only and are not intended to define, limit or affect, and shall not
be considered in connection with, the interpretation of any of the terms or
provisions of this Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated elsewhere in this
Agreement, (a) the term "or" shall not be exclusive, (b) the term "including"
shall mean "including, but not limited to," and (c) the terms "herein,"
"hereof," "hereto," "hereunder" and other terms similar to such terms shall
refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to the specific section,
subsection, paragraph or clause where such terms may appear. In addition, for
purposes of this Agreement, the term "Sports Collectibles" means any products or
items, including but not limited to, (i) new or game-used baseballs, footballs,
basketballs, hockey pucks, sports gear and player uniforms, and (ii)
photographs, illustrations, trading cards or paintings or etchings, and (iii)
other items, that have a value in excess of the customary retail prices of
similar types of unused or new items, because of their prior use in sports
events or games or because they have been autographed by or are associated with
well-known athletes or other sports celebrities or are associated with well
known sports events.

                  8.7 NOTICES. All notices and other communications given or
made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly
given or made if and when delivered personally or by overnight courier to the
parties at the addresses set forth on Exhibit E hereto or sent by electronic
transmission, with confirmation received, to the telecopy numbers specified on
that Exhibit (or at such other address or telecopy number for a party as shall
be specified by like notice).

                  8.8 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in separate
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement on the
date first above stated.

BUSSINEAU:                                CUI:

                                          COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC.



/s/ Greg Bussineau                        By: /s/ David Hall
----------------------                    --------------------------
Greg Bussineau                            David Hall, Chairman



                                       11



<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.15


                     CONTRIBUTION AND ACQUISITION AGREEMENT

         This CONTRIBUTION AND ACQUISITION AGREEMENT, dated as of February 3,
1999 (the "Agreement"), among COLLECTORS UNIVERSE, INC., a Delaware corporation
("CUI"), and LYN F. KNIGHT RARE COINS, INC., a Kansas corporation (the
"Company") and LYN F. KNIGHT, an individual who is the sole stockholder of the
Company ("Stockholder").

                                    RECITALS:

         A. CUI has been formed, organized and capitalized under the laws of the
State of Delaware for the purposes of effecting the transactions contemplated in
this Agreement and the other agreements listed on Exhibit A hereto (the "Other
Contribution Agreements") and to conduct such other business and affairs as the
Board of Directors of CUI may from time to time find to be in the best interests
of CUI.

         B. Each of the corporations or other business entities whose shares,
ownership interests or assets are being contributed to CUI pursuant to this
Agreement and or the Other Contribution Agreements (hereinafter sometimes
referred to collectively as the "Founding Companies") is engaged in the business
of marketing and selling, or providing services to businesses that market and
sell, Collectibles (as defined in Section 9.2 of this Agreement) at retail

establishments, by mail order, at trade shows or auctions or over the internet
or by other means of electronic commerce. CUI intends to integrate the products
and services offered by each of the Founding Companies in order to expand the
sale of their products, increase the efficiencies and reduce the operating costs
of the Founding Companies and to increase their presence and expand their sales
over the Internet.

         C. The Company is engaged in the business of marketing and selling rare
currencies that are Collectibles (the "Business"). CUI desires to acquire, and
the Company and Stockholder desire to contribute and transfer and convey to CUI
the Business and the Contributed Assets (as hereinafter defined) of the
Business, in exchange for CUI shares and other consideration, all on the terms
and conditions set forth herein, at or about the same time as and in conjunction
with the consummation of the similar transactions contemplated by the Other
Contribution Agreements.

         D. This Agreement is being entered into by the parties, and the Other
Contribution Agreements are being or have been entered into by CUI and the other
parties thereto, as part of a unified plan of contribution and exchange of stock
(the "Plan") that is intended by the parties to qualify for non-recognition
treatment under Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"). However, none of the parties to this Agreement, nor any of the
parties to the Other Contribution Agreements, has made or is making any
representations or warranties with respect to whether the transactions being
consummated pursuant to and as part of such Plan will comply with the
requirements of Code Section 351 or as to the consequences, under applicable
federal, state or other tax laws, of such transactions to the parties to this
Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual
covenants and agreements herein contained, and intending to be legally bound
hereby, CUI, and the Company and Stockholder hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                CONTRIBUTION OF ASSETS; EXCHANGE OF CONSIDERATION

         1.1 The Contributed Assets. Upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing (as hereinafter defined),
the Company shall contribute, transfer, convey and assign to CUI, and CUI shall
acquire from the Company, free and clear of any and all Liens and Encumbrances
(as hereinafter defined), the Business and the assets that are used in or
necessary for the 




<PAGE>   2
conduct of the Business, which are described in Exhibit B hereto ("Contributed
Assets"). The Company is not contributing or transferring to CUI and CUI is not
acquiring from the Company, any of the cash (other than as provided in Section
5.6 hereof) or any accounts receivables or equipment, leasehold improvements or
other tangible assets owned by the Company or any inventory owned by and in the
possession of the Company on the Closing Date (the "Retained Assets").

         1.2 Acquisition Consideration. On the terms and subject to the
conditions that are set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing CUI shall, as
consideration for the contribution of the Contributed Assets and Business to CUI
issue to Stockholder (i) an aggregate of Seven Hundred Sixty Thousand (760,000)
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock of CUI ("CUI
Shares"), (ii) a promissory note, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto
(the "CUI Note") in the principal amount of One Million Dollars and payable six
(6) months from the Closing Date, and (iii) the sum of $100,000 in cash (the
"Cash Payment"). The CUI Shares and CUI Note and the Cash Payment shall
constitute and will sometimes be referred to herein as the "Acquisition
Consideration."

         1.3 Allocation of Purchase Price. The amount of the Acquisition
Consideration shall be allocated among the Contributed Assets as set forth in
Exhibit D attached hereto (the "Consideration Allocation"). Each of the parties,
when reporting the transactions consummated hereunder in their respective Tax
Returns (as hereinafter defined), before any governmental agency charged with
the collection of any tax or in any judicial proceeding, shall allocate the
Acquisition Consideration in a manner that is consistent with the Consideration
Allocation set forth in Exhibit D hereto. Additionally, each of the parties will
comply with, and furnish the information required by, Section 1060 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and any regulations
thereunder.

         1.4 Closing. The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
(the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of Stradling Yocca Carlson &
Rauth, 660 Newport Center Drive, Suite 1600, Newport Beach, California 92660, on
the third (3rd) business day after satisfaction or waiver of the conditions
precedent set forth in Article VI of this Agreement (the "Closing Date"),
provided, however, that, if the Closing occurs on or before March 12, 1999, the
transactions contemplated hereby shall be effective for accounting purposes as
of February 5, 1999 (the "Effective Date"). At the Closing, (i) the Company
shall execute and deliver a Bill of Sale and Assignment Agreement substantially
in the form of Exhibit E hereto (the "Bill of Sale") and (ii) a non-competition
agreement in the form of Exhibit F hereto (the "Company Non-Competition
Agreement"), and (ii) the Stockholder shall execute and deliver a Stockholders
Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto and a non-competition
agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto (respectively, the
"Stockholders Agreement" and the "Stockholders Non-Competition Agreement" and,
collectively with the Company Non-Competition Agreement (the "Additional
Agreements"). In exchange therefor, CUI shall deliver to Stockholder a
certificate evidencing the CUI Shares, issued in the name of Stockholder, the
CUI Note made payable to the order of the Stockholder and the Cash Payment. At
the Closing, the parties also shall execute and deliver the additional documents
and instruments listed on Exhibit I hereto (the "Closing Documents").

                                   ARTICLE II
          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND STOCKHOLDER

         The Company and the Stockholder hereby jointly and severally represent
and warrant to CUI that, except as set forth in the written disclosure schedule
delivered on or prior to the date hereof by the Company to CUI that is arranged
in paragraphs corresponding to the numbered and lettered paragraphs contained in
this Article II (the "Company Disclosure Schedule"):

         2.1 Organization and Qualification. The Company is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Kansas and it has the requisite corporate 


                                       2

<PAGE>   3
power and authority to own, lease and operate the Contributed Assets and to
conduct the Business as it is now being conducted, except where the failure to
be so organized, existing and in good standing or to have such power, authority
and Approvals would not have a Material Adverse Effect (as hereinafter defined).
The Company is duly qualified or licensed as a foreign corporation to do
business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of
its properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities
make such qualification or licensing necessary, except for any such failure to
be so duly qualified or licensed and in good standing that would not have a
Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in Section 2.1 of the Company
Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not directly or indirectly own any
ownership, equity or similar interest in, or any interest convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for, any equity or similar interest in, any
corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture or other
business association or entity. The term "Material Adverse Effect," when used in
connection with the Company or the Business, means any change, effect or
circumstance that is materially adverse to the Business, or its financial
condition, assets, results of operations or prospects, or the ability of CUI to
conduct the Business after the Closing, other than any such changes,
circumstances or effects that are described in the Company Disclosure Schedule.

         2.2 Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws. Stockholder has heretofore
furnished to CUI a complete and correct copy of its Articles of Incorporation
and By-Laws, as amended to date. Such Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws are
in full force and effect. The Company is not in violation of any of the
provisions of its Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws.

         2.3 Capitalization. Stockholder is, and between the date hereof and
completion of the Closing shall be, the sole owner, beneficially and of record,
of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.

         2.4 Authority Relative to this Agreement.

                 (a) The Company has all necessary corporate power and authority
to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Company Non-Competition Agreement
and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the Company Non-Competition Agreement by the
Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary
corporate and stockholder action, and no other corporate or stockholder
proceedings or actions are necessary for or in connection therewith.

                 (b) This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and
delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery
by CUI, this Agreement constitutes, and upon its execution and delivery by the
Company, the Company Non-Competition Agreement will constitute, a legal, valid
and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in
accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited
by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium, or other
similar laws relating to or affecting rights of creditors, and (ii) general
equitable principles, regardless of whether the issue of enforceability is
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

         2.5 Material Contracts; No Conflict.

                  (a) Section 2.5 of the Company Disclosure Schedule includes a
list of all promissory notes, mortgages, contracts, leases, licenses, permits,
franchises, employment and severance agreements and all other agreements and
obligations to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound and (i)
which provide for payments either by or to the Company of more than $1,000 per
month or more than 


                                       3

<PAGE>   4
$15,000 in the aggregate, or (ii) which requires the giving of more than 30 days
notice or the payment of any amounts by the Company as a condition or
requirement of its termination or non-renewal by the Company, or (iii) as to
which a termination or non-renewal or a breach or default could have a Material
Adverse Effect on the Company, or (iv) which, in the absence of a the obtaining
of a consent or approval from the other party or parties thereto, would be
breached or violated by reason of the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby or (vi) which imposes any restrictions on the conduct of the
Company's business or any Liens or Encumbrances on the Contributed Assets
(collectively, the "Material Contracts"). The Company and Stockholder have
furnished true and correct copies of all such Material Contracts to the CUI or
its counsel. The Company is not in default of, and there is no event, condition
or circumstance which has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving
of notice, or both, would constitute a default by the Company under, any of the
Material Contracts.

                  (b) Except as set forth in Section 2.5 of the Company
Disclosure Schedule, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
by the Company and Stockholder and the execution, delivery and performance by
the Company of the Company Non-Competition Agreement, do not and will not, (i)
conflict with or violate the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of the
Company, (ii) conflict with or violate any law, rule, regulation, order,
judgment or decree applicable to the Company or by which its properties are
bound or affected, or (iii) require the consent or approval of any party to, or
result in any breach of or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or
lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or impair the Company's
rights or alter the rights or obligations of any third party under, or give to
others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of any
Material Contract or Company Permit (as hereinafter defined), or result in the
creation of a Lien or Encumbrance on any of the Contributed Assets pursuant to
any Material Contract or Company Permit.

         2.6      Compliance, Permits.

                  (a) Except as disclosed in Section 2.6 of the Company
Disclosure Schedule, the Company is not in default or violation of, (i) any law,
rule, regulation, writ, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Company or
by which any of its properties is bound or affected or (ii) any Material
Contract, and no event has occurred which, either with the passage of time or
the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a breach or violation of any
such law, rule, regulation, writ, order, judgment or decree or any Material
Contract.

                  (b) Except as disclosed in Section 2.6 of the Company
Disclosure Schedule, the Company holds and is in compliance with the terms of
all permits, licenses, easements, variances, exemptions, consents, certificates,
orders and approvals from governmental authorities which are material to the
ownership and use of the Contributed Assets or the operation of the Business as
it is now being conducted (collectively, the "Company Permits"), except where
any failure to have or to comply with any Company Permits would not have a
Material Adverse Effect on the Business. A list of the Company Permits is set
forth in Section 2.6 of the Company Disclosure Schedule. .

         2.7      Financial Statements and Liabilities.

                  (a) Financial Statements. The Company and Stockholder have
furnished true and complete copies of the financial statements of the Company,
consisting of balance sheets as of, and related statements of income, cash flow
and stockholders equity for the twelve month period ended, December 31, 1997 and
1998 (the "Company Financial Statements"). The Company Financial Statements were
prepared on a accrual basis, in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles ("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods
involved (except as may be 


                                       4

<PAGE>   5
indicated in the footnotes thereto), and the Company Financial Statements fairly
present in all material respects the financial position of the Company as at the
respective dates thereof and the consolidated results of its operations and cash
flows for the periods covered thereby.

                  (b) No Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as is disclosed in
Section 2.7 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not have any
liabilities (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise), except (i) liabilities
that individually and in the aggregate are adequately provided for in the
Company's balance sheet (including any related notes thereto) as of December 31,
1998 included in the Company Financial Statement (the "1998 Company Balance
Sheet"), (ii) non-material liabilities which were incurred in the ordinary
course of business and were not required under generally accepted accounting
principles to be reflected on the 1998 Company Balance Sheet, or which were
incurred after December 31, 1998 in the ordinary course of business and
consistent with past practice and would not be required, under generally
accepted accounting principles, to be reflected on a Company balance sheet
prepared in accordance with GAAP.

         2.8 Absence of Certain Changes or Events. Except as set forth in
Section 2.8 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, since January 1, 1999, the
Company has conducted its business in the ordinary course and there has not
occurred: (i) any damage to, destruction or loss of any of the Contributed
Assets(whether or not covered by insurance); (ii) the commencement or threat of
litigation or governmental proceeding or investigation, that, if adversely
determined against the Company, would have a Material Adverse Effect on the
Company or would interfere with the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby; (iii) any material revaluation by the Company of any of the
Contributed Assets; (iv) any other action or event that, if it had occurred
after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Closing, would have violated,
or required the consent of CUI under, Section 5.1 of this Agreement; (v) the
execution of any agreement to do any of the foregoing, or (vi) the occurrence of
any event or circumstance or the taking of any action that has had or might have
a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

         2.9 Absence of Litigation. Except as set forth in Section 2.9 of the
Company Disclosure Schedule, there are no claims, actions, suits, proceedings or
investigations (governmental or other) that are pending or, to the knowledge of
the Company or Stockholder, threatened against the Company, the Business or the
Contributed Assets, before any court, arbitrator or administrative, governmental
or regulatory authority or body, domestic or foreign. There are no facts or
circumstances known to the Company or the Stockholder which is reasonably likely
to result in the bringing of any such action or proceeding against the Company,
the Business or any of the Contributed Assets.

         2.10 Employee Benefit Plans, Employment Agreements. Neither the Company
nor any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of a
controlled group including the Company or which is under common control with the
Company (an "ERISA Affiliate") maintains or, during the past 10 years has
maintained any employee pension plans (as defined in Section 3(2) of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), or any
employee welfare plans (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA). Except for health
insurance and term life insurance maintained by the Company for its employees,
or as otherwise set forth in Section 2.10 of the Company Disclosure Schedule,
the Company does not have or maintain, and during the past five (5) years has
not maintained, any bonus, stock option, stock purchase, incentive, deferred
compensation, supplemental retirement, severance or other similar fringe or
employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements for any current or former
employees or independent contractors or consultants to the Company ("Company
Employee Plans"), excluding agreements with former employees under which the
Company has no remaining monetary or other obligations. No Company Employee Plan
promises or provides retiree 


                                       5

<PAGE>   6
medical or other retiree welfare benefits to any person, and no Company Employee
Plan is a "multiemployer plan" as such term is defined in Section 3(37) of
ERISA.

         2.11 Labor Matters. Except as disclosed in Section 2.11 of the Company
Disclosure Schedule, (i) there are no controversies pending or, to the knowledge
of the Company or Stockholder, threatened, between the Company and any of its
employees; (ii) the Company is a not party to any collective bargaining
agreement or other labor union contract, nor does the Company or Stockholder
know of any activities or proceedings of any labor union to organize any of its
employees; and (iii) neither the Company nor the Stockholder has any knowledge
of any strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages, lockouts, or threats thereof, by or
with respect to any employees of the Company. The Company is in compliance with
all laws and regulations governing the employment of and working conditions of
its employees.

         2.12 Restrictions on Business Activities. Except for this Agreement or
as set forth in Section 2.12 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there is no
agreement, judgment, injunction, order or decree binding upon the Company or
Stockholder which has or could reasonably be expected to have the effect of
prohibiting or impairing any material business practice of the Company or the
conduct of Business, as currently conducted, by the Company or by CUI after the
Closing.

         2.13 Title to and Adequacy of Contributed Assets. Except as set forth
in Section 2.13 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company has and at the
Closing shall convey to CUI, good, defensible and marketable title to all of the
Contributed Assets, free and clear of all liens, security interests, mortgages,
pledges, options, charges and encumbrances (collectively, "Liens and
Encumbrances"), except for liens for taxes not yet due and payable and such
liens or other imperfections of title, if any, as do not materially detract from
the value of or interfere with the present use or subsequent disposition of such
Assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. The
Contributed Assets, together with assets subject to leases included in the
Assigned Contracts, are all of the assets required to enable CUI to conduct the
Business as it has been conducted by the Company during the past 12 months.

         2.14 Taxes. Except as disclosed in Section 2.14 of the Company
Disclosure Schedule, the Company has filed all United States federal income tax
returns and all other material tax returns required to be filed by it, and the
Company has paid and discharged all Taxes (as defined in Section 9.2) due with
respect to the periods or transactions covered by such tax returns and have paid
all other taxes as are due, except as may be determined to be owed upon
completion of any tax return not yet filed based upon an extension of time to
file, and there are no other Taxes that would be due if asserted by a taxing
authority, except with respect to which the Company is maintaining reserves to
the extent currently required. There are no tax liens on any of the Contributed
Assets; and the Company has not granted any waiver of any statute of limitations
with respect to, or any extension of a period for the assessment of, any Tax.

         2.15 Intellectual Property.

              (a) Except as set forth in Section 2.15 of the Company Disclosure
Schedule, the Company owns, or is licensed or otherwise possesses legally
enforceable rights to use all patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks,
copyrights, and any applications therefor, trade secrets, technology, know-how,
computer software programs or applications, and tangible or intangible
proprietary information that are used in the Business of the Company as
currently conducted and a list of which is set forth as part of Exhibit B hereto
(collectively, the "Company Intellectual Property").


                                       6

<PAGE>   7
              (b) Except as disclosed in Section 2.15 of the Company Disclosure
Schedule, the Company is not, nor will it be as a result of the execution and
delivery of this Agreement or the performance of its obligations hereunder, in
violation of any licenses, sublicenses and other agreements as to which the
Company is a party and pursuant to which the Company is authorized to use any
patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks, copyrights, trade secrets,
technology, know-how, computer software programs or applications, or other
tangible or intangible proprietary information owned by any third party
("Third-Party Intellectual Property Rights"). No claims with respect to any of
the Company Intellectual Property or Third Party Intellectual Property Rights
(to the extent arising out of any use, reproduction or distribution of such
Third Party Intellectual Property Rights by or through the Company), are
currently pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or Stockholder, are
threatened by any person. Neither the Company nor the Stockholder knows of any
valid grounds for any bona fide claims (i) to the effect that the conduct of the
Business or the sale, licensing or use of any product as now used, sold or
licensed or proposed for use, sale or license by Company infringes on any
copyright, patent, trademark, service mark or trade secret or other intellectual
property rights of any person; (ii) against the use by the Company of any
Company or any Third Party Intellectual Property Rights; (iii) challenging the
ownership, validity or effectiveness of any of the Company's Intellectual
Property; or (iv) challenging the license or legally enforceable right of the
Company to use of the Third Party Intellectual Property Rights.

              (c) To the knowledge Company and the Stockholder, (i) all Company
Intellectual Property and its rights therein, including patents, registered
trademarks, service marks and copyrights held by the Company, are valid and
subsisting. Except as set forth in Section 2.15 of the Company Disclosure
Schedule, and (ii) there is no material unauthorized use, infringement or
misappropriation of any of the Company Intellectual Property by any third party,
including employee or former employee of the Company.

              (d) All computer software and hardware used in the conduct of the
Company's business and operations are Year 2000 compliant, which means that such
software and hardware are designed to be used prior to, during, and after the
calendar year 2000 A.D., and such software and hardware will operate during each
of such time periods without error relating to date data, specifically including
any error relating to, or the product of, date data which represents or
references different centuries or more than one century.

         2.16 Customers and Suppliers. Set forth on Section 2.16 of the Company
Disclosure Schedule are lists of the identities of the twenty (20) largest
customers and twenty (20) largest suppliers, respectively, of the Company in
each of calendar years 1997 and 1998, ranked by and setting forth the dollar
volume of their transactions with the Company during those respective calendar
years. Except as set forth on Section 2.16 of the Company Disclosure Schedule,
(i) since July 1, 1998 there has been no material adverse change in the business
relationship of the Company with any such customer or supplier or any other
event which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect on the Company, and (ii) neither the Company nor the Stockholder has any
present information or is aware of any facts indicating that any of such
customers or suppliers of the Company intends to cease doing or alter materially
the amount of the business that any of them did with the Company during the 12
months ended December 31, 1998.

         2.17 Related Party Transactions. Except for employment agreements or
relationships that the Company has with its officers and employees and any
agreements or transactions that are set forth in Section 2.5 or Section 2.17 of
the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company is not a party to any agreement or
transaction with any of its officers, directors, stockholders or employees, or
any of their relatives or affiliates that would or is expected to continue
beyond the Closing Date. To the knowledge of 


                                       7

<PAGE>   8
the Stockholder and the Company, no officer, director, stockholder or employee,
or any relative or affiliate thereof, owns any interest in any competitor,
lessor, lessee or customer or supplier of the Company.

         2.18 Insurance. Section 2.18 of the Company Disclosure Schedule
contains a list of each policy of fire, general liability, product liability,
business interruption, worker's compensation and other forms of insurance
maintained by the Company for the protection of the Company and its assets and
business. True and correct copies of such policies have been delivered to CUI.
All such policies are, and for at least the past five (5) years such policies
(or policies substantially equivalent thereto) have been, in full force and
effect and without any gaps in coverage, all premiums with respect thereto
covering all periods up to and including the date hereof have been paid, and no
notice of cancellation, termination or denial of coverage has been received with
respect to any such policy.

         2.19 Brokers. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any
brokerage, finder's or other fee or commission in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or
on behalf of the Company.

         2.20 Full Disclosure. No representation or warranty made by the Company
or the Stockholder contained in this Agreement and none of their respective or
joint statements contained in any certificate or schedule furnished or to be
furnished by the Company or the Stockholder to CUI in, or pursuant to the
provisions of, this Agreement, including without limitation the Company
Disclosure Schedule, contains or shall contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary, in
light of the circumstances under which it was made, in order to make statements
herein or therein not misleading.

                                   ARTICLE III
                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE STOCKHOLDER

         The Stockholder hereby represents and warrants to CUI that:

         3.1 Authority and Capacity. Stockholder has the full legal right and
capacity to execute and deliver, and to perform his obligations under, and has
duly executed and delivered, this Agreement with the intent to be legally bound
hereby. This Agreement constitutes, and when executed and delivered by the
Stockholder, the Stockholders Agreement and Stockholder Non-Competition
Agreement will constitute, valid and legally binding obligations of the
Stockholder that are enforceable against him in accordance with their respective
terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights and by general
principles of equity relating to the availability of equitable remedies
(regardless of whether any such agreements are sought to be enforced in a
proceeding at law or in equity). Stockholder is not obligated to obtain any
consent or approval of any other person in connection with the execution and
delivery of this Agreement or the Stockholders Agreement or his Non-Competition
Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby
and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and such other Agreements and
the consummation by him of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will
not violate, or constitute a breach or default under or cause the acceleration
of any obligation or liability under any contract, promissory note, mortgage,
lease, license, permit, writ, decree or other instrument or agreement to which
Stockholder is a party or is subject.

         3.2 Securities Law Compliance. Stockholder represents and warrants
that:


                                       8

<PAGE>   9
              (a) He has been advised and understands and agrees that the CUI
Shares will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"1933 Act"), nor qualified under any state securities laws, on the ground (among
others) that no distribution or public offering of the CUI Shares is to be
effected in connection with the transactions contemplated herein and in issuing
the CUI Shares to Stockholder, CUI is relying on the accuracy and completeness
of the representations and warranties of Stockholder in this Section 3.2.

              (b) Stockholder is acquiring the CUI Shares and the CUI Note for
his own account, and not as an nominee or agent for any other persons or
entities, and for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale
thereof.

              (c) Stockholder acknowledges that he has been informed and
understands that no public market for the CUI Shares exists and that there can
be no assurance that any such market may develop or exist in the future and,
even if a public market does develop, that the CUI Shares may not be sold or
transferred except in compliance with the 1933 Act or any exemption thereunder
and there is no assurance that any exemption from registration, including Rule
144 under the 1933 Act will become available to permit resales of the CUI
Shares.

              (d) Stockholder has been furnished with such information regarding
CUI and the CUI Shares as he has requested of CUI and has had an opportunity to
ask questions of the officers of CUI regarding, and to become informed about,
CUI and its business and its consolidated financial condition and results of
operations.

              (e) Stockholder is an "Accredited Investor" as such term is
defined in Regulation D under the 1933 Act.

              (f) Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that (i) until the CUI
Shares become eligible for resale under Rule 144(k) under the 1933 Act, any
proposed sale or other transfer or disposition of any of the CUI Shares, other
than pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, may not
be made unless and until Stockholder has furnished to CUI an opinion of counsel,
reasonably acceptable to CUI and its counsel, to the effect that the proposed
sale or other transfer or disposition is exempt from registration under the 1933
Act, and (ii) the CUI Shares will be subject to the Stockholders Agreement
referred to in Section 1.5 hereof and, until the Stockholders Agreement has been
terminated (A) no sale or other disposition of the CUI Shares may be made except
in compliance therewith and (B) the CUI Shares may be required to be sold in one
or more transactions involving sales of shares of CUI initiated by certain other
of the CUI Stockholders, all as more fully provided in the Stockholders
Agreement. Stockholder has read and understands the Stockholders Agreement.

              (g) Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the certificate
representing the CUI Shares shall contain restrictive legends in the forms set
forth in the form of Stockholders Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit G or
restrictive legends that are substantially similar thereto, and that the CUI
Note shall contain the legends set forth on the form of such Note attached
hereto as Exhibit C.

         3.3 Acknowledgements Regarding CUI Representations. Stockholder
acknowledges and agrees that (a) neither CUI nor any of its officers, directors,
employees or agents has made, and none of them is making, any representations or
warranties to the Company or the Stockholder with respect to (i) the federal,
state or local income or other tax consequences to the Company or the
Stockholder of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (ii)
the future performance of CUI; and (b) in entering into this Agreement, and the
Stockholders Agreement and Non-Competition Agreement, he is not relying on any
statements or representations or warranties of CUI, or any representations or
warranties made or purported to have been made by any officer, director,
stockholder, employee or agent of CUI, other than the express representations
and warranties of CUI contained in this Agreement.


                                       9

<PAGE>   10
                                   ARTICLE IV
                      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CUI

         CUI hereby represents and warrants to the Company and the Stockholder
that, except as set forth in the written disclosure schedule delivered on or
prior to the date hereof by CUI to the Company that is arranged in paragraphs
corresponding to the numbered and lettered paragraphs contained in this Article
IV (the "CUI Disclosure Schedule"):

         4.1 Organization and Qualification; Subsidiaries. CUI is a corporation
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation and has the requisite corporate power and
authority to own, lease and operate the properties it purports to own, and to
operate or lease and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted,
except where the failure to be so organized, existing and in good standing or to
have such power, authority and Approvals would not have a Material Adverse
Effect (as hereinafter defined) on CUI. CUI is duly qualified or licensed as a
foreign corporation to do business, and is in good standing, in each
jurisdiction where the character of its properties owned, leased or operated by
it or the nature of its activities makes such qualification or licensing
necessary, except for such failures to be so duly qualified or licensed and in
good standing that would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The term "Material
Adverse Effect," when used in connection with the CUI or any of its
subsidiaries, means any change, effect or circumstance that is materially
adverse to the business, assets, financial condition, results of operations or
prospects of the CUI and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, other than any such
changes, circumstances or effects that are set forth or described in the CUI
Disclosure Schedule.

         4.2 Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws. CUI has heretofore
furnished to the Company and the Stockholder a complete and correct copy of its
Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws, as amended to date. Such Certificate
of Incorporation and By-Laws are in full force and effect. CUI is not in
violation of any of the provisions of Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws.

         4.3 Capitalization. As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock
of CUI consists of 30,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.001 per share.
On consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Other
Contributions Agreements, there will be (i) a total of 19,000,000 fully paid and
nonassessable shares of Common Stock that will be issued and outstanding, which
will include the CUI Shares being issued under this Agreement; and (ii) ___
shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance on the exercise of stock options
(either granted or to be granted in the future). Except as set forth in Section
4.3 of the CUI Disclosure Schedule, as of the date of hereof there are no
options, warrants or other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments of
any character relating to the issued or unissued capital stock of CUI or
obligating CUI to issue or sell any shares of capital stock of, or other equity
interests in, CUI. There are no obligations, contingent or otherwise, of CUI to
repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of the capital stock of CUI.

         4.4 Power and Authority. CUI has all necessary corporate power and
authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations
hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution
and delivery of this Agreement by CUI and the consummation by CUI of the
transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all
necessary corporate action on the part of CUI, and no other corporate
proceedings on the part of CUI are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly
and validly executed and delivered by CUI and, assuming due authorization,
execution and delivery by the Company and Stockholder, constitutes a legal,
valid and binding obligation of CUI enforceable against it in accordance with
its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be subject to or limited by
(i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium, or other
similar laws 


                                       10

<PAGE>   11
relating to or affecting rights of creditors, and (ii) general equitable
principles, regardless of whether the issue of enforceability is considered in a
proceeding in equity or at law.

         4.5      No Conflict, Required Filings and Consents.

                  (a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by CUI does
not, and the performance of this Agreement by CUI will not, (i) conflict with or
violate the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of CUI, (ii) conflict with
or violate any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to
CUI or by which its properties are bound or affected, or (iii) result in any
breach of or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of
time or both would become a default) under, or impair CUI's rights or alter the
rights or obligations of any third party under, or give to others any rights of
termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation, or result in the creation
of a lien or encumbrance on any of the properties or assets of CUI pursuant to,
any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, lease, license,
permit, franchise or other instrument or obligation to which CUI is a party or
by which CUI or its or properties are bound or affected, except in any such case
for any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults or other occurrences that
would not have a Material Adverse Effect on CUI.

                  (b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by CUI does
not, and the performance of this Agreement by CUI will not, require any consent,
approval, authorization or permit of, or filing with or notification to, any
governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign, except (i) for
applicable requirements, if any, of the 1933 Act and any applicable state
securities laws, and (ii) where the failure to obtain such consents, approvals,
authorization or permits, or to make such filings or notifications, would not
prevent or delay consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or
otherwise prevent CUI from performing its obligations under this Agreement, and
would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

         4.6      Financial Statements; Liabilities.

                  (a) CUI has furnished to the Company and Stockholder unaudited
financial statements of Professional Coin Grading Service, Inc. ("PCGS"), which
is CUI's predecessor company. Such financial statements are comprised of a
balance sheet of PCGS as of June 30,1998 and related statements of income, cash
flows and stockholders equity for the year then ended, and an unaudited balance
sheet as of, and a related unaudited statement of income of PCGS for the six
months ended, December 31, 1998, all of which have been prepared by PCGS
(collectively, the "PCGS Financial Statements"). Except as otherwise set forth
in Section 4.6 of the CUI Disclosure Schedule or in the footnotes contained in
the PCGS Financial Statements, such Financial Statements fairly present, in all
material respects, the financial position of PCGS as at June 30, 1998 and
December 31, 1998, respectively, and the respective results of operations of
PCGS and changes in cash flows and stockholders equity for the year and six
months ended on June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1998, respectively.

                  (b) No Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as is disclosed in
Section 4.6 of the CUI Disclosure Schedule, neither CUI nor PCGS has any
liabilities (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise), except (a) liabilities
that individually and in the aggregate are adequately provided for in the PCGS
balance sheet (including any related notes thereto) as of December 31, 1998
included in the PCGS Financial Statement (the "1998 PCGS Balance Sheet"), (b)
non-material liabilities which were incurred in the ordinary course of business
and were not required under generally accepted accounting principles to be
reflected on the 1998 PCGS Balance Sheet, or which were incurred after December
31, 1998 in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice
and would not be required, under generally 


                                       11

<PAGE>   12
accepted accounting principles, to be reflected on a PCGS balance sheet prepared
in accordance with GAAP.

         4.7 Absence of Material Adverse Changes. Except as is disclosed in
Section 4.7 of the CUI Disclosure Schedule, since December 31, 1998, there has
not been (i) a change in the consolidated financial condition or consolidated
results of operations or business of PCGS or (ii) any action or legal proceeding
that has been brought or is known by CUI to have been threatened against PCGS,
or (iii) any other event known to CUI, that has had or is reasonably expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect on CUI (assuming that CUI's acquisition of PCGS
is consummated concurrently with the Closing).

         4.8 Restrictions on Business Activities. To the best knowledge of CUI,
there is no material agreement, judgment, injunction, order or decree binding
upon CUI or any of its subsidiaries which has or could reasonably be expected to
have the effect of prohibiting or materially impairing any material business
practice of CUI or any of its subsidiaries, any acquisition of property by CUI
or the conduct of business by CUI or any of its subsidiaries as currently
conducted or as proposed to be conducted by CUI, except for any prohibition or
impairment as would not have a Material Adverse Effect on CUI.

         4.9 Related Party Transactions. Except for employment agreements or
relationships that CUI has with its officers and employees, any agreements or
transactions that would not have a Material Adverse Effect on CUI and any
agreements or transactions that are set forth in Section 4.9 of the CUI
Disclosure Schedule, CUI is not a party to any agreement or transaction with any
of its officers, directors, stockholders or employees, or to its knowledge, any
of their respective relatives or affiliates. To CUI's knowledge, no officer,
director, stockholder or employee of CUI, or any relative or affiliate thereof,
owns any interest in any competitor, lessor, lessee or customer or supplier of
CUI.

         4.10 Brokers. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any
brokerage, finder's or other fee or commission in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or
on behalf of CUI.

         4.11 Full Disclosure. No representation or warranty of CUI contained in
this Agreement and no statement contained in any certificate or schedule
furnished or to be furnished by CUI to the Company in, or pursuant to the
provisions of, this Agreement, including without limitation the CUI Disclosure
Schedule, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omits or shall omit to state any material fact necessary, in light of the
circumstances under which it was made, in order to make the statements herein or
therein not misleading.

                                    ARTICLE V
                      ACTIONS BEFORE AND AFTER THE CLOSING

         5.1 Conduct of Business by the Company Pending the Closing. The Company
and Stockholder jointly and severally covenant and agree that, during the period
from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the
termination of this Agreement or the Closing, the Company (i) shall conduct its
business only, and shall not take any action except, in the ordinary course of
business and consistent with past practice; and (ii) shall use reasonable
commercial efforts to preserve substantially intact the business organization of
the Company, to keep available the services of the present officers, employees
and consultants of the Company and to preserve the present relationships of the
Company with customers, suppliers and other persons with which the Company has
significant business relations. By way of amplification and not limitation,
except as contemplated by this Agreement, during the period from the date of
this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this
Agreement or the Closing, the Company shall not, either directly or indirectly,
do or 


                                       12

<PAGE>   13
propose to do any of the following without the prior written consent of CUI,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld:

              (a) amend or otherwise change its Articles of Incorporation or
By-Laws;

              (b) sell, pledge, dispose of, or permit the imposition or
existence of any Liens or Encumbrances on, any of the Contributed Assets or sell
or dispose of or encumber any of the other assets of the Company if such sale,
disposition or encumbrance would adversely affect CUI's ability, after the
Closing, to conduct the Business as currently conducted or would interfere with
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

              (c) Take any of the following actions: (i) acquire (by merger,
consolidation, or acquisition of stock or assets) any corporation, limited
liability company, partnership or other business organization or division
thereof; (ii) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any debt
securities that could result in the imposition of any liens, mortgages, security
interests, claims, charges or encumbrances on any of the Contributed Assets or
the Business or could interfere with the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby or subject CUI or any of its subsidiaries to any
liabilities; (iii) enter into or amend any Material Contract except where the
entry into the Contract or the amendment thereto would not have a Material
Adverse Effect on the Company or increase the liabilities thereof; or (iv)
authorize any capital expenditures or purchase of fixed assets which are, in the
aggregate, in excess of $10,000;

              (d) Increase the compensation or employee benefits payable or to
become payable to its officers, directors or employees or independent
contractors, except for increases in salary or wages of employees (other than
officers) of the Company in accordance with past practice, or grant any
severance to termination pay to, or enter into or amend or terminate any
employment or severance agreement with any director, officer or other employee
of the Company or establish, adopt, enter into or amend any collective
bargaining agreement or any Company Employee Plans (as hereinabove defined) or
other plan, agreement, trust, fund, policy or arrangement for the benefit of any
current or former directors, officers or employees, except, in each case, as may
be required by law; 


              (e) Take any action to change accounting policies, principles,
practices or procedures (including, without limitation, procedures with respect
to revenue recognition, payments of accounts payable and collection of accounts
receivable);

              (f) pay, discharge or satisfy any claims, liabilities or
obligations (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or
otherwise), if such payment, discharge or satisfaction would require the
disposition or encumbrance of any of the Contributed Assets, adversely affect
the Business or interfere with the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby.

              (g) take, or agree in writing or otherwise to take, any of the
actions described in Sections 5.1(a) through (f) above.

         The Company and Stockholder also each agree, jointly and severally,
that neither of them will take any action which would (i) make any of their
representations or warranties contained in this Agreement untrue or incorrect or
(ii) prevent or interfere with the performance by the Company or Stockholder of
any of their respective covenants contained in this Agreement.

         5.2 No Solicitation. During the period from the date hereof and
continuing until the earlier of the completion of the Closing or termination of
this Agreement:


                                       13

<PAGE>   14
              (a) The Company shall not directly, or indirectly through any
officer, director, employee, representative or agent, and the Stockholder shall
not directly, or indirectly through any agent or representative:

                           (i) solicit, initiate or encourage the initiation of
         any inquiries or proposals regarding any merger, sale of substantial
         assets, sale of shares of capital stock (including without limitation
         by way of a tender offer) or similar transactions involving the Company
         or the Company Shares (any of the foregoing inquiries or proposals
         being referred to herein as an "Acquisition Proposal"),

                           (ii) engage in negotiations or discussions concerning
         any Acquisition Proposal, (iii) provide any nonpublic information to
         any person relating to the Company or its business or any of the
         transactions contemplated hereby, or

                           (iv) enter into any agreement or understanding,
         written or oral, relating to any Acquisition Proposal.

The Company and Stockholder also shall immediately cease and cause to be
terminated any existing discussions or negotiations that either of them may be
having with any person (other than CUI) with respect to any Acquisition Proposal
or which could conceivably lead to the making of an Acquisition Proposal. The
Company and the Stockholder agree not to release any third party from the
provisions of any confidentiality agreement that such third party may have with
the Company or Stockholder.

                  (b) Each of the Company and Stockholder shall notify CUI
immediately after receipt by either of them of any Acquisition Proposal or any
request for nonpublic information relating to, or for access to the properties,
books or records of, the Company by any person or entity. Such notice to CUI
shall be made orally and in writing.

                  (c) The Company shall ensure that the officers, directors and
employees of the Company and any advisor or representative retained by the
Company are aware of and will comply with the restrictions described in this
Section 5.2.

         5.3 Access to Information. During the period from the date hereof and
continuing until the earlier of the completion of the Closing or termination of
this Agreement, each of the Company and CUI, upon reasonable notice, and subject
to the provisions of Section 5.9 hereof, shall each (i) afford to the officers,
employees, accountants, counsel and other representatives of the other,
reasonable access, during the period from the date hereof to the earlier of the
Closing or the termination of this Agreement, to all its properties, books,
contract, commitments and records (ii) furnish promptly to the other all
information concerning its business, properties and personnel as such other
party may reasonably request, and (iii) make available to the other the
appropriate individuals (including attorneys, accountants and other
professionals) for discussion of the other's business, properties and personnel
as either CUI or the Company may reasonably request.

         5.4 Consents; Approvals. The Company, Stockholder and CUI shall each
use their best reasonable efforts to obtain all consents, waivers, approvals,
authorizations or orders (including, without limitation, all governmental and
regulatory rulings and approvals), and the Company, Stockholder and CUI shall
make all filings (including, without limitation, all filings with governmental
or regulatory agencies) required in connection with the authorization, execution
and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the Stockholder and CUI and the
consummation by them of the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company, the
Stockholder and CUI shall furnish all information required to be included in 


                                       14

<PAGE>   15
any applications or other filings to be made pursuant to the rules and
regulations of any governmental body in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

         5.5 Obligations Being Assumed; Obligations and Liabilities Not Being
Assumed.

                  (a) Assumed Contractual Obligations. CUI hereby agrees to
assume only those executory obligations arising from or after the Closing Date
under the Assigned Contracts listed in Exhibit B hereto (the "Assumed
Contractual Obligations"); provided, however, that CUI shall not be obligated to
assume, and CUI shall not have any liability for or in connection with, any
Assumed Contractual Obligation that is in default as of the Closing Date or as
to which there exists as of the Closing Date an event or circumstance that, with
the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would give rise to a
default thereunder.

                  (b) Liabilities Not Being Assumed. Except for the Assumed
Contractual Obligations, the Company and the Stockholder agree that CUI shall
not be obligated to assume or perform or discharge, and that CUI will not be
assuming, performing or otherwise discharging, any liabilities or obligations of
the Company, whether known or unknown, fixed or contingent, matured or
unmatured, certain or uncertain, that have arisen prior hereto or may arise
between the date hereof and the Closing or which may arise after the Closing out
of the conduct of any business or other activities by the Company (collectively,
the "Retained Liabilities"). The Company and Stockholder jointly and severally
covenant and agree that the Company shall be responsible for performing and
satisfying, and shall perform and satisfy, the Retained Liabilities, at the
Company's sole expense, and without liability, cost, loss or expense of or to
CUI. The Retained Liabilities shall include, but shall not be limited to, any
and all of the following obligations and liabilities of the Company:

                           (i) Taxes. All Taxes (as defined in Section 9.2
         hereof) that have arisen prior to the Closing or may arise thereafter
         out of any business or other operations conducted by the Company,
         either prior to or after the Closing Date.

                           (ii) Liens and Encumbrances. Any Liens or
         Encumbrances on any of the Contributed Assets or any other assets of
         the Company.

                           (iii) Monetary Obligations. Any accounts or notes
         payable and obligations for borrowed money or purchase money
         indebtedness of the Company.

                           (iv) Claims and Legal Proceedings. Any claims,
         demands, actions, suits or legal proceedings that have been asserted or
         threatened prior to the Closing against the Company, the Business or
         the Contributed Assets or which may be threatened or asserted hereafter
         against the Contributed Assets, the Business or CUI that arises in any
         way from or in connection with the conduct or operation of the Business
         prior to the Closing, or any other business or non-business activities
         of the Company conducted prior hereto or hereafter.

                           (v) Contingent Liabilities. Any liability,
         deficiency, penalty, cost or expense arising out of the sale of any
         currency or the conduct of the Business by the Company or any other
         activities of the Company, whether or not disclosed in the Company's
         Financial Statements (as hereinafter defined) or in the Company
         Disclosure Schedule.

                           (vi) Transaction Related Liabilities. Any liabilities
         of the Company that may arise out of the consummation of this
         Agreement, or actions that may be taken by the Company or Stockholder
         in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, any liabilities
         or 


                                       15

<PAGE>   16
         obligations for accrued but unpaid salaries, vacation, and holiday and
         such pay and any liabilities or obligations that may arise under any
         employment, consulting, independent contractor or severance agreements
         or arrangements (whether written or oral) or any bonus or employee
         benefit programs or arrangements between the Company and any of its
         employees or independent contractors.

                  (c) Indemnification. In furtherance of the foregoing covenants
of the Company and Stockholder, the Company and Stockholder agree that, from and
after the Closing, they shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless
CUI and its subsidiaries, and their respective officers, directors,
stockholders, employees and agents (other than the Stockholder himself)
(collectively, the "Indemnified Parties"), and the respective successors, heirs
and assigns of the Indemnified Parties, from and against (i) the Retained
Liabilities, (ii) any breach of or default with respect to any of the
representations and warranties of the Company or Stockholder contained in this
Agreement, a